Carlon 2005 Master Catalog 92443

: Pdf 92443-Catalog 92443-Catalog Batch9 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 322

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Carlon Master Catalog
®

Boreable Multi-Gard® Trenchless
Raceway
®
Bore-Gard Trenchless Raceway
Carflex® Liquidtight Fittings
Carflex® Liquidtight Flexible
Nonmetallic Tubing
Carflex® Omni Connectors
Carflex® Pre-Wired Liquidtight Whips
Carflex® X-Flex™ Flexible
Nonmetallic Tubing
Cement
Chimes
®
Circuit Safe JIC Enclosures
Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures
Cord Grips
Curved Lid J-Box
ENT Boxes and Fittings
Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT
Floor Box Systems
Hal-Free Riser-Gard®
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
Himeline® Enclosures
Intra-Gard® Multi-Cell Raceway
In-Use Weatherproof Covers
Junction Boxes
®
Multi-Gard Multi-Cell Raceway
P&C® Duct - Types EB and DB
P&C® Duct Fittings and Sweeps
P&C Flex® Corrugated
Flexible Conduit
®
Plenum-Gard Flexible Raceway
PV-Mold® Pole Riser System
Riser-Gard® Flexible Raceway
Schedule 40 & 80 Conduit
Schedule 40 & 80 Fittings
Schedule 40 & 80
Special/Standard Elbows
Slack and Splice Enclosures

Slip Meter Risers
Snap-Loc® Spacers
Snap-N-Stac™ Spacers
Split Duct
Structured Cable Management Systems
Telephone Duct – Types B, C and D

Telephone Duct Fittings and Sweeps
Utility Conduit, Fittings,
and Elbows
Weatherproof Covers and
Lighting Systems
Wire Handling Products

Wire-Safe® Wireway and
Wiring Trough
Zip Box® Blue™
Switch/Outlet Boxes

®

Carlon eCommerce Capabilities
Carlon eConnect (www.carloneconnect.com)
®

An on-line order tracking website designed exclusively for Carlon
distributor partners. Carlon eConnect provides easy, secured
access to ‘real-time’ information from our SAP Business Enterprise
System. It’s available 24 hours a day, and is designed to improve
the efficiency of order information flow.

Functions include

• Quick list of recent orders
• Search for orders
• Price and availability
• Electronic pricing files
• Order entry
Carlon EDI
®

• 850 - Purchase orders
• 855 - PO acknowledgements
• 856 - Ship notice
• 810 - Invoices

Table of Contents
Electrical Products

Conduit

Carflex® Liquidtight Flexible Tubing and Fittings........... 3
Chimes ................................................................................ 15

Schedule 40 & 80 Conduit.............................................. 168
Schedule 40 & 80 Elbows ............................................... 170
Schedule 40 & 80 Fittings............................................... 174
Conduit Bodies................................................................. 179
Junction Boxes ................................................................. 181
FS Boxes ............................................................................ 181
Utility Conduit, Fittings & Elbows................................. 190
P&C Duct........................................................................... 192
Telephone Duct ............................................................... 202
P&C Flex ............................................................................ 209
PV-Mold ............................................................................ 211
Slip Meter Risers .............................................................. 215
Split Duct .......................................................................... 217
Cement ...............................................................................221
Spacers .............................................................................. 225

Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT),
Boxes and Fittings ......................................................... 19
Floor Boxes and Covers..................................................... 33
Curved Lid J-Box................................................................. 47
Weatherproof Covers, Lampholders & Fixtures............ 51
Wire Handling Products.................................................... 57
Wire Safe® Wireway And Wiring Trough...................... 61
Zip Box® Blue™ Outlet and Switch Boxes ....................... 69

Low Voltage Premise Products
Plenum-Gard®..................................................................... 88
Riser-Gard® .......................................................................... 90
Hal-Free Riser-Gard® .......................................................... 92
General Purpose................................................................. 93
Structured Cable Management Systems ..................... 103

Enclosures
Circuit-Safe® NEMA......................................................... 112
Circuit-Safe® JIC................................................................ 122
Himeline® HE.................................................................... 137
Himeline® HS.................................................................... 140
Himeline® HP.................................................................... 144
Himeline® HLA/HLS.......................................................... 150
Himeline® HLP.................................................................. 154
Slack and Splice................................................................ 156

Outside Plant Products
Bore-Gard® and Boreable Multi-Gard® Raceway....... 231
Multi-Gard® Multi-Cell Raceway................................... 237
Intra-Gard® Multi-Cell Raceway.................................... 261
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit................ 269
Cable and Installation Accessories................................ 295

Index
Product Category ............................................................ 301
Part Number..................................................................... 302

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

1

2

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon Carflex
Liquidtight Flexible Tubing
®

®

Carflex®
Carflex® X-Flex™
Fittings
Cord Grips
Pre-Wired Whips

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

3

Carflex® Liquidtight Flexible Conduit
Carflex

Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit provides
superior wire protection in harsh, damp environments. Carflex
Conduit is nonconductive, noncorrosive, and resistant to oil, acid,
ozone, and alkaline. Carflex Conduit is strong and lightweight,
and because it weighs 50% less than metallic systems, it’s easy
to handle, transport and install. Carflex is ideal for industrial, air
conditioning, heating, and outdoor lighting applications.

Features

Applications

• Nonconductive and noncorrosive
• Sequentially marked
footage
• Lightweight for easy handling,
transportation, and installation
• Suitable for use at conduit
temperatures of 80°C dry,
• Crush, abrasion, and strain resistant
60°C wet and 60°C oil
• Provides superior wire protection
resistant as required by
• Smooth interior ideal for pulling cable
section 15-6 of ANSI/NFPA
• No jagged edges
79-1985 and UL 1660.
• Maintains internal I.D. even in tight
Note: Liquidtight flexible
radius bends
conduits, metallic and nonmetallic, in contrast to rigid
• Type LFNC-B
PVC conduit and electrical
• Resistant to oil, acid, ozone,
nonmetallic tubing, does
and alkaline
not have wire temperature
limitations. Any temperature
• UL Listed for use as indicated in
rated wire (for example, 90°
Article 356 of the 2002 NEC; and
wire) can be used as long as
Section 12-1300 of the 2002
the temperature conditions
Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1.
marked on the conduit are
not exceeded. UL Listed
• UL Listed for outdoor use
conduits that are not marked
• UL Listed for sunlight resistant
are limited to a maximum
• Trade sizes 1/2", 3/4", and 1"
temperature of 60°C wet or dry.
are UL Listed for direct bury

• Control and motor
• Air conditioning and heating
• Computer power distribution
• Machine tools
• Console wiring
• Transformer connections
• Outdoor lighting

Coils

• Available in black and gray.
Consult factory for custom
colors.
• Custom cut lengths available;
consult factory for details.

Reels
Nom. Size
(in.)

Std. Ctn.
Qty. (ft.)

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Nom. Size
(in.)

Std. Ctn.
Qty. (ft.)

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

15004-100

3/8"

100

11.70

15004-001

3/8"

1000

145.0

15005-50

1/2"

50

6.50

15005-001

1/2"

1000

157.0

15005-100*

1/2"

100

13.00

15005BK-001

1/2"

1000

157.0

15005BK-100*

1/2"

100

13.00

15007-001

3/4"

1000

212.0

15007-100*

3/4"

100

18.00

15008-500

1"

500

155.0

15008-100*

1"

100

28.00

15009-200

1-1/4"

200

100.0

15009-100

1-1/4"

100

37.60

15010-150

1-1/2"

150

95.7

15010-50

1-1/2"

50

22.55

15011-100

2"

100

94.6

15010-100

1-1/2"

100

47.80

15011-050

2"

50

34.10

Part
No.

Part
No.

Standard color Grey

Standard color Grey

4

Custom Orders

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

E79553

*Joint listed UL/CSA
Approved product
available

Carflex® X-Flex™ Flexible Conduit
Carflex X-Flex Extra Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit is
ideal for applications requiring extra strength and flexibility
such as robotics, and repetitive flexing arms. Carflex X-Flex is
nonconductive, noncorrosive, and resistant to oil, acid, ozone,
and alkaline. It’s designed for use with standard Carflex fittings
providing a complete nonmetallic system. Carflex X-Flex is
lightweight for easier handling, transportation, and installation.

Features

Applications

• Extra strong and flexible to withstand repetitive
motions
• Nonconductive and noncorrosive
• Resistant to oil, acid, ozone, and alkaline
• Lightweight for easy handling, transportation,
and installation
• Crush, abrasion, and strain resistant
• Provides superior wire protection
• Smooth interior ideal for pulling cable
• No jagged edges
• Rated for continuous use at 60°C (140°F) ambient

• Repetitive Flexing Arms
• Robotics
• Machine Tools
• Automatic/Moving Machinery
• Control and motor

Specifications
Coils

E80040
Where noted by *

(Available in Black only)
Part
No.

Nom. Size
(in.)

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

*15104-100

3/8"

100

9.09

*15105-100

1/2"

100

10.01

*15107-100

3/4"

100

13.91

*15108-100

1"

100

18.25

*15109-100

1-1/4"

100

27.65

*15110-100

1-1/2"

100

38.00

*15111-050

2"

50

24.22

LR88170
Where noted by

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

5

Carflex® Liquidtight Fittings
Straight Fittings
• For use with Carflex® conduit and Carflex® X-Flex™ conduit
Image 1

Assembly

Image 2

Compression
Nut

Fitting
Body

Image 3

Extended
Threads

Nitrile
Rubber
O-Ring

Metal
Locknut

Image 4

Compression
Nut

Assembly

Sealing
Ring

Ferrule

Fitting
Body

O Ring

Features
• Nonconductive and Noncorrosive
• Resistant to oil, acid, ozone, and alkaline

• Nitrile rubber “O” ring for a liquidtight
termination

• Easy to install

• Temperatures up to 225°F (107°C)
• Meets UL Standard 514B

LT43C-CAR, LT43D-NEW, LT43E-NEW, LT43F

LT43G, LT43H

LT43J

Specifications
E32447

Part
No.

6

Size
(in.)

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

A
(inches)

LT43C

3/8

50

3.6

.55

LT43C-CAR

3/8

15

1.4

LT43D-NEW

1/2

50

LT43E-NEW

3/4

LT43F

B
(inches)

C
(inches)

D
(inches)

E
(inches)

Refer to
Image

.75

1.60

1.30

1.40

1, 2

.55

.75

1.60

1.30

1.40

1, 2

4.2

.56

.91

1.62

1.30

1.40

1, 2

50

6.6

.56

.91

1.88

1.61

1.71

1, 2

1

25

5.5

.70

1.00

2.20

1.90

2.04

1, 2

LT43G

1-1/4

5

1.5

.71

1.16

2.50

2.17

3, 4

LT43H

1-1/2

5

2.0

.75

1.36

2.78

2.43

3, 4

LT43J

2

5

2.5

1.00

1.45

3.33

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

3, 4

Plastic
Locknut

Carflex® Liquidtight Fittings
90° Fittings
• For use with Carflex® conduit and Carflex® X-Flex™ conduit
Image 1

Image 2

Image 3

Image 4

Extended
Threads

Compression
Nut

Nitrile
Rubber
O-Ring

Fitting
Body

Assembly

Compression
Nut

Assembly
Metal
Locknut

Sealing
Ring

Ferrule

Fitting
Body

O Ring
Plastic
Locknut

Features
• Nonconductive and Noncorrosive
• Resistant to oil, acid, ozone, and alkaline

• Nitrile rubber “O” ring for a liquidtight
termination

• Easy to install

• Temperatures up to 225°F (107°C)
• Meets UL Standard 514B

LT20C-CAR, LT20F-NEW

LT20D-NEW, LT20E-NEW

LT20G, LT20H, LT20J

Specifications
E32447

Size
(in.)

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

A
(inches)

B
(inches)

C
(inches)

D
(inches)

E
(inches)

F
(inches)

LT20C

3/8

50

4.9

.56

1.44

1.44

1.56

1.39

1.26

3, 4

LT20C-CAR

3/8

15

1.8

.56

1.44

1.44

1.56

1.39

1.26

3, 4

LT20D-NEW

1/2

50

4.9

.56

1.76

2.05

1.62

1.40

1.30

1.15

1, 2

LT20E-NEW

3/4

50

8.0

.56

2.04

2.35

1.88

1.71

1.61

1.50

1, 2

LT20F

1

25

6.9

.70

2.01

2.01

2.26

2.04

1.90

LT20G

1-1/4

5

1.9

.75

2.50

3.55

2.48

3, 4

LT20H

1-1/2

5

2.2

.75

2.80

3.98

2.77

3, 4

LT20J

2

5

3.4

.94

3.48

4.56

3.33

3, 4

Part
No.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

G
(inches)

Refer to
Image

3, 4

7

Carflex® One-Piece Liquidtight Fittings
Unique Design
The simple, one piece body design of the Carflex One Piece
Liquidtight Nonmetallic Fitting requires no disassembly of
components for installation. The system is so strong that
there is no need for a compression nut.

PVC Construction
PVC construction of the fitting and locknut provides unparalleled protection from water, oil and dust. Totally nonmetallic,
the system is nonconductive and will not corrode or rust.
Temperatures up to 140°F (60°C)

Straight Fittings
LR201397
E32447

Part
No.

Trade Size
(in.)

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

A
(inches)

D
(inches)

E
(inches)

LN43DA

1/2 - 14 NPT

100

2.8

0.56

1.34

1.19

LN43EA

3/4 - 14 NPT

50

2.2

0.56

1.63

1.44

LN43FA

1 - 111/2 NPT

25

3

0.69

1.99

1.75

LN43FA-CAR

1 - 111/2 NPT

15

1

0.69

1.99

1.75

90° Fittings
LR201397
E32447

Part
No.

8

Trade Size
(in.)

LN20DA

1/2 - 14 NPT

LN20EA

3/4 - 14 NPT

LN20FA

1 - 111/2 NPT

LN20FA-CAR

1 - 111/2 NPT

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Thread
Size

A
(inches)

B
(inches)

C
(inches)

D
(inches)

E
(inches)

100

4.3

1/2-14 NPT

0.56

1.50

1.99

1.34

1.19

3.1

3/4-14 NPT

0.56

1.73

2.25

1.63

1.44

3.2

1-11 1/2 NPT

0.69

1.86

2.58

1.99

1.75

1

1-11 1/2 NPT

0.69

1.86

2.58

1.99

1.75

50
25
10

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon® Carflex® Omni Connectors
Features

Straight

LR201397

• Available in sizes 3/8" through 1" conduit and
tubing.
• All nylon construction resists salt water, weak acids,
gasoline, alcohol, oil, grease and common solvents.
• No disassembly required.
• No threading of the conduit or tubing required to
install.
• Complete Conduit/connector system is reusable.
• Suitable for indoor/outdoor use.
• Lower installed cost.
• Black connectors provided with nylon locknut.

E32447

• Gray connectors provided with
assembled O-ring and metal locknuts.
• Protection class IP 68 per DIN 40050 up to 70 psi
(5 bar) water pressure.
• Molded of type 6/6 nylon. ASTM D-4066-PA 111;
flammability classification 94V-2.

Specifications
Body & Sealing Unit

Size
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"

1"

A

C

D

Max O.A.
Length
in. (mm)
2.000 (50.8)
2.000 (50.8)
2.031 (51.6)
2.250 (57.1)

Part
No.
Black

Part
No.
Gray*

Description

Clearance
Hole
in. (mm)

LT38
LT50
LT75
LT100

LT38G
LT50G
LT75G
LT100G

Straight L/T Fitting
Straight L/T Fitting
Straight L/T Fitting
Straight L/T Fitting

.875 (22.2)
.875 (22.2)
1.109 (28.2)
1.375 (34.9)

Locking Nut
F

G

H

Thread
Length
in. (mm)

E
Wrenching
Nut
Thickness
in. (mm)

Wrenching
Flats
in. (mm)

Thickness
in. (mm)

Wrenching
Flats
in. (mm)

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

.625 (15.9)
.625 (15.9)
.625 (15.9)
.781 (19.8)

.250 (6.3)
.250 (6.3)
.250 (6.3)
.250 (6.3)

1.328 (33.7)
1.328 (33.7)
1.562 (39.7)
1.875 (47.6)

.266 (6.7)
.266 (6.7)
.266 (6.7)
.266 (6.7)

1.062 (26.9)
1.062 (26.9)
1.312 (33.3)
1.625 (41.3)

50
50
25
20

*Gray connectors provided with assembled o-ring and metal locknuts. Black connectors provided with nylon locknuts only.

Features

90°

• Available in sizes 3/8" through 1"
conduit and tubing.
• Smooth internal surfaces for easier
wire installation around corner angles.
• All nylon construction resists salt
water, weak acids, gasoline, alcohol,
oil, grease and common solvents.
• No disassembly required.
• No threading of the conduit or tubing
required to install.
• Complete conduit/connector system is
reusable.
• Use of a sealing washer may be
required for wet locations.
• Suitable for indoor/outdoor use.

• Lower installed cost.
LR201397
E32447
• Black connectors provided with nylon locknut,
packed separately.
• Gray connectors provided with assembled O-ring and metal locknuts.
• Protection class IP 68 per DIN 40050 up to 70 psi (5 bar) water
pressure.
• Molded of type 6/6 nylon. ASTM D-4066-PA 111; flammability
classification 94V-2.
3/8" to 3/4"

1"

Specifications
Body & Sealing Unit

Size
3/8"
1/2"
3/4"

1"

Part
No.
Black

Part
No.
Gray

LT938
LT950
LT975
LT9100

LT938G
LT950G
LT975G
LT9100G

Locking Nut

Description

A
Clearance
Hole
in. (mm)

B
Max O.A.
Height
in. (mm)

C
Max O.A.
Length
in. (mm)

D
Thread
Length
in. (mm)

90 degree L/T Fitting
90 degree L/T Fitting
90 degree L/T Fitting
90 degree L/T Fitting

.875 (22.2)
.875 (22.2)
1.109 (28.2)
1.375 (34.9)

1.98 (50.3)
1.98 (50.3)
2.29 (58.2)
2.84 (72.1)

2.91 (73.9)
2.91 (73.9)
3.17 (80.5)
3.18 (80.8)

.52 (13.2)
.52 (13.2)
.52 (13.2)
.78 (19.8)

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Thickness
in. (mm)

H
Wrenching
Flats
in. (mm)

Std.
Carton
Qty.

.27 (6.8)
.27 (6.8)
.27 (6.8)
.27 (6.8)

1.06 (26.9)
1.06 (26.9)
1.31 (33.3)
1.61 (40.9)

25
25
20
10

G

9

Technical Data
Carflex Fittings Installation Instructions
LT43C-CAR, LT43F thru J, LT20C-CAR, LT20F thru J.

LT43D-New, LT43E-New, LT20D-New, LT20E-New.

1. Cut the end of the Carflex conduit or Carflex®
X-Flex™ tubing square.
2. Install compression nut and sealing gland ring over the
end of the conduit or tubing.
3. Insert the ferrule end of the fitting into the conduit using
a clockwise twisting action.
4. Screw fitting body into compression nut.
5. When installation is completed, use a wrench,
tighten compression nut one-quarter (1/4) turn past
hand-tight. Do not over tighten fitting.
*To prevent damage to conductors, conduit and
fittings, do not twist Carflex during installation.

1. Cut the end of the Carflex conduit or Carflex®
X-Flex™ tubing square.
2. Install compression nut over the end of the conduit or
tubing.
3. Insert the ferrule end of the fitting into the conduit using
a clockwise twisting action. (Be sure conduit
is fully inserted to the bottom of the fitting shoulder).
4. Screw compression nut onto fitting body.
5. Use a wrench, and tighten compression nut one (1) full
turn past hand-tight. Do not over tighten fitting.
*To prevent damage to conductors, conduit and
fittings, do not twist Carflex during installation.

Carflex Liquidtight Conduit Technical Information
1. There shall be no more than the equivalent of four (4) quarter (90°) bends (360° total)
between pull points, conduit bodies, and boxes.
2. The radius of the curve of the center of the conduit or tubing shall not be less than
that shown in the table below:
SIZE OF CONDUIT
OR TUBING
Inches
Metric Desgr.
3/8
(14)
1/2
(16)
3/4
(21)
1
(27)
1 1/4
(35)
1 1/2
(41)
2
(53)

RADIUS TO CENTER OF CONDUIT
OR TUBING
Inches
(mm)
4
(101.6)
4
(101.6)
4 1/2
(114.3)
5 3/4
(146.0)
7 1/4
(184.1)
8 1/4
(209.5)
9 1/2
(241.3)

UL Listed for use as indicated in Article 356 of the
National Electrical Code
• Cellular Metal Floor Raceways, Connections to
Cabinets & Wall Outlets
• Class I, Div. 2, Hazardous Location
• Class II, Div. 1, Hazardous Location
• Class III, Div. 1, Hazardous Location
• Computer Room Raised Floor
• Concealed Locations
• Intrinsically Safe Systems
• Lighting Fixtures, Connection to Electric Discharge
Fixture
• Nonmetallic Boxes
• RV Engine Generator
• Swimming Pool Pump Motor
10

• Tap Conductors (Fixture Whips)
• Underfloor Raceway, Connection to Cabinets &
Wall Outlets
• Wireway, Extensions from Wireways, Wiring
Methods
– Agricultural Buildings, Flexible Connections
– Electric Signs, 1000 Volts, Nominal, or Less
– Electric Signs, Over 1000 Volts (per Section
600.32(A)(1)
– Floating Buildings
– Marinas and Boatyards
– Service Entrance Conductors
• Wiring on Buildings, Outside Branch Circuits &
Feeders

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carflex® Pre-Wired Liquidtight Whips
Carflex® Liquidtight Whip assemblies save

E155504

the customer time and hassle of having to hunt for the needed
components. Our moisture tight, nonmetallic, flexible conduit
system is ideal for installing swimming pool motors, hot tubs,
spas, air conditioners, pumps, outdoor lighting and more.
Unlike plastic coated metal conduit, the Carlon® Carflex system
has no metal core to fatigue, rust, or corrode. The Carflex system
has no sharp edges or burrs to cut into the wire insulation. Metal
conduit is subject to fatigue and penetration of moisture.
The Carflex Liquidtight Whip assembly is complete with Carflex
moisture tight conduit, wire, one straight fitting, and one 90°
fitting.
All this makes for quick and trouble free installation.

Features
• Designed for easy installation
• Will not rust or corrode
• Can be used for many commercial
and residential applications.
• Many applications such as; swimming pool filters, hot tub spas, air
conditioners, pumps, etc.

• Available in 1/2" and 3/4"
diameters
• Available in 4' and 6' lengths
• Each kit contains (1) straight and
(1) 90° fitting
• Complete with (3) 8, 10 or 12
gauge wires

Custom Orders
Specifications

Also available in special configurations including different fitting
combinations, wire types and sizes, and metal fitting variations.
Consult factory for details.

Part
Number
WCD4
WCD6
WCE4
WCE6

Description
1/2" Carflex Whip - 4 foot
1/2" Carflex Whip - 6 foot
3/4" Carflex Whip - 4 foot
3/4" Carflex Whip - 6 foot

Wire Size
(Gauge)
10
10
8
8

Standard Carton
Quantity
6 (poly bag)
6 (poly bag)
6 (poly bag)
6 (poly bag)

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)
10.6
15.8
12.4
15.8

Part
Number
WCD3124
WCD3126
WCD3104
WCD3106
WCE3084
WCE3086

Description
1/2" Carflex Whip - 4 foot
1/2" Carflex Whip - 6 foot
1/2" Carflex Whip - 4 foot
1/2" Carflex Whip - 6 foot
3/4" Carflex Whip - 4 foot
3/4" Carflex Whip - 6 foot

Wire Size
(Gauge)
12
12
10
10
8
8

Standard Carton
Quantity
20 (bulk pack)
20 (bulk pack)
20 (bulk pack)
20 (bulk pack)
15 (bulk pack)
15 (bulk pack)

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)
32.4
47.9
35.2
52.8
30.9
39.6

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

11

Carlon® Cord Grips – Straight PG Hubs
Straight PG Hubs
Features
• New threads on body prevent skipping, speed
installation.
• PG hub threads are steel conduit per DIN 40430.
• Six sizes for cable, tubing, etc.: PG07, PG09, PG11,
PG13.5, PG16, and PG21.
• All nylon construction with TPE gland resists salt
water, weak acids, gasoline, alcohol, oil, grease
and common solvents.
• Suitable for NEMA type 4 and 6 enclosures.
• Locknuts are included.
• Working temperatures: -22°F (-30ºC) to 212°F
(100°C). For short periods to 302°F (150°C).
• Protection Class IP68 per DIN 40050 up to 70 psi
(5 Bar) water pressure.

Specifications
B
A

E

D

E51579

E

Thread
Length
in. (mm)

D
Wrenching
Nut
Thickness
in. (mm)

Wrenching
Flats
in. (mm)

1.17 (29.7)

.33 (8.4)

.22 (5.6)

.59 (15.0)

.599 (15.2)

1.30 (33.0)

.34 (8.6)

.20 (5.1)

.75 (19.1)

.733 (18.6)

1.46 (37.1)

.39 (9.9)

.20 (5.1)

.86 (21.8)

.170-.470 (4.3-11.9)

.804 (20.4)

1.53 (38.9)

.41 (10.4)

.20 (5.1)

.95 (24.1)

2.1

.230-.546 (5.8-13.9)

.886 (22.5)

1.66 (42.2)

.45 (11.4)

.23 (5.8)

1.05 (26.7)

3.2

.450-.709 (11.4-18.0)

1.115 (28.3)

1.87 (47.5)

.52 (13.2)

.23 (5.8)

1.30 (33.0)

A

B

C

Clearance
Hole
in. (mm)

Max O.A.
Length
in. (mm)

.114-.250 (2.9-6.4)

.492 (12.5)

2.0

.181-.312 (4.6-7.9)

2.6

.230-.395 (5.8-10.0)

100

3.1

LH16

50

LH21

50

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Wt.

PG07

LH07

100

1.3

PG09

LH09

100

PG11

LH11

100

PG13.5

LH13

PG16
PG21

Diameter of
Cable or Wire
Accommodated
in. (mm)

Carlon® recommends using the smallest maximum diameter fitting that will suit your application.

12

LR93876

Patented 4,900,068

C

Straight
Part
No.
Black

Size
(PG)

Suggested
Clearance Hole
For Nonthreaded
Mounting

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon® Cord Grips – Straight NPT Hubs
Straight NPT Hubs
Features
• New threads on body prevent skipping, speed
installation.
• Four sizes for cable, tubing, etc. with diameters of
3/8", 1/2", 3/4" and 1".
• All nylon construction with TPE gland resists salt
water, weak acids, gasoline, alcohol, oil, grease
and common solvents.
• Suitable for NEMA type 4 and 6 enclosures.
• Locknuts are included.
• Working temperatures: -22°F (-30°C) to 212°F
(100°C). For short periods to 302°F (150ºC).
• Protection Class IP68 per DIN 40050 up to 70 psi
(5 Bar) water pressure.

Specifications
B
A

E

D

Suggested
Clearance Hole
For Nonthreaded
Mounting

E51579

LR93876

Patented 4,900,068

C

Thread
Length
in. (mm)

Wrenching
Flats
in. (mm)

1.49 (37.8)

.53 (13.5)

.20 (5.1)

.75 (19.1)

.875 (22.2)

1.72 (43.7)

.62 (15.7)

.20 (5.1)

.95 (24.1)

1.068 (27.1)

1.97 (50.0)

.63 (16.0)

.23 (5.8)

1.30 (33.0)

2.42 (61.5)

.78 (19.8)

.28 (7.1)

1.66 (42.2)

A

B

C

Std.
Ctn.
Wt.

Clearance
Hole
in. (mm)

Max O.A.
Length
in. (mm)

100

1.9

.181-.312 (4.6-7.9)

.670 (17.0)

LH50G

100

2.9

.170-.470 (4.3-11.9)

LH75G

50

2.7

.450-.709 (11.4-18.0)

LH100G

25

2.6

.590-1.000 (15.0-25.4)

1.375 (35.0)

Size
(NPT)

Straight
Part
No.
Gray

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

3/8"

LH38

LH38G

1/2"

LH50

3/4"

LH75

1"

LH100

E

D
Wrenching
Nut
Thickness
in. (mm)

Diameter of
Cable or Wire
Accommodated
in. (mm)

Straight
Part
No.
Black

Carlon® recommends using the smallest maximum diameter fitting that will suit your application.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

13

14

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon Chimes
®

Contractor Kits
Plug-In Chime
Extend-A-Chime
Accessories

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

15

Carlon® Chimes

Contractor Kits Door Chimes & Buttons
CK225

Chime Kit with 2 Lighted Buttons

• Includes one contemporary
white chime, two push
buttons and one transformer
• Medium volume level
• Easy to install

CK221RP

• Two-note tone designates front
entrance, one-note designates
second entrance
• 120V AC input
• 16V AC 10VA output
• 3-year limited warranty

Chime Kit with 2 Buttons

• Includes one contemporary
white chime, two lighted push
buttons and one transformer
• Medium volume level
• Easy to install

• Two-note tone designates front
entrance, one-note designates second entrance
• 120V AC input
• 16V AC 10VA output
• 3-year limited warranty

Wireless Plug-In Door Chimes
RC3250

Plug-In Door Chime

• Six different selectable sounds
• Different sounds for front, back
& other doors
• Adjustable volume control

RC3252

Plug-In Door Chime

• Six different selectable sounds
• Includes two buttons
• Different sounds for front,
back & other doors

RC3253

16

• Adjustable volume control
• 32 changeable codes reduce
interference
• Range: 150 ft.
• 5-year warranty

Plug-In Add-On Door Chime

• Use with existing Dimango
doorbells
• Six different selectable sounds
for front, back & other doors
• Adjustable volume control
• 32 changeable codes reduce
interference

Plug-In Chimes
Sound Options Available:

• 32 changeable codes reduce interference
• Range: 150 ft.
• 5-year warranty

• Works with Dimango products:
RC3200, RC3250, RC3252,
RC3260, RC3304,
RC3306, RC3410, RC3610, &
RC3720
• Range: 150 ft.
• 5-year warranty

• Ding Dong • Dong • Westminster Chime • 12 Days of Christmas
• Hail, Hail, The Gang’s All Here • My Country ‘Tis of Thee
w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Extend-A-Chime™
™

Extend-A-Chime

Here’s How They Work:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Connect Extend-A-Chime™ transmitter to existing mechanical door chime.
Press existing doorbell button.
Existing doorbell rings and sends signal to Extend-A-Chime™.
Extend-A-Chime™ rings.
Extend-A-Chime™ may be placed anywhere user wants to hear doorbell ring:
• Laundry Room
• Garage
• Work Shop
• Deck

RC3200

Plug-In Extend-A-Chime™

• Use with existing doorbell
• Six different selectable sounds
• 32 changeable codes reduce
interference

RC3260

• Safe & easy to install
• 2 1/4" speaker provides
excellent sound quality
• Range: 150 ft.
• 5-year warranty

Plug-In Entrance Alert Chime

• Chime sounds when door is
opened
• Six different sound options
• Ideal for small shops and
businesses, or homes with
small children

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

• 32 changeable codes reduce
interference
• Sound set at button
• Range: 150 ft.
• 5-year warranty

17

Accessories

Transmitters
RC3301

White Door Chime Button

• Works with all 3200, 3300,
3400 & 3600 series and 3720
• Long-life button battery
included
• Weatherproof – use indoors or
out

RC3311

• Button works from -30˚ to + 130˚F
• Range: 150 ft.
• 5-year warranty

Black Door Chime Button

• Works with all 3200, 3300,
3400 & 3600 series and 3720
• Long-life button battery
included
• Weatherproof – use indoors or
out

• Button works from -30˚ to + 130˚F
• Range: 150 ft.
• 5-year warranty

Batteries
RC3395

3-Volt Button Cell Batteries

• Use in buttons RC3301,
RC3311 and RC3321
• Two batteries per card

18

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

• Size CR2032 lithium battery
• Range: N/A

Carlon Flex-Plus Blue
Electrical Nonmetallic
Tubing (ENT) and Accessories
®

®

™

ENT Tubing
Adapters
& Couplings
Mud Box
Assemblies
Stub Downs
Outlet and
Switch Boxes

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

19

Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT
Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT
Options:

is a nonmetallic flexible raceway for use
in walls, floors, and non-plenum ceilings.
It’s lightweight, hand bendable, and free
from sharp edges, which reduces
installation time and saves money.

E73317

• Sizes 1/2" through 2"
• Colors:
Yellow color for communication
circuits and signaling cable
Red color for fire alarm circuits
Blue color for power circuits
• Packaging: Coils or Reels

See pages 31–32 for technical
information.

Standard Stock – Reels

1/2"
3/4"

1"
11/4"

1/"
12

2"

Nom.
I.D.

Nom.
O.D.

Pull
Tape

Min. Bend
Radius

Reel Size
(F x W)

Reel Type
(W=Wood)

Reel
Length

Reel Wt.
(lbs.)

Wt. per
100 ft. (lbs.)

12005AK-001

.56

.84

Empty

6"

36" x 24"

W

1500

40

10

Yellow

1205AKY-001

.56

.84

Empty

6"

36" x 24"

W

1500

40

10

Red

1205AKR-001

.56

.84

Empty

6"

36" x 24"

W

1500

40

10

Blue

12007AA-001

.76

1.05

Empty

6"

36" x 24"

W

1000

40

14

Yellow

1207AAY-001

.76

1.05

Empty.

6"

36" x 24"

W

1000

40

14

Red

1207AAR-001

.76

1.05

Empty

6"

36" x 24"

W

1000

40

14

Blue

12008-750

1.00

1.315

Empty

6"

36" x 24"

W

750

40

20

Yellow

12008Y-750

1.00

1.315

Empty

6"

36" x 24"

W

750

40

20

Red

12008R-750

1.00

1.315

Empty

6"

36" x 24"

W

750

40

20

Blue

12009-750

1.402

1.66

Empty

7"

48" x 32"

W

750

90

19

Color

Part No.

Blue

Blue

12010-750

1.554

1.90

Empty

81/4"

48" x 32"

W

750

90

39

Blue

12011-500

2.030

2.375

Empty

91/2"

48" x 32"

W

500

90

32

Red

12011R-500

2.030

2.375

Empty

91 / 2 "

48" x 32"

W

500

90

32

Empty

91 / 2 "

48" x 32"

W

500

90

32

Yellow

12011Y-500

2.030

2.375

*1-1/4" - 2" available in yellow & red, made to order; consult factory.

Standard Stock – Coils
1/2"

3/4"

1"

Color

Part No.

Nom.
I.D.

Nom.
O.D.

Pull
Tape

Min. Bend
Radius

Coil Length Wt. per
(ft.)
100 ft. (lbs.)

Blue

12005-200

.56

.84

Empty

6"

200

10

Yellow

12005Y-200

.56

.84

Empty

6"

200

10

Red

12005R-200

.56

.84

Empty

6"

200

10

Blue

12007-100

.76

1.05

Empty

6"

100

14

Yellow

12007Y-100

.76

1.05

Empty

6"

100

14

Red

12007R-100

.76

1.05

Empty

6"

100

14

Blue

12008-100

1.00

1.315

Empty

6"

100

22

Yellow

12008Y-100

1.00

1.315

Empty

6"

100

22

Red

12008R-100

1.00

1.315

Empty

6"

100

22

10 ft. Lengths
Color

Part No.

/"
/"

Blue

12005-UPC

.56

Blue

12007-UPC

1"

Blue

12008-010

1 2
3 4

Nom. I.D.

Nom. O.D.

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

.84

10 ft.

1.02

.76

1.05

10 ft.

1.46

1.00

1.315

10 ft.

2.93

NOTE: The solid blue color of ENT conduit is a registered trademark of Carlon.
ENT may show color deterioration in direct sunlight over an extended period of time. It is suggested that all ENT products not be
stored outside. Since this product is not intended for use outdoors, it should not be exposed to extended periods of direct sunlight.

20

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

ENT Accessories
NEW

Stub Downs
Vertical Stub Down
Carlon Vertical Stub Downs are designed to provide a quick, easy connection to a wood deck or transition
from slab-to-slab using Carlon’s “Quick Connect” snap-in design…simply snap the ENT in place. The integral snaps
provide a secure mount – preventing the ENT from pulling out while maintaining the ability for easy removal of the
fitting once the deck is removed. All in a concrete tight application. The underside of this fitting provides ample
room to attach a Carlon coupling to the ENT to continue the run. Carlon Vertical Stub Downs are manufactured out
of a highly engineered thermoplastic material to provide extra strength and durability, and are available in sizes
1/2", 3/4" and 1".
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A210D

1/2"

50

3.8

A210E

3/4"

50

3.7

A210F

1"

50

4.8

Patent Pending

Vertical Stub Down Transition Adapter
CARLON NONMETALLIC EXCLUSIVE…Carlon Vertical Stub Down Transition Adapters like our
Vertical Stub Downs, provide a means to transition from ENT to another wire management product where code
requires other wire management means i.e. “area of physical damage” [ref. NEC 362.12(10)]. The integral snaps
provide a secure mount – preventing the ENT from slipping or pulling out, while the deck mount flange has a
threaded port allowing connection to other conduit system using a terminal adapter. Carlon Vertical Stub Down
Transition Adapters are manufactured out of polycarbonate material to provide extra strength and durability. They’re
concrete tight, and available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1".
Part. No.

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A200D

1/2"

Female ENT to NPSC (Female)

50

2.3

A200E

3/4"

Female ENT to NPSC (Female)

50

2.8

1" Female ENT to NPSC (Female)

50

3.9

A200F

Size

E86720

45° Stub Down
Carlon 45 Degree Stub Downs are designed to allow a smooth transition from cross deck ENT runs to vertical
applications. The integral snaps provide a secure mount – preventing the ENT from slipping or pulling out- but also
allow the stub to easily be removed. The underside of this fitting provides ample room to attach a Carlon coupling to
the ENT to continue the run. Carlon 45 Degree Stub Downs are manufactured out of a highly engineered thermoplastic
material to provide extra strength and durability. They’re concrete tight, and available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1".
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A220D

1/2"

25

1.8

A220E

3/4"

25

2.0

A220F

1"

25

2.6

Patent Pending

90° Stub Down Transition Adapter
CARLON NONMETALLIC EXCLUSIVE…Carlon 90 Degree Stub Downs are designed to allow a smooth

E86720

transition from cross deck ENT runs to vertical applications where code requires other wire management means, i.e.
“area of physical damage” [ref. NEC 362.12(10)]. The integral snaps provide a secure mount – preventing the ENT
from slipping or pulling out, while the deck mount flange has a threaded port allowing connection to any conduit
system using a terminal adapter. Carlon 90 Degree Stub Downs are manufactured out of polycarbonate material to
provide extra strength and durability. They’re concrete tight, and available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1".
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

Female ENT to NPSC (Female)

25

2.0

Female ENT to NPSC (Female)

25

2.4

1" Female ENT to NPSC (Female)

25

3.3

A230D

1/2"

A230E

3/4"

A230F

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

21

ENT Accessories
NEW

Mud Box Assemblies

E42728

E42728

Except where noted by

Carlon Mud Box Assemblies are available in five unique styles…blank, ceiling ring, one-gang, two-gang
and 4 square. All Mud Box Assemblies are manufactured out of polycarbonate material to provide extra strength
and durability, are concrete tight, and have twelve integral connectors…two-1", six-3/4", and four-1/2". Using our
new ENT Reducers, this product will meet ANY jobsite application.

Mud Box Base with Blank Cover
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863BC

Mud Box w/ Blank Cover

24

12.3

Patent Pending

Mud Box with Ceiling Ring
• Threaded brass inserts for fan (#10-32 screws) and fixture (#8-32 screws) mountings
• Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.
• Listed for ceiling fans up to 35 lbs.
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863CF

Mud Box w/ Ceiling Ring

24

15.5

Mud Box w/ Ceiling Ring & Ground Lug

24

16.1

A863CFG
Patent Pending

Mud Box with One-Gang Ring
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863S

Mud Box w/ One-Gang Ring

24

16.8

Mud Box w/ One-Gang Ring & Ground Lug

24

16.2

A863SG
Patent Pending

Mud Box with Two-Gang Ring
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863D

Mud Box w/ Two-Gang Ring

24

15.8

Mud Box w/ Two-Gang Ring & Ground Lug

24

16.6

A863DG
Patent Pending

Mud Box with 4 Square Ring
• 4 Square Ring not for luminaries.
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863-4SQ

Mud Box w/ 4 Inch Square Ring

24

15.2

Patent Pending

22

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

ENT Accessories
NEW

Mounting Brackets

Back View

Front View

CARLON EXCLUSIVE…The Carlon ENT Mounting Bracket is specifically designed for use with Carlon
ENT Mud Box Assemblies in vertical concrete walls where one- or two-gang boxes are needed. The stainless steel
spring-loaded mechanism provides a secure outlet box between concrete forms while the soft steel strap allows for
the outlet box to be secured to rebar. The bracket combination assures a straight box opening and a concrete tight
fit. Mud Box not included.
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863MB

Mud Box Mounting Kit

1

.98

Patent Pending

NEW

ENT Bridge

CARLON EXCLUSIVE…The Carlon ENT Bridge is designed to support long ENT runs in concrete pour
applications. This makes pulling wire/cable a snap. Installation is easy…simply mount the ENT bridge, using nails
or screws, to the wood deck mounting and snap the ENT into place. The bridge is designed to hold the conduit in
place while minimizing dips in the conduit over long runs. The Carlon ENT Bridge is manufactured out of a highly
engineered thermoplastic material to provide extra strength and durability, and can accommodate ENT sizes
1⁄2", 3⁄4", and 1".
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A293DEF

ENT Bridge

50

9.0

Patent Pending

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

23

ENT Accessories
NEW

Transition Adapters
Male ENT to Schedule 40 & 80 PVC Conduit

E32447

CARLON EXCLUSIVE…Carlon Male ENT to Schedule 40 & 80 PVC Conduit Transition Adapters
are designed to connect PVC conduit to Carlon Flex-Plus ® Blue™ ENT boxes and fittings. Simply solvent cement the
PVC adapter to the PVC conduit and snap the adapter into the Carlon’s “Quick Connect” snap-in connector on the box
or fitting. Carlon Male ENT to Schedule 40 & 80 Adapters are concrete tight and available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1".
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A263D

1/2"

ENT to 1/2" Sch. 40

100

2.4

A263E

3/4"

3/4"

Sch. 40

100

3.2

1" ENT to 1" Sch. 401

100

4.5

A263F

ENT to

Patent Pending

ENT to EMT

E86720

Carlon ENT to EMT Transition Adapters are designed to easily transition from Carlon Flex-Plus

ENT
to EMT using Carlon’s “Quick Connect” snap-in design. The EMT is held securely in place using the small screw
provided. This helps prevent the EMT from slipping/shifting out of the adapter. All ENT to EMT adapters are
manufactured out of polycarbonate material to provide extra strength and durability. They’re concrete tight, and
available in sizes 1/2", 3/4" and 1".
Part. No.

Size

A245D

1/2"

A245E

3/4"

A245F

ENT to

1/2"

ENT to

3/4"

®

Blue™

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

EMT

100

3.4

EMT

100

4.1

100

5.4

1" ENT to 1" EMT

Reducers

E86720

CARLON EXCLUSIVE…Carlon ENT Reducers are designed to provide an easy transition from 1" Carlon ENT
to 3/4" ENT or from 3/4" Carlon ENT to 1/2" ENT. They’re concrete tight, and manufactured out of polycarbonate
material to provide extra strength and durability. Carlon ENT Reducers provide flexibility while on the jobsite by
minimizing the need to carry size specific boxes and fittings. Carlon ENT Reducers provide the versatility to convert
Carlon fittings and boxes to many different sizes and configurations.
Part. No.

A273DE
A273EF

Size
3/4"

to

1/2"

1" to 3/4"

Patent Pending

24

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

100

3.2

100

2.4

ENT Accessories
NEW

Outlet and Switch Boxes - Eccentric Knockouts
Carlon ENT Outlet and Switch Boxes with Eccentric Knockouts are designed to allow selective ENT
openings – 1/2", 3/4" and 1" – based on application needs. They provide the largest capacity available in the
market today - 22 cu. in. Single Gang, and 38 cu. in. Double Gang – and can be mounted to wood or steel studs.
Carlon ENT Outlet and Switch Boxes with Eccentric Knockouts are manufactured out of a highly engineered
thermoplastic material to provide extra strength and durability, and are available in single gang and double gang
styles. Note: The double gang version is also a 4 square box.

E42728

Single Gang – 22 cu. in.
Part. No.

Size

Capacity Cu. in.

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A122

Single-Gang

22

25

6.8

Patent Pending

Combination Two Gang/Four Square Box – 38 cu. in.
Part. No.

Size

Capacity Cu. in.

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A238

Two-Gang

38

25

8.9

Patent Pending

NEW

Outlet Box Divider
Carlon ENT Outlet Box Divider is specifically designed for applications where a combined high and low voltage
closed back box is needed such as placement in a fire-rated wall. Just slip the divider into place, to give you the split
box you need. The Carlon ENT Outlet Box Divider is UL Recognized for use with Carlon A122 & A238 boxes only.
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A238DIV

–

50

1.87

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

25

ENT Accessories
Quick Connect Adapters & Couplings
• Carlon one piece ENT Quick Connect Couplings, Threaded Adapters
and Snap-In Terminator Adapters are suitable for damp locations.
Quick Connect Couplings and Threaded Adapters are concrete-tight
when used with Carlon ENT.
• All Schedule 40 fittings are compatible with ENT when using ENT
cement.

LR92248

E86720

• Schedule 40 fittings are recommended for use with Carlon 1 1/4" –
2" Flex-Plus Blue ENT.
• Use of ENT Blue Quick-Set Cement is required. See page 31 for details.
• When One Piece Quick Connect Snap-In Terminator Adapters are
installed in a concrete application, Carlon’s flat sealing washers must
be used on the box connection ends.

Couplings
Part. No.

Size

A240D
A240E
A240F

1/2"

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

150
100
50

2.90
3.00
2.30

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

150
100
50

2.55
2.30
2.00

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

150
100
50

2.70
2.90
2.30

3/4"

1"

Threaded Adapters
Part. No.

Size

A243D
A243E
A243F

1/2"
3/4"

1"

Snap-In Adapters
Part. No.

Size

A253D
A253E
A253F

1/2"
3/4"

1"

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Adapters and Couplings
E32447

Standard Couplings

Male Terminal Adapters

All socket fittings should be attached Using Carlon solvent cement. Using
Carlon fittings with Carlon nonmetallic conduit insures system integrity.

For adapting nonmetallic
conduits to boxes,
threaded fittings, metallic
systems. Male threads
on one end, socket end
on other.

Part
No.

26

Std.
Ctn.
Size Qty.

B
A
Typical

Min.
D

Max.
OD

Socket type for
joining nonmetallic
conduit.
C

S
Typical

L

Std.
Ctn. Wt.
(lbs.)

E943D

1/2

150

.852

.836

.597

11/8

5/8

9/16

15/16

2.8

E943E

3/4

125

1.064

1.046

.800

111/32

3/4

9/16

13/8

3.5

E943F

1

50

1.330

1.310

1.018

15/8

1

11/16

1 25/32

3

E943G

11/4

50

1.677

1.655

1.332

21/32

1

3/4

1 15/16

4

E943H

11/2

25

1.918

1.894

1.566

2 5/32

13/16

3/4

21/16

2.5

E943J

2

50

2.393

2.369

2.000

2 21/32 13/16

3/4

21/8

7

Part
No.
E940D
E940E
E940F
E940G
E940H
E940J

Size
1/2
3/4

1
11/4
11/2
2

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

A

150
100
50
30
25
30

.852
1.064
1.330
1.677
1.918
2.393

B

Min.
D

Max.
OD

.836
1.046
1.310
1.655
1.894
2.369

.728
.840
1.210
1.535
1.755
2.190

17/64
15/16
15/8
163/64
2 15/64
2 47/64

Typical

C
L
Typical
11/16
3/4
15/16

1
11/8
13/16

11/2
15/8
2
21/8
23/8
21/2

Std.
Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)
4.1
4.4
3.5
3.5
3.9
5.25

ENT Accessories
2 1/2" & 4" Mud Boxes and Covers
LR31146

E42728

Base Rings
Listed for use with ceiling fans up to
35 lbs. and for fixture support
up to 50 lbs.
Part.
No.

Size

A861

Without ground lug

CA861G

Covers
Part.
No.

Size

2.5

A862D

2 1/2" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

10

2.5

2.0

A862E

2 1/2" Deep (3/4" KO’s)

10

2.1

A864D

4" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

10

2.9

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt.

10

With ground lug

10

(3 / 4 "

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt.

A864E

4" Deep

KO’s)

10

2.9

A864F

4" Deep (1" KO’s)

10

3.0

Quick Connect Outlet and Switch Boxes
• Suitable for masonry walls

• Meets NEMA OS-2

E42728

Single Gang – 16 cu. in.
Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

3 x 21/4 x 3 (1/2" KO’s)

25

4.6

3 x 21/4 x 3 (3/4" KO’s)

25

4.6

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

Part. No.

Description

A58381D
A58381E

4 Inch Square – 20 cu. in.
Part. No.

Description

A52151D

4 x 4 x 11/2 (1/2" KO’s)

100

22.6

A52151E

4 x 4 x 11/2 (3/4" KO’s)

100

22.6

100

22.6

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

25

7.6

A521DE

4x4x

11/ 2

(1/2"

&

3/4"

KO’s)

4 Inch Square – 30.3 cu. in.
Part. No.

Description

A52171D

4 x 4 x 23/8 (1/2" KO’s)
4 x 23 / 8

(3/4"

A52171E

4x

A5217DE

4 x 4 x 23/8 (1/2" & 3/4" KO’s)

KO’s)

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

25

7.6

25

7.6

27

ENT Accessories
ENT Box with Adapters

E42728 Except where noted by

4 Inch Square – 24.75 cu. in. ENT Box with Adapters
Part. No.

Description

A5329DE

4 x 4 x 13/4 (1/2" & 3/4" KO’s)

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

50

14.8

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

100

2.1

Box Back Wall Support
Part. No.

Description

A540DS

For use with 1/2" Knockout

ENT Box Extenders
E42728

Single Gang
Cu. in.

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

1/2"

3.5

100

7.7

A411

5/8"

4.2

50

4.6

A412

3/4"

5.0

50

5.1

A413

1"

6.6

40

5

A414

11/ 4"

8.1

30

4.4

Part. No.

Rise

Cu. in.

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

A400

Blank

-

100

7.7

A420

1/2"

6.1

75

5.0

A421

5/8"

7.4

50

4.2

A422

3/4"

8.8

50

4.8

Part. No.

Rise

A410

Two Gang

Round Covers for Octagon Ceiling Boxes
E42728

Round Plaster Rings
• Suitable for fixture support
Part. No.

Rise

Cu. in.

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

A471

1/2"

3.2

100

3.3

A472

3/4"

4.0

100

3.7

Round Blank Covers
Part. No.

Rise

Cu. in.

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

E460R-CAR

Blank

-

35

2.2

-

100

4.7

A470D

28

Blank with

1/2"

KO

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

ENT Accessories
Quick Connect 4" Octagon Ceiling Boxes
• Carlon ceiling boxes and round plaster rings are produced from a special high heat
resistant engineered plastic material developed specifically for fixture support.
• Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

E42728
Except where
noted by

Ceiling Box – 20.5 cu. in.
Part. No.

Description

A615D

4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

A615E
A615DE

4-

21/8"

4-

21/8"

Deep

(3/ 4"

Deep

(1/ 2"

KO’s)
&

3/4"

KO’s)

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

50

6.4

50

6.4

50

6.4

Ceiling Box with J Mount – 20.5 cu. in.
Part. No.

Description

A615DJ

4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

50

18.7

Ceiling Box with L Bracket – 20.5 cu. in.
Part. No.

Description

A615DL

4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

50

6.4

Ceiling Box with Adjustable Hanger Bar – 20.5 cu. in.
Adjust from 14 1/4" to 23 1/4"
Part. No.

Description

A615DH

4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

25

13.6

HOLFORM™ Concrete Sleeves
HOLFORM nonmetallic concrete sleeve forms are the easy way to form holes in concrete. They install
in seconds with nails, screws or staples and are easily removed. Concrete will not adhere to them.
HOLFORMS are adjustable to any slab thickness.

Part No.

Min.
O.D.
A

B

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E92CSH

11/2

13/4

20

3

E92CSJ

2

2 13/32

25

6

E92CSL

3

3 13/32

25

8

E92CSN

4

4 13/32

18

8

E92CSP

5

5 13/32

15

8

E92CSR

6

6 13/32

12

8

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

29

ENT Accessories
PVC Conduit Cutters
Medium Cutter

Small Cutter

Hand held cutter makes fast square, smooth
field cuts on conduit, sizes 1/2" through 11/4".
Produces burr-free cut with no shavings.
Fits into pocket or pouch.

For fast, smooth field cuts of
1/2" through 1" Flex-Plus®
Blue™ ENT.
Part No.
CC120B

Size
8"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
10

Tape

Large Cutter

Part No.
CC125

Size
9"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
12

For clean cuts of conduit, sizes
1/2" through 2".

Std.
Size Ctn. Qty.
17 1/2"
1

Part No.
CC122

Prelubricated, woven polyester tape made from low friction, high abrasion resistant yarns
providing a low coefficient of friction. Tape is printed with sequential footage markings for
accurate measurements.
Part. No.

Size

Tensile Strength

TL14505

1/2"

1250 lbs.

Reel Lengths

5,000 ft.

TL14510

1/2"

1250 lbs.

10,000 ft.

TL38203

5/8"

1800 lbs.

3,000 ft.

TL38265

5/8"

1800 lbs.

6,500 ft.

TL38210

5/8"

1800 lbs.

10,000 ft.

Other tapes are available. Consult your sales service location for additional information.

Carlon® Cement
(MSDS sheets available at www.carlon.com)
*Meets ASTM D2564

All-Weather ENT Blue
“Quick-Set” Solvent
Cement with brush*
Part
No.

Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

VC9992

Quart

12

ENT cement required for use with ENT

30

Recommended
installation
temperature

Recommended pipe
application and sizes

Set-up time
(Evaporation Rate)

Recommended for use
with Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT
(Electrical Nonmetallic
Tubing), Riser-Gard®,
P&C Flex®, and Carlon
PVC fittings.
Up through 4" diameter.

10˚-30˚F 4-5 minutes
4˚ to 100˚F
30˚-50˚F 3-4 minutes
50˚-70˚F 1-2 minutes
70˚-90˚F 1/2-11/2 minutes

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Lap Shear
@ 73˚F

Viscosity at
75˚ as
manufactured

2 hrs. 350 psi
400-700 cps
16 hrs. 800 psi
72 hrs. 1,500 psi

ENT Technical Information
Concrete Encasement Guidelines
1. Cut ENT square and cleanly.
2. Insert end into fitting, making sure two (2) full
corrugations are snapped into fitting beyond
flexible tabs (2 clicks).
3. ENT should be tied to rebar at 2-3 foot intervals
to prevent flotation. Keep ENT straight. Small
deflections over a long run may accumulate
significant degrees of bend which will affect
conductor installation. Suitable materials
include wire, tie wraps, and tape.
4. When using UL solvent weld fittings for
concrete tight performance:

E. Promptly insert ENT
into fitting while
cement is wet, until
the stop is reached,
and give a quarter
turn.
F. Do not disturb until
joint is set.

A. Do not use chemical primer or cleaner.
B. Apply a light, uniform coat of cement
labeled for use with ENT on the coupling
and ENT.
C. Do not use a dauber.
D. Brush excess cement out of ENT grooves.

Specifications
1.1 Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing (ENT), is designed to replace EMT, flexible metal conduit or other raceway or
cable systems, for installation in accordance with Article 362 of the National Electrical Code, other applicable
sections of the Code, and local codes.
1.2 Any ENT used shall meet the requirements of UL Standard UL 1653 and shall be listed by Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc., as suitable for its intended purpose.
1.3 ENT shall be recognized by a National Evaluation Report for use in 1-hour and 2-hour rated construction.
1.4 Penetration of fire rated walls, floors or ceilings shall use classified Through-Penetration Firestop Systems
described in the current Underwriters Laboratories Fire Resistance Directory.
1.5 Fittings and outlet boxes shall be designed for use with ENT and listed by Underwriters Laboratories. All
fittings, boxes and accessories shall be from one manufacturer.
1.6 Only Carlon ENT Blue cement recommended specifically for use with ENT shall be used.
1.7 Unless indicated differently on drawings, ENT systems shall be color coded: BLUE for branch and feeder circuit
wiring, YELLOW for communications, and RED for fire alarm and emergency systems.
1.8 ENT, fittings, and accessories shall be manufactured by Carlon.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

31

ENT Technical Information
Features
• UL recognizes the use of PVC RNC cement type fittings with all sizes of ENT
• ENT rated for 90 deg C conductors
• One piece ENT Coupling, Threaded Terminator and RNC Transition Fitting are rated concrete tight
without tape by UL
• Recognized for use in 2-hour fire resistive nonload bearing and load bearing wall assemblies
• Recognized for use in 1-hour fire resistive nonload bearing wall assemblies
• Recognized for use in a fire resistive ceiling assembly (up to 3 hours)
• Recognized for Through-Penetration Firestop systems as classified by UL to meet BOCA, SBCCI and ICBO codes.
• Conductors easily push through the raceway (up to approximately 50 feet)*
• For use in buildings in accordance with NEC Article 362
• Approved for installations of a one and two hour fire rated wall assembly and up to a three hour rated
floor/ceiling assembly
• Outside Diameters meet IPS Dimensions
• Storage
-4°F to 158°F
• Handling
-4°F to 104°F

Approved Uses:
• Concrete slab – NEC Article 362
• Walls - wood stud, masonry and metal stud – NEC Article 362.
• Ceilings - permanent or dropped (free air only) – NEC Article 362.
• Exposed – NEC Article 362
• Public Assembly – NEC Section 518.4, in nonfire rated and certain five rated structures
• Prewired – NEC Article 362
• Classified by UL 1479 for Through Penetration Firestop Systems in UL Guide Category XHEZ and current
UL Fire Resistance Directory
• Three hour rated floor/ceiling assemble
• Raised Floors – NEC Section 645.5(D)(2)
• Exposed or concealed in building above three floors when a fire sprinkler system is installed in accordance with
NFPA 13 – NEC Section 362.10(2)
• For use in residential attics up to 3 feet above the bottom of the ceiling joist.

Typical Applications:
• Residential: Low or high rise – multi or single family
• Commercial: Low or high rise – office, retail, hotel/motel, restaurant, etc.
• Nursing Homes/Hospitals in nonpatient care areas only
• Schools, classrooms, dormitories, offices
• Fire Alarm Systems
• Recreational vehicles and parks
• Solar Photovoltaic systems
• Marinas and boatyards
• Other uses per the current NEC

32

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon Floor Boxes and Covers
®

Round Floor Boxes
1-, 2-, and 3-Gang
Rectangular
Floor Boxes
Residential
Floor Boxes
Brass Covers
Nonmetallic Covers

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

33

Rectangular Floor Boxes
1-, 2-, and 3-Gang
Carlon® Rectangular Floor Box
Systems – three-way power, data,
and communications plus easy
double or triple ganging, too.
Compared to metal boxes, Carlon
rectangular floor boxes cost less and
install faster to save you money on
every job. Three-in-one power, data,
and communications capability cuts
installation time and cost even more,
while simple two- and three-gang
modularity gives you the flexibility,
installation ease, and cost-savings no
other nonmetallic boxes can match.
The covers attach without the use of
fasteners, providing a professional,
clean installation as well as preserving
the aesthetic life of the product. Take
a closer look at all our rectangular
floor box systems offer you.
*U.S. Patent 5,866,845

Features
• Covers require no adjusting collar. Two screws
assure a flush, secure installation.

• Convenient cubic inch capacity markings
on inside allow for easy inspection.

• Nonmetallic PVC construction, watertight gasket,
and corrosion-resistant hardware assure long life
and reliable performance even in harsh and/or
corrosive environments.

• PVC molded ports and reducer plugs
included.

• One consistent box depth simplifies ordering time
and reduces inventory.

• Rectangular sides are drillable.

• Saves time and money on installations with
simple saw cut to floor level.
• Concrete tight and suitable for any on grade/
below grade application; concrete or wood
sub-floor construction approved.
34

• Accepts 1/2", 3/4", and 1" conduit, tubing
or raceway.
• For tile and carpet applications.
• Cover options include solid brass or
thermoplastic (brown, slate, and caramel).
• UL scrub water tested.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Rectangular Floor Boxes
Installation

E42728

With our rectangular boxes, one SKU is all
you ever need. Simply remove appropriate
sides and slide boxes together to create
two- or three-gang boxes for on-the-job
flexibility no competitor offers.

Specifications
Rectangular Floor Box
6.00"

6.00"

5.50"
7.46"

Part
No.

Material

Size

E976RFB

PVC

1-Gang

3.25"

Internal
Volume
(cu. in.)

Min.
Concrete
Depth

Hubs

97.4
(16.8 per
inch of
Depth)

3 1/2"

(2) 1"

Reducer
Plugs

(2) 1" x 3/4"
(2) 3/4" x 1/2"

Std. Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. lbs.

3

6.92

Activation Kit
Activation kit provides components to accommodate all standard power, data, and
communications devices plus a divider to separate power from data and communications –
all in a single SKU. Device yokes can be adjusted to store excess cord in the box.
Part
No.

Material

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E976AK2

PVC

3

2.47

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

35

Rectangular Floor Box Covers – Nonmetallic
1-, 2-, and 3-Gang Nonmetallic

E42728

On-the-job flexibility extends to our rectangular box covers. Each
one-, two-, or three-gang cover is suitable for any wiring application
and can be used with any floor surface. Nonmetallic covers are even
field reversible for tile or carpet. Double door feature allows easy
access to the device and helps keep stray cords organized.
Carlon Rectangular Floor
box covers do not require
a separate carpet flange.
The carpet flange is part
of the cover and may
be removed for tile
application.

*U.S. Patent 5,866,845

Features
• High impact resistant thermoplastic

• Double door design

• Field reversible for tile or carpet

• For tile and carpet applications

• Gasketed for a watertight seal

• UL scrub water tested

Specifications
Rectangular Floor Box Covers – Nonmetallic

Part
No.
E9761B
E9762B
E9763B
E9761C
E9762C
E9763C
E9761S
E9762S
E9763S

36

Description
Brown Single-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange
Brown Double-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange
Brown Triple-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange
Caramel Single-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange
Caramel Double-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange
Caramel Triple-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange
Slate Single-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange
Slate Double-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange
Slate Triple-Gang Cover/Carpet Flange

Dimensions
(W x L)

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

7.13" x 5.00"
7.13" x 8.25"
7.13" x 11.50"
7.13" x 5.00"
7.13" x 8.25"
7.13" x 11.50"
7.13" x 5.00"
7.13" x 8.25"
7.13" x 11.50"

3
9
6
3
9
6
3
9
6

1.7
8.5
7.5
1.7
8.5
7.5
1.7
8.5
7.5

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Rectangular Floor Box Covers – Brass
1-, 2-, and 3-Gang Solid Brass

E42728

Carlon® Brass rectangular Floor Box Covers add a classic touch to
all floor box installations and are particularly suited for use in hightraffic areas because of the resistance to wear. The gasket gives a
watertight seal, and the light lacquer finish provides extra protection.

*U.S. Patent 6,265,662

Features
• Rugged solid brass construction.

• Gasketed for watertight applications.

• Brushed finish coated with a light
lacquer for protection.

• Rectangular brass covers allow for single,
duplex, GFCI receptacles, and low voltage.

• Rectangular brass covers include
a cord door.

• For tile and carpet applications.
• UL scrub water tested.

Specifications
Rectangular Floor Box Covers – Brass

E9761BR
Part
No.
E9761BR
E9762BR
E9763BR
E976AK2

E9763BR

E9762BR
Description
Brass Single-Gang Cover
Brass Double-Gang Cover
Brass Triple-Gang Cover
Rectangular Floor Box Activation Kit

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

3
3
3
3

6.8
9.9
12.1
1.3

37

Round Floor Boxes
Carlon® Round Floor Box Systems –
three-way versatility for power,
data, and communications.
Carlon round floor boxes give you
the same cost-saving advantages
over metal boxes as our rectangular
boxes. By letting you combine
power, data, and communications in
the same box, you can dramatically
reduce your installation time and
cost compared to other nonmetallic
boxes. In addition, multi-use covers
mean fewer SKUs to deal with and
greater jobsite flexibility to increase
your savings further. Take a closer
look at all their advantages for
yourself.

Features
• Nonmetallic PVC construction, watertight
gasket, and corrosion-resistant hardware
assure long life and reliable performance
even in harsh and/or corrosive environments.
• Brass and an assortment of nonmetallic
covers are available for a variety of
applications.
• The same box depth simplifies ordering and
reduces inventory.
• For tile and carpet applications.

• Concrete tight and suitable for any on
grade/below grade application; concrete or
wood floor construction approved.
• Y-connector (E972Y) allows you to feed parallel
runs of 3/4" conduit or to feed in/out from the
same side for increased wiring flexibility and
faster installation.
• PVC molded ports and reducer plugs included.
• Accepts 1/2", 3/4", and 1" conduit, tubing or
raceway.
• UL scrub water tested.

38

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Round Floor Boxes
Where
noted by

Specifications
Round Floor Box

Carlon Round Floor Boxes allow for various thickness of concrete pours.
Trim out is easy – just use a handsaw to cut off box at desired height to
accommodate carpet, tile, or other flooring. Carlon leveling ring guarantees a
level top every time, even if the box is tipped slightly during the pouring process.

6.11"
5.03"

O .25"
4.00"
6.44"

6.00"

4.00"

E42728

Part
No.

E971FB

Internal
Volume
(cu. in.)

Min.
Concrete
Depth

90.0
(15.5 per
inch of
Depth)

3 1/2"

Hubs

Reducer
Plugs

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. lbs.

(2) 1" and
(2) 3/4"

(2) 1" x 3/4" and
(2) 3/4" x 1/2"

10

15.6

Accessories
Multi-Service Divider Kit
Multi-service divider kit for separate power, data, and
communications compartments provides unbeatable
flexibility and money-saving installation speed.
For use with nonmetallic boxes only.
Part
No.

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E973K

10

3

3/4" Y Fitting
The 3/4" Y Fitting provides for in and out service from a
single 1" port, and allows for two 3/4" parallel conduit
runs to adapt into a single conduit body port.
Part
No.

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E972Y

10

2.1

Reducer Plugs
Part
No.

Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E971C

3/4" x 1/2"

100

2.1

E971D

1" x 3/4"

100

3.2

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

39

Round Floor Box Covers – Nonmetallic
Features

Nonmetallic Covers

E42728

• High impact resistant thermoplastic
• Compatible with standard NEMA Duplex,
and 1 1/4" NPS receptacles
• Drill points (3/8") provided for low voltage
cable pass throughs
Caramel

Slate

Ivory

• 1 1/4" NPS plugs may be modified to accept
smaller fittings (3/8", 1/2", and 3/4")
• For tile and carpet applications
• UL scrub water tested

Brown

Taupe

U.S. Patent 6,450,353

Duplex Covers
Part
No.

Color

Description

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E97DSI

Ivory

Duplex Cover

10

5.2

E97DSC

Caramel

Duplex Cover

10

5.7

E97DST

Taupe

Duplex Cover

10

5.7

E97DSS

Slate

Duplex Cover

10

5.6

E97DSB

Brown

Duplex Cover

10

5.8

Part
No.

Color

Description

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E97SSRB

Brown

NPS Cover

10

3.8

E97SSRC

Caramel

NPS Cover

10

3.8

E97SSRS

Slate

NPS Cover

10

3.8

1 1/4" NPS Covers

Metal Cover Adapter Ring
Part
No.

Devices

E97ABR2

One-Piece Metal Cover Adapter

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

10

3.3

Clear Cover Carpet Ring

40

Part
No.

Color

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E97CCR

Clear

10

1.2

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Round Floor Box Covers – Brass
Features

Brass Covers

E42728

• Screws concealed under doors
• Rugged solid brass construction
• Brushed finish coated with a light lacquer for protection
• Resistance to wear – suited for high traffic areas
• Gasketed for watertight applications
• Available in four styles – Single Door, Two Door, NPS Opening,
and Two Door Dual Service
• For tile and carpet applications
U.S. Patent 6,179,634

• UL scrub water tested

Two Door Dual Service
(Divider Kit included)
NEW!
Part
No.

Devices

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E97BR2D

Duplex and Two Data Ports

5

9.2

Part
No.

Devices

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E97BR2

Duplex

5

7

Part
No.

Devices

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

E97BR

GFCI and Duplex

5

7

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

5

7.5

Two Door
NEW!

Single Door

NPS Opening
Part
No.

Devices

E97BRG

1 1/4" Outlet and Single Receptacle

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

41

Adjustable Residential Floor Boxes
One-Gang

Nonmetallic (Ivory)

Nonmetallic (White)

Brass
*U.S. Patent 5,289,934

Features
• Adjusts to most finished floor heights (From 0" to 13/4")
• 20 cubic in. capacity
• Available with nonmetallic or brass cover
• Complete assembly includes box, duplex receptacle, cover,
molded-in cable clamps, mounting bracket and mounting hardware

• Ideal for home offices and entertainment rooms
• UL listed Floor Box
• UL scrub water tested
• 2 hour floor fire classification

Installation
Screw in to
adjust to
height of
flooring or
carpet

Install
clip over
subfloor.

Beautiful
flush fit
every
time!

Specifications
E42728

Part
Number

Size

Cubic
In.

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

B121BFBRW

One-Gang

White

20

8

7.02

B121BFBR

One-Gang

Ivory

20

8

7.02

B121BFBB

One-Gang

Brass

20

8

14.50

Cover

Kit includes:
*Note: Brass cover includes ground
lug and wire

Box

42

Ivory/White Cover:
• Two (2) 6-32x1 flat head machine
screws
• Four (4) #6 1-1/4 self-tapping flat
head screws
• Two (2) #6 1-5/8 drywall screws
• One (1) cover plug

Cover

Receptacle

Mounting Hardware:

New Work
Bracket

Old Work
Bracket

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Brass Cover:
• Two (2) 6-32x1 brass plated flat
head machine screws
• Four (4) #6 1-1/4 self-tapping flat
head screws
• Two (2) #6 1-5/8 drywall screws

Adjustable Residential Floor Boxes
Two-Gang

Features
• Adjusts to most finished floor heights (From 0" to 13/4")
• Dual voltage capability
• 34 cubic in. capacity
• Complete assembly includes box, cover, dual voltage divider,
molded-in cable clamps, mounting bracket and mounting hardware
(Note: Devices not included)

• Ideal for home offices and entertainment rooms
• UL listed Floor Box
• UL scrub water tested
• 2 hour floor fire classification

Installation
Screw in to
adjust to
height of
flooring or
carpet

Install
clip over
subfloor.

Beautiful
flush fit
every
time!

Specifications
E42728

Part
Number

Size

Cover

Cubic
In.

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

B234BFBB

Two-Gang

Brass

34

4

9.976

Kit includes:

(Devices not
included)

• One (1) New Work Bracket
• One (1) Old Work Bracket
• One (1) 34 cubic in. UL Listed Floor Box
• One (1) Dual Voltage Divider
• One (1) UL Listed Brass Floor Cover
• Four (4) #6-32x1" flat head machine
screws
• Four (4) #6 x1-1/4" flat head selftapping screws
• Two (2) #6x1-5/8" square drive trim
head screws
• Green ground wire
• Installation instructions

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

43

Drop-in Floor Box
Carlon® Drop-In Floor Box NEW!
The Carlon Drop-In Floor Box with Brass Cover
combines many of the same features in our
existing Floor Box line with the strength,
durability and style necessary to accommodate
today’s residential electrical/telecommunication needs.
The Carlon Drop-In Floor Box is the fastest
easiest way for contractors to put a floor
socket anywhere they need it! It's designed
to accommodate high and low voltage
applications and comes complete with
everything needed for installation - Floor box,
Brass Cover, hole saw, wired receptacle,
two-hole low voltage plate, blank plate,
mounting screws, and wire nuts.

Installed:

Note: The Drop-In Floor Box is available with
or without a hole saw.

Features:
• Single hole installation
• Solid brass cover has a light lacquer finish to resist
wear - Ideal for high traffic areas
• Accommodates high and low voltage applications
• Includes single gang grounded receptacle, low voltage
telephone/cable plate (data jacks not included), and
blank plate for custom installations
• Eliminates the need for extension cords
• Superior aesthetics - Ideal for home offices and
entertainment rooms
• C-UL-US Listed Nonmetallic Outlet Box

44

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Drop-in Floor Box
Specifications

E42728

Part Number

UPC Code

Description

Std. Carton Qty.

Std. Carton Wt. (lbs.)

E971FBDI

034481186601

Drop-In Floor Box w/Hole Saw

5

6.5

E971FBDIB

034481189459

Drop-In Floor Box without Hole Saw

20

17.6

Installation

1. Cut 2-3/8" hole through carpeting
before using hole saw.

2. Drill hole in floor using hole saw.

3. Pull romex through floor.

4. Connect receptacle wires to romex. Be
sure to match wire color(s).

5. Secure wire clamp on bottom of
tube.

6. Brass cover snaps into place. Use a
small screwdriver to pry open brass
cover to plug in appliance.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

45

46

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon Nonmetallic
Curved Lid J-Box
®

To give you a
better way to
install parking
lot lights,
we started at
the bottom.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

47

Curved Lid J-Box
Anyone who’s worked with parking lot light poles
knows the problem. Those tiny integral hand holes
for electrical wiring can really slow a project down.
But now there’s a better answer for shopping centers,
car dealerships, sports arenas, office complexes, or
anywhere you need pole lighting for large parking
lot areas – the Carlon nonmetallic curved lid J-Boxes.
Carlon curved lid J-Boxes are listed in accordance
with UL 50 specifications for Electrical Enclosures as
well as NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 ratings.
They are available in sizes 8"x8" or 12"x12".
Both the base and lid are made from PVC to
eliminate rust and corrosion and are supplied with
tamper-resistant screws.

Features

Designed specifically for use with 24" diameter
concrete piers, J-Boxes are installed, along with all
necessary conduit and fittings, when piers are
poured. This gives installers a giant junction box
at the base of every pole to ease wiring, facilitate
circuit management, and provide easy postinstallation maintenance. Just take a closer look,
and you’ll see why our nonmetallic J-Boxes are a
better choice for you.

• NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13
• UL Listed and CSA Certified
• Paintable lid
• Dividers available to separate high and low
voltage, and can be retrofitted into existing
applications

Install Carlon® Weatherproof Covers

• Lids provide locations to mount weatherproof
covers:
8" x 8" - One location
12" x 12" - Three locations
• Nonconductive and noncorrosive
• Designed for a 24" radius concrete pier
NOTE: The J-Box can also be installed in
concrete piers from 18" to 36" in
diameter. Contact your Carlon Sales
Rep for installation details.

48

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Curved Lid J-Box Installation and Wiring
Faster, easier wiring for greater productivity.

Easy to Install

Once your J-Boxes are
installed, you can speed
projects along by prewiring before poles arrive.
Or you can install poles
first and use them to
mount cable pulling
equipment – a particular
advantage for long,
difficult wire pulls. Of
course, all the extra hand
room our J-Boxes offer makes splicing much easier and faster than
working through cramped pole access holes.

1. J-Box, with all conduit and fittings placed as desired,
is temporarily attached to the concrete form – base
and lid inside.

More flexibility, fewer home runs,
and easier maintenance, too.
Extra room also gives you splicing space for options like zone lighting
or to reduce the number of home runs, which can lower trenching
and associated materials costs by up to 30%. In addition, the box
lids provide locations to mount receptacles and weatherproof
covers for even more flexibility. For easy maintenance, fixture
protection can be placed at the base, and if need be, poles can
even be removed and replaced in the middle of the circuit without
affecting overall lighting.

2. Remove form after concrete has been poured
and allowed to cure.

3. Pop off the J-Box lid, leaving an 8" x 8" x 4"
or 12" x 12" x 4" access area, depending on
the J-Box selected.

Site Lighting Plan With J-BOX

Site Lighting Plan Without J-BOX

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

4. After wiring is completed, the lid is replaced to
complete the installation.

49

Curved Lid J-Box
Specifications

LR31146 Except where
E54381

noted by

J-Box Assemblies
Part No.
E88C24
E1212C24

Size
8"x 8"x 4"
12"x 12"x 4"

Std. Ctn. Qty.
6
2

Std. Ctn Wt. (lbs.)
28.3
9.7

Std. Ctn. Qty.
1
1

Std. Ctn Wt. (lbs.)
2.1
2.3

Accessories
Replacement Lids
Part No.
E88L24
E1212L24

Size
8"x 8"
12"x 12"

Dividers
The National Electrical Code (NEC) allows electrical conductors to share an
outlet box when the conductors and communication cables are separated by a
barrier within the box.

Part No.
E88DIV

Std. Ctn. Qty.
6

Std. Ctn Wt. (lbs.)
2.1

2

2.3

(For use with Part No. E88C24)

E1212DIV
(For use with Part No. E1212C24)

50

J-Box Dividers are used to separate high and low
voltage devices, and solvent cement into place

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon Weatherproof
Covers, Lampholders and Fixtures
®

Weatherproof Covers
In-Use Weatherproof
Covers
Lamp Holders
Weatherproof Fixture
“T” Boxes

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

51

Weatherproof Covers
LR31146

Carlon® weatherproof covers are rain-tight and drip-proof
when the cover is closed. They are intended for wet
environments and offer protection to outdoor electrical
devices. They may be mounted to Type FS boxes or a
smooth, flat nonporous surface. Lids snap-off for easy
access to top screw holes.

Features

Installation Instructions

E42728

• Turn off power when installing electrical devices.
• Place gasket on top of outlet box.
• Fasten cover to outlet box with enclosed screws.
This cover must be installed in accordance with the
National Electrical Code (NEC) and local
codes.

• Nonconductive
• Nonmetallic
• Noncorrosive
• Durable
• Paintable
• Easy to install

These covers can be mounted to Type FS
boxes, or a smooth, flat nonporous mounting
surface. (Use 1/4"bead RTV type, silicone,
neoprene, urethane, or polyurethane caulking
between gasket and mounting surface on
non-box mountings.)

Single Gang Covers

50 AMP Receptacle Cover
For 50 amp or other single receptacles under 2.250" diameter.

15 AMP Receptacle Cover

Part No.

E98G5FN-CAR

For 15 amp or other single receptacles under 1.375" diameter.
Part No.

E98SRCN-CAR

Color

Grey

Color

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Grey

10

2

Color

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Grey

10

2

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

10

2.1

Duplex Receptacle Cover
For single gang duplex receptacle applications.

20 AMP Receptacle Cover

Part No.

E98GDRN-CAR

For 20 amp or other single receptacles under 1.625" diameter.
Part No.

Color

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E98G20N

Grey

20

4.1

GFI Receptacle Cover
For GFI receptacle applications. Device opening dimensions:
2.63" H x 1.31" W.

30 AMP Receptacle Cover

Part No.

For 30 amp or other single receptacles under 1.750" diameter.
Part No.

E98G30N-CAR

52

E98GFCN-CAR

Color

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Grey

10

2.1

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Color

Grey

Std. Ctn.
Std.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

10

2

Weatherproof Covers

Single Gang Covers

Two Gang Covers

Duplex Receptacle Cover –
Horizontal Mount

Double Duplex
For two gang duplex receptacle applications.

For single gang duplex receptacle applications.
Part No.

E98DHGN-CAR

Part No.

Color

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Grey

10

3.9

E9G2DDN-CAR

Color

Grey

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

10

2.3

Double Toggle Cover
For two gang weatherproof toggle switch applications.

GFI Horizontal Cover
For GFI receptacle applications. Device opening dimensions:
2.63" W x 1.31" H.
Part No.

E98GHGN-CAR

Color

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Grey

10

1.9

Part No.

Color

E9G2SSN

Grey

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

6

3.2

Combination Toggle/GFI Cover
For two gang GFI and weatherproof toggle switch applications.
Part No.

E9G2GTN-CAR

Circuit Breaker Cover

Color

Grey

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

5

1.3

For circuit breaker applications up to 4 single poles. Device
opening dimensions: 2.845" H x 2.265"W.
Part No.

Color

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E98GCBN

Grey

20

3.9

Combination Toggle/Duplex Receptacle Cover
For two gang duplex receptacles, and weatherproof
toggle switch applications.
Part No.

E9G2DSN-CAR

Color

Grey

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

10

1.3

Single Switch Cover
For single switches.
Part No.

E98SSCN-CAR

Color

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Grey

10

2.1

Blank Covers
Single Gang Cover
Fits Carlon® single gang FS boxes. Supplied with stainless steel
mounting screws and gasket.

Toggle Switch Cover

Part No.

Color

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E980CN-CAR

Grey

12

1.60

For single weatherproof toggle switch applications.

E980CM-CAR

White

12

1.60

Part No.

Color

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E98TSCN-CAR

Grey

5

1.1

Two Gang Cover
Fits Carlon® two gang FS boxes and other nonmetallic and
metallic FS boxes. Supplied with stainless steel mounting
screws and gasket.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Part No.

Color

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E9802CN-CAR

Grey

10

2.17

53

In-Use Weatherproof Covers
LR31146

Carlon® In-Use Weatherproof covers are intended for wet
locations that require protection for electrical devices while
in-use. And because of their strength and durability they can
be used year round without rusting or fading.

Features
• NEMA Type 3R Rated
• Meets NEC article 406.8(B)
while in use

E42728

Installation Instructions
This Cover can be mounted to an FS type box intended for
wet locations, or a smooth, flat mounting surface.
Installation of wiring devices and
this Cover by an electrician or
Device
individual that has a basic
Cover
understanding of electrical wiring
Plate
is also recommended.
This cover must be installed in
accordance with the National
Electrical Code (NEC) and local codes.

Electrical
Device

• Tamper resistant
• Paintable

Cover
Assembly

• Nonmetallic

The Cover complies with NEC
article 406.8(B) for outdoors, and
subrule 26-706 of the Canadian
Electrical Code.

Cover Gasket

• Nonconductive
• Noncorrosive

Outlet Box

In-Use Weatherproof Covers – NEMA Type 3R Rated
Single Gang
Horizontal

Single Gang
Vertical

Includes: one duplex
receptacle plate, one GFI
receptacle plate, one cover, one base with gasket and screws.

Includes: one switch plate,
one duplex receptacle plate,
one GFI receptacle plate, one
cover, one base with gasket and screws.

Part No.

Color

E9UHGRN
E9UHWRN
E9UHCRN

Grey
White
Clear

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

4
4
4

2.1
2.2
2.0

Double Gang
Includes: double
duplex receptacle
plate, double GFI
receptacle plate,
combination duplex
and toggle plate,
combination GFI and
toggle plate, one cover, one base with gasket and screws.
Part No.

Color

E9U2GRN
E9U2WRN
E9U2CRN

Grey
White
Clear

Color

E9UVGRN
E9UVWRN
E9UVCRN

Grey
White
Clear

Std. Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

12
12
12

5.2
5.3
5.0

Single Gang
Vertical
Deep
Includes: one switch plate, one duplex receptacle plate,
one GFI receptacle plate,* one single receptacle plate,
one cover, one base with gasket and screws.

Std. Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

6
6
6

Part No.

4.2
4.3
4.1

Part No.

Color

E9UDVGRN
E9UDVWRN
E9UDVCRN

Grey
White
Clear

Std. Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

8
8
8

5.8
5.8
8.6

*1.60" diameter – fits 20 amp twistlock or standard 30 amp
receptacle.

54

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Lampholders
Carlon® Nonmetallic Lampholders are ideal for outdoor
residential or commercial applications. Our lampholders are
nonconductive and safe for wet or damp locations. Available
in white, they will compliment any exterior.

Features
• Nonmetallic
• Nonconductive
• Easy to install
• Paintable
• Durable
• Rust proof

Installation Instructions

E70380
E183934
Except where noted by

1. Turn off electricity before starting.
2. Bring power leads into the outlet box and connect
using proper wire nuts or insulation materials.
3. Use drill or nail to knock out holes on lampholder
cover that align with outlet box. When completed,
be sure visual perimeter of weatherproof gasket is even
to assure proper seal.
4. Floodlight lampholders can be positioned using
two different adjustments. Loosen locknut to turn
lampholder assembly to desired position. Tighten
locknut. Then depress pushbutton to adjust lampholder
to final position.

Lampholders
No-Tool-Lampholder with Gasket

Rectangular Lampholder Cover
Part No.

P7901W-CAR

Color

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.) Ctn. Qty.

White

.9

12

Round Lampholder Cover
Part No.

Color

P7801W-CAR

White

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.) Ctn. Qty.

1.6

Part No.

Color

P8001W-CAR

White

16

P8005W-CAR

White

5.5

Part No.

Color

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

6

5.8

Closure Plugs

Two Lampholders
with Rectangular Cover
Color

24

No-Tool-Lampholder with
Round Cover Kit
P8060W-CAR White

Part No.

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

6

Part No.

P7701W-CAR

Color

White

Std. Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

30

1.3

3.8

Two Lampholders
with Round Cover
Part No.

Color

P8010W-CAR

White

Std. Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

6

3.9

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

55

Weatherproof Fixture and “T” Boxes
Carlon® Nonmetallic Weatherproof Fixture is designed for indoor or outdoor
use and is suitable for damp, wet or corrosive environments. The one-piece
design offers a 20.25 cu. in. wiring capacity and is approved for 60° AWG
wire with the use of a 150 watt lamp. It will accommodate 8 no. 12 AWG
through branch circuit conductors and is approved for through branch wiring.

Features

Universal
Mounting
Base

• Nonmetallic - corrosive resistant
• Ceramic socket - long life
• Silicone gasket
• Drill point located on back
• Approved for dwellings
• Junction box approved

3/4"
Threaded
Hubs

Twist-On/
Lock-On
Socket
Assembly

3.80 B.C.
(96.5)
for #8 screws
3/4" NPT
Threaded
Ports
4 PLCS.

10.50"
(266.7)
960GLB

Optional 1/2" PVC Reducer to 1/2" PVC Conduit

.77"
(19.6)
4.67"
(118.6)
6.09"
(154.7)

1/ 2"

PVC
Conduit

E943E E950ED
Adapter Reducer

Optional 1/2" PVC or Steel Reducer
to1/2" Steel Conduit

E943E E9842D
Adapter Threaded
Adapter

.97"
(24.6)
12"
(304.8) 9.75"
960GFL (247.6)
960PGL

E183934

3.50 B.C.
(88.9)
for #8 screws

Globes
not
included

1/ 2"

Steel
Adapter

E42728
Where noted by

1/ 2"

Steel
Conduit

1/ 2"

Steel
Conduit

Ceramic
Screw Shell

Fixture Base
Part No.

Hub
Size

Std. Ctn.
Qty

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E962E

3/ 4"

6

4.5

Weatherproof “T” Boxes
Carlon® Weatherproof “T” Boxes are for use with nonmetallic
wiring systems only. Can be used with Carlon Par Lamp Holders.

Single Gang “T” Box
With three 1/2" threaded holes. Mounting feet included.

Weatherproof Lighting Globes

Part No.

Clear Glass Globe
Part No.

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E960GLB (Clear Glass)

6

6.6

Color

*E381D-CAR
Grey
*E381DW-CAR White

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Size Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
1/2"
10
2.3
1/2"

10

1.8

Double Gang “T” Box
With three 1/2" and four 3/4" threaded holes. Mounting feet included.

Clear Polycarbonate Globe
Part No.

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E960PGL(Clear Plastic)

6

6.6

Part No.

Color

*E382DE
*E382DEW

Grey
White

Size
1/2"
1/2"

Std. Ctn.
Std.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

6
6

3.6
3.6

Round “T” Box

Rippled Polycarbonate Globe

With five 1/2" threaded holes. Mounting feet included.

Part No.

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E960GFL

6

4.9

Part No.

Color

*E365D-CAR
Grey
*E365DW-CAR White

Size
1/2"
1/2"

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

10
10

1.2
1.2

*E381D-CAR, E365D-CAR and E382DE are for use with nonmetallic
wiring systems only.

56

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon
Wire Handling Products
®

Kaddies
Karts
Dispensers

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

57

Kaddies and Karts
Wire Kaddy™
• Dispense small quantities of spooled wire.
• Convenient hand carrying design.
• Constructed of steel tubing with premium powder coat finish.
• 3/8" hitch pin clip allows easy spool changes.

Shipping/Storage:
Part No.

Dimensions

WK7001

22.75"L x 14"W x 11"H

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. of
Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Spools

4

25

• 4 units per master
• 64 pieces per pallet
(16 masters)
• More than 4 times
more product than
the competition
• Lower freight costs

CAPACITY
Spool
Dimensions

8

7" diameter x 5" wide

4

7" diameter x 6"-10" wide

Wire Handling Kart™
• Dispense quantities of spooled wire.
• Constructed of steel tubing with premium powder coat finish.
• 3/8" hitch pin clip allows easy spool changes.

Shipping/Storage:
Part No.

Dimensions

WK7101 44.25"L x 16"W x 17.5"H

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. of
Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Spools

2

47

• 2 units per master
• 36 pieces per pallet
(18 masters)
• Lower freight costs

CAPACITY
Spool
Dimensions

12

7" diameter x 5" wide

6

7" diameter x 6"-10" wide

• Dispense large quantities of spool wire.
• Heavy-duty construction with premium
powder coat finish.
• 5 wire spool axles.
• 3/8" hitch pin clip allows easy
spool changes.

Multi-Purpose
Wire Kart

• Built-in wire guide on handle
allows horizontal dispensing.
• Large 8" heavy-duty wheels
with adjustable axle position.
• Designed to pass through a
28" opening.

Shipping/Storage:

58

Part No.

Dimensions

WK7103

25"L x 28"W x 55"H

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. of
Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Spools

1

58.6

CAPACITY
Spool
Dimensions

6

2500' – up to 16" diameter

15

500' – 7" diameter x 5" wide

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

• 14 pieces per pallet
• Lower freight costs

Dispensers
Cable Dispenser
• Two mounting styles in one product
vs competitive offering.
• Floor, or stud mount
• Smoothly dispense coils of armored cable or NM-B.
• Swivel eyelet prevents tangles while paying out.
• Wide base for stability.
• Easy assembly, no tools required.

floor mount

Part No.

Dimensions

WK7203

15.5"H x 19"W

stud mount

Shipping/Storage:

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Coil Dimensions

3

45.5

• 3 units per master
• 36 pieces per pallet
(12 masters)

CAPACITY
Spool Dimensions

Inside 5.50" min, inside coil dia.
Outside 17" max. outside coil dia.
Max. Weight 50 lbs.

6 Reel Wire Dispenser
• Dispense large quantities of spool wire.
• Heavy-duty construction with premium
powder coat finish.
• 6 angled spindles keep reels in place
without locking.

• Built in wire guide.
• 2 fixed wheels, 1 locking swivel wheel.
• Designed to pass through a 30" opening.

Shipping/Storage:
Part No.

Dimensions

WK7201

44"L x 29"W x 33"H

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. of
Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Spools

1

80

6

• 10 pieces per pallet
• Lower freight costs

CAPACITY
Spool
Dimensions

2500' – up to 18" diameter

10 Reel Wire Dispenser
• All-steel construction
• Premium powder coated finish
• Easy loading, dispensing and changing
of spooled wire
• Adjustable wire guide
• Two fixed and two swivel locking casters
for stability

• Angled spindles keep spools in place
during use
• 360° rotating reel frame
• Fits through a 36" door opening
• Heavy duty
• Easy assembly

Shipping/Storage:
Part No.

Dimensions

WK7202

50"L x 32"W x 57.5"H

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn. Qty. of
Qty. Wt. (lbs.) Spools

1

190

10

CAPACITY
Spool
Dimensions

• Each unit shipped
in 2 cartons
• 2 pieces per pallet

2500' – up to 18" diameter

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

59

60

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon Wire Safe
Wireway And Wiring Trough
®

®

Tough on the job,
easy on you.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

61

Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough

No wires to pull, no hard-to-work-with
metal components.
Carlon® leads the way with the world’s broadest line of nonmetallic wiring management products designed for
easier installation, greater performance, and lower installed cost. That includes our Carlon® Wire Safe® wireway,
wiring trough, and fittings. It’s the perfect solution for containing electrical, electronic, and communication wire and
cable. That’s because it’s easy to install, provides durable protection, and eliminates the need to pull conductors, too.
Just compare it point for point against the competition, and you’ll see why it’s the best alternative for you.

62

Rugged Yet
Lightweight.

Easy To
Cut And Assemble.

UV stabilized, high-impact resistant PVC
provides a strong, durable, non-corrosive,
non-conductive housing for wire and
cable. At the same time, components are
so light and easy to handle that installation can be done by one person.

Wireway and trough can be cut easily and
cleanly with either a hacksaw or fine tooth
saw to make field fabrication a snap. And it’s
equally easy to couple components either
with Carlon primer and PVC cement or
nonmetallic push rivets.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough

No Wires To Pull.
Once your wireway or trough is installed, just lay your wire
and cable in, pop the cover on, and you’re done. It’s as easy
as that, and that’s a lot easier than pulling wire or cable.

Easy To Rewire.
"Clip-on" cover design allows easy access for adding or
removing wire and cable after initial installation.

Application Flexibility.
Wireway and trough are suitable for a wide range of applications from the most demanding commercial and industrial
uses including food service companies and chemical plants
to communication and computer facilities. Both wireway and
trough can be used on walls, ceilings, or across supports.

A Complete
Nonmetallic System.
Both wireway and trough are available in 2" x 2", 3" x 3",
4" x 4" and 6" x 6" dimensions. Wireway comes cut in easy-touse 10' lengths for larger jobs, and for tighter spaces, we offer
specific lengths of wiring trough to fit distances of 1' to 10'.
Both can be used with our nonmetallic enclosures, conduit, and
fittings to create a total nonmetallic wire and cable management
system far superior to metal counterparts.

Improved NEMA 12
Wireway End Caps.
Our new wireway end caps are now made with pre-installed
adhesive backed gaskets. This new design makes them easier
to use and also qualifies them for a NEMA 12 rating.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

63

Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough
®

Except where
noted by

Wiresafe Wireway
E151021

Outside
Nominal
Dimensions

Length

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Wt.
(lbs.)
per 10'

17011

2x2

10'

1

4.7

17013

3x3

10'

1

11.2

17015

4x4

10'

1

11.2

17017

6x6

10'

1

21.4

Part
No.

®

Wiresafe Wiring Trough
Part
Number
18111
18113
18115
18117
18211
18213
18215
18217
18311
18313
18315
18317
18411
18413
18415
18417
18511
18513
18515
18517
18611
18613
18615
18617
18011
18013
18015
18017

Outside Nominal
Standard
Dimensions
Carton Qty.
12" Trough
2x2
1
3x3
1
4x4
1
6x6
1
24" Trough
2x2
1
3x3
1
4x4
1
6x6
1
36" Trough
2x2
1
3x3
1
4x4
1
6x6
1
48" Trough
2x2
1
3x3
1
4x4
1
6x6
1
60" Trough
2x2
1
3x3
1
4x4
1
6x6
1
72" Trough
2x2
1
3x3
1
4x4
1
6x6
1
120" Trough
1
2x2
3x3
1
4x4
1
6x6
1

Wt./Lbs.
Each
0.6
1.0
1.4
3.1
1.1
1.8
2.6
5.3
1.5
2.6
3.7
7.4
2.0
3.3
4.8
9.6
2.5
4.1
5.9
11.7
2.9
4.9
7.1
13.8
4.8
8.1
11.6
22.4

All wiring trough is made to order and is supplied with a pair of end caps.

64

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Wiresafe® Fittings
®

Wiresafe Fittings
Flat Cross

(Clip-on Cover)

Part No.
* EGFCJ
* EGFCL
† EGFCN
† EGFCR

Size
2x2
3x3
4x4
6x6

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)
Qty.
ea.
1
0.5
1
1.3
1
1.7
1
4.8

90° Bend Flat Cover
Part No.
* EGLFJ
* EGLFL
† EGLFN
† EGLFR

(Clip-on Cover)

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)
Qty.
ea.
1
0.3
1
0.6
1
1.1
1
3.3

Size
2x2
3x3
4x4
6x6

90° Bend External Cover
Part No.
* EGLEJ
† EGLEL
† EGLEN
† EGLER

90° Bend Internal Cover

(Clip-on Cover)

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)
Qty.
ea.
1
0.3
1
0.8
1
1.2
1
3.3

Size
2x2
3x3
4x4
6x6

End Cap
Part No.
* EGSEJ
* EGSEL
* EGSEN
†† EGSER

Size
2x2
3x3
4x4
6x6

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)
Qty.
ea.
10
1.1
10
1.4
10
2.2
10
3.0

(UL NEMA 12 Rated)
Size
2x2
3x3
4x4
6x6

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)
Qty.
ea.
10 Pair
0.6
10 Pair
0.9
10 Pair
1.6
10 Pair
5.0

External Coupling
Part No.
EGCEJ
EGCEL
EGCEN
EGCER

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)
Qty.
ea.
1
0.3
1
0.7
1
1.1
1
3.0

Size
2x2
3x3
4x4
6x6

Tee Flat Cover
Part No.
* EGTFJ
* EGTFL
† EGTFN
† EGTFR

(Clip-on Cover)

Size
2x2
3x3
4x4
6x6

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)
Qty.
ea.
1
0.4
1
0.9
1
1.4
1
3.8

Tee External Cover
Part No.
† EGTEJ
† EGTEL
† EGTEN
† EGTER

Size
2x2
3x3
4x4
6x6

(Clip-on Cover)

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)
Qty.
ea.
1
0.4
1
0.9
1
1.4
1
3.8

Internal Coupling

Flange
Part No.
EGFJ
EGFL
EGFN
EGFR

Part No.
* EGLIJ
† EGLIL
† EGLIN
† EGLIR

(Clip-on Cover)

Size
2x2
3x3
4x4
6x6

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)
Qty.
ea.
10
1.3
10
2.2
10
2.5
10
7.8

Part No.
EGCIJ
EGCIL
EGCIN
–

Size
2x2
3x3
4x4
6x6

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)
Qty.
ea.
1O
1.3
1O
2.2
1O
2.5
N/A
N/A

Push Rivets
Part No.
EGPR

Size
N/A

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)
Qty.
ea.
0.4
200

Size
2x2
3x3
4x4
6x6

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)
Qty.
ea.
10
0.9
10
1.3
10
1.9
2.8
10

Hangers
Part No.
EGSBJ
EGSBL
EGSBN
EGSBR

* Molded fitting–couplings not needed
† Fabricated fitting–order couplings separately
†† No coupling is required for 6" fabricated end cap

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

65

Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough Installation

Installation Instructions
Description. Carlon Wire Safe wireway and wiring troughs are manufactured from extruded PVC. The standard color is
gray. The wireway consists of a base channel that is formed to receive a “clip-on” cover. Wiring troughs include a pair of
ready-to-install end caps.
Cover Installation and Removal. The cover can be installed by exerting hand pressure along its front face in such a
manner as to engage and clip projections on the side walls of the base channel. The cover can be removed by inserting a tool
(i.e., a screwdriver shaft) into one end of the wireway enclosure and exerting pressure against the underside of the cover,
which is then “peeled off” from the base.
Wireway Fittings. Fittings enable the wireway to be positioned around corners and enable tees and crosses to be created
without detracting from the protective characteristics. Interconnecting pieces can be assembled using couplings and rivets or
cement as necessary.
Molded fittings do not require couplings since they fit on the exterior of the wireway. However, primer and solvent cement are
needed. See cementing instructions.
Fabricated fittings do require internal or external couplings, and these must be ordered separately. To install fittings, a 9/32"
diameter hole should be drilled in the wireway to match the external coupling hole. A push rivet should be used to connect the
two pieces. To connect an internal coupling to the inside of a fitting, use Carlon Quick-Set Clear Cement.
Applications. These systems are designed for use in commercial and industrial areas. They may be used for the containment of electrical wiring/cables for power and lighting circuits and also communication and computer facilities. They are suitable for mounting on the surface of walls or ceilings or suspended across
suitably positioned supports. Ambient temperatures should not exceed 1220 F.

Installation.
1. Mark the surface upon which the wireway is to be mounted.
2. Measure, run, and identify position of fittings.
3. Remove cover from wireway, starting at one end, with a peeling
action (use of a screwdriver or similar lever is recommended).
4. Drill mounting holes through base at 60" centers maximum. Two
rows of mounting holes should be drilled, adjacent to each wall of
the wireway in order to evenly distribute the load.

5. The holes in the wireway should be drilled oversize to allow for
expansion. Washers should be mounted under the head of the
mounting device, which should not be tightened to its full extent.
6. Mount the wireway using screws or bolts.
7. Affix the wireway cover by aligning it to the wireway base and
then pressing it into its engaged position, starting at one end.
8. The cover should be made to overlap the base joint in order to
improve rigidity of the joint.

Engineering Specifications
Code Approvals. Carlon's Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough is recognized by the current National Electrical Code, Article 378, for
nonmetallic wireways.It is UL Listed for electrical wiring up to 600 volts. UL File Numbers: UL E151021.

Specification for Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough.
The wireway and wiring troughs shall be Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough.
The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall provide protection for electrical, low voltage, data and communication wiring or cables.
The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall be listed and installed per the NEC Article 378 for nonmetallic wireways.
The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall be manufactured from gray precision extruded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) meeting UL 94 V-O
requirements and shall be suitable for field painting.
The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall include base, cover, fittings, etc.
The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall provide all fittings required to form a complete, integrated surface raceway system.
End caps shall be gasketed and shall have a NEMA Type 12 rating.
The Carlon Wire Safe Wireway and Wiring Trough shall provide raceway with the following cross sectional areas:
1. 2 x 2 - 3.165 in.2 (20.4 cm2 )
3. 4 x 4 - 13.694 in.2 (88 cm2 )
2
2
2. 3 x 3 - 7.378 in. (47 cm )
4. 6 x 6 - 31.871 in.2 (205 cm2 )
Fittings. Internal and external elbow shall be a fitting cover that snaps onto the main base. Flat elbows and flat tees shall be a fitting cover
that snaps on to the main base. End caps shall be gasketed and NEMA Type 12 rated.
Installation. Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, NFPA 70 and NECA standard.
Install base, cover, fittings, accessories, etc., as necessary for a complete system.

66

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough Cementing

Cementing Instructions
1. Make a square cut using a miter box or precisely marked
line on the wireway to provide a smooth connection.
2. Make certain surfaces to be bonded are free of dirt, dust,
etc., by wiping them clean with a rag, and by removing
sawcut burrs with a knife or rasp.
3. With a dauber, place a coating of Carlon Clear Primer on
the wireway and its mating parts. Thoroughly coat the
surfaces to be mated.

Clear Primer
Part
Number
VC9903

Standard
Standard
Size
Carton Qty.
Pint
24
Dauber Top
VC9902
Quart
12
Dauber Top
Cement and primer not needed for end caps.

Standard
Carton Wt.
25.0 lbs.
24.0 lbs.

4. Allow the Carlon Clear Primer a few seconds to soften the
PVC surface (the time may need to be adjusted, depending
upon the temperature).
5. Apply a complete coating of Carlon Quick-Set Clear
Cement to matching ends that will be joined.
6. Hold the parts in position by exerting pressure on the
surfaces with clamps.
7. Allow 15 minutes or more before removing clamps.

All Weather Quick-Set Clear Cement
Part
Number
VC9984
VC9983
VC9982

Expansion And Contraction
Wireway will expand or contract with variations in temperatures.
To compensate for this expansion and contraction, during installation leave 0.25" gap at joint,glue only one side of internal coupling, or use external coupling with push rivets. All mounting
holes should be drilled oversize, and fasteners should not be
tightened fully to allow for expansion and contraction.

VC9981P

Standard
Size
1/2 Pint
Dauber Top
Pint
Dauber Top
Quart
Dauber Top
Gallon
Pour Top

Standard
Carton Qty.
10

Standard
Carton Wt.
6.0 lbs.

24

30.0 lbs.

12

29.0 lbs.

6

53.0 lbs.

Materials
PVC Homopolymer (ASTM F1784)
Specific Gravity (ASTM D792)
Thermal Conductivity (ASTM C177)
Heat Deflection Temperature
@264 psi (ASTM D648)
Tensile Strength (ASTM D638)
Flammability (UL 94)

minimum cell class 12354B
1.46
1.3 Btu/hr./ft.2/ 0F/in.
70 0 C
6000 psi
V-O

Physical Properties
Size
Crush Strength1 (lbs.)
Impact Strength2 (ft.-lbs.)
2x2
650
40
3x3
500
30
4x4
500
40
6x6
600
50
1. Load on 6" long sample just prior to wall buckling; fully recoverable.
2. Five lb. weight with 1-1/4" dia. face at 730 F.

Dimensions
Outside
Outside
Nominal Size (in.) Actual Size (in.)
2x2
1.97 x 1.97
3x3
2.96 x 2.96
4x4
3.94 x 3.94
6x6
5.91 x 5.91

Inside
Height (in.)
1.8
2.8
3.75
5.67

Inside
Width (in.)
1.79
2.76
3.72
5.67

Inside
Area (in.2)
3.31
7.94
14.39
13.48

Wireway
Thickness (in.)
0.09
0.10
0.11
0.12

Cover
Thickness (in.)
.08
.08
.08
.12

Wt./Ft.
(lb./ft.)
0.6
0.85
1.48
2.29

All information represents typical values and does not represent a minimum performance specification.
w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

67

Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough Specifications

Wirefill Chart
Conductor Size
AWG-MCM
18
6
14
14
14
12
12
12
10
10
8
8
6
4
3
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
750
800
900
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000

Area of Conductor (sq. in.)
A
B
C
D
RFH-2, RH,
TF,
TFN,
RHH, ***RHW, THW, THHN, XHHW,
***SF-2
†TW THWN ††ZW
.0167
.0088 .0062
–
.0196
.0109 .0079
–
.0230
.0135 .0087
–
*.0327
–
–
–
–
†.0206 –
.0131
.0278
.0172 .0117
–
*.0384
–
–
–
–
†.0252 –
.0167
.0460
.0222 .0184
–
–
.0311
–
.0216
.0845
.0471 .0373
–
–
†.0598 –
.0456
.1238
.0819 .0519 .0625
.1605
.1087 .0845 .0845
.1817
.1263 .0995 .0995
.2067
.1473 .1182 .1182
.2715
.2027 .1590 .1590
.3107
.2367 .1893 .1893
.3578
.2781 .2265 .2265
.4151
.3288 .2715 .2715
.4840
.3904 .3278 .3278
.5917
.4877 .4026 .4026
.6837
.5581 .4669 .4669
.7620
.6291 .5307 .5307
.8365
.6969 .5931 .5931
.9834
.8316 .7163 .7163
1.1940 1.0261 .8791 .9043
1.3355 1.1575 1.0011 1.0297
1.4082 1.2252 1.0623 1.0936
1.4784 1.2908 1.1234 1.1499
1.6173 1.4208 1.2449 1.2668
1.7530 1.5482 1.3623 1.3893
2.2062 1.9532 –
1.7671
2.5475 2.2751 –
2.0612
2.3779
2.8832 2.5930 –
3.2079 2.9013 –
2.6590

A
36
31
26
18
–
21
16
–
13
–
7
–
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
1
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Wire Safe Wireway Size and Maximum Number of Conductors Allowed
(Areas shown are 20% of the full interior cross sectional area of the wireway.)
3x3 (1.5 in.2)
4x4 (2.7 in.2)
6x6 (6.4 in.2)
2x2 (0.6 in.2)
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
68 96 – 89 170 241 – 161 306 435 – 383 727 1032 –
55 76 – 76 137 189 – 137 247 341 – 326 587 810 –
44 69 – 65 111 172 – 117 200 310 – 278 474 735 –
–
–
– 45 –
–
– 82 –
–
– 195 –
–
–
29 – 46 – 72 – 114 – 131 – 206 – 310 – 488
35 51 – 53 87 128 – 97 156 230 – 230 372 547 –
–
–
– 39 –
–
– 70 –
–
– 166 –
–
–
24 – 36 – 59 – 89 – 107 – 161 – 253 – 383
27 33 – 32 67 81 – 58 121 146 – 139 288 347 –
19 – 28 – 48 – 69 – 86 – 125 – 205 – 296
13 16 – 17 31 40 – 31 57 72 – 75 135 171 –
10 – 13 – 25 – 32 – 45 – 59 – 107 – 140
7 11 10 12 18 28 24 21 32 52 43 51 78 123 102
6
7
7
9 13 17 17 16 24 31 31 39 58 75 75
5
6
6
8 11 15 15 14 21 27 27 35 50 64 64
4
5
5
7 10 12 12 13 18 22 22 30 43 54 54
3
4
4
5
7
9
9
9 13 16 16 23 31 40 40
2
3
3
4
6
7
7
8 11 14 14 20 27 33 33
2
2
2
4
5
6
6
7
9 11 11 17 23 28 28
1
2
2
3
4
5
5
6
8
9
9 15 19 23 23
1
1
1
3
4
4
4
5
6
8
8 13 16 19 19
1
1
1
2
3
3
3
4
5
6
6 10 13 15 15
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
5
5
9 11 13 13
–
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
4
5
5
8 10 12 12
–
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
7
9 10 10
–
–
–
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
6
7
8
8
–
–
–
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
5
6
7
7
–
–
–
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
4
5
6
6
–
–
–
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
4
5
6
5
–
–
–
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
4
4
5
5
–
–
–
–
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
4
5
5
–
–
–
–
–
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
4
4
4
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
1
–
1
2
3
–
3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
1
–
1
2
2
–
3
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
–
1
2
2
–
2
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
1
2
–
2
Column A – Percent of Values In
Tables as Adjusted for Ambient
Number of
Temperature if Necessary
Conductors
80
4 through 6
7 through 9
70
10 through 24*
70
60
25 through 42*
43 and above*
50

* Dimensions of RHH and RHW.
*** Dimensions of RHH and RHW without outer covering are the same as
THW No. 18 through No. 10, solid as well as No. 8 and larger, stranded.
† Dimensions of THW in sizes No. 14 through No. 8. No. 6 THW and larger
are same dimension as TW.
†† No. 14 through No. 2.
NOTES:

68

1) The ampacities of the conductors shall be reduced as shown in
the table at right.
2) Refer to the National Electrical Code for ambient temperature
correction factors.

Column B** – Percent of Values In
Tables as Adjusted for Ambient
Number of
Temperature if Necessary
Conductors
80
4 through 6
7 through 9
70
10 through 20
50
45
21 through 30
31 through 40
40
41 through 60
35

* These factors include the effects of a load diversity of 50 percent.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

** No diversity.

Carlon Zip Box Blue
Switch and Outlet Boxes
®

®

™

Adjustable
Single Gang
2, 3, 4 Gang
Old Work
Ceiling Boxes
SuperBlue™
Covers

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

69

Zip Box® Blue™ Switch and Outlet Boxes
CarIon Zip Box Blue™ nonmetallic switch and outlet boxes – the contractor’s choice for easy
®

®

installation. Carlon has long been the leader with the world’s broadest line of nonmetallic, nonconductive wiring
management products designed for easier installation, greater performance, and lower installation cost. And that
includes our full line of Zip Box® Blue™ nonmetallic switch and outlet boxes. Designed for use with nonmetallic
sheathed cable in accordance with Article 314 of the National Electrical Code®, they make fast work of any residential
or light commercial application. Take a closer look, and you’ll see more reasons why they’re the right choice for you.

Features
• UL Listed, File No. E42728, for use as indicated in
Article 314 of the NEC.
• UL Classified for fire resistance, File No. R8326.
Reference UL Electrical Construction Equipment

• UL Classified for fire resistance Category CEYY, in a twohour fire resistive wall within the same partition cavity on
opposite sides of the wall. Requires the use of mineral wool
batt insulation on putty pad when separation is less than 24".
• Refer to International Building Code Section 712.3.2 Exception
2 for other separation options in fire resistive wall assemblies.

Directory, in product category QBWY or the UL
Fire Resistance Directory, for two-hours or less

• UL Classified Report, File No. R8326, covers use in two-hour
or less fire resistive wall and floor-ceiling assembly.

classification period.

Understanding Zip Box® Blue™ Part Numbers
First
Position

Second
Position

B-Zip Box
Gang Size
BH-SuperBlue 1,2,3, or 4

Third
Position

and/or

Fourth
Position

(
Available cubic inches
(ml) within the box

Fourth or
Fifth Position

and/or

Sixth
Position

)
Securing Methods

Grounding Features

A = Nail On

G = Grounding Lug
included

B = 3/8" – 5/8"
(9.5mm – 15.9mm)
Wallboard Bracket for
Wood or Steel Studs

P = Grounding Lug
included

H = 14 1/4" – 23 1/2"
(362mm – 596.9mm)
Adjustable Bar Hanger
K = 18 1/4" – 26 3/4"
(463.6mm – 679.5mm)
Adjustable Bar Hanger
L = Metal “L” Bracket for Ceilings
P = Standard Nail On Box
w/ Grounding Lug
R = Old Work Box, includes
Integral Clamps

For Example:

S = Screw On

B 1 18A
(B = Zip Box Blue, 1 = single gang, 18 = cubic inch (295 ml) capacity, A = Nail On.)

70

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Adjust-A-Box™Adjustable Zip Boxes and Brackets
The Carlon Adjust-A-Box features a patented
design that allows the box to be adjusted to most wall thicknesses
with the turn of a screw. To install, simply clip the bracket onto the
stud, secure with two screws to ensure the box won’t move, then turn
the adjustment screw clockwise or counterclockwise, and adjust the
box flush with the wall covering.
The Adjust-A-Box is available in one- and two-gang versions, and
by removing the box from the bracket the one-gang can easily be
upgraded to a two-gang, an ideal feature for old work applications.
The Carlon Adjust-A-Box achieves professional results every time.

Features
• Adjusts to any wall thickness

• Upgrades made easy

• Ideal for new work or retrofit applications

• Nonmetallic and durable

• Available in backed box or backless bracket
designer

• UL Listed

• One- and two-gang versions

• 1 3/4" Adjustability

• Meets NEMA OS-2

High Voltage
Part No.

Volume
(cu. in.)

B121ADJ

21

B234ADJC
B234ADJ

E42728

Size

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Single Gang Adjustable Wall Box

3 7/8"W x 3 3/4"H x 3 3/8"D

24

10

34

Double Gang Adjustable Wall Box
w/ Range Knockout

5 5/8"W x 3 5/8"H x 3"D

16

8.5

34

Double Gang Adjustable Wall Box

5 5/8"W x 3 5/8"H x 3"D

16

8.5

Description

B121ADJ

Low Voltage

E216492

Size

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Single Gang Adjustable Backless Bracket

3 7/8"W x 3 3/4"H

24

7.5

Double Gang Adjustable Backless Bracket

5 5/8"W x 3 5/8"H

20

6.9

Part No.

Description

SC100ADJC
SC100ADJC
SC100ADJC

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

71

Handy Box and Covers
The Carlon Handy Box is a nonmetallic switch and outlet box specifically designed
for use with nonmetallic conduit systems and
nonmetallic sheathed cabling.
Unlike metal boxes, the Carlon Handy Box has two
integral cable clamps. These clamps hold nonmetallic
cable firmly in place without the need for separate
clamps... simply push the wire into the clamp-opening,
and the cable is held securely in place. The Carlon
Handy Box also comes with six 1/2" knockouts on the
sides and back for easier wiring and a variety of
mounting options.

Features
• Flexible, can be used for many applications
• Thermoplastic construction that will not rust or
conduct electricity
• Built in cable clamps to hold wire firmly in place
• Six knockouts for easier wiring
• Four cover styles – blank, toggle switch, duplex
receptacle, and GFCI
• UL Listed (E42728) and two hour fire classified
for walls and ceilings

The Carlon Handy Box is constructed out of a
thermoplastic material, which resists rust and corrosion.
The Carlon Handy Box can be used with most wiring
devices including ground fault circuit interrupters
(GFCI). The Handy Box is designed to accept standard
metal covers or the NEW Carlon nonmetallic Handy
Box covers.
The Carlon Handy Box covers are made from a
durable polycarbonate material for extra strength and
durability. They’re available in four styles including a
duplex receptacle, toggle switch, ground fault circuit
interrupter (GFCI), and a blank cover (the blank cover
has a molded-in 1/2" knockout in the center).
Corrosion resistant stainless screws are provided with
each cover.

Box

E42728

Part No.

Description

B112HB

Handy Box – Single Gang

Size

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

1 7/8" x 4" x 2 1/8"

50

10.96

Covers

72

E42728

Size

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Single Gang Nonmetallic Cover – Blank

.25" x 4.30" x 2.38"

25

1.0

Single Gang Nonmetallic Cover – Toggle Switch

.25" x 4.30" x 2.38"

25

1.0

HB1DP

Single Gang Nonmetallic Cover – Duplex Receptacle

.25" x 4.30" x 2.38"

25

1.0

HB1GF

Single Gang Nonmetallic Cover – GFCI Cover

.25" x 4.30" x 2.38"

25

1.0

Part No.

Description

HB1BL
HB1SW

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Single Gang Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic
Switch/Outlet Boxes
E42728

• Meets NEMA OS-2
• UL Listed to UL 514C

B108B-UPC

B118A

B120A-UPC

B118B-UPC

B122A-UPC

Single Gang
Part No.

Volume
(cu. in.)

Description

Size

Knockouts

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt. (lbs.)

8

Single Gang Bracketed Shallow Box

1 1/4"D x 2 3/8"W x 3 5/8"L

–

25

3

•B118A

18

Single Gang with captive nails

2 7/8"D x 2 1/4"W x 3 3/4"L

4
(2 each end)

100

22

•B120A-UPC

20

Single Gang with captive nails

3 1/4"D x 2 1/4"W x 3 7/8"L

4
(2 each end)

100

24

•B118B-UPC

18

Single Gang with bracket for 3/8"
to 5/8" wallboard – steel & wood
stud mounting

2 15/16"D x 2 1/4"W x 3 3/4"L

4
(2 each end)

50

10

•B122A-UPC

22

Single Gang with captive nails

3 1/2"D x 2 1/4"W x 3 3/4"L

4
(2 each end)

100

25

B108B-UPC

• Suitable for masonry walls

Low Voltage Backless Bracket
Open-backed to easily accommodate the bend radiuses required for low voltage
cabling and deep devices such as volume controls, and is designed to fit a standard
one-gang faceplate. It also features an easy nail-on mounting or screw-in bracket,
while the hard shell provides increased durability and no racking. Resi-Rings accept
3/4", 1", and 1 1/4" Resi-Gard.
Part No.

Vol.
cu. in.

SC100A

–

Description
Single Gang Backless Bracket

Size

Knockouts

2.32" W x 3.73"L

–

E216492

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
24

7.5

Low Voltage Add-On Bracket
This low voltage bracket provides a low voltage outlet next to a previously
installed high voltage outlet. Great for both new construction and rework, it
attaches easily to most electrical boxes, and is designed to fit a standard twogang faceplate. Resi-Rings accept 3/4" Resi-Gard only
Part No.

Vol.
cu. in.

SC100SC

–

Description
Single Gang Add-On Bracket

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Size

Knockouts

1.80" W x 3.68"L

–

E216492

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
24

2.3

73

2-, 3-, 4-Gang and 4" Square Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic
Switch/Outlet Boxes
• Meets NEMA OS-2
• UL Listed to UL 514C

E42728

B232A-UPC

Two-Gang
Part No.

B455A-UPC

B344AB

B232B-UPC

Four-Gang

Three-Gang

Volume
(cu. in.)

•B232A-UPC

32

B232B-UPC

32

Description

B455AH

Size

Integral
Clamps

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Two Gang with captive nails

3"D x 4"W x 3 3/4"L

8
(4 each side)

50

16

Two Gang with bracket for
wallboard – steel
or wood stud mounting

3"D x 4"W x 3 3/4"L

8
(4 each side)

50

20

3/8"to 5/8"

•B344AB

44

Three Gang with captive nails
and bracket support

2 11/16"D x 3 3/4"W x 5 5/8"L

12
(6 each side)

30

14

•B455A-UPC

55

Four Gang with captive nails
and bracket support

2 1/2"D x 3 7/10"W x 7 3/5"L

16
(8 each side)

25

14

•B455AH

55

Four Gang with captive nails,
bracket support, and Hanger Bar

2 1/2"D x 3 7/10"W x 7 3/5"L

16
(8 each side)

25

18

• Suitable for masonry walls

E42728

Part No.

B432A-UPC

B418A-UPC

4" Square
Volume
(cu. in.)

Description

Size

Integral Clamps

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt. (lbs.)

•B418A-UPC

18

Four Square
with captive nails

1 5/8"D x 4"W x 4"L

10
(3 top, 3 bottom, 2 each side)

75

19

•B432A-UPC

32

Four Square
with captive nails

2 5/8"D x 4"W x 4"L

10
(3 top, 3 bottom, 2 each side)

50

16

•B432AR-UPC

32

Four Square
with captive nails

2 5/8"D x 4"W x 4"L

10
(3 top, 3 bottom, 2 each side)

8

3

• Suitable for masonry walls

Low Voltage Backless Bracket
Open-backed to easily accommodate the bend radiuses required for low voltage cabling
and deep devices such as volume controls, and is designed to fit a standard two-gang
faceplate. It also features an easy nail-on mounting or screw-in bracket, while more hard
shell provides increased durability and no racking. Accepts 3/4" Resi-Gard only.

74

Part No.

Vol.
cu. in.

SC200A

–

Description
Two Gang Backless Bracket

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Size

Knockouts

5.35" W x 3.81"L

–

E216492

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
24

7.7

Old Work Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic
Old Work Boxes
• Meets NEMA OS-2
• UL Listed to UL 514C

E42728

One-Gang
Part No.
†B108R-UPC

B114R-UPC

B108R-UPC

Volume
(cu. in.)
8

•†B114R-UPC

14

•†B114RR-UPC

14

•†B120R

20

Description

B120R
Integral
Clamps

Size

Single Gang Flanged Shallow Box
Single Gang Old Work Wall Case
2 Zip-Mount™ retainers and
mounting ears
Single Gang Old Work Wall Case
2 Zip-Mount™ retainers and
mounting ears
Single Gang with captive nails
2 Zip-Mount™ retainers and
mounting ears

1 1/4"D x 2 3/8"W x 3 5/8"L

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt. (lbs.)

–

25

3

1/8"L

4
(2 each end)

50

10

2 3/4"D x 2 1/4"W x 4 1/8"L

4
(2 each end)

25

5

3 5/8"D x 2 5/16"W x 4 1/8"L

4
(2 each end)

50

12

2

3/4"D

x2

1/4"W

x4

• Suitable for masonry walls
† Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

Two-Gang

E42728

Volume
(cu. in.)

Part No.
•†B225R-UPC

25

Description

Size

Two-Gang Old Work Case
2 Zip-Mount™ retainers
and mounting flanges

Integral
Clamps

2 3/4"D x
6
3 1/8"W x (3 each side)
3 15/16"L

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
30

8

• Suitable for masonry walls
† Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

Three-Gang
Part No.

Volume
(cu. in.)

•†B355R

55

E42728

Description
Three Gang Old Work Box
with mounting ears

Size
3.69"D x
2.79"W x 5.72"L

Integral
Clamps
6

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
6

3

• Suitable for masonry walls
† Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

Four-Gang
Part No.

Volume
(cu. in.)

•†B468R

68

E42728

Description
Four Gang Old Work Box
with mounting ears

Size
3.56"D x
2.89"W x 7.57"L

Integral
Clamps
8

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
6

4.03

• Suitable for masonry walls
† Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

Round Old Work Box
Part No.
†B618R-UPC
†B618RP-UPC

Volume
(cu. in.)
18
18

Description
Round Old Work Case
3 Zip-Mount™ retainers
Round Old Work Case
3 Zip-Mount™ retainers
& Ground Lug

E42728

Size
1
4 /4"Dia.

Integral
Clamps
4

4 1/4"Dia.

4

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
24
100
100

26

† Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance or used for Fixture Support in the Ceiling.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

75

Old Work Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic
Old Work Backless Brackets
Box Extender

E42728

Part No.

Volume
(cu. in.)

Description

Size

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

B1EXTB

N/A

Single Gang Box Extender

2 1/4" x 3 1/4"

25

3

Low Voltage Old Work Brackets
Single Gang

E216492

Part No.

Volume
(cu. in.)

Description

Size

†SC100RR

N/A

Single Gang Backless Old Work Bracket

2 1/4" x 3 1/4"

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt. (lbs.)
12

1.4

† Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

Two-Gang

E216492

Part No.

Volume
(cu. in.)

Description

Size

†SC200RR

N/A

Two-Gang Backless Old Work Bracket

3.92" x 4.00"

† Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

76

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt. (lbs.)
6

.9

Ceiling Boxes – Nonmetallic
Ceiling Boxes
• Meets NEMA OS-2
• UL Listed to UL 514C

All ceiling boxes are produced from a high heat-resistant material
developed specifically for fixture support applications.

3/0
Part No.

B518P-UPC
Volume
(cu. in.)

• B518A-UPC

18

• B518P-UPC

18

Description

E42728

Diameter

Depth

Integral
Clamps

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

3"

2 3/4"

4

75

19

3"

3/4"

4

75

20

Ceiling Box with captive nails
Ceiling Box with captive nails
Ground lug and screw attached

2

• Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

B520A-UPC

B520P-UPC

B620L-UPC

B720-SHK
35 lbs. maximum fan weight

3/0 - 4/0 Combination
Part No.

Volume
(cu. in.)

E42728

Description

Diameter

Depth

Integral
Clamps

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

• B520A-UPC

20

Ceiling Box with captive nails
Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 3"

4"

2 1/4"

6

75

18

• B520P-UPC

20

Ceiling Box with captive nails
Ground lug and screw attached
Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 3 1/2"

4"

2 1/4"

6

75

18

• B620L-UPC

20

Ceiling Box with metal L bracket
Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 3 1/2"

4"

2 1/4"

6

100

31

• B720-SHK

20

Ceiling Box Outlet Box
with mounting screws

4"

2 1/4"

6

18

5

• Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

4/0
Part No.
• B708-SHK

35 lbs. maximum fan weight
E42728

Volume
(cu. in.)
8

Description
Shallow Ceiling Fan Outlet Box
with mounting screws

Diameter

Depth

Integral
Clamps

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

4"

5/8"

1

18

3

• Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

77

Ceiling Boxes – Nonmetallic
Ceiling Boxes with Bar Hanger
• Meets NEMA OS-2
E42728

B620H-UPC

B620K

B620HG-UPC

B620KG-UPC

3/0 - 4/0 Combination
Part No.

Volume
(cu. in.)

Description

Diameter

Depth

Integral
Clamps

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

• B620H-UPC

20

Ceiling Box with 14 1/4" - 23 1/2"
adjustable bar hanger
Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 31/2"

4"

2 1/4"

6

75

43

• B620K

20

Ceiling Box with 18 1/4" - 26 3/4"
adjustable bar hanger
Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 31/2"

4"

2 1/4"

6

75

46

• B620HG-UPC

20

Ceiling Box with 14 1/4" - 23 1/2"
adjustable bar hanger
Ground lug and screw attached
Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 31/2"

4"

2 1/4"

6

75

44

• B620KG-UPC

20

Ceiling Box with 18 1/4" - 26 3/4"
adjustable bar hanger
Ground lug and screw attached
Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 31/2"

4"

2 1/4"

6

75

46

• B620DC

20

Ceiling Box with 24"
T-Grid bar hanger
Fixture spacing for 2 3/4" and 31/2"

4"

2 1/4"

6

16

10

• Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

78

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

SuperBlue™ Hard Shell Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic

The Carlon® SuperBlue™ Hard Shell Boxes
combine the features of the hard shell thermoset
box and the thermoplastic PVC style box to create
a “new” rigid nonmetallic wiring box. Molded out
of specially formulated thermoplastic material,
Carlon SuperBlue boxes are so strong they won’t
crack or break, even in extreme environments. So
rigid, they resist flexing and hold their shape even
under the worst conditions.
They provide the largest wirefill capacity in their
class, and come with molded-in nailing flanges as

Features

well as molded-in clamps to make installation

• Largest wirefill capacity in
their class
• Won’t crack or break in
extreme environments
• Resist flexing
• Hold their shape
• Molded-in flanges and clamps
• Faster installation

• Lightweight

faster. Carlon SuperBlue boxes are lightweight,

• Noncorrosive and nonconductive

noncorrosive and nonconductive. They are

• Nest inside one another

designed to nest inside one another so they take

• UL Listed to UL 514C

up less shelf space and are easier to transport to

• UL Classified for two hour or
less fire wall assemblies

job sites.

• Meets NEMA OS-2

Wall Boxes
E42728

Two Gang

Single Gang

Part
No.

Description

Capacity

Std. Std.
Ctn. Ctn.
Depth Qty. Wt.

BH122A

Single Gang

22 cu. in.

3.63

Single Gang with Screws 22 cu. in.

3.63

BH122S

Part
No.

Description

Capacity

Std. Std.
Ctn. Ctn.
Depth Qty. Wt.

100 31.3

BH235A

Two Gang

35 cu. in.

3.50

48

21.3

100 31.3

BH235S

Two Gang with Screws

35 cu. in.

3.50

48

21.3

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

79

SuperBlue™ Hard Shell Switch/Outlet Boxes – Nonmetallic
Wall Boxes
E42728

Four Gang

Three Gang

Part
No.

Description

Capacity

Std. Std.
Ctn. Ctn.
Depth Qty. Wt.

Part
No.

Description

Capacity

Std. Std.
Ctn. Ctn.
Depth Qty. Wt.

BH353A

Three Gang

53 cu. in.

3.50

24

14.0

BH464A

Four Gang

64 cu. in.

3.18

24

17.4

BH353S

Three Gang with Screws

53 cu. in.

3.50

24

14.0

BH464S

Four Gang with Screws

64 cu. in.

3.18

24

17.4

Old Work Boxes
Single Gang Old Work

Part
No.

Description

Capacity

Std. Std.
Ctn. Ctn.
Depth Qty. Wt.

†BH118R

Single Gang Old Work

18 cu. in.

3.64

† Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

80

Two Gang Old Work

36

10.9

E42728

Part
No.

Description

Capacity

Std. Std.
Ctn. Ctn.
Depth Qty. Wt.

†BH234R

Two Gang Old Work

34 cu. in.

3.59

† Not UL Classified for Fire Resistance

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

18

7.71

SuperBlue™ Low Voltage Divider Plate
Low Voltage Divider Plate
Carlon SuperBlue boxes are easily divided into both high
and low voltage use. Just insert the Low Voltage Divider
Plate, and you’re ready to go!
The National Electrical Code allows electrical
conductors to share an outlet box when the
conductors and signaling or communication
cables are separated by a barrier within the box.

Features
• Transforms a high voltage box into an accepted
high and low voltage box

• UL Listed

• Orange color signifies low voltage installations

• Great for situations requiring a high/low voltage
fire-classified box

• Noncorrosive and nonconductive

• Designed to be used with Carlon’s 2-, 3-, and
4- gang SuperBlue Boxes

Part
No.

Description

cu. in.

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt.

SCDIV

Low Voltage Divider Plate

-

50

2.2

E42728

Installation

Ceiling Box
3/0 Round Old Work Box
Capacity

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Wt.

3/0 Round Old Work Box

14 cu. in.

20

5.0

Four Gang with Screws w/Ground Lug

14 cu. in.

20

5.0

Part
No.

Description

BH614R
BH614RP

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

81

SuperBlue™ Ceiling Boxes – Nonmetallic
3/0 - 4/0 Combination Ceiling Boxes
E42728

Ceiling Box with Grounding Lug

Ceiling Box

Part
No.

Description

Capacity

Std. Std.
Ctn. Ctn.
Depth Qty. Wt.

• BH525A

Ceiling Box

25 cu. in.

3.00

48

• BH525S

Ceiling Box with Screws

25 cu. in.

3.00

48

Description

16.3

• BH525P

Ceiling Box with Grounding Lug

16.3

• BH525SP Ceiling Box w/Grounding Lug w/Screws 25 cu. in. 3.00

82

25 cu. in. 3.00 24
24

9.4
9.4

• Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

• Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

Ceiling Box with Hanger Bar

Ceiling Fan Box

*Hanger Bar adjusts from 11 1/2" to 18 1/2"

Listed for fan support up to 35 lbs.

Part
No.

Description

Capacity Depth

Std. Std.
Ctn. Ctn.
Qty. Wt.

• BH525H

Ceiling Box with Hanger Bar

25 cu. in. 2.95

20

• BH525HP Ceiling Box with Hanger Bar
with Grounding Lug

25 cu. in. 2.95

20

• Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

Std. Std.
Ctn. Ctn.
Capacity Depth Qty. Wt.

Part
No.

Std. Std.
Ctn. Ctn.
Capacity Depth Qty. Wt.

Part
No.

Description

13.2

• BH525L

Ceiling Fan Box with Nails

25 cu. in. 3.06

24 12.2

13.2

• BH525LP

Ceiling Fan Box with
Grounding Lug with Nails

25 cu. in. 3.06

24 12.2

• Listed for fan support up to 35 lbs. and fixture support up to 50 lbs.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Switch/Outlet Covers – Nonmetallic
Covers
E42728

Single-Gang – Covers

Two-Gang – Covers

Part No.

Rise

Cu.
in.

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Part No.

Rise

Cu.
in.

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

A410

1/2"

3.5

100

8.0

A400

Blank

–

100

9.0

A411

5/8"

4.2

50

6.0

A420

1/2"

6.1

75

6.0

A412

3/4"

5.0

50

6.0

A421

5/8"

7.4

50

4.2

A413

1"

6.6

40

5.0

A422

3/4"

8.8

50

4.8

A414

1 1/4"

8.1

30

5.0

Round Blank Cover

Round Plaster Ring
Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.
Part No.

Rise

Vol.
(cu. in.)

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

A471

1/2"

3.2

100

3.3

A472

5/8"

4.0

100

3.8

Rise

Part No.

Vol.
(cu. in.)

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

A470D

Blank with 1/2" KO

–

100

4.7

E460R-CAR

Blank

–

35

2.2

Ceiling Box Cover – White
Part No.

Rise

CPC4 WH

White Ceiling Box Cover

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Vol.
(cu. in.) Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
–

12

1.3

83

Zip Box® Features
General Features

Carlon Trademark
Blue Color

High Impact
Ceiling boxes with
PVC Wall Boxes
special engineered high
heat resistant material for
fixture support

Engraved NEC
Wire Fill

Leveling Guides

Clean Easy Knockout
(Single Gang Only)

Nonconductive...no
need to ground box

Pre-installed Angled Nails

Integral Clamps
(Multi-Gang Boxes)

Special Nail-on and Bracket Boxes

Type B

84

Type L

Type H

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Lightweight

Type K

Zip Box® Installation
Zip Clamp™ Easy to wire, simply...

Align Wire

Push Through

Secure Clamp

Grounding Lugs (No need to ground box itself) Easy to wire...

Pre-installed Lugs

Make Grounding Connection

Old Work Boxes Easy to rework, simply...

Trace Box

Cut on Lines

Insert Wires

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Place Box in Wall

Secure Box in Wall

85

86

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon Flexible
Raceway Systems
®

®

Plenum-Gard
Riser-Gard
Hal-Free
Riser-Gard
General
Purpose
®

®

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

87

Plenum-Gard®
E151168
FT-6 Rated

Plenum-Gard is a UL Listed nonmetallic corrugated flexible conduit
for use in Plenum, Riser and General
Purpose applications.
Plenum-Gard is manufactured from
PVDF resin, which is extremely
durable and resistant to abrasion
and mechanical damage before/after
cable installation.

Technical Info:

Applications: Plenum, Riser,
and General Purpose

Plenum-Gard is listed to UL 2024 in
accordance with the National Electrical
Code for Plenum, Riser, General
Purpose, and other cabling optical fiber
/telecommunication applications as
defined in Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820.
Important: Installed cables must be
plenum rated and the UL Listing
must be printed on the product.
Abandoned cables MUST be
removed (Reference NEC).

UL Standard 2024
Maximum Flame Propagation
Max. Peak Optical Smoke Density
Max. Average Optical Smoke Density

Value
5 ft.
0.5
0.15

NEW

1/2"

&3
with ta /4"
pe

• Storage -4°F to 158°F
• Handling -4°F to 104°F
• No UV protection (not suitable for outdoor use)
• Do NOT store outside

Standard Stock – Reels

Color

3/4"

1"

11/4"

11/2"
2"

Part No.

Min.
Pull
Tape

Reel
Size
(F x W)

Reel
Type

Reel
Length

Wt.
(lbs.)

Wt. per
100 ft.
(lbs.)

Orange

CE4X1-1000

Empty

36" x 24"

W

1000

35

8

Orange

CE4X1-1000S

Empty

36" x 24"

W

1000

35

8

Orange

CF4X1C-500

900 lb.

36" x 24"

W

500

35

10

Orange

CF4X1C-1000

900 lb.

48" x 32"

W

1000

90

10

Orange

CF4X1C-1500

900 lb.

48" x 32"

W

1500

90

10

Orange

CF4X1C-5200

900 lb.

66" x 41"

W

5200

265

10

Orange

CF4X1C-6500

900 lb.

72" x 41"

W

6500

302

10

Orange

CF4X1C-8000

900 lb.

82" x 41"

W

8000

375

10

Orange

CG4X1C-500

900 lb.

36" x 24"

W

500

35

16

Orange

CG4X1C-900

900 lb.

48" x 32"

W

900

90

16

Orange

CG4X1C-1600

900 lb.

48" x 46"

W

1600

105

16

Orange

CG4X1C-3200

900 lb.

66" x 41"

W

3200

265

16

Orange

CG4X1C-6500

900 lb.

96" x 41"

W

6500

700

16

Orange

CG4X1-900S

Empty

48" x 32"

W

900

90

16

Orange

CH4X1C-350

900 lb.

48" x 32"

W

350

90

20

Orange

CH4X1C-1200

900 lb.

48" x 46"

W

1200

105

20

Orange

CH4X1C-4000

900 lb.

82" x 41"

W

4000

375

20

Orange

CJ4X1C-225

900 lb.

48" x 32"

W

225

90

23

Orange

CJ4X1C-700

900 lb.

48" x 46"

W

700

105

23

Orange

CJ4X1C-2000

900 lb.

82" x 41"

W

2000

375

23

Orange

CJ4X1C-2800

900 lb.

82" x 41"

W

2800

375

23

W = Wood

88

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Plenum-Gard®
Features:
• For use in Plenum areas per
Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820.

• Pre-installed pull tape available
in sizes 1/2" through 2"

• UL Listed raceway meeting UL 2024

• Sizes 1/2" through 2"

• Outside Diameters meet IPS
Dimensions

• Single peak design

• Footage sequentially marked

Standard Stock – Coils
Color

3/4"

1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"

Part No.

Pull
Tape

Coil
Length (ft.)

Wt. per
100 ft. (lbs.)

Orange

CE4X1-350*

Empty

350

8

Orange

CF4X1C-100*

900 lb.

100

10

Orange

CF4X1C-250*

900 lb.

250

10

Orange

CF4X1-250

Empty

250

10

Orange

CF4X1-250S*

Empty

250

10

Orange

CG4X1C-200*

900 lb.

200

16

Orange

CH4X1C-150*

900 lb.

150

20

Orange

CJ4X1C-100*

900 lb.

100

23

* Overnight Shippable

Specifications
Size

I.D.
Min. Ref.

Min.
O.D.

Max.
O.D.

Min. Bend
Radius

1/2"

.60

.815

.835

2"

3/4"

.74

1.025

1.045

2"

1"

1.00

1.292

1.312

3"

1/4"

1.35

1.630

1.650

3"

1 1/2"

1.50

1.868

1.888

4"

2"

2.00

2.329

2.349

4"

1

Custom Orders
Position 1
Product

Position 2
Size

C = Plenum-Gard

D = 1/2"
E = 3/4"
F = 1"
G = 11/4"
H = 1 1/2"
J = 2"

How to Build a Part Number
Position 3
Position 4
Position 5
Position 6
Configuration
Wall
Color
Pull Line
4 = Corrugated

• Custom Orders are not returnable
• Custom lengths are available in
minimum order quantities of 1000 ft.
• Custom color runs are available in
minimum order quantities of 10,000 ft.

X = Standard

1 = Orange
2 = Black
3 = Gray
4 = White
5 = Blue
7 = Yellow
8 = Red

C = 900 lb. Tape

Position 7
Length
Example
-1000 = Feet
-1000S = 1000 Feet Split

Options:
• Color: Black, Blue, Gray, Red, White and Yellow
• Two, three, or four way parallel
• Split Duct
• Custom print line

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

89

Riser-Gard®
E151168
FT-4 Rated

Riser-Gard is a nonmetallic
flexible raceway for use in Riser
and General Purpose applications.
Riser-Gard is UL Listed and is
available with tape pre-installed.
Riser-Gard is listed to UL 2024
Standard for Riser Applications
or optical fiber/communications
raceways.

Riser-Gard is listed to UL 2024 in accordance with the National Electrical Code per
Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820 for Riser,
General Purpose, and other cabling optical
fiber/telecommunication applications.
Riser-Gard is suitable for use in vertical
runs in a shaft or between floors, as well
as areas other than the plenum.
Important: Installed cables must be
of suitable rating for the application.

Technical Info:
Applications: Riser and General Purpose

UL Listed to 2024
Maximum Flame Propagation
Maximum Air Temperature at 12 ft.

Test Method
UL 2024
UL 2024

Maximum Value
6.0 ft.
372°F

• Storage -4°F to 158°F
• Handling -4°F to 104°F
• No UV protection (not suitable for outdoor use)
• Do NOT store outside

Standard Stock – Reels

3/4"

1"

11/4"

11/2"
2"

Reel
Size
(F x W)

Reel
Type

Reel
Length

Reel
Wt.
(lbs.)

Product
Wt. per
100 ft. (lbs.)

Color

Part No.

Pull
Tape

Orange

DE4X1-1000

Empty

36" x 24"

W

1000

35

9

Orange

DF4X1C-500R

900 lb.

42" x 24"

W

500

50

14

Orange

DF4X1C-1000

900 lb.

48" x 32"

W

1000

90

14

Orange

DF4X1C-1500

900 lb.

48" x 32"

W

1500

90

14

Orange

DF4X1C-2700

900 lb.

48" x 46"

W

2700

105

14

Orange

DF4X1C-5200

900 lb.

66" x 41"

W

5200

265

14

Orange

DF4X1C-6500

900 lb.

72" x 41"

W

6500

302

14

Orange

DF4X1C-7000

900 lb.

72" x 45"

S

7000

148

14

Orange

DF4X1C-9400

900 lb.

84" x 45"

S

9400

199

14

Orange

DG4X1C-900

900 lb.

48" x 32"

W

900

90

17

Orange

DG4X1C-500R

900 lb.

42" x 24"

W

500

50

17

Orange

DG4X1C-1500

900 lb.

48" x 46"

W

1500

105

17

Orange

DG4X1C-1600

900 lb.

48" x 46"

W

1600

105

17

Orange

DG4X1C-3200

900 lb.

66" x 41"

W

3200

265

17

Orange

DG4X1C-4500

900 lb.

72" x 45"

S

4500

148

17

Orange

DG4X1C-5600

900 lb.

84" x 46"

W

5600

600

17

Orange

DG4X1C-6500

900 lb.

96" x 45"

S

6500

220

17

Orange

DH4X1C-1200

900 lb.

48" x 46"

W

1200

105

22

Orange

DH4X1C-4000

900 lb.

82" x 45"

S

4000

193

22

Orange

DH4X1C-4500

900 lb.

84" x 45"

S

4500

199

22

Orange

DJ4X1C-700

900 lb.

48" x 46"

W

700

105

26

Orange

DJ4X1C-2000

900 lb.

82" x 41"

W

2000

375

26

Orange

DJ4X1C-2800

900 lb.

84" x 45"

S

2800

199

26

W = Wood, S = Steel

90

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Riser-Gard®
Features:
• For use in Riser and General Purpose areas per
Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820 of the NEC.
• Riser-Gard is also suitable for direct burial.
Not approved for exposed applications.

• UL Listed Raceway meeting UL 2024
• Available in sizes 3/4" through 2"
• Pull tape can be factory
pre-installed in 1" through 2"

NOTE: UL has not evaluated Riser-Gard for this
application.

• Outside Diameters meet IPS
Dimensions
• Footage sequentially marked

Standard Stock – Coils
Part No.

Pull
Tape

Orange

DE4X1-350*

Empty

350

9

Orange

DF4X1C-250*

900 lb.

250

14

Orange

DF4X1C-500

900 lb.

500

14

Orange

DF4X1-250S*

Empty

250

14

Orange

DG4X1-200

Empty

200

17

Orange

DG4X1C-200*

900 lb.

200

17

Orange

DG4X1C-500

900 lb.

500

17

Orange

DG4X1-200S*

Empty

200

17

Orange

DH4X1C-150*

900 lb.

150

22

Orange

DJ4X1C-100*

900 lb.

100

26

Color

3/4"

1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"

Coil
Product Wt. per
Length (ft.)
100 ft. (lbs.)

* Overnight Shippable

Specifications
Size

I.D.
Min. Ref.

Min.
O.D.

Max.
O.D.

Min. Bend
Radius

3/4"

.74

1.025

1.075

6"

1"

.98

1.290

1.340

6"

1 1/4"

1.31

1.640

1.690

7"

1/2"

1.54

1.880

1.930

8 1/4"

2"

2.00

2.350

2.400

9 1/2"

1

Custom Orders
Position 1
Product
D = Riser-Gard

Position 2
Size
E = 3/4"
F = 1"
G = 11/4"
H = 11/2"
J = 2"

How to Build a Part Number
Position 3
Position 4
Position 5
Position 6
Configuration
Wall
Color
Pull Line
4 = Corrugated

• Custom Orders are not returnable
• Custom lengths are available in
minimum order quantities of 1000 ft.
• Custom color runs are available in
minimum order quantities of 10,000 ft.

X = Standard

1 = Orange
2 = Black
3 = Gray
4 = White
5 = Blue
7 = Yellow
8 = Red

C = 900 lb. Tape

Position 7
Length
Example
-1000 = Feet
-1000S = 1000 Feet Split

Options:
• Color: Black, Blue, Gray, Red, White and Yellow
• Two, three, or four way parallel
• Split Duct
• Custom print line
w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

91

Hal-Free Riser-Gard®
E143102
FT-4 Rated

Hal-Free Riser-Gard is listed to UL
2024 in accordance with NEC
Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820.

Hal-Free Riser-Gard is a halogen free
nonmetallic flexible raceway for use in
riser and general purpose applications.
In the event of a fire, this product will
not release halogen elements into the
air, which makes it ideal for applications
in tunnels, laboratories and high-tech
environments.

Custom lengths and split ducts
are available upon request.
Hal-Free Riser-Gard is available
in white only.

Features:
• Free from halogen elements
• Compliant with NEC Articles 725,
770, 800 and 820

Applications: Riser and General
Purpose

• Available in sizes 1" through 2"
• Available in white only
• Sequentially marked footage

Technical Info:
UL Listed to 2024
Maximum Flame Propagation
Maximum Air Temperature

Test Method
UL 2024
UL 2024

Maximum Value
3'6"
387°F

• Storage and Handling -4°F to 150°F
• No UV protection (not suitable for outdoor use)
• Do NOT store outside

Standard Stock – Reels

Color

Part
No.

Nom.
I.D.

Nom.
O.D.

Pull
Tape

Reel
Size

Reel
Type

Reel
Length
(feet)

Reel
Weight
(lbs.)

Wt. per
100 ft.
(lbs.)

1"

White

HF4X4C-5000

1.049

1.365

900 lb.

72" x 41"

W

5000

302

7.3

11/4"

White

HG4X4C-4000

1.250

1.550

900 lb.

72" x 41"

W

4000

302

9.2

11/2"

White

HH4X4C-2000

1.500

1.850

900 lb.

66" x 41"

W

2000

265

12.0

2"

White

HJ4X4C-2000

2.000

2.425

900 lb.

82" x 41"

W

2000

375

20.8

W = Wood

Custom Orders
Position 1
Product
H = Hal-Free
Riser-Gard

Position 2
Size
F = 1"
G = 11/4"
H = 1 1/2"
J = 2"

How to Build a Part Number
Position 3
Position 4
Position 5
Position 6
Wall
Color
Pull Line
Configuration
4 = Corrugated

X = Standard

4 = White

• Custom orders not returnable
• Custom lengths available in minimum order quantities of 1000 ft.

92

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

C = 900 lb. Tape

Position 7
Length
Example
-1000 = Feet
-1000S = 1000 Feet Split

General Purpose
General Purpose is nonmetallic
flexible raceway for use in General
Purpose applications only. It is UL
Listed and available with tape
pre-installed.

General Purpose raceway is listed to UL 2024
in accordance with the National Electrical
Code per Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820 for
General Purpose and other cabling optical
fiber/telecommunication applications.

Features:
• For use in General Purpose areas per
Articles 725, 770, 800 and 820 of the NEC.
• Available in sizes 3/4" through 2"

Technical Info:

Applications: General Purpose

UL Listed to 2024
Maximum Flame Propagation
Maximum Air Temperature at 12 ft.
E151168
FT-1 Rated

• Pull tape can be factory
pre-installed in 1" through 2"
• Outside Diameters meet IPS Dimensions
• Footage sequentially marked

Test Method
UL 2024
UL 2024

Maximum Value
6.0 ft.
372°F

• Storage -4°F to 158°F
• Handling -4°F to 104°F
• No UV protection (not suitable for outdoor use)
• Do not store outside

Standard Stock – Reels

1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"

Color

Part No.

I.D.
Min.
Ref.

Orange

BF4X1B-8000

.98

1.29

1.34

1130 lb.

6"

82" x 41"

W

8000

375

14

Orange

BG4X1B-5600

1.31

1.64

1.69

1130 lb.

7"

72" x 41"

W

5600

302

17

Orange

BH4X1B-4500

1.54

1.88

1.93

1130 lb.

8 1/4"

82" x 41"

W

4500

375

22

Orange

BJ4X1B-8000

2.00

2.35

2.40

1130 lb.

91 / 2 "

82" x 41"

W

2000

375

26

Min.
O.D.

Max.
O.D.

Pull
Tape

Min.
Bend
Radius

Reel
Size
(F x W)

Reel
Type

Reel
Length

Reel
Wt.
(lbs.)

Product
Wt. per
100 ft. (lbs.)

W = Wood

Custom Orders
Position 1
Product

Position 2
Size

B = General Purpose

F = 1"
G = 11/4"
H = 11/2"
J = 2"

How to Build a Part Number
Position 3
Position 4
Position 5
Position 6
Configuration
Wall
Color
Pull Line
4 = Corrugated

• Custom Orders are not returnable
• Custom lengths are available in
minimum order quantities of 1000 ft.
• Custom color runs are available in
minimum order quantities of 10,000 ft.

X = Standard

1 = Orange
2 = Black
3 = Gray
4 = White
5 = Blue
7 = Yellow
8 = Red

B = 1130 lb. Tape

Position 7
Length
Example
-1000 = Feet

Options:
• Color: Black, Blue, Gray, Red, White and Yellow
• Two, three, or four way parallel
• Split Duct
• Custom print line

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

93

Flexible Raceway Accessories
Nonmetallic Adapters & Couplings

LR31146

• For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose

Couplings
Part. No.

Size

Color

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

SCA240E

3/4"

Orange

25

.783

SCA240F

1"

Orange

20

.972

Threaded Adapters
Part. No.

Size

Color

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

SCA243E

3/4"

Orange

100

2.30

SCA243F

1"

Orange

50

2.00

Snap-In Adapters
Part. No.

Size

Color

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

SCA253E

3/4"

Orange

100

2.90

SCA253F

1"

Orange

50

2.30

Nonmetallic Adapters & Couplings
• For use with Plenum-Gard®

Couplings
Part. No.

Size

Color

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

A340F

1"

Orange

50

2.50

Part. No.

Size

Color

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

A343F

1"

Orange

50

1.55

Part. No.

Size

Color

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

A353F

1"

Orange

50

3.00

Couplings

Couplings

94

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Flexible Raceway Accessories
Nonmetallic Adapters and Couplings
• For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose

E32447
Except where noted by

Male Terminal Adapters

Standard Couplings
All socket fittings should be attached Using Carlon solvent cement. Using
Carlon fittings with Carlon nonmetallic conduit insures system integrity.

For adapting nonmetallic
conduits to boxes,
threaded fittings, metallic
systems. Male threads
on one end, socket end
on other.

Part
No.

Std.
Ctn.
Size Qty. Color

A

B
Typical

Socket type for
joining nonmetallic
conduit.

Min.
D

Max.
OD

C

T
Typical

L

Std.
Ctn. Wt.
(lbs.)

3/4

125

Gray

1.064

1.046

.800

111/32

3/4

9/16

13/8

3.5

E943F

1

50

Gray

1.330

1.310 1.018

15/8

1

11/16

1 25/32

3

E943G

11/4

50

Gray

1.677

1.655 1.332

21/32

1

3/4

1 15/16

4

E943H

11/2

25

Gray

1.918

1.894 1.566

2 5/32

13/16

3/4

21/16

2.5

E943J

2

50

Gray

2.393

2.369 2.000

2 21/32

13/16

3/4

21/8

7

50

Orange

1.677

1.655 1.332

21/32

1

3/4

1 15/16

4

13/16

3/4

21/16

2.5

13/16

3/4

21/8

7

E943E

SCE943G 11/4
SCE943H

11/2

25

Orange

1.918

1.894 1.566

2 5/32

SCE943J

2

50

Orange

2.393

2.369 2.000

2 21/32

Part
No.
E940E
E940F
E940G
E940H
E940J
SCE940G
SCE940H
SCE940J

Std.
Ctn.
Size Qty.
3/4
100
1
50
11/4 30
11/2 25
2
30
11/4 30
11/2 25
2
30

A

Color
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Orange
Orange
Orange

B
Typical
1.064 1.046
1.330 1.310
1.677 1.655
1.918 1.894
2.393 2.369
1.677 1.655
1.918 1.894
2.393 2.369

Min.
D
.840
1.210
1.535
1.755
2.190
1.535
1.755
2.190

Std.
C
L
Ctn.
Typical Wt. (lbs.)
3/4
15/8
4.4
15/16
2
3.5
1 21/8
3.5
11/8 23/8
3.9
13/16 21/2 5.25
1 21/8
3.5
11/8 23/8
3.9
13/16 21/2 5.25

Max.
OD
15/16
15/8
163/64
2 15/64
2 47/64
163/64
2 15/64
2 47/64

Metallic Adapters and Couplings
Universal Aluminum Couplings
®

Metallic Terminal Adapter

®

®

• For use with Plenum-Gard®

• For use with Plenum-Gard , Riser-Gard , Hal-Free Riser-Gard ,
and General Purpose
Self-threading, which draws
each end of the conduit into
the center of the coupler.

Part. No.

Size

Duct O.D.
Range

P75

3/4"

.91 – 1.08

10

12

P100

1" 1.21 – 1.41

100

25

P125

1 1/4" 1.44 – 1.68

100

28

P150CPLR 1 1/2" 1.80 – 2.02

100

35

P200

50

19

2" 2.31 – 2.48

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

Part. No.

Size

E147E

3/4"

1

.7

E147F

1"

25

1.5

Washers Flat Sealing Washer
Where a waterproof termination is required into any enclosure
(metallic or nonmetallic), install the neoprene washer over the
threads of a terminal adapter before inserting into the enclosure.
Use a standard locknut or threaded bushing to secure the assembly.

Terminating
Connector
• For use with Plenum-Gard® and Hal-Free Riser-Gard®
Part
No.
TC100
TC125
TC150
TC200

Size
1"
1
1 /4"
11/2"
2"

Nom. O.D.
Range
.91 – 1.08
1.495 – 1.70
1.80 – 2.00
2.31 – 2.52

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
12
12
12
12

Std. Ctn.
Wt.
50
52
56
58

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Size
3/4"

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
125

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)
.45

E943FW

1"

100

.46

E943GW

11/4"

50

.44

E943HW

11/2"

50

.45

E943JW

2"

25

.42

Part No.
E943EW

95

Flexible Raceway Accessories
Low Voltage Boxes & Brackets
Dual Voltage Box/Bracket*
Part No.

Size

SC200DV

Std. Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

Volume

1-Gang 20.5 cu. in.

16

6.4

E42728

*U.S. Patent D463,376

SC200DV

Low Voltage Add-On Bracket*
Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No.

Size

SC100SC

1-Gang

24

2.3
E216492

*U.S. Patent D459,312
U.S. Patent 6,710,245

SC100SC

Low Voltage Adjustable Brackets*
Part No.

Size

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100ADJC

1-Gang

24

7.5

SC200ADJC

2-Gang

20

6.9

E216492

*U.S. Patent 5,289,934

SC100ADJC

Low Voltage Brackets*
Part No.

Size

SC100A

1-Gang

24

5.3

SC200A

2-Gang

24

7.7

(3/4" Resi-Rings)
*U.S. Patent D457,140
D462,664
* D Lamson & Sessions
SC100A

96

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC200A

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

E216492

Flexible Raceway Accessories
NEW

Mud Box Assemblies

E42728

E42728

Except where noted by

Carlon Mud Box Assemblies are available in five unique styles…blank, ceiling ring, one-gang, two-gang
and 4 square. All Mud Box Assemblies are manufactured out of polycarbonate material to provide extra strength
and durability, are concrete tight, and have twelve integral connectors…two-1", six-3/4", and four-1/2". Using our
new ENT Reducers, this product will meet ANY jobsite application.

Mud Box Base with Blank Cover
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863BC

Mud Box w/ Blank Cover

24

12.3

Patent Pending

Mud Box with Ceiling Ring
• Threaded brass inserts for fan (#10-32 screws) and fixture (#8-32 screws) mountings
• Listed for fixture support up to 50 lbs.
• Listed for ceiling fans up to 35 lbs.
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863CF

Mud Box w/ Ceiling Ring

24

15.5

Mud Box w/ Ceiling Ring & Ground Lug

24

16.1

A863CFG
Patent Pending

Mud Box with One-Gang Ring
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863S

Mud Box w/ One-Gang Ring

24

16.8

Mud Box w/ One-Gang Ring & Ground Lug

24

16.2

A863SG
Patent Pending

Mud Box with Two-Gang Ring
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863D

Mud Box w/ Two-Gang Ring

24

15.8

Mud Box w/ Two-Gang Ring & Ground Lug

24

16.6

A863DG
Patent Pending

Mud Box with 4 Square Ring
• 4 Square Ring not for luminaries.
Part. No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. lbs.

A863-4SQ

Mud Box w/ 4 Inch Square Ring

24

15.2

Patent Pending

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

97

Flexible Raceway Accessories
21/2" & 4" Mud Boxes with Covers
• For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose

E42728

LR31146

Base Rings
Listed for use with ceiling fans up to 35 lbs. and for fixture support up to 50 lbs.
Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

Without ground lug

10

2.5

With ground lug

10

2.0

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

Part. No.

Description

A861
CA861G

Covers
Part. No.

Description

A862D

2 1/2" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

10

2.5

A862E

2 1/2"

10

2.1

Deep

(3/ 4"

(1 / 2 "

KO’s)

A864D

4" Deep

KO’s)

10

2.9

A864E

4" Deep (3/4" KO’s)

10

2.9

A864F

4" Deep (1" KO’s)

10

3.0

Quick Connect Outlet and Switch Boxes
• For use with Riser-Gard® and
General Purpose

• Suitable for masonry walls
• Meets NEMA OS-2

E42728

Single Gang – 16 cu. in.
Part. No.

Description

A58381D

3 x 21/4 x 3 (1/2" KO’s)

A58381E

3x

21/ 4 x

3

(3/4"

KO’s)

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

25

4.6

25

4.6

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

100

22.6

100

22.6

100

22.6

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

Two Gang – 20 cu. in.
Part. No.

Description

A52151D

4 x 4 x 11/2 (1/2" KO’s)

A52151E
A521DE

4x4x

11 / 2

(3/4"

4x4x

11/ 2

(1/2"

KO’s)
&

3/4"

KO’s)

Two Gang – 30.3 cu. in.

98

Part. No.

Description

A52171D

4 x 4 x 23/8 (1/2" KO’s)

25

7.6

A52171E

4 x 4 x 23/8 (3/4" KO’s)

25

7.6

A5217DE

4 x 4 x 23/8 (1/2" & 3/4" KO’s)

25

7.6

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Flexible Raceway Accessories
ENT Box with Adapters
• For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose

E42728 Except where noted by

Two Gang – 24.75 cu. in. ENT Box with Adapters
Part. No.

Description

A5329DE

4 x 4 x 13/4 (1/2" & 3/4" KO’s)

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

50

14.8

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

100

2.1

Box Back Wall Support
Part. No.

Description

A540DS

For use with 1/2" Knockout

ENT Box Extenders
• For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose

E42728

Single Gang
Part. No.

Rise

Cu. in.

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

A410

1/2"

3.5

100

7.7

A411

5/8"

4.2

50

4.6

A412

3/4"

5.0

50

5.1

A413

1"

6.6

40

5

A414

11/ 4"

8.1

30

4.4

Part. No.

Rise

Cu. in.

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

A400

Blank

-

100

7.7

A420

1/2"

6.1

75

5.0

A421

5/8"

7.4

50

4.2

A422

3/4"

8.8

50

4.8

Two Gang

Round Covers for Octagon Ceiling Boxes
• For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose

E42728

Round Plaster Rings
• Suitable for fixture support
Part. No.

Rise

Cu. in.

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

A471

1/2"

3.2

100

3.3

A472

3/4"

4.0

100

3.7

Round Blank Covers
Part. No.

Rise

Cu. in.

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

E460R-CAR

Blank

-

35

2.2

-

100

4.7

A470D

Blank with

1/2"

KO

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

99

Flexible Raceway Accessories
Quick Connect 4" Octagon Ceiling Boxes
• For use with Riser-Gard® and General Purpose
• Carlon ceiling boxes and round plaster rings are produced from a special high heat
resistant engineered plastic material developed specifically for fixture support.
• LIsted for fixture support up to 50 lbs.

E42728
Except where
noted by

Ceiling Box – 20.5 cu. in.
Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

50

6.4

A615E

4 - 21/8" Deep (3/4" KO’s)

50

6.4

A615DE

4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" & 3/4" KO’s)

50

6.4

Part. No.

Description

A615D

Ceiling Box with J Mount – 20.5 cu. in.
Part. No.

Description

A615DJ

4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

50

18.7

Ceiling Box with L Bracket – 20.5 cu. in.
Part. No.

Description

A615DL

4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

50

6.4

Ceiling Box with Adjustable Hanger Bar – 20.5 cu. in.
Adjust from 14 1/4" to 231/4"
Part. No.

Description

A615DH

4 - 21/8" Deep (1/2" KO’s)

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

25

13.6

PVC Conduit Cutters
Small Cutter

For fast, smooth field cuts of
1/2" through 1" Riser-Gard®
and Plenum-Gard.

Part No.
CC120B

100

Size
8"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
10

Medium Cutter

Hand held cutter makes fast square, smooth
field cuts on conduit from 1/2" through 11/4".
Produces burr-free cut with no shavings. Fits
into pocket or pouch.
Part No.
CC125

Size
9"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
12

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Large Cutter

For clean cuts of conduit 1/2"
through 2".
Part No.
CC122

Std.
Size Ctn. Qty.
17 1/2"
1

Flexible Raceway Accessories
Tape

Prelubricated, woven polyester tape made from low friction, high abrasion resistant yarns providing a low coefficient of friction.
Tape is printed with sequential footage markings for accurate measurements.
Part. No.

Size

Tensile Strength

Reel Lengths

TL14505

1/2"

1250 lbs.

5,000 ft.

TL14510

1/2"

1250 lbs.

10,000 ft.

TL38203

5/8"

1800 lbs.

3,000 ft.

TL38265

5/8"

1800 lbs.

6,500 ft.

TL38210

5/8"

1800 lbs.

10,000 ft.

Other ropes and tapes are available. Consult your sales service location for additional information.

Carlon Cement
®

(MSDS sheets available at www.carlon.com)
*Meets ASTM D2564

Medium Bodied Clear PVC Solvent Cement
with dauber*

Part
No.

Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

VC9964

1/2

VC9963

Pint

24

VC9962

Quart

12

VC9961P

Gallon

6

Pint

10

Recommended
installation
temperature

Lap Shear
@ 73˚F

Viscosity at
75˚ as
manufactured

Recommended pipe
application and sizes

Set-up time
(Evaporation Rate)

Recommended for all grades
and types of Carlon PVC
conduit, duct, wireway and
fittings, except Flex-Plus®
Blue™ ENT (Electrical
Nonmetallic Tubing.)
Up through 6" diameter.

10˚-30˚F
30˚-50˚F
50˚-70˚F
70˚-90˚F

Not recommended 40˚ to 100˚F
5-6 minutes
3-4 minutes
1-2 minutes

2 hrs. 350 psi
500-900 cps
16 hrs. 800 psi
72 hrs. 1,500 psi

Recommended for all
grades and types of Carlon
PVC conduit, duct, wireway
and fittings, except FlexPlus® Blue™ ENT (Electrical
Nonmetallic Tubing.)
Up through 6" diameter.

10˚-30˚F
30˚-50˚F
50˚-70˚F
70˚-90˚F

4-5 minutes
3-4 minutes
1-2 minutes
1/2-11/2 minutes

-5˚ to 100˚F

2 hrs. 350 psi
400-700 cps
16 hrs. 800 psi
72 hrs. 1,500 psi

Recommended for all
grades and types of Carlon
PVC conduit, duct, wireway
and fittings, except FlexPlus® Blue™ ENT (Electrical
Nonmetallic Tubing.)
Up through 6" diameter.
VOC emission of 490
grams/liter per the Bay and
South Coast test method.

10˚-30˚F
30˚-50˚F
50˚-70˚F
70˚-90˚F

Not recommended 40˚ to 100˚F
5-6 minutes
3-4 minutes
1-2 minutes

500-900 cps
2 hrs. 350 psi
16 hrs. 800 psi
72 hrs. 1,500 psi

All-Weather “Quick-Set” Clear Solvent Cement
with dauber*

Part
No.

Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

VC9984

1/2

VC9983

Pint

24

VC9982

Quart

12

VC9981P

Gallon

6

Pint

10

Low VOC Gray PVC Solvent Cement with dauber*
Part
No.

Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

VC9LV4

1/2

VC9LV3

Pint

24

VC9LV2

Quart

12

Pint

10

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

101

Innerduct Guide

Carlon Innerduct Guide
®

WHERE

IS

INNERDUCT

INSIDE THE
BUILDING

OUTSIDE THE
BUILDING

General
Purpose &
Riser

Plenum
• Must be

Listed

• Plenum cable
must be
installed

• Color: Industry
standard=orange

• Riser rated
cable must be
used in riser
applications

• Color: Industry
standard=orange

• Pull tape

• Riser-Gard

®

pre-installed
in sizes 1/2"
through 2"

• Plenum-Gard

®

product
numbers:
1/2"
CD4X1C
3/4"
CE4X1C
1"
CF4X1C
1
1 /4" CG4X1C
11/2" CH4X1C
2"
CJ4X1C

Pulled
into a
Conduit
• HDPE True

• Must be UL

UL Listed

BEING USED?

product numbers:
3/4" DE4X1C
1" DF4X1C
11/4" DG4X1C
11/4" DH4X1C
2" DJ4X1C

sized duct
recommended
1.00" ID or
1.25" ID

• Corrugated
(Riser-Gard and
HDPE) duct for
newer conduit
runs & shorter
distance pulls

• HDPE Solidwall
for older conduit
runs & longer
distance pulls

Plowed or
Trenched
• HDPE SDR sized
duct recommended
(11/4" or larger)

• HDPE SDR 13 wall
thickness for nonrocky soil conditions

• HDPE SDR 11 wall
thickness for rocky
conditions

• Riser-Gard
approved for direct
bury applications
but NOT exposed
applications
NOTE:
• Aerial HDPE for
exposed applications

• General Purpose
product numbers:
1" BF4X1B
11/4" BG4X1B
11/4" BH4X1B
2" BJ4X1B

Note:

Options
• Color
• Striping
• Factory installed pull lines
• Segmented or paralleled reels
• Pre-lubricated duct

• HDPE innerduct will not meet code
Specifying and installing UL Listed innerducts with the anticipation of future upgrades provides the building owner
with a low cost solution for the removal of abandoned cables.

102

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Section

Carlon
StructuredCable
Management Systems
®

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

103

Structured Cable Management Systems

5.

1.
3.
4.
6.
2.

5.

104

Cable management
systems that make
installation faster
and better.
w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Structured Cable Management Systems
1.

Dual Voltage Box/Bracket

Why waste time mounting, then
trying to line up separate high
voltage and low voltage boxes,
and still end up with something
not quite right? Our Dual Voltage
Box/Bracket lets you do it all in
one fast, easy step with perfect
alignment every time.

Here’s a smart alternative where you would
normally use separate high and low voltage
boxes. Designed to fit a standard two-gang
faceplate, this component combines an
electrical box and low voltage bracket into
a single unit for fast, easy installation.
No alignment tools are required, and easy nail-on mounting provides
precise placement and a professional finished appearance. Resi-Rings
accept 3/4" Resi-Gard only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SC200DV

Low Voltage Add-On
Bracket

2.

This low voltage bracket provides a low
voltage outlet next to a previously
installed high voltage outlet. Great for
both new construction and rework, it
attaches easily to most electrical boxes,
and is designed to fit a standard twogang faceplate. Resi-Rings accept 3/4"
Resi-Gard only . . . . . . . . . . . . .SC100SC

3.

1.

2.

3.

Low Voltage Adjustable Brackets

Our Low Voltage Adjustable Brackets are the
perfect solution for tile, paneling, or stucco. A
bracket allows for quick, easy stud mounting,
and a turn of the screw adjusts to any wall
thickness. It’s great for retrofit/ installation
upgrades. Replace the single-gang bracket with a two-gang bracket, or
switch services to a high-voltage Adjust-A-Box™ . . . SC100ADJC (shown)
SC200ADJC

Low Voltage Brackets

1.

2.

3.

Our Low Voltage Adjustable
Brackets simplify installation with
tile, paneling, or stucco to save you
time and effort. Just use the
quick-mount bracket to clip it to
the stud (1), add a screw for extra
support if you want it (2), then use
the adjustment screw to accommodate wall thickness (3). Also
available in a two-gang version.

Our Low Voltage Brackets are openbacked to easily accommodate the bend
radiuses required for low voltage cabling
and deep devices such as volume
controls, while molded-in ports make it
easy to connect flexible raceway for
future-proofing. Or you can use them to
tie off cable to the bracket. They can
also be attached to wood or steel studs.

4.

Here’s the fast installation choice where
only low voltage is required. Designed to
fit a standard one- or two-gang faceplate,
these low voltage brackets feature an easy
nail-on mounting or screw-in bracket, while
a hard shell provides increased durability
and no racking. SC100A – Accepts 3/4", 1", and 1-1/4" Resi-Gard
SC200A (shown) – Accepts 3/4" Resi-Gard only

5.

Attaching the Add-On
Bracket is a “snap.” You
just remove the back of the
double-sided tape (1),
clip the bracket in place (2),
and press on the bracket to
secure it against the box
(3). Allows for the
installation of most decora
style yoke plates

Resi-Gard® Flexible Raceway
And Fittings

Available in 5 sizes from 3/4" to 2", with
factory installed pull tape in sizes 1" to 2",
our Resi-Gard Flexible Raceway provides a
main chase from the main distribution panel
to a secondary hub in the attic or basement. Ideal for easy access to add
cable or service upgrades, or leave empty for future expansion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .See page 100 for part numbers

Low Voltage Divider Plate

Our complete line of quick-connect couplings, adapters, cable clips, conduit clamps, and solvent cement make for quick, easy
professional installation of Resi-Gard Flexible Raceway.

What could be easier than converting
one of our Carlon SuperBlue boxes for
both high and low voltage use? Just
slip the divider into place, and you’re
ready to go. Great for situations
requiring a dual voltage fire-rated box.

6.

For applications where a combined
high and low voltage closed back box
is needed, such as placement in a firerated wall, we offer our Carlon
SuperBlue™ two-, three-, and four-gang
wiring boxes with a slip-in-place divider
to give you the split box you need for
the low voltage outlet . . . . . . . . SCDIV

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

105

SCMS – Resi-Gard and Fittings
Resi-Gard Flexible Raceway
®

Ideal for providing a main chase from the main distribution
panel to a secondary hub in the attic or basement, Resi-Gard
nonmetallic flexible raceway is available in 3/4" to 2"
diameter sizes with factory installed pull tape in sizes 1" to
2". The raceway is hand bendable, lightweight and easily
cut to length to reduce scrap. Bright orange color clearly
signifies a low voltage installation.

Standard Length Reels*

Standard Length Coils
Size

E151168
FT-1

Pull
Tape

Part
No.

Coil
Length

Prod. Wt.
(lbs.) Coil

Size

Pull
Tape

Part
No.

Reel
Length

Prod. Wt.
(lbs.) Reel

3/4"

Empty*

SCE4X1-100

100

11.5

3/4"

Empty

SCE4X1-1000

1000

115.0

1"

900 lbs.

SCF4X1C-100

100

17.9

1"

900 lbs.

SCF4X1C-1500

1500

268.5

11/4"

900 lbs.

SCG4X1C-100

100

21.5

2"

900 lbs.

SCJ4X1C-500

500

133.5

11/2"

900 lbs.

SCH4X1C-50

50

11.2

2"

900 lbs.

SCJ4X1C-50

50

13.4

* Made to order

*If installing own tape, a lubricated polyester is recommended.

Resi-Gard Fittings
®

A complete line of Carlon one-piece quick connect couplings, threaded adapters, and snap-in
terminator adapters are available for quick, easy professional installation of Resi-Gard Flexible
Raceway.

LR92248
E86720

E32447

Size

SCA240E

3/4"

SCA240F

1"

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
25
20

.783
.972

Quick Connect Threaded Adapter
Size

SCA243E

3/4"

25

SCA243F

1"

20

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No.

Size

SCE943G

11/4"

50

3

SCE943H

11/2"

25

2.5

SCE943J

2"

50

6.8

Standard Couplings*

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No.

LR31146

Male Terminal Adapter*

Quick Connect Coupling
Part No.

Except where
noted by

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No.

Size

.633

SCE940G

11/4"

30

3.5

.778

SCE940H

11/2"

25

3.9

SCE940J

2"

30

5.2

* Must be cemented to Resi-Gard Flexible Raceway
using ONLY Resi-Gard Solvent Cement
®

Quick Connect Snap-In Adapter

106

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No.

Size

SCA253E

3/4"

25

.783

SCA253F

1"

20

.918

PVC Lock Nut

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No.

Size

LT9LE

3/4"

700

4

LT9LF

1"

600

4

SCMS – Boxes and Brackets
Structured Cabling Boxes and Brackets
Carlon’s new and innovative family of Structured Cabling Boxes and Brackets for all your installation requirements.

Dual Voltage Box/Bracket*
Features:
• Dual Voltage Capability
• Accepts a two-gang face plate.
• 3/4” Resi-Rings
• Backless Design accommodates
large/deep low voltage devices.
Part No.
SC200DV

Size

Volume

1-Gang 20.5 cu. in.

• Eliminates cutting the backs off
Electrical Boxes.
• Accommodates bend radius requirements for low voltage cabling.
• Provides ample space for installation.
Std. Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
16

6.4

E42728

*U.S. Patent D463,376
SC200DV

Low Voltage Add-On Bracket*
Features:

• Dual Voltage Capability accommodates
high and low voltage devices in the
same box.
• Accepts a two-gang face plate.

SC100SC

Part No.

Size

SC100SC

1-Gang

• Attaches to virtually any nonmetallic
electrical box as long as there’s a side
for the tape to stick to.
• 3/4" Resi-Rings
• Allows for the installation of most
decora style yoke plates

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
24

2.3
E216492

*U.S. Patent D459,312
U.S. Patent 6,710,245

Low Voltage Adjustable Brackets*
Features:
• Accommodates varying finished wall thicknesses –
ideal for wood paneling, tile or stucco walls.
• With the turn of a screw, adjust to any wall thickness.
• Steel Mounting Bracket provides a secure mount.
• Backless Design accommodates large/deep low
voltage devices.
• Eliminates cutting the backs off Electrical Boxes.
Part No.
SC100ADJC

Size

• Accommodates bend radius requirements
for low voltage cabling.
• Provides ample space for installation.
• Removable Bracket and Interchangeable
Mounting Bracket – upgrade from a one-gang
to a two-gang anytime.

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100ADJC

1-Gang

24

7.5

SC200ADJC

2-Gang

20

6.9

E216492

*U.S. Patent 5,289,934

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

107

SCMS – Boxes and Brackets
Low Voltage Brackets*
Features:
• Backless Design accommodates large/deep low
voltage devices.
• Eliminates cutting the backs off Electrical Boxes.
• Accommodates bend radius requirements for
low voltage cabling.

• Provides ample space for installation.
• Breakaway Drywall Support Flange provides
easy alignment for 1/2" drywall.
• Mount Flange for steel stud application
• Screw mount option

One-Gang Low Voltage Bracket:
• Resi-Rings with Concentric Knockouts
• Accepts 3/4", 1", and 1-1/4" Resi-Gard.
• Horizontal Mounting Bracket

SC100A

Part No.

Size

• Bracket can be mounted horizontally on wood
or steel studs.
• Breakaway Vertical Mounting Flange
• Breakaway feature allows the use of the Low
Voltage Add-On Bracket.

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100A

1-Gang

24

5.3

SC200A

2-Gang

24

7.7

E216492

(3/4" Resi-Rings)
*U.S. Patent D457,140
D462,664
* D Lamson & Sessions

SC200A

U.S. Patent No. 6,812,405

Old Work Brackets
Features:
• Rectangular Flange for faster/easier installation.
• Chamfered Corners – Prevents Racking.
• Shallow Bracket – Less material, easier to work with.
• Marking hole for wall opening.

Size

SC100RR

1-Gang

12

1.4

SC200RR

2-Gang

6

.9

(4" sq. 1/2" Raised Cover)
SCDIV

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
50

2.2

SuperBlue™ boxes

For use with Carlon
only (Refer to pages 79-81)
®

108

E216492

Mud Ring
Part No.

SCDIV

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

Part No.

Low Voltage
Divider Plate

• Thinner Flange for less protrusion on the wall.
• SINGLE GANG ONLY – Clamps stop at center
point to prevent the bracket from twisting or
bending out of the wall.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Part No.

Size

SCA410

1-Gang

Std. Ctn.
Std.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
20

1.54

SCMS – Accessories
Cable Clips
Carlon’s cable clips with pre-installed nails provide fast and easy
installation for either a single cable, 2-3 cables, or 1 bundled cable.
Size

Standard
Bag Quantity

Part No.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

1/4"

SC14CC

1 ea.

(Equals one bag
of 100 Clips

2.23

10 Bags of 100

1/2"

SC12CC

one bag
1 ea. (Equals
of 25 Clips

2.31

10 Bags of 25

SC34CC

one bag
ea. (Equals
of 10 Clips

2.96

20 Bags of 10

3/4"

1

Conduit Clamps
Part No.

3/4"

SCE977EC

1 ea.

1"

SCE977FC

1 ea.

11/4"

SCE977GC

1 ea.

11/2"

SCE977HC

1 ea.

2"

SCE977JC

1 ea.

SC12CC

SC14CC

Carlon’s orange conduit clamps are designed to secure Resi-Gard raceway or bundled cable.

Standard
Bag Quantity

Size

SC34CC

(Equals one bag
of 5 Clamps
(Equals one bag
of 5 Clamps
(Equals one bag
of 5 Clamps
(Equals one bag
of 5 Clamps
(Equals one bag
of 5 Clamps

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

20 Bags of 5

1.5

12 Bags of 5

1.3

8 Bags of 5

1.1

6 Bags of 5

1.0

6 Bags of 5

1.5

NOTE: Each clamp requires 2 screws, 2 nuts, and/or 2 bolts

Resi-Gard Solvent Cement
®

Resi-Gard Solvent Cement is ideal for easy, tight installation of all
Resi-Gard flexible nonmetallic raceway and fittings and accessories.
Available in pint sizes with convenient brush top applicator.
Part No.

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

VC9963SC

24

28.6

Resi-Gard Cutters
®

Carlon’s Kwikcut Cutter is ideal for fast, smooth field cuts for up to 1" diameter Resi-Gard
nonmetallic flexible raceway. Carlon’s Large PVC Cutter is ideal for cuts up to 2" diameter
nonmetallic rigid and flexible raceway.

Small Cutter

Large Cutter

For fast, smooth field
cuts of 1/2" through 1"
innerduct.

For clean cuts
of conduit 1/2"
through 2".
Part No.

Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Part No.

Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

CC120B

8"

10

CC122

171/2"

1

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

109

SCMS – Adjustable Floor Brackets
Low Voltage Adjustable Floor Bracket w/ Cover
The Carlon Low Voltage Adjustable Floor Bracket is specifically designed for the low voltage,
structured cabling market…the floor bracket is industry standard orange to identify low
voltage applications, the open design provides the space needed for low voltage bend
radius requirements, and the Leviton QuickPort® Quad 106® Insert provides up to four
low voltage outlet ports. The Carlon Low Voltage Adjustable Floor Bracket is ideal for any
residential or commercial low voltage application.
The floor bracket also features a patented screw design allowing it to be adjusted to most
finished floor heights by simply turning the screw clockwise or counterclockwise and adjusting flush to the floor.
The floor bracket kit comes complete with a nonmetallic (white or ivory) or brass cover, a
Leviton QuickPort Quad 106 Insert, new work and old work metal mounting brackets, and
mounting screws.
Carlon Structured Cable Management Systems…Your Total Systems
Solution!

Features:
• White, Ivory, or Brass Cover
• Orange – Identifies Low Voltage Installations
• Open Design Floor Bracket – Accommodates Low Voltage Bend Radius Requirements
• Patented Adjustable Screw – Bracket Adjusts to Most Finished Floor Depths
• Leviton QuickPort Quad 106 Insert – Install up to 4 Low Voltage Inserts
• Two-Door Design
• C-UL-US Listed

Installation:

Screw in to adjust to height
of flooring or carpet.

Install clip over subfloor.

Beautiful flush fit every time!

Specifications:

110

Part No.

Cover

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)

SC100FBWC

Nonmetallic – White

8

5.62

SC100FBVC

Nonmetallic – Ivory

8

5.62

SC100FBBC

Brass

8

13.78

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon
Nonmetallic Enclosures
®

®

Circuit Safe NEMA
Circuit Safe JIC
Himeline HE
Himeline HS
Himeline HP
Himeline HLA/HLS
Himeline HLP
Slack and Splice
Enclosures
®

®

®

®

®

®

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

111

Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures
Circuit Safe NEMA Enclosures

LR96563
E110981

Features
• Captive stainless steel cover screws.
• Brass inserts for cover, mounting flanges and panel
mounting screws.
• Back panel provisions accept standard size
panels.
• Dove tailed corners for mounting panels or swing
out panels at any depth. (Use optional adjustable
back panel kit or swing out panel kit.)
• Oil resistant continuous gasket.
• Removable nonmetallic mounting rails included with
factory assembled units.
• Tapered edge keeps liquids away from door opening.
• Ultraviolet stabilized for outdoor use.
• Optional steel or PVC back panels available.

Applications
Manufactured from polycarbonate material (bodies and
covers), Carlon® NEMA enclosures deliver high temperature stability (-30° F to 230° F ), exceptional corrosion
resistance, and greater performance than traditional
steel and stainless steel enclosures. Less than half the
weight of metal enclosures, they‘re also easier to
machine without fear of fracture and easier to install,
while offering both a lower installed cost and longer
service life. In addition, these attractive enclosures offer
molded-in features not found in metal enclosures along
with no rough edges, sharp corners, or burrs. Rated for
use in all NEMA Type 1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12,
and 13 environments, Carlon NEMA enclosures meet
or exceed both UL and CSA requirements. They are
available in 10 different styles and 11 sizes from 6 x 4
x 4 to 16 x 14 x 6 with screw or hinged design, clear
or opaque covers, and quick-release latches.

112

• Junction boxes
• Terminal block enclosures
• Motor control housings
• Instrument cases
• Electronic equipment cases
• Splice and pull boxes
• Pushbutton housings

Standards
• Meets NEMA Type 1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13
• Per UL 50, enclosures for electrical equipment.
• CSA certified as indicated.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures
NEMA Enclosure Styles
Circuit Safe® NEMA enclosures are
available in three different cover
options and a wide range of sizes.
From our screw cover style enclosures
to our hidden hinge cover style
enclosures to our external hinge cover
style enclosures, Carlon has a Circuit
Safe NEMA enclosure to meet your
application-specific need.

Screw Cover
Styles
• Screw Cover
• External Hinge
• Hidden Hinge

Cover Color Options
• Opaque
• Clear

Material
• Polycarbonate (Bases and Lids)

External Hinge Cover

Hidden Hinge Cover
w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

113

Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures
Screw-On Cover

LR96563

Meets NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12

E110981

Factory Assembled
Size

Opaque Cover

Clear Cover

Opaque
Cover
Assembly*

Clear
Cover
Assembly*

Back
Panels**
Steel/PVC

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)
Opaque/Clear

6x4x4

NS644

NV644

JP64 / JP64P

1

Opa 1.8 / Clr 1.9

6x6x4

NS664

NV664

JP66 / JP66P

1

Opa 2.4 / Clr 2.4

8x6x4

NS864

NV864

JP86 / JP86P

1

Opa 2.9 / Clr 2.8

8x8x4

NS884

NV884

JP88 / JP88P

1

Opa 3.2 / Clr 3.3

10 x 8 x 4

NS1084

NV1084

JP108 / JP108P

1

Opa 4.0 / Clr 3.9

10 x 8 x 6

NS1086

NV1086

JP108 / JP108P

1

Opa 4.6 / Clr 4.5

10 x 10 x 6

NS10106

NV10106

JP1010 / JP1010P

1

Opa 5.3 / Clr 4.9

12 x 10 x 6

NS12106

NV12106

JP1210 / JP1210P

1

Opa 6.1 / Clr 5.2

12 x 12 x 6

NS12126

NV12126

JP1212 / JP1212P

1

Opa 6.8 / Clr 6.1

14 x 12 x 6

NS14126

NV14126

JP1412 / JP1412P

1

Opa 7.4 / Clr 7.0

16 x 14 x 6

NS16146

NV16146

JP1614 / JP1614P

1

Opa 9.2 / Clr 8.1

* Kitted Enclosures include body, lid and mounting rail kit.
** Order back panels separately.

Individual Components
Enclosure
Size

Enclosure Base*
Std.
Std. Ctn.
Part
Ctn.
Wt.
Nos.
Qty.
(lbs.)

Enclosure Lids
Opaque
Lids

Clear
Lids

Back Panels**
Std.
Ctn .
Qty.

Steel /PVC
Part Nos.

Std.
Ctn
Qty.

6x4x4

NP644B

18

21

NS64L

NV64L

16

Opa 6.4 / Clr 5.7

JP64 / JP64P

1

6x6x4

NP664B

12

17

NS66L

NV66L

12

Opa 6.2 / Clr 5.7

JP66 / JP66P

1

8x6x4

NP864B

12

18

NS86L

NV86L

9

Opa 6 / Clr 4.4

JP86 / JP86P

1

8x8x4

NP884B

14

28

NS88L

NV88L

18

Opa 14 / Clr 11.2

JP88 / JP88P

1

10 x 8 x 4

NP1084B

12

26

NS108L

NV108L

12

Opa 13 / Clr 11

JP108 / JP108P

1

10 x 8 x 6

NP1086B

8

23

NS108L

NV108L

12

Opa 13 / Clr 11

JP108 / JP108P

1

10 x 10 x 6

NP1010B

6

20

NS1010L

NV1010L

11

Opa 14 / Clr 12

JP1010 / JP1010P

1

12 x 10 x 6

NP1210B

6

23

NS1210L

NV1210L

12

Opa 15 / Clr 15

JP1210 / JP1210P

1

12 x 12 x 6

NP1212B

5

22

NS1212L

NV1212L

10

Opa 15 / Clr 14

JP1212 / JP1212P

1

14 x 12 x 6

NP1412B

5

24

NS1412L

NV1412L

5

Opa 9 / Clr 9

JP1412 / JP1412P

1

16 x 14 x 6

NP1614B

4

31

NS1614L

NV1614L

5

Opa 11 / Clr 11

JP1614 / JP1614P

1

* Mounting rails are not included. See “Mounting Rails” listed in the Enclosure Accessories section.
** Order back panels separately.

114

Std. Ctn.
Wt.
(lbs.)

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures
Screw-On Cover
Specifications
Enclosure With
Clear Lid Opaque Lid
Part Nos.* Part Nos.*

A

B

Enclosure Size
C
D

E

F

Enclosure Mounting
Hole Spacing
G
H

Panel Mounting
Hole Spacing
I
J

Back Panel
Size
K
L

Back Panel**
Part Nos.
Steel
PVC

NV644

NS644

6.40

4.40

4.49

3.98

5.13

7.69

6.75

2.00

4.25

2.25

4.88

2.88

JP64

JP64P

NV664

NS664

6.40

6.40

4.49

3.98

5.13

7.69

6.75

4.00

4.25

4.25

4.88

4.88

JP66

JP66P

NV864

NS864

8.40

6.40

4.49

3.98

5.13

9.69

8.75

4.00

6.25

4.25

6.75

4.88

JP86

JP86P

NV884

NS884

8.40

8.40

4.49

3.98

5.13

9.69

8.75

6.00

6.25

6.25

6.75

6.88

JP88

JP88P

NV1084

NS1084

10.40

8.40

4.49

3.98

5.13

11.69

10.75

6.00

8.25

6.25

8.75

6.88

JP108

JP108P

NV1086

NS1086

10.40

8.40

6.49

5.98

7.13

11.69

10.75

6.00

8.25

6.25

8.75

6.88

JP108

JP108P

NV10106

NS10106

10.40

10.40

6.49

5.98

7.13

11.69

10.75

8.00

8.25

8.25

8.75

8.88

JP1010

JP1010P

NV12106

NS12106

12.40

10.40

6.49

5.98

7.13

13.69

12.75

8.00

10.25

8.25

10.75

8.88

JP1210

JP1210P

NV12126

NS12126

12.40

12.40

6.49

5.98

7.13

13.69

12.75

10.00

10.25

10.25

10.75

10.88

JP1212

JP1212P

NV14126

NS14126

14.40

12.40

6.49

5.98

7.13

15.69

14.75

10.00

12.25

10.25

12.75

10.88

JP1412

JP1412P

NV16146

NS16146

16.40

14.40

6.49

5.98

7.13

17.69

16.75

12.00

14.25

12.25

14.75

12.88

JP1614

JP1612P

* Packaged-To-Order Enclosures include body, lid and mounting rail kit.
** Order back panels separately. (10/32 – 3/8 Back Panel screws not supplied.)

Mounting Rail

Mounting Rail

.44

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Back Panel
(order
separately) .19

115

Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures
Hidden Hinge Cover

LR96563

Meets NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12

E110981

Factory Assembled

Opaque Cover

Clear Cover

Size

Opaque
Cover
Assembly*

Clear
Cover
Assembly*

Back
Panels**
Steel/PVC

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)
Opaque/Clear

6 x 4 x 5 (y)

NH644

NI644

JP64 / JP64P

1

Opa 2.2 / Clr 2.8

6x6x5

NH664

NI664

JP66 / JP66P

1

Opa 2.7 / Clr 3.2

8x6x5

NH864

NI864

JP86 / JP86P

1

Opa 3.3 / Clr 3.8

8x8x5

NH884

NI884

JP88 / JP88P

1

Opa 3.8 / Clr 3.8

10 x 8 x 5

NH1084

NI1084

JP108 / JP108P

1

Opa 4.0 / Clr 4.5

10 x 8 x 7

NH1086

NI1086

JP108 / JP108P

1

Opa 5.2 / Clr 5.1

10 x 10 x 7

NH10106

NI10106

JP1010 / JP1010P

1

Opa 5.7 / Clr 5.8

12 x 10 x 7

NH12106

NI12106

JP1210 / JP1210P

1

Opa 6.9 / Clr 6.1

12 x 12 x 7

NH12126

NI12126

JP1212 / JP1212P

1

Opa 7.7 / Clr 7.2

14 x 12 x 7

NH14126

NI14126

JP1412 / JP1412P

1

Opa 8.3 / Clr 7.9

16 x 14 x 7

NH16146

NI16146

JP1614 / JP1614P

1

Opa 10.1 / Clr 9.6

* Packaged-To-Order Enclosures (except NI1084) include body, lid and mounting rail kit.
** Order back panels separately.
(y) 6 x 4 x 5 size not available with quick-release latches.

Individual Components
Enclosure
Size

Enclosure Base*
Enclosure Lids
Std. Std. Ctn. Opaque
Clear Std.
Part
Ctn.
Wt.
Lids
Lids Ctn .
Nos.
Qty. (lbs.) Part Nos. Part Nos. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt.
(lbs.)

Back Panels**
Std.
Steel /PVC
Ctn
Part Nos.
Qty.

6 x 4 x 5(y)

NP644B

18

21

NH64L

NI64L

16

Opa 6.8 / Clr 6.3

NH64C

16

6

JP64 / JP64P

1

6x6x5

NP664B

12

17

NH66L

NI66L

12

Opa 6.8 / Clr 6.3

NH66C

12

5

JP66 / JP66P

1

8x6x5

NP864B

12

18

NH86L

NI86L

9

Opa 6.3 / Clr 5.7

NH86C

9

4

JP86 / JP86P

1

8x8x5

NP884B

14

28

NH88L

NI88L

18

Opa 16 / Clr 15

NH88C

9

3.6

JP88 / JP88P

1

10 x 8 x 5

NP1084B

12

26

NH108L

NI108L

12

Opa 13 / Clr 12

NH108C

12

7.8

JP108 / JP108P

1

10 x 8 x 7

NP1086B

8

23

NH108L

NI108L

12

Opa 13 / Clr 12

NH108C

12

7.8

JP108 / JP108P

1

10 x 10 x 7

NP1010B

6

20

NH1010L NI1010L

11

Opa 14 / Clr 13

NH1010C

11

7.5

JP1010 / JP1010P

1

12 x 10 x 7(z)

NP1210B

6

23

NH1210L NI1210L

12

Opa 17 / Clr 6

NH1210C

12

8

JP1210 / JP1210P

1

12 x 12 x 7(z)

NP1212B

5

22

NH1212L NI1212L

10

Opa 17 / Clr 16

NH1212C

12

7.7

JP1212 / JP1212P

1

14 x 12 x 7(z)

NP1412B

5

24

NH1412L NI1412L

5

Opa 10 / Clr 10

NH1412C

5

4.7

JP1412 / JP1412P

1

16 x 14 x 7(z)

NP1614B

4

31

NH1614L NI1614L

5

Opa 13 / Clr 12

NH1614C

5

5.6

JP1614 / JP1614P

1

* Mounting rails are not included. See “Mounting Rails” listed in the Enclosure Accessories section.
** Order back panels separately.
(y) 6 x 4 x 5 enclosures are not available with quick-release latches.
(z) Sizes 12 x 10 and larger require two (2) latches per enclosure.

116

Collars
Std. Std. Ctn.
Part
Ctn.
Wt.
Nos.
Qty.
(lbs.)

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures
Hidden Hinge Cover
Specifications
Enclosure With
Opaque Lid Clear Lid
Part Nos.* Part Nos.*

A

B

Enclosure Size
C
D

E

F

Enclosure Mounting
Hole Spacing
G
H

Panel Mounting
Hole Spacing
I
J

Back Panel
Size
K
L

Back Panel**
Part Nos.
Steel
PVC

NH644

NI644

6.40

4.40

5.30

4.79

5.94

7.69

6.75

2.00

4.25

2.25

4.88

2.88

JP64

JP64P

NH664

NI664

6.40

6.40

5.30

4.79

5.94

7.69

6.75

4.00

4.25

4.25

4.88

4.88

JP66

JP66P

NH864

NI864

8.40

6.40

5.30

4.79

5.94

9.69

8.75

4.00

6.25

4.25

6.75

4.88

JP86

JP86P

NH884

NI884

8.40

8.40

5.30

4.79

5.94

9.69

8.75

6.00

6.25

6.25

6.75

6.88

JP88

JP88P

NH1084

NI1084

10.40

8.40

5.30

4.79

5.94

11.69

10.75

6.00

8.25

6.25

8.75

6.88

JP108

JP108P

NH1086

NI1086

10.40

8.40

7.30

6.79

7.94

11.69

10.75

6.00

8.25

6.25

8.75

6.88

JP108

JP108P

NH10106

NI10106

10.40

10.40

7.30

6.79

7.94

11.59

10.75

8.00

8.25

8.25

8.75

8.88

JP1010

JP1010P

NH12106

NI12106

12.40

10.40

7.30

6.79

7.94

13.69

12.75

8.00

10.25

8.25

10.75

8.88

JP1210

JP1210P

NH12126

NI12126

12.40

12.40

7.30

6.79

7.94

13.69

12.75

10.00

10.25

10.25

10.75

10.88

JP1212

JP1212P

NH14126

NI14126

14.40

12.40

7.30

6.79

7.94

15.69

14.75

10.00

12.25

10.25

12.75

10.88

JP1412

JP1412P

NH16146

NI16146

16.40

14.40

7.30

6.79

7.94

17.69

16.75

12.00

14.25

12.25

14.75

12.88

JP1614

JP1612P

* Packaged-To-Order Enclosures (except NI1084) include body, lid and mounting rail kit.
** Order back panels separately. (10/32 – 3/8 Back Panel screws not supplied.)

Mounting Rail

A

Mounting Rail
.44

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Back Panel
(order
separately) .19

117

Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures
External Hinge Cover

LR96563

Meets NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12

E110981

Factory Assembled
Size

Opaque Cover

Clear Cover

Opaque
Cover
Assembly*

Clear
Cover
Assembly*

Back
Panels**
Steel/PVC

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)
Opaque/Clear

6 x 4 x 4 (y)

NJ644

NC644

JP64 / JP64P

1

Opa 1.9 / Clr 2

6x6x4

NJ664

NC664

JP66 / JP66P

1

Opa 2.4 / Clr 2.4

8x6x4

NJ864

NC864

JP86 / JP86P

1

Opa 2.9 / Clr 2.9

8x8x4

NJ884

NC884

JP88 / JP88P

1

Opa 3.3 / Clr 3.3

10 x 8 x 4

NJ1084

NC1084

JP108 / JP108P

1

Opa 4 / Clr 4

10 x 8 x 6

NJ1086

NC1086

JP108 / JP108P

1

Opa 4.6 / Clr 4.7

10 x 10 x 6

NJ10106

NC10106

JP1010 / JP1010P

1

Opa 5.6 / Clr 5.3

12 x 10 x 6

NJ12106

NC12106

JP1210 / JP1210P

1

Opa 6.3 / Clr 5.8

12 x 12 x 6

NJ12126

NC12126

JP1212 / JP1212P

1

Opa 6.9 / Clr 6.6

14 x 12 x 6

NJ14126

NC14126

JP1412 / JP1412P

1

Opa 7.7 / Clr 7

16 x 14 x 6

NJ16146

NC16146

JP1614 / JP1614P

1

Opa 8.2 / Clr 8

* Packaged-To-Order Enclosures include body, lid and mounting rail kit.
** Order back panels separately.
(y) Quick-release latch not available in 6 x 4 x 4 size.

Individual Components
Enclosure
Size

Enclosure Base*
Std.
Std. Ctn.
Part
Ctn.
Wt.
Nos.
Qty.
(lbs.)

Enclosure Lids
Opaque
Lids

Clear
Lids

Back Panels**
Std.
Ctn .
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt.
(lbs.)

Std.
Ctn
Qty.

6 x 4 x 4 (y)

NL644B

18

29

NJ64L

NC64L

16

Opa 6.4 / Clr 4.2

JP64 / JP64P

1

6x6x4

NL664B

12

18

NJ66L

NC66L

12

Opa 5.0 / Clr 5.9

JP66 / JP66P

1

8x6x4

NL864B

8

14

NJ86L

NC86L

9

Opa 6 / Clr 5.3

JP86 / JP86P

1

8x8x4

NL884B

14

28

NJ88L

NC88L

18

Opa 15 / Clr 13.5

JP88 / JP88P

1

10 x 8 x 4

NL1084B

12

32

NJ108L

NC108L

12

Opa 13 / Clr 11.7

JP108 / JP108P

1

10 x 8 x 6

NL1086B

8

15

NJ108L

NC108L

12

Opa 13 / Clr 11.7

JP108 / JP108P

1

10 x 10 x 6

NL1010B

6

20

NJ1010L

NC1010L

11

Opa 14 / Clr 13

JP1010 / JP1010P

1

12 x 10 x 6(z)

NL1210B

6

24

NJ1210L

NC1210L

12

Opa 14 / Clr 15

JP1210 / JP1210P

1

12 x 12 x 6(y)

NL1212B

5

21.8

NJ1212L

NC1212L

10

Opa 16 / Clr 14

JP1212 / JP1212P

1

14 x 12 x 6(y)

NL1412B

4

19

NJ1412L

NC1412L

5

Opa 10 / Clr 9

JP1412 / JP1412P

1

16 x 12 x 6(y)

NL1614B

4

31

NJ1614L

NC1614L

5

Opa 13.5 / Clr 12

JP1614 / JP1614P

1

* Mounting rails are not included. See “Mounting Rails” listed in the Enclosure Accessories section.
** Order back panels separately.
(z) Sizes 12 x 10 and larger require two (2) latches per enclosure.
(y) Quick-release latch not available in 6 x 4 x 4 size.

118

Steel /PVC
Part Nos.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures
External Hinge Cover
Specifications
Enclosure With
Clear Lid Opaque Lid
Part Nos.* Part Nos.*

A

B

Enclosure Size
C
D

E

F

Enclosure Mounting
Hole Spacing
G
H

Panel Mounting
Hole Spacing
I
J

Back Panel
Size
K
L

Back Panel**
Part Nos.
Steel
PVC

NC644

NJ644

6.40

4.40

4.49

3.98

5.13

7.69

6.75

2.00

4.25

2.25

4.88

2.88

JP64

JP64P

NC664

NJ664

6.40

6.40

4.49

3.98

5.13

7.69

6.75

4.00

4.25

4.25

4.88

4.88

JP66

JP66P

NC864

NJ864

8.40

6.40

4.49

3.98

5.13

9.69

8.75

4.00

6.25

4.25

6.75

4.88

JP86

JP86P

NC884

NJ884

8.40

8.40

4.49

3.98

5.13

9.69

8.75

6.00

6.25

6.25

6.75

6.88

JP88

JP88P

NC1084

NJ1084

10.40

8.40

4.49

3.98

5.13

11.69

10.75

6.00

8.25

6.25

8.75

6.88

JP108

JP108P

NC1086

NJ1086

10.40

8.40

6.49

5.98

7.13

11.69

10.75

6.00

8.25

6.25

8.75

6.88

JP108

JP108P

NC10106

NJ10106

10.40

10.40

6.49

5.98

7.13

11.69

10.75

8.00

8.25

8.25

8.75

8.88

JP1010

JP1010P

NC12106

NJ12106

12.40

10.40

6.49

5.98

7.13

13.69

12.75

8.00

10.25

8.25

10.75

8.88

JP1210

JP1210P

NC12126

NJ12126

12.40

12.40

6.49

5.98

7.13

13.69

12.75

10.00

10.25

10.25

10.75

10.88

JP1212

JP1212P

NC14126

NJ14126

14.40

12.40

6.49

5.98

7.13

15.69

14.75

10.00

12.25

10.25

12.75

10.88

JP1412

JP1412P

NC16146

NJ16146

16.40

14.40

6.49

5.98

7.13

17.69

16.75

12.00

14.25

12.25

14.75

12.88

JP1614

JP1614P

* Packaged-To-Order Enclosures; include body, lid and mounting rail kit.
** Order back panels separately. (10/32 – 3/8 Back Panel screws not supplied.)

Mounting Rail
.88

Mounting Rail
.44

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Back Panel
(order
separately) .19

119

Section
Quick Reference
Screw-On Cover Style
Complete Enclosures

Individual Components

(no Panel or Latches)

Opaque
Lid

Clear
Lid

NS644
NV644
NS664
NV664
NS864
NV864
NS884
NV884
NS1084
NV1084
NS1086
NV1086
NS10106
NV10106
NS12106
NV12106
NS12126
NV12126
NS14126
NV14126
NS16146
NV16146

Body
NP644B
NP644B
NP664B
NP664B
NP864B
NP864B
NP884B
NP884B
NP1084B
NP1084B
NP1086B
NP1086B
NP1010B
NP1010B
NP1210B
NP1210B
NP1212B
NP1212B
NP1412B
NP1412B
NP1614B
NP1614B

Lid
NS64L
NV64L
NS66L
NV66L
NS86L
NV86L
NS88L
NV88L
NS108L
NV108L
NS108L
NV108L
NS1010L
NV1010L
NS1210L
NV1210L
NS1212L
NV1212L
NS1412L
NV1412L
NS1614L
NV1614L

Collar

Mtg. Rails

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

NMK4V
NMK4V
NMK6V
NMK6V
NMK6V
NMK6V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK10V
NMK10V
NMK10V
NMK10V
NMK12V
NMK12V
NMK12V
NMK12V
NMK14V
NMK14V

Back Panels
Steel
PVC
JP64
JP64
JP66
JP66
JP86
JP86
JP88
JP88
JP108
JP108
JP108
JP108
JP1010
JP1010
JP1210
JP1210
JP1212
JP1212
JP1412
JP1412
JP1614
JP1614

JP64P
JP64P
JP66P
JP66P
JP86P
JP86P
JP88P
JP88P
JP108P
JP108P
JP108P
JP108P
JP1010P
JP1010P
JP1210P
JP1210P
JP1212P
JP1212P
JP1412P
JP1412P
JP1614P
JP1614P

Latches
(Qty. needed)
Steel
PVC
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

External Hinge Cover Style
Complete Enclosures

Individual Components

(no Panel or Latches)

Opaque
Lid

Clear
Lid

NJ644
NC644
NJ664
NC664
NJ864
NC864
NJ884
NC884
NJ1084
NC1084
NJ1086
NC1086
NJ10106
NC10106
NJ12106
NC12106
NJ12126
NC12126
NJ14126
NC14126
NJ16146
NC16146

120

Body

Lid

Collar

Mtg. Rails

NL644B
NL644B
NL664B
NL664B
NL864B
NL864B
NL884B
NL884B
NL1084B
NL1084B
NL1086B
NL1086B
NL1010B
NL1010B
NL1210B
NL1210B
NL1212B
NL1212B
NL1412B
NL1412B
NL1614B
NL1614B

NJ64L
NC64L
NJ66L
NC66L
NJ86L
NC86L
NJ88L
NC88L
NJ108L
NC108L
NJ108L
NC108L
NJ1010L
NC1010L
NJ1210L
NC1210L
NJ1212L
NC1212L
NJ1412L
NC1412L
NJ1614L
NC1614L

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

NMK4V
NMK4V
NMK6V
NMK6V
NMK6V
NMK6V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK10V
NMK10V
NMK10V
NMK10V
NMK12V
NMK12V
NMK12V
NMK12V
NMK14V
NMK14V

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Back Panels
Steel
PVC
JP64
JP64
JP66
JP66
JP86
JP86
JP88
JP88
JP108
JP108
JP108
JP108
JP1010
JP1010
JP1210
JP1210
JP1212
JP1212
JP1412
JP1412
JP1614
JP1614

JP64P
JP64P
JP66P
JP66P
JP86P
JP86P
JP88P
JP88P
JP108P
JP108P
JP108P
JP108P
JP1010P
JP1010P
JP1210P
JP1210P
JP1212P
JP1212P
JP1412P
JP1412P
JP1614P
JP1614P

Latches
(Qty. needed)
Steel
PVC
SSLS (1)
SSLS (1)
SSLS (1)
SSLS (1)
SSLS (1)
SSLS (1)
SSLS (1)
SSLS (1)
SSLS (1)
SSLS (1)
SSLS (1)
SSLS (1)
SSLS (1)
SSLS (1)
SSLS (2)
SSLS (2)
SSLS (2)
SSLS (2)
SSLS (2)
SSLS (2)
SSLS (2)
SSLS (2)

NPL1S (1)
NPL1S (1)
NPL1S (1)
NPL1S (1)
NPL1S (1)
NPL1S (1)
NPL1S (1)
NPL1S (1)
NPL1S (1)
NPL1S (1)
NPL1S (1)
NPL1S (1)
NPL1S (1)
NPL1S (1)
NPL1S (2)
NPL1S (2)
NPL1S (2)
NPL1S (2)
NPL1S (2)
NPL1S (2)
NPL1S (2)
NPL1S (2)

Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures
Quick Reference
Hidden Hinge Cover Style
Complete Enclosures

Individual Components

(no Panel or Latches)

Opaque
Lid

Clear
Lid

NH644
NI644
NH664
NI664
NH864
NI864
NH884
NI884
NH1084
NI1084
NH1086
NI1086
NH10106
NI10106
NH12106
NI12106
NH12126
NI12126
NH14126
NI14126
NH16146
NI16146

Body

Lid

NP644B
NP644B
NP664B
NP664B
NP864B
NP864B
NP884B
NP884B
NP1084B
NP1084B
NP1086B
NP1086B
NP1010B
NP1010B
NP1210B
NP1210B
NP1212B
NP1212B
NP1412B
NP1412B
NP1614B
NP1614B

NH64L
NI64L
NH66L
NI66L
NH86L
NI86L
NH88L
NI88L
NH108L
NI108L
NH108L
NI108L
NH1010L
NI1010L
NH1210L
NI1210L
NH1212L
NI1212L
NH1412L
NI1412L
NH1614L
NI1614L

Collar
NH64C
NH64C
NH66C
NH66C
NH86C
NH86C
NH88C
NH88C
NH108C
NH108C
NH108C
NH108C
NH1010C
NH1010C
NH1210C
NH1210C
NH1212C
NH1212C
NH1412C
NH1412C
NH1614C
NH1614C

Mtg. Rails
NMK4V
NMK4V
NMK6V
NMK6V
NMK6V
NMK6V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK8V
NMK10V
NMK10V
NMK10V
NMK10V
NMK12V
NMK12V
NMK12V
NMK12V
NMK14V
NMK14V

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Back Panels
Steel
PVC
JP64
JP64
JP66
JP66
JP86
JP86
JP88
JP88
JP108
JP108
JP108
JP108
JP1010
JP1010
JP1210
JP1210
JP1212
JP1212
JP1412
JP1412
JP1614
JP1614

JP64P
JP64P
JP66P
JP66P
JP86P
JP86P
JP88P
JP88P
JP108P
JP108P
JP108P
JP108P
JP1010P
JP1010P
JP1210P
JP1210P
JP1212P
JP1212P
JP1412P
JP1412P
JP1614P
JP1614P

Latches
(Qty. needed)
Steel
PVC
SSLL (1)
SSLL (1)
SSLL (1)
SSLL (1)
SSLL (1)
SSLL (1)
SSLL (1)
SSLL (1)
SSLL (1)
SSLL (1)
SSLL (1)
SSLL (1)
SSLL (1)
SSLL (1)
SSLL (2)
SSLL (2)
SSLL (2)
SSLL (2)
SSLL (2)
SSLL (2)
SSLL (2)
SSLL (2)

NPL1L (1)
NPL1L (1)
NPL1L (1)
NPL1L (1)
NPL1L (1)
NPL1L (1)
NPL1L (1)
NPL1L (1)
NPL1L (1)
NPL1L (1)
NPL1L (1)
NPL1L (1)
NPL1L (1)
NPL1L (1)
NPL1L (2)
NPL1L (2)
NPL1L (2)
NPL1L (2)
NPL1L (2)
NPL1L (2)
NPL1L (2)
NPL1L (2)

121

Circuit Safe® JIC Enclosures
Circuit Safe JIC Enclosures
Features
• Hinge caps make covers captive.
• Nonmetallic molded-in hinges on hinged models.
• No rough corners, sharp edges, or burrs.
• Nonconductive — eliminates danger of electrical
shock.
• Lid design provides greater usable internal
volume.
• Ample interior space for ease of wiring.
• Fully gasketed.
• Ultraviolet stabilized for outdoor use.

Applications

Manufactured from structural foam thermoplastic, Carlon®
Circuit Safe® JIC enclosures provide high impact strength
to eliminate dents and deformations along with high
dielectric strength, excellent weathering capabilities, and
excellent resistance to a wide range of corrosive agents,
acids, alkalines, and salts. These UL approved and CSA
recognized enclosures also withstand wet and dirty
environments, while their thick wall construction make
them a particularly good choice wherever condensation
is a concern. Rated for use in Type 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4,
4X, 12, and 13 environments, Carlon Circuit Safe JIC
enclosures are suited for virtually all indoor/outdoor
industrial, MRO, and OEM applications. They are available
in 10 sizes from 6 x 6 x 5 through 30 x 24 x 12 with a
choice of screw or hinged design, opaque covers, or clear
polycarbonate covers which protect devices from hostile
environments while allowing monitoring of instrumentation and/or electrical functions.

122

• Instrument case.
• Junction and terminal boxes.
• Control and switching enclosures.
• Splice and pull boxes.
• Starter, pushbutton, and transformer housings.
• Meter and transformer cabinets.

Standards
• Meets NEMA Types 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X,
12, 13 as indicated.
• UL Listed per UL 50, enclosures for electrical
equipment.
• CSA certified.
• JIC compliance.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Circuit Safe® JIC Enclosures
Hinged Cover

LR31146

Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13

E54381

Features
• Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting
hardware included.
• White painted 14 gauge steel or 1/4" PVC back
panel (order separately).
• 304 (18-8) stainless steel screws (10-32 / 11/8").
• Lid design provides greater usable internal volume.
• Completely nonmetallic hinges.
• Brass screw inserts.
• Temperature Range: -30° to 230°F
• Material: polycarbonate molded base and cover.

Factory Assembled
Opaque
Cover
Part Nos.

Clear
Cover
Part Nos.

A

Dimensions
Internal
D
E
F

External
B
C

Mounting
G
H

Std. Ctn.
Qty. (lbs.)
Opaque/Clear

Back Panel*
Part Nos.
Steel/PVC

Panel
Size

Std. Ctn.
Qty. (lbs.)
Steel/PVC

CJ665

CC665

6.50

6.50

6.69

6.00

6.00

5.45

9.00

4.00

1 (Opa 3.5) / 1 (Clr 3.1)

JP66/JP66P

4.88 x 4.88

1 (1.0) / 1 (0.3)

CJ863

CC863

8.50

6.50

4.49

8.00

6.00

3.25

11.00

4.00

1 (Opa 2.8) / 1 (Clr 3.1)

JP86/JP86P

6.75 x 4.88

1 (1.0) / 1 (0.78)

CJ1085

CC1085

10.50

8.50

6.69

10.00

8.00

5.45

13.00

6.00

1 (Opa 5.2) / 1 (Clr 5.2)

JP108/JP108P

8.75 x 6.88

1 (1.5) / 1 (0.7)

CJ12106

CC12106

12.50

10.50

7.69

12.00 10.00

6.45

15.00

8.00

1 (Opa 7.1) / 1 (Clr 8.4)

JP1210/JP1210P 10.75 x 8.88

1 (2.0) / 1 (1.2)

CJ14126

CC14126

14.50

12.50

7.72

14.00 12.00

6.48

17.00 10.00 1 (Opa 9.0) / 1 (Clr 8.6)

CJ16147

CC16147

16.50

14.50

8.46

16.00 14.00

7.22

19.00 12.00 1 (Opa 10.6) / 1 (Clr 11.9) JP1614/JP1614P 14.75 x 12.88 1 (4.7) / 1 (2.3)

JP1412/JP1412P 12.75 x 10.88 1 (3.2) / 1 (1.7)

*Order back panels separately.
Enclosures shipped with mounting feet, hinge caps and screws.
For factory installed pad lockable latch, consult Customer Service for price and delivery.

D

A
G

O.312
TYP

F
C

H
E
B

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

123

Circuit Safe® JIC Enclosures
Screw-On Cover

LR31146

Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13

E54381

Features
• Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting
hardware included.
• 304 (18-8) stainless steel screws (10-32 / 11/8").
• Brass screw inserts.
• Clear polycarbonate cover available.
• White painted 14 gauge steel or 1/4" PVC back
panel (order separately).
• Lid design provides greater usable internal volume.
• Temperature Range: -30° to 230°F
• Material: polycarbonate molded base and cover.

Factory Assembled
Opaque
Cover
Part Nos.

Clear
Cover
Part Nos.

Std. Ctn.
Qty. (lbs.)
Opaque/Clear

Back Panel*
Part Nos.
Steel/PVC

CS665

CV665

6.50

6.50

6.69

6.00

6.00

5.45

9.00

4.00

1 (Opa 2.7) / 1 (Clr 2.9)

JP66/JP66P

4.88 x 4.88 1 (1.0) / 1 (0.3)

CS863

CV863

8.50

6.50

4.49

8.00

6.00

3.25

11.00

4.00

1 (Opa 2.9) / 1 (Clr 2.9)

JP86/JP86P

6.75 x 4.88 1 (1.0) / 1 (0.4)

CS1085

CV1085

10.50

8.50

6.69

10.00

8.00

5.45

13.00

6.00

1 (Opa 5.0) / 1 (Clr 5.0)

JP108/JP108P

8.75 x 6.88 1 (1.5) / 1 (0.7)

CS12106

CV12106

12.50

10.50 7.69

12.00 10.00 6.45

15.00

8.00

1 (Opa 6.5) / 1 (Clr 7.2) JP1210/JP1210P 10.75 x 8.88 1 (2.0) / 1 (1.2)

CS14126

CV14126

14.50

12.50 7.72

14.00 12.00 6.48

17.00 10.00 1 (Opa 8.0) / 1 (Clr 8.8) JP1412/JP1412P 12.75 x 10.88 1 (3.2) / 1 (1.7)

CS16147

CV16147

16.50

14.50 8.46

16.00 14.00 7.22

19.00 12.00 1 (Opa 11.5) / 1 (Clr 10.8) JP1614/JP1614P 14.75 x 12.88 1 (4.7) / 1 (2.3)

A

Dimensions
Internal
D
E
F

External
B
C

Mounting
G
H

*Order back panels separately.
Enclosures shipped with mounting feet and panel mounting hardware.

D
A
G

O.312
TYP

F
C

H
E
B

124

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Panel
Size

Std. Ctn.
Qty. (lbs.)
Steel/PVC

Circuit Safe® JIC Enclosures
Medium Hinged Cover

LR31146

Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13

E54381

Features
• Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting
hardware included.
• White painted 14 gauge steel or 1/4" PVC back
panel (order separately).
• 304 (18-8) stainless steel screws (10-32 / 11/8").
• Completely nonmetallic hinges.
• Brass screw inserts.
• Temperature Range: -40° to 185°F
• Material: NORYL base and cover.

Factory Assembled
C

Dimensions
Internal
D
E

16.50

8.36

17.25

13.25

6.28

21.26

10.00

1 (15.1)

NP2016/NP2016P

17 x 13.25

1 (7.0) / 1 (6.1)

20.50

16.50

10.36

17.25

13.25

8.28

21.26

10.00

1 (17.2)

NP2016/NP2016P

17 x 13.25

1 (7.0) / 1 (6.1)

C2016C4

20.50

16.50

12.36

17.25

13.25

10.28

21.26

10.00

1 (19.7)

NP2016/NP2016P

17 x 13.25

1 (7.0) / 1 (6.1)

C2420A4

24.50

20.50

8.36

21.25

17.25

6.28

25.26

14.00

1 (21.5)

NP2420/NP2420P

21 x 17

1 (10.4) / 1 (4.7)

C2420B4

24.50

20.50

10.36

21.25

17.25

8.28

25.26

14.00

1 (24)

NP2420/NP2420P

21 x 17

1 (10.4) / 1 (4.7)

C2420C4

24.50

20.50

12.36

21.25

17.25

10.28

25.26

14.00

1 (24.9)

NP2420/NP2420P

21 x 17

1 (10.4) / 1 (4.7)

C3024A4

30.50

24.50

8.36

27.25

21.25

6.28

31.26

18.00

1 (28.4)

NP3024/NP3024P

27 x 21

1 (18.0) / 1 (9.8)

C3024B4

30.50

24.50

10.36

27.25

21.25

8.28

31.26

18.00

1 (31.4)

NP3024/NP3024P

27 x 21

1 (18.0) / 1 (9.8)

C3024C4

30.50

24.50

12.36

27.25

21.25

10.28

31.26

18.00

1 (33.8)

NP3024/NP3024P

27 x 21

1 (18.0) / 1 (9.8)

Part
Nos.*

A

External
B

C2016A4

20.50

C2016B4

Mounting
G
H

F

Std.
Ctn.
Qty. (lbs.)

Back Panel*
Part Nos.
Steel/PVC

Panel
Size

Std. Ctn.
Qty. (lbs.)
Steel/PVC

*Enclosure only available with opaque hinged cover.
Enclosures shipped with mounting feet, hinge caps and screws.
**Order back panels separately.
For factory installed pad lockable latch, consult Customer Service for price and delivery.
O.312
TYP

A
D

G

F C

H
E
B

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

125

Circuit Safe® JIC Enclosures
Hinged Window Cover

LR31146

Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13

E54381

Features
• Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting
hardware included.
• 304 (18-8) stainless steel screw (10-32 / 11/8").
• White painted 14 gauge steel or 1/4" PVC back
panel (order separately).
• Completely nonmetallic hinges.
• Lid design provides greater usable internal volume.
• Brass screw inserts.
• Material: polycarbonate molded base and cover.
Note: Window material 1/8" thick clear polycarbonate is
permanently bonded to the cover.

Factory Assembled
Dimensions
Internal
E
F
G

K

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
(lbs.)

Back Panel*
Part Nos.
Steel/PVC

Panel
Size

Std. Ctn.
Qty. (lbs.)
Steel/PVC

4.70

4.70

1 (3.1)

JP66/JP66P

4.88 x 4.88

1 (1.0) / 1 (0.3)

3.25 11.00 4.00

4.70

4.70

1 (3.2)

JP86/JP86P

6.75 x 4.88

1 (1.0) / 1 (0.78)

5.45 13.00 6.00

8.70

6.70

1 (5.6)

JP108/JP108P

8.75 x 6.88

1 (1.5) / 1 (0.7)

10.50

7.69 12.00 10.00 6.45 15.00 8.00 10.70

8.70

1 (7.4)

JP1210/JP1210P

10.75 x 8.88

1 (2.0) / 1 (1.2)

14.50

12.50

7.72 14.00 12.00 6.48 17.00 10.00 12.70 10.70

1 (9)

JP1412/JP1412P

12.75 x 10.88

1 (3.2) / 1 (1.7)

16.50

14.50

8.46 16.00 14.00 7.22 19.00 12.00 14.70 12.70

1 (9.3)

JP1614/JP1614P

14.75 x 12.88

1 (4.7) / 1 (2.3)

Part
Nos.

External
C
D

A

J665W

6.50

6.50

6.69

6.00

6.00

5.45

4.00

J863W

8.50

6.50

4.49

8.00

6.00

J1085W

10.50

8.50

6.69 10.00

8.00

J12106W

12.50

J14126W
J16147W

B

9.00

Mounting
H
J

Enclosures shipped with mounting feet, hinge caps and screws.
*Order back panels separately.
For factory installed pad lockable quick-release latch, consult Customer Service for price and delivery.

A

D

J

A
G

O.312
TYP

F

K
C

H
E
B

126

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

B

Circuit Safe® Pushbutton Enclosures
Circuit Safe Pushbutton Enclosures
Circuit Safe® nonmetallic pushbutton enclosures are
molded from engineered thermoplastic material
that is resistant to most corrosive agents. Whether
predrilled 1-2-3 hole enclosures, blank cover
enclosures or enclosures with multiple hole
openings, Carlon's pushbutton enclosure series
offers high impact strength, chemical resistance,
high dielectric strength and excellent durability
for the correct application.

Features
• Engineered thermoplastic base and cover.
• 304 stainless steel screws.
• Brass screw inserts.
• High-impact strength.
• Temperature range from -40° F to 185° F.

Applications
• Standard oil-tight pushbuttons, switches and
pilot lights.
• Conduit entries.
• Junction boxes.
• MRO and OEM applications.

Standards
• Standards vary by product.
• Screw cover pushbutton enclosures with 1-2-3
hole openings are Listed per UL 50 for
industrial controls.
• Narrow profile blank screw cover enclosures are
listed per UL 50 for industrial controls and meets
NEMA Type 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, and 13.
• Nonmetallic hinged cover enclosures with
multiple hole openings are UL Listed.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

127

Circuit Safe® Pushbutton Enclosures
Screw Cover Enclosures with 1-2-3 Hole Openings

LR31146

UL Listed per UL 50 for Industrial Controls

E54381

Wall mount pushbutton enclosures are molded
from gray, engineered thermoplastic material
that is resistant to most corrosive agents.
Universal pushbutton holes are designed to
accommodate all standard oil-tight pushbuttons,
switches and pilot lights. A grounding plate is
included on the cover. Auxiliary devices must be
rated for appropriate NEMA applications.

Features
• Brass screw inserts.
• 304 (18-8) stainless screws (8-32 / 3/8").
• Temperature range from - 40˚F to 185˚F.

• 30.5 mm keyed pushbutton holes.*
• Material: nylon base and cover.
• Integrally molded mounting flange.

30.5 mm Pushbutton Enclosures
Part
Nos.

Style

Inside Box Size
AxBxC

Mounting
LxJ

Overall Outside
Including Mounting
Bracket H x W x D

F

G

R

S

CP100N

One Opening

3.13 x 2.81 x 3

4 x 2.38

4.88 x 3.50 x 3.38

3.38

3.25

.63

2.5

12

8.90

CP200N

Two Openings

5.38 x 2.81 x 3

6.25 x 2.38

7.13 x 3.50 x 3.38

5.63

3.25

.63

2.5

8

11.25

CP300N

Three Openings

7.38 x 2.81 x 3

8.50 x 2.38

9.38 x 3.50 x 3.38

7.88

3.25

.63

2.5

6

7.60

* 22 mm Pushbutton holes available upon request.

1/4 Dia. Mtg. Hole

1.210 Dia.

128

Pieces/ Weight
Pkg. (lbs.)/Unit

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Circuit Safe® Pushbutton Enclosures
Narrow Profile Blank Screw Cover Enclosures for
Small Instrumentation and Control Applications

LR31146
E54381

UL Listed per UL 50 for Industrial Controls
Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 3X, 3SX, 4, 4X, 12, 13
Blank cover enclosures can be easily drilled with a
standard hole saw for conduit entries and pushbuttons. Wall mount enclosures are molded from gray,
engineered thermoplastic material and are resistant
to most corrosive agents.

Features
• Brass screw inserts.
• Material: nylon base and cover.
• Integrally molded mounting flange.
• 304 (18-8) stainless screws (10-32 / 3/8").
• Temperature range from - 40˚F to 185˚F.

Blank Screw Cover Enclosures*
Part
Nos.

Style

Inside Box Size
AxBxC

Mounting
LxJ

Overall Outside
Including Mounting
Bracket H x W x D

F

G

R

S

Pieces/ Weight
Pkg. (lbs.)/Unit

CP100NB

Blank Cover

3.13 x 2.81 x 3

4 x 2.38

4.88 x 3.50 x 3.38

3.38

3.25

.63

2.5

12

9.60

CP200NB

Blank Cover

5.38 x 2.81 x 3

6.25 x 2.38

7.13 x 3.50 x 3.38

5.63

3.25

.63

2.5

8

8.8

CP300NB

Blank Cover

7.38 x 2.81 x 3

8.50 x 2.38

9.38 x 3.50 x 3.38

7.88

3.25

.63

2.5

6

8.20

* Special openings or positionings available on request.

H

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

129

Circuit Safe® Pushbutton Enclosures
Hinged Cover Enclosures with Multiple Hole Openings

LR31146
E54381

Made from engineered thermoplastic material,
these enclosures are ideal for applications
that require high-impact strength, chemical
resistance, high dielectric strength, and excellent
weathering capabilities, including indoor/
outdoor industrial, MRO, and OEM applications.
Nonmetallic hinges are an integral part of
the mold. Hinge caps make cover captive
and removable cover allows for easy field
adjustment. Auxiliary devices must be rated
for appropriate NEMA applications.

Features
• Nonmetallic mounting feet and all mounting
hardware included.
• White painted 14 gauge steel or 11/8" PVC back
panel (order separately).
• Material: engineered thermoplastic base and cover.

• 304 stainless steel screws.
• Brass screw inserts.
• Lid design provides greater usable volume.
• Completely nonmetallic hinges.
• Temperature range from - 40˚F to 185˚F.

Screw Cover Pushbutton Enclosures With Multiple 30.5 mm Openings*
Part
Nos.

Inside
Box size

Openings

Weight

Qty.

Panel
Part Nos.

Size
Steel/PVC

J665P

4

6 x 6 x 5.88

2.42

1

JP66 / JP66P

4.88 x 4.88

J863P

6

8 x 6 x 3.63

1.86

1

JP86 / JP86P

6.75 x 4.88

J1085P

9

10 x 8 x 5.88

3.59

1

JP108 / JP108P

8.75 x 6.88

J12106P

12

12 x 10 x 6.88

4.29

1

JP1210 / JP1210P

10.75 x 8.88

J14126P

20

14 x 12 x 6.88

7.19

1

JP1412 / JP1412P

12.75 x 10.88

J16147P

25

16 x 14 x 7.63

11.20

1

JP1614 / JP1614P

14.75 x 12.88

For enclosures larger than 25 position, please call Customer Service.
* All Circuit Safe pushbutton enclosures are furnished with standard hole dimensions: 1 7/32" diameter with keyways at 12 o’clock and 3 o’clock.
Special openings or positionings available on request.

Accessories
Gasketed Pushbutton Hole Plug

130

Part
Number

Size

Standard
Carton Qty.

Standard
Weight (lbs.)

CP900

Standard PB hole

100

2.0

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Circuit Safe® Enclosure Accessories
Circuit Safe NEMA Accessories
®

Mounting Rails*

Mounting
Rail Kits
Part Number

Size
(in.)

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Weight
(lbs.)

NMK4V

4

25

5

NMK6V

6

24

7.7

NMK8V

8

24

10.25

NMK10V

10

20

13.26

NMK12V

12

20

11.4

NMK14V

14

25

17.76

*Mounting rails can be mounted on long or short side of enclosure.
Does not apply to 16" enclosure.

Panel Adjuster Kits

Product

Part
Numbers

Description

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Panel Adjuster
Kit

NBPADJ2

4 panel adjusters
4 #10-32 screws
to mount panel

10 kits

2.07

180° Swing Out
Panel Kit

NBPSWG

4 panel adjusters
2 hinges
2 #10-32 screws
to mount panel

10 kits

2.68

Swing Out Panel
Adjuster Kit

NBPSWG2

2 hinged adjusters
2 panel adjusters
4 #10-32 screws

10 kits

1.80

#10-32 Panel Thumb Screws Used on internal hinge door only.
Part
Number
NBPTSK

Description
2 #10-32
thumb screws
2 nonmetallic
washers

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

10 kits

1.2

131

Circuit Safe® Enclosure Accessories
Circuit Safe NEMA Accessories
®

Latch Kits For NEMA hinged enclosures.
Product
Nonmetallic
Quick-Release
Latch Kit

132

Part
Numbers
NPL1L

Description
Quick-Release Latch Kit
for use with hidden
hinge enclosure
for NH & NI Series

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
25

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)
2.00

Nonmetallic
Quick-Release
Latch Kit

NPL1S

Quick-Release Latch Kit
for use with external
hinge enclosure for
NJ & NC Series

25

2.00

304 Stainless Steel
Quick-Release
Latch Kit

SSLL

Quick-Release Latch Kit
for use with hidden
hinge enclosure for
NH & NI Series

25

4.27

304 Stainless Steel
Quick-Release
Latch Kit

SSLS

Quick-Release Latch Kit
for use with external
hinge enclosure for
NJ & NC Series

25

3.41

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Circuit Safe® Enclosure Accessories
Circuit Safe JIC Accessories
®

Mounting Feet For Circuit Safe Enclosures – Type CC, CJ, CS, CV, J
Part
No.

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

CJB159*

As required

0.04

*CJB159 nonmetallic mounting feet provide 1/4" standoff and may be
used to mount enclosures in horizontal or vertical mode. They are
shipped with all Circuit Safe JIC enclosures. No screws are provided
when mounting feet are ordered separately.

Hinge Caps* For Circuit Safe Enclosures – Type CC, CJ, J
Part
No.

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

CH100R

As required

0.03

*For Circuit Safe enclosures to secure covers to bases.
Shipped as standard with hinge cover enclosure.

JIC Installation Kits*

Part
No.

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

CH208

1 Kit

0.25

*Installation kit is included as standard equipment with all JIC
enclosures. Information listed here for purposes of additional purchase
only. Kit includes 4 mounting feet, 8 hinge caps, and 8 screws.

JIC Latch Kits*
Part
No.

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

CJTL

1 Kit

0.25

Stainless steel. Kit includes latch and keeper.
*Factory installed. Consult customer service for price and delivery.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

133

Circuit Safe® Enclosure Accessories
Circuit Safe NEMA and JIC Accessories
®

Steel Back Panels* Steel back panels are white painted 14 gauge steel.
Part
Nos.

Thickness
(in.)

Size
(in.)

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

JP64

14 gauge

4.88 x 2.88

1

0.6

JP66

14 gauge

4.88 x 4.88

1

1.0

JP86

14 gauge

6.75 x 4.88

1

1.0

JP88

14 gauge

6.75 x 6.88

1

1.2

JP108

14 gauge

8.75 x 6.88

1

1.5

JP1010

14 gauge

8.75 x 8.88

1

2.3

JP1210

14 gauge

10.75 x 8.88

1

2.7

JP1212

14 gauge

10.75 x 10.88

1

3.5

JP1412

14 gauge

12.75 x 10.88

1

3.8

JP1614

14 gauge

14.75 x 12.88

1

4.7

PVC Back Panels* PVC back panels are made from 1/4" PVC and meet UL94 V-O.
Part
Nos.

Size
(in.)

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

JP64P

4 7⁄8 x 2 7⁄8

1

0.3

JP66P

4 7⁄8 x 4 7⁄8

1

0.3

JP86P

6 3⁄4

4 7⁄8

1

0.4

JP88P

6 3⁄4 x 6 7⁄8

1

0.5

JP108P

8 3⁄4 x 8 7⁄8

1

0.7

JP1010P

8 3⁄4

1

0.9

JP1210P

10 3⁄4 x 10 7⁄8

1

1.2

JP1212P

10 3⁄4

10 7⁄8

1

1.5

JP1412P

12 3⁄4 x 10 7⁄8

1

1.7

JP1614P

14 3⁄4 x 12 7⁄8

1

2.3

x

x

8 7⁄8

x

Medium NEMA Back Panels*
Part Nos.
Steel/PVC

Size
(in.)

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

NP2016 / NP2016P

17 x 13

1

7.0 / 6.125

NP2420 / NP2420P

21 x 17

1

10.4 / 4.71

NP3024 / NP3024P

27 x 21

1

18.0 / 9.781

*Circuit Safe NEMA enclosures are not shipped with back panels which must be ordered separately.
All accessories can be factory installed. Consult Customer Service for price and delivery.

134

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Circuit Safe® Enclosure Accessories
Circuit Safe NEMA and JIC Accessories
®

Draining Device* For 3R Rating and condensation build-up.
Part
Number

Standard
Carton Qty.

HPVEA9

1

Air Vents* NEMA 1 Rated only.
Part
Numbers

Style

Standard
Carton Qty.

HPVM25

For fitting outside of all enclosures

1

HPVM35

For fitting inside of all enclosures

1

Enclosure Ventilator* Allows any size enclosure to breathe, yet remains watertight.
Part
Number

Standard
Carton Qty.

HVM27

1

*Factory installation available.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

135

Circuit Safe® Enclosure Accessories
Window Kits

E110981

Except where noted by

NEMA 4X Rated
Window kits are easily field-installed.
Nonmetallic construction and double gaskets
ensure environmental integrity. For circuit
breaker and other surface mounted instruments.
Part
Nos.*

Size
(in.)

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

NI64W

6x4

1

.8

NI66W

6x6

1

.9

NI86W

8x6

1

1.17

NI88W

8x8

1

1.4

NI108W

10 x 8

1

1.5

NI1010W

10 x 10

1

1.82

NI1210W

12 x 10

1

2.12

NI1212W

12 x 12

1

2.65

NI1412W

14 x 12

1

2.67

NI1614W

16 x 14

1

3.10

All window kits can be factory installed to Carlon® enclosures.
Consult factory for price and delivery.
* Non-stock factory order only – consult Customer Service.

Size

Features
• High-impact strength.
• Excellent weathering capabilities.
• High dielectric strength.
• Corrosion resistant.
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.
• Fully gasketed.
• Extended temperature range -30˚F to 230˚F.
• Lightweight.

Standards
• UL Listed and meets NEMA Type 4X with the
exception of NI1614W. All sizes are NEMA
Type 12 rated.

Applications
• Instrument case.
• Junction and terminal boxes.
• Control and switching enclosures
• Meter and transformer cabinets.
• Small device enclosures.
136

A

B

C

D

E

F

2.72
(69.1)

3.80
(96.5)

NI64W

6.42
(163.1)

4.41
5.92
(112.0) (150.4)

3.92
(99.6)

NI66W

6.42
(163.1)

6.42
5.92
(163.1) (150.4)

5.92
4.72
5.80
(150.4) (119.9) (147.3)

NI86W

8.42
(213.9)

6.42
7.92
(163.1) (201.2)

5.92
4.72
5.80
(150.4) (119.9) (147.3)

NI88W

8.42
(213.9)

8.42
7.92
(213.9) (201.2)

7.92
6.72
7.80
(201.2) (170.7) (198.1)

NI108W

10.42
(264.7)

8.42
9.92
(213.9) (252.0)

7.92
6.72
7.80
(201.2) (170.7) (198.1)

NI1010W

10.42
(264.7)

9.92
10.42
(264.7) (251.9)

9.80
8.72
9.92
(251.9) (221.5) (248.9)

NI1210W

12.42
(315.5)

10.42 11.92
(264.7) (302.7)

8.72
9.80
9.92
(251.9) (221.5) (248.9)

NI1212W

12.42
(315.5)

12.42 11.92
(315.5) (302.7)

11.92 10.72 11.80
(302.7) (272.3) (299.7)

NI1412W

14.42
(366.3)

12.42 13.92
(315.5) (353.6)

11.92 10.72 11.80
(302.7) (272.3) (299.7)

NI1614W

16.42
(417.1)

14.42 15.92
(366.3) (404.4)

13.92 12.72 13.80
(353.6) (323.1) (350.5)

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Himeline® Enclosures
Himeline Enclosures HE, HS, HP, HLA/HLS Series
Features
• High-impact strength.
• High dielectric strength.
• Suitable for indoor and outdoor use.
• Fully gasketed.
• Lightweight.

Applications
• Instrument case.
• Junction and terminal boxes.
• Control and switching enclosures.
• Meter and transformer cabinets.
• Small device enclosures.

Standards
• Meets NEMA and IP standards as indicated in

Carlon® Himeline® enclosures are the ideal alternative to
expensive stainless steel enclosures. They have excellent
corrosion resistant properties; are impervious to sunlight,
dirt, and moisture. Available in four series (HE, HS, HP,
and HLA/HLS), with sizes ranging from 4 x 3 x 2 through
50 x 40 x 17, these enclosures offer choices that include
double doors, clear or opaque covers, hinged and screw
versions, single or three point closure mechanisms,
4X windows, DIN rail mounting, and adjustable depth
door in door option that allow you to customize your
enclosures by separating power from communications.

appropriate section.
• UL Listed as indicated.
• CSA certified as indicated.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

137

Himeline® Enclosures – HE Series
HE Series

(Small Electronic Enclosures/Insulated Industrial Boxes – Except Hinged Boxes)
Features
• Hidden hinges open 185°
for easy access.
• M8x18 screws for back panel
mounting (included).
• Sealing gasket on all models.
• Mounting plate available for
specific sizes.
• Hinged versions available (factory
installed). *For more information
contact your Carlon Sales Representative.

• Optional internal/external hinges.
• Enclosures attach directly or with
wall brackets.

Lid Options

Material
• Opaque – lids and bases - PVC
• Clear – lids and bases - polycarbonate

Standards
• NEMA 4X Rated.
• Meets IP 55.
Opaque low lid. “BASIC” model.

Transparent low lid. “C” models.

Carlon® Himeline® HE Series Enclosures are small Electronic
Enclosures/Insulated Industrial Boxes ranging in size from
4 x 3 x 2 to 13 x 11x 4. They have a high-impact, high dielectric
resistance, and are lightweight, fully gasketed and suitable for
indoor and outdoor applications. The HE Series Enclosures meet
IP 55 and are NEMA 4X Rated. All these features combined
make these enclosures the ideal alternative to expensive
stainless steel enclosures.

138

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Himeline® Enclosures – HE Series
E54381

Except where noted by

Opaque
Cover
Assembly
HE432
HE443
HE533
HE743
HE974
HE1194
HE12105
HE14114

Clear
Cover
Assembly
HE432C
HE443C
HE533C
HE743C
HE974C
–
HE1210C
HE1411C

Dimensions
External
Internal
B
C
D
E
2.96
2.29
4.14
2.76
4.14
2.60
3.90
3.90
2.92
2.84
5.12
2.72
4.14
3.23
6.46
3.90
6.62
4.18
8.43
6.38
8.66
4.14
7.48
9.81
9.97
4.53 11.82
9.45
11.02
4.14 12.92 10.16

A
4.33
4.14
5.32
6.70
8.66
10.63
12.33
13.78

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
5
6
5
2
1
1
1
1

Std.
Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)
1.1
3.1
2.4
1.2
1.1
2.7
3.0
4.0

Unit
Wt. (lbs.)
5.2
7.5
6.3
12.4
–
–
–
–

Locking
Screw Type
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Polyamide
Polyamide
Polyamide
Polyamide
Polyamide

Accessories
Mounting Plates

To be fitted directly into the boxes with self-tapping screws included in the
standard supply. Made of zinc coated steel, 1.5 mm thick.

Part
Number
EMP743
EMP974
EMP1194
EMP1210
EMP1411

Air Vents*

A
3.74 (95)
6.15 (156)
8.19 (208)
9.26 (235)
9.85 (250)

Style

Dimensions
C
5.12
6.34
6.15
8.27

(130)
(161)
(156)
(210)

D
5.91
8.70
8.51
9.85

E
5.12 (130)

(150)
(221)
(216)
(250)

Std.Ctn. Std.Ctn.
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
10
10
10
8.5
10
13
5
4.1
5
3

Wall Mounting Bracket

NEMA 1 Rated only.
Part
Numbers

B
6.15 (156)
8.07 (205)
10.16 (258)
11.62 (295)
12.60 (320)

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

HPVM25

For fitting outside
of all enclosures

1

HPVM35

For fitting inside
of all enclosures

1

Part
Number
HEWMB

Enclosure Ventilator*

Draining Device*

Allows any size enclosure to breathe, yet remains watertight.

For 3R Rating and condensation build-up.

Part
Number

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Part
Number

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

HVM27

1

HPVEA9

1

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1

Std.
Ctn. Wt.
(lbs.)
.35

*Factory installation available.
w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

139

Himeline® Enclosures – HS Series
HS Series Screw-On Fastened and Hinged Cover Enclosures
• Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13
• Meets IP 65
Features
• Standard slotted locking screw.
• High impact strength.
• Chemical resistance.
• High dielectric strength.
• Excellent weathering capabilities.
• Sealing gasket on all models.

Applications
• Junction boxes.
• Terminal wiring boxes.
• Instrument and control housings.
• Small device enclosure applications.
• Indoor or outdoor use.
• Sunlight resistant.

Standards
• Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13 standards

Himeline® HS Series enclosures are designed
for use as junction boxes, terminal wiring
boxes, instrument and control housings, and
small device enclosure applications. Molded
under high pressure, Himeline HS Series
enclosures provide high-impact strength,
chemical resistance, high dielectric strength,
and excellent weathering capabilities.

140

as indicated.
• UL Listed per UL 50, enclosures for electrical
equipment.
• CSA certified.
• Meets IP 65.
• UL Listed (E54381).

Material
• Opaque/Clear Lid – Polycarbonate
• Base – Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Himeline® Enclosures – HS Series
HS Series Screw-On Fastened and Hinged Cover Enclosures
Features

LR701839
E54381

• Molded under high pressure.
• High impact strength.
• Chemical resistance.
• High dielectric strength.
• Excellent weathering capabilities.
• Clear cover available.

Specifications
Opaque
Clear
Opaque
Clear
Screw-On Screw-On Hinged
Hinged
Cover
Cover
Cover
Cover
Part Nos. Part Nos. Part Nos. Part Nos.

HH7A7C

A

External
B
C

Internal
D
E

F

Opaque Wt. Clear Wt.
(lbs.) each (lbs.) each
Screw/
Screw/ Std.
Hinged
Hinged Pkg.

HS7A7

HS7A7C

HH7A7

10.63 7.09 7.09

6.26 9.80

6.54

10.7 / 7

HS11A7

HS11A7C

HH11A7 HH11A7C 10.63 10.63 7.09

9.80 9.80

6.54 15.2 / 8.5

HS11B7

HS11B7C

HH11B7 HH11B7C 14.17 10.63 7.09

9.80 13.35 6.54

HS11C7

HS11C7C

HH11C7 HH11C7C 21.26 10.63 7.09

9.80 20.43 6.54

HS15C7

HS15C7C

HH15C7 HH15C7C 21.26 14.17 7.09 13.35 20.43 6.54 17.7 / 11

HS21C7

HS21C7C

HS11A9

10.9 / 6.2

4

Back
Panel
Part
Nos.

Std.
Dimensions Thick- Wt. Ctn.
HxW
ness (lbs.) Qty.

HS7ABP

5.51 x 9.05

.08

1.1

1

14 / 8

4 HS11ABP

9.05 x 9.05

.08

1.7

1

17 / 4

18 / 4

4 HS11BBP 9.05 x 12.60

.08

2.4

1

13 / 13

12.5 / 13

2 HS11CBP 9.05 x 19.68

.08

3.9

1

18 / 11

2 HS15CBP 12.60 x 19.68 .08

6.6

1

HH21C7 HH21C7C 21.26 21.26 7.09 20.43 20.43 6.54 12.5 / 13

12 / 13

1 HS21CBP 19.68 x 19.68 .08

8.8

1

HS11A9C

HH11A9 HH11A9C 10.63 10.63 9.06

9.80 9.80

8.47

15 / 4

16.6/5

4 HS11ABP

9.05 x 9.05

.08

1.7

1

HS11B9

HS11B9C

HH11B9 HH11B9C 14.17 10.63 9.06

9.80 13.35 8.47

20 / 6

19 / 6

4 HS11BBP 9.05 x 12.60

.08

2.5

1

HS11C9

HS11C9C

HH11C9 HH11C9C 21.26 10.63 9.06

9.80 20.43 8.47

14 / 9

14 / 9

2 HS11CBP 9.05 x 19.68

.08

3.9

1

HS15C9

HS15C9C

HH15C9 HH15C9C 21.26 14.17 9.06 13.35 20.43 8.47 18.5 / 11

19 / 11

2 HS15CBP 12.60 x 19.68 .08

6.6

1

HS21C9

HS21C9C

HH21C9 HH21C9C 21.26 21.26 9.06 20.43 20.43 8.47

13 / 14

14 / 14

1 HS21CBP 19.68 x 19.68 .08

8.8

1

HS15D9

HS15D9C

HH15D9 HH15D9C 28.35 14.17 9.06 13.35 27.52 8.47

13 / 13

13 / 13

1 HS15DBP 12.60 x 26.77 .10

9.5

1

HS21D9

HS21D9C

HH21D9 HH21D9C 28.35 21.26 9.06 20.43 27.52 8.47

18 / 18

17 / 18

1 HS21DBP 19.68 x 26.77 .10 15.5

1

Back panels and mounting feet must be ordered separately.

B
C
F

.09

A

.08

E

.08
2.00

D

Placement of part P/N HSEH Hinge
Kit at top and bottom of long side
of HH Series enclosures.

.47

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

141

Himeline® Enclosures – HS Series
Accessories
Thumb Screws – For Himeline HS Enclosures
Part
Numbers

Standard
Carton Qty.

Standard
Carton Wt. (lbs.).

HSTS4

4

0.1

HSTS6

6

0.15

Mounting Feet – For Himeline HS Enclosures
Part
Numbers

Description

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

HSMFZ

Zinc dichromated Steel

4/set

0.2

HSMFSS

304 Stainless Steel

4/set

0.2

Back Panels – For Himeline HS Enclosures* Metal back panels are white painted 14 gauge steel.
Part
Nos.

Size
(in.)

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

HS7ABP

5.51 x 9.05

1

1.2

HS11ABP

9.05 x 9.05

1

2.0

HS11BBP

9.05 x 12.60

1

2.7

HS11CBP

9.05 x 19.68

1

4.3

HS15CBP

12.60 x 19.68

1

7.1

HS21CBP

19.68 x 19.68

1

9.6

HS15DBP

12.60 x 26.77

1

10.2

HS21DBP

19.68 x 26.77

1

16.6

*Himeline HS enclosures are not shipped with back panels. Order separately.
PVC back panels available upon request. Consult Customer Service.

Nonmetallic Carrying Handle Converts enclosures to portable units for meters and portable power.

142

Part
Numbers

Standard
Carton Qty.

HSCH

1

Standard
Carton Wt. (lbs.).

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

0.2

Himeline® Enclosures – HS Series
Accessories
Draining Device* For 3R Rating and condensation build-up.
Part
Number

Standard
Carton Qty.

HPVEA9

1

Air Vents* NEMA 1 Rated only.
Part
Numbers

Style

Standard
Carton Qty.

HPVM25

For fitting outside of all enclosures

1

HPVM35

For fitting inside of all enclosures

1

Enclosure Ventilator* Allows any size enclosure to breathe, yet remains watertight.
Part
Number

Standard
Carton Qty.

HVM27

1

*Factory installation available.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

143

Himeline® Enclosures – HP Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester)
HP Series Enclosures with Hinged Quick-Release Cover
• Meets NEMA 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13
• Meets IP 66

Features
• Projections for affixing cover mounted panel.
• Door locking mechanism convertible to key lock.
• M8x18 studs for back panel mounting (included).
• Hidden hinges open 185° for easy access.
• Multipositional DIN rail fixing components.
• Removable stainless steel hinge pins.
• Single piece construction.
• Opaque or tempered glass window option.
• Steel, nonmetallic & slotted back panels

Himeline® HP Series enclosures for medium sized devices
and equipment provide superior performance as junction
and terminal wiring boxes, and instrument and control
housing applications.
For indoor/outdoor industrial, MRO, and OEM applications. HP Series enclosures are resistant to corrosion,
sunlight, chemicals, dirt, and moisture. Temperature
range from -58° F to 320° F.

available.
• External & internal venting available.
• Hinged variable height inner panel option.
• Quick lock 1/4-turn entry.
• Underside grid pattern on inner door panel.
• Self-positioning panel depth adjusters.
• Pole mounting kit.
• Pedestal mounting capability.
• Sunlight resistant.

Applications
• Junction boxes.
• Terminal wiring boxes.
• Instrument and control housing.
• Indoor or outdoor use.

Standards
• NEMA Type 1, 3, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, 13.
• UL Listed per UL 50, enclosures for electrical
equipment.
• CSA certified.
• Meets IP 66.

Material
• Lids/Bases – Fiberglass reinforced polyester.

144

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Himeline® Enclosures – HP Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester)
HP Series Enclosures with Hinged Quick-Release Cover

LR701839
E54381

Specifications
Enclosure With
Std. Enclosure With Std.
Window
Opaque Cover Ctn. Wt.
Clear
Ctn. Wt. Dimension
(lbs.)
Window*
(lbs.) (H x W) (in.)
Part Nos.

11 x 7.87

Dimensions
Internal
D
E
F

A

16.93

12.99

7.87

14.96

10.24

6.61

14.76

5.91

11.02

7.87

1

C

Mounting
G
H

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

External
B

Window
J
K

HP1612B

11.04

HC1612B

12.5

HP2016B

16.80

HC2016B

17.2

14.96 x 11.81 20.87

16.93

7.87

18.90

14.17

6.61

18.70

9.84

14.96

11.81

1

HP2416C

21.13

HC2416C

24.12

18.89 x 11.81 25.47

17.17

9.84

22.83

14.17

8.35

22.64

9.84

18.90

11.81

1

HP3020D

32.28

HC3020D**

36.02

22.83 x 15.74 29.41

21.10 11.81

26.77

18.11

10.28

26.57

13.78

22.83

15.75

1

HP3325D

39.00

HC3325D**

43.12

26.77 x 19.68 33.35

25.04 11.81

30.71

22.05

10.28

30.51

17.72

26.77

19.69

1

* HC Enclosures are IP 65 Rated. Clear window is glass.
** This series of enclosures come standard with body, lid and mounting rail kit.

B

C

E
J

D

G

A
K

F

H

Depth with back
panel installed

Hinged Internal Door
• Internal fiberglass reinforced polyester door assembly.
• Grid pattern on the inside for quicker positioning of equipment.
• Quick locking 1/4-turn entry.
Part
Numbers

in.

(mm)

in.

B
(mm)

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

PID1612

12.40

(315)

18.07

(205)

5.98

(152)

1.02

(26)

1

2.05

PID2016

16.34

(415)

12.00

(305)

5.98

(152)

1.02

(26)

1

3.15

PID2416

20.28

(515)

12.00

(305)

7.64

(194)

1.26

(32)

1

4.50

PID3020

24.21

(615)

15.94

(405)

9.61

(244)

1.26

(32)

1

6.50

PID3325

28.15

(715)

19.88

(505)

9.61

(244)

1.26

(32)

1

8.45

A

C

D

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

145

Himeline® Enclosures – HP Series
Accessories
Back Panels Dimensions
A complete range of plates, which can be directly fixed to the enclosure supports or to the adjustable depth supports.

Steel Back Panels Steel back panels are white painted 14 gauge steel.
To Fit
Enclosures

Part
Numbers

Thickness
in.
(mm)

Weight
lbs.
(kg)

P
in.

S
in.

HP1612B

PMM1612

.079

(2)

3.10

(1.6)

14.37

9.84

HP2016B

PMM2016

.079

(2)

6.15

(2.5)

18.30

13.78

HP2416C

PMM2416

.079

(2)

8.0

(3.1)

22.24

13.78

HP3020D

PMM3020

.079

(2)

12.04

(4.6)

26.18

17.72

HP3325D

PMM3325

.118

(3)

20.0

(9.9)

30.11

21.65

PVC Insulating Back Panels PVC back panels are made from 1/4" PVC and meet UL94 V-O.
To Fit
Enclosures

Part
Numbers

Weight
lbs.
(kg)

HP1612B

PMB1612

1.10

HP2016B

PMB2016

HP2416C

P

S

in.

(mm)

in.

(mm)

(0.5)

14.37

(365)

9.84

(250)

2.65

(1.2)

18.30

(465)

13.78

(350)

PMB2416

3.09

(1.4)

22.24

(565)

13.78

(350)

HP3020D

PMB3020

4.63

(2.1)

26.18

(665)

17.72

(450)

HP3325D

PMB3325

6.62

(3.0)

30.11

(765)

21.65

(550)

Slotted Back Panels Zinc dichromated coated steel plates perforated for addition of electrical circuitry.
To Fit
Enclosures

Part
Numbers

Weight
lbs.
(kg)

HP1612B

PMR1612

1.54

HP2016B

PMR2016

HP2416C

E
(mm)

in.

(mm)

(0.7)

13.74

(349)

9.8

(251)

2.87

(1.3)

17.72

(450)

13.82

(351)

PMR2416

3.53

(1.6)

21.85

(555)

13.82

(351)

HP3020D

PMR3020

5.07

(2.3)

25.39

(645)

17.76

(451)

HP3325D

PMR3325

7.06

(3.2)

29.53

(750)

21.69

(551)

Refer to the Enclosure Accessories section for back panel accessories.
146

D
in.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Himeline® Enclosures – HP Series
Accessories
Pole Mounting Set

Part
Numbers

To Fit
To Enclosures

Standard Carton
Quantity

HPPF300

HP1612B

1

HPPF400

HP2016B
HP2416C

1

HPPF500

HP3020D

1

HPPF600

HP3325D

1

35 mm Symmetrical DIN Rail
Part
Numbers

To Fit To
Enclosures

Width
(in.)

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

HPCO300

HP1612B

11.02

1

HPCO400

HP2016B, HP2416C

14.96

1

HPCO500

HP3020D

18.90

1

Rail Mounting Insert
Part
Number

Features

Standard Carton
Quantity

HPRFK

Fits all enclosures

1

Wall Mounting Set (includes brass inserts and installation tools)
Part
Number

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

HPWMF

4

0.1

Blanking Grommet To close off openings on enclosure backs.
Part
Numbers

Fits
Enclosure Sizes

Description

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

HPBNGB

16 x 12 and 20 x 16

Blanking Grommet

Set of 4

1.00

HPBNGC

24 x 16, 30 x 20
and 33 x 25

Blanking Grommet

Set of 4

1.00

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

147

Himeline® Enclosures – HP Series
Accessories
Fixing Accessories For Slotted Plates
Part
Numbers

FIXING NUT
Type
Of Thread

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

FIXING BOLT WITH WASHER
Part
Length
Std. Ctn.
Numbers
(in.)
Qty.

HPFA4

M4

100

HPFB104

.39

100

HPFA4

M4

100

HPFB164

.63

100

HPFA5

M5

100

HPFB125

.47

100

HPFA5

M5

100

HPFB185

.71

100

HPFA6

M6

100

HPFB126

.47

100

HPFA6

M6

100

HPFB186

.71

100

For slotted back panels, see page 34

Back Panel Depth Adjustable Supports
Supports designed to fit 7.87" (200 mm), 9.84" (250 mm), 11.81" (300 mm) and 13.78" (350 mm) deep enclosures.
Self-positioning slots allow for adjustment every .49" (12.5 mm). Made of zinc dichromated coated steel.
To Fit
Enclosures

Part
Numbers

A
in./mm

B
in./mm

Standard Carton
Quantity

HP1612B &
HP2016B

HPLM200
HPLM200

5.98/152

3.90/99

1 set of 4

HP2416C

HPLM250

8.07/205

4.13/105

1 set of 4

HP3020D &
HP3325D

HPLM300
HPLM300

10.04/255

8.07/205

1 set of 4

Pedestal Mount
Part
Number

To Fit
To Enclosures

Standard
Carton Qty.

HPSFS1

HP2016B
HP2416C

1

Draining Device* For 3R Rating and condensation build-up.
Part
Number

Standard
Carton Qty.

HPVEA9

1

*Factory installation available.
148

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Himeline® Enclosures – HP Series
Accessories
Air Vents* NEMA 1 Rated only.
Part
Numbers

Style

Standard
Carton Qty.

HPVM25

For fitting outside of all enclosures

1

HPVM35

For fitting inside of all enclosures

1

*Factory installation available.

Enclosure Ventilator* Allows any size enclosure to

Coupling Frame For Himeline HP Enclosures

breathe, yet remains watertight.

HP3020D and HP3325D

Part
Number

Standard
Carton Qty.

Part
Number

Standard
Carton Qty.

HVM27

1

HPBU

1

*Factory installation available.

Replacement Standard Handle
Part
Number

Standard Carton
Quantity

Standard Carton
Weight (lbs.)

HPRSH

1

0.05

Locks For Himeline HP Enclosures

Replacement Door Lock

Cylinder Key Lock (Keyed Alike)

Padlocking Service

Part
Number

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Part
Number

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Part
Number

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

HPRLA

1

HPTPLM

1

HPPLH

1

For replacement handle, order HPRSH.

For replacement key, order HPRKO.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

149

Himeline® Enclosures – HLA/HLS Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester)
HLA/HLS Series Enclosures
Features
• Fiber reinforced polyester.
• Temperature range of -58° to 302° F
(-50° to 150° C).
• Indoor/outdoor applications.
• Superior strength.
• High resistance to harsh environments.
• Watertight gasket seal.
• One- and two-door configurations.
• Locking mechanism and hinge are outside
gasketed area.
• Floor or wall mounted.
Carlon® Himeline® HLA/HLS Series Enclosures are large Fiber
Reinforced Polyester Cabinets ranging in sizes 20 x 20 x 17
to 50 x 40 x 17 and 20 x 20 x 12 to 50 x 40 x 12, respectively.
They have operating temperatures of -50° to 150° C and can
accommodate large devices and equipment for a wide range
of applications including junction and terminal wiring boxes,
instruments, and control housings. They are ideal for
indoor/outdoor industrial, MRO and OEM applications, and
offer superior strength and high resistance to corrosion,
moisture, dust, oil and UV light, enabling them to withstand
the harshest of environments.
The HLA/HLS Series Enclosures are fitted with a watertight
gasket and are available in one-and two-door configurations.
These cabinets have a closed top and bottom and the two-door
version includes a central upright to maintain rigidity.

Applications
• Contain large devices and equipment.
• Junction and terminal wiring boxes.
• Instrument and control housings.

Standards
• IP 65 Rating (Single door versions only)
• 4/4X Rated (Single door versions only)
• UL Listed
• CSA Certified

To maintain the watertight seal, the locking mechanism is
positioned outside the gasketed area. A wide variety of
accessories are available such as steel and nonmetallic back
panels, self-positioning panel depth adjusters, and ventilator
kits.
Carlon Enclosures…the ideal alternative to expensive
stainless steel enclosures.

150

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Himeline® Enclosures – HLA/HLS Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester)
HLA/HLS Series Single and Double Hinged Cover
Enclosures with Latches
One Door NEMA Types 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12, 13

LR96563
E54381

HLA One Door (17" Deep)
Part No.

H

Dimensions
W
D

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt.

HLA2020

20

20

17

1

38.3

HLA2030

20

30

17

1

53.9

HLA3020

30

20

17

1

53.9

HLA3030

30

30

17

1

60.7

HLA4020

40

20

17

1

63.1

HLA4030

40

30

17

1

81.0

HLA5020

50

20

17

1

78.7

HLA5030

50

30

17

1

96.7

HLS One Door (12" Deep)

Two Door NEMA Types 1, 2, 12, 13

Part No.

H

Dimensions
W
D

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt.

HLS2020

20

20

12

1

29.8

HLS2030

20

30

12

1

40.59

HLS3020

30

20

12

1

49.5

HLS3030

30

30

12

1

55.1

HLS4020

40

20

12

1

56.81

HLS4030

40

30

12

1

61.7

HLS5020

50

20

12

1

67.56

HLS5030

50

30

12

1

76.83

HLA Two Door (17" Deep)
Part No.

H

Dimensions
W
D

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt.

HLA30402

30

40

17

1

81.0

HLA40402

40

40

17

1

114.7

HLA40502

40

50

17

1

135.0

HLA50402

50

40

17

1

135.0

HLS Two Door (12" Deep)
Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt.

Part No.

H

Dimensions
W
D

HLS30402

30

40

12

1

62.57

HLS40402

40

40

12

1

87.59

HLS40502

40

50

12

1

104.28

HLS50402

50

40

12

1

104.28

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

151

Himeline® Enclosures – HLA/HLS Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester)
Accessories
Nonmetallic Thermosetting Plastic (Bakelite)

One Door
Part No.

Dimensions
H
W

LP2020BP

15.4

14.8

1

2.1

LP3020BP*

25.2

14.8

1

3.0

LP3030BP

25.2

24.6

1

6.3

LP4020BP

35.0

14.8

1

5.2

LP4030BP

35.0

24.6

1

8.8

LP5020BP

44.3

14.8

1

6.7

LP5030BP

44.3

24.6

1

11.2

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt.

* Use Back Panel LP3020BP for Enclosures HLA2030,
HLA3020, HLS2030 and HLS3020

Two Door

Metal – Galvanized Steel

Part No.

Dimensions
H
W

LP30402BP

25.2

34.4

1

8.8

LP40402BP

35.0

34.4

1

12.3

LP40502BP

35.0

44.3

1

16.1

LP50402BP

44.3

34.4

1

16.1

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt.

One Door
Part No.

Dimensions
H
W

LA2020BP

15.4

14.8

1

5.6

LA3020BP*

25.2

14.8

1

8.6

LA3030BP

25.2

24.6

1

17.6

LA4020BP

35.0

14.8

1

14.6

LA4030BP

35.0

24.6

1

24.3

LA5020BP

44.3

14.8

1

19.4

LA5030BP

44.3

24.6

1

31.9

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt.

* Use Back Panel LA3020BP for Enclosures HLA2030,
HLA3020, HLS2030 and HLS3020

Two Door

152

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Part No.

Dimensions
H
W

LA30402BP

25.2

34.4

1

24.1

LA40402BP

35.0

34.4

1

33.8

LA40502BP

35.0

44.3

1

43.4

LA50402BP

44.3

34.4

1

43.7

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt.

Himeline® Enclosures – HLA/HLS Series (Fiber Reinforced Polyester)
Accessories
Mounting Feet

Replacement Handle with Cylinder Key Lock
Part No.

HLAMFSS

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Part No.

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

1 ea.

.6

HLATEL

1 ea.

.41

(set of 4)

Standard Replacement Bar Lock with Key

Panel Adjuster Kit
Part No.

HLABPA4

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Part No.

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

1 ea.

.31

HLATD

1 ea.

.21

(set of 4)

Padlock Device

Replacement Handle with Push Button
Part No.

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Part No.

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

HLAPAD

1 ea.

.61

HLAHAN

1

.40

Air Vents*

Draining Device*
Part No.

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

HPVEA9

1

Part No.

For 3R Rating and condensation build-up.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Style

HPVM25 For fitting outside of all enclosures

1

HPVM35 For fitting inside of all enclosures

1

NEMA 1 Rated only.

Enclosure Ventilator*
*Factory installation available.

Part No.

HVM27

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

1

Allows any size enclosure to breathe, yet
remains watertight.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

153

Himeline® Distribution Enclosures
Distribution Enclosure and Pedestal
Enclosure

Features
• High impact resistance
• Nonconductive and noncorrosive.
• Fits all type of electrical equipment
• IP-43 Self-Ventilated.
• IP-54 Watertight.
• One and two door configurations.
• Install directly on the ground or on a pedestal.
• Removable inner hinges for great access.
• Doors open 180°

Pedestal

Features
• Can be direct buried.
• Nonconductive and noncorrosive
• Detachable upper front for easy access.
• High impact resistance.
• Auxiliary outlet on the side.
• IP-43 Self-Ventilated.
• IP-54 Watertight.
• Floor or wall mountable.

Carlon® Distribution Enclosures
and Pedestals are designed to
accommodate all types of
electrical equipment for electrical
distribution applications. The
enclosure may be directly installed
on the ground or on top of a
pedestal, and the pedestal
is approved for direct bury applications. Both are manufactured
using fiber reinforced polyester to
provide high impact resistance
and allow effortless modifications.
And each have an IP-43 SelfVentilated and IP-54 Watertight
rating and a temperature range of
-58°F to 302°F.

154

Material
• Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester

Applications

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Himeline® Distribution Enclosures
Distribution Enclosure and Pedestal
Specifications
Enclosures
Part
No.

No. of
Doors

No. of
Locks

A
Height

B
Width

C
Depth

Ctn.
Qty.

Wt.
(lbs.)

1
1
1
2
2

1
1
1
1
2

33.46
33.46
33.46
33.46
33.46

18.31
23.23
30.91
43.90
43.90

12.60
12.60
12.60
12.60
12.60

1
1
1
1
1

40.79
48.50
55.12
77.16
77.16

HLP3318
HLP3323
HLP3331
HLP33442
HLP33442L

Pedestals
Part
No.

HLPED3318
HLPED3323
HLPED3331
HLPED33442

A
Height

B
Width

C
Depth

Ctn. Weight
Qty. (lbs.)

35.43
35.43
35.43
35.43

18.31
23.23
30.91
43.90

12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20

1
1
1
1

33.10
37.48
44.10
55.12

Mounting Plates
Part
No.

# of Plates
per Encl.

D

E

Thickness

Carton
Qty.

Weight
(lbs.)

1
2
1
1

14.02
17.64
18.94
26.61

11.97
15.59
16.89
24.57

.20
.20
.20
.20

1
1
1
1

4.41
11.02
6.00
8.38

LA1412BP
LA1816BP
LA1916BP
LA2725BP

Accessories
Gasket
Part
No.

Size
HxWxD

Carton
Qty.

Weight
(lbs.)

HLP3318G
HLP3323G
HLP3331G
HLP3344G

33 x 18 x 12
33 x 23 x 12
33 x 31 x 12
33 x 44 x 12

1
1
1
1

2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

155

Slack and Splice Enclosures
Slack and Splice Enclosures
Features
• Slack and Splice Enclosures provide maximum
protection of slack fiber and splice unit assemblies.
• Eliminates need for difficult aerial and vault splicing.
• Stores adequate slack fiber to facilitate splicing at
ground level work station.
• Enclosure sized to maintain minimum required
radius of fiber optic cable.
• Splice tube to accommodate industry standard
splice and tray assemblies (Splice enclosure only).

Carlon’s state-of-the-art modification
capabilities allow for design of Slack and
Splice Enclosures to meet specific application
requirements.

156

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Slack and Splice Enclosures
Slack Enclosures
Cable
Retainer
Clips

Structural
Foam
Thermoplastic
Enclosure

Part
Number
SLK11

Hinged
Cover for
Easy
Access

Weatherproof
Split Cable
Grommets

Slack
Fiber
Optic
Cable

Inside
Box Size
AxBxC
30 x 24 x

11 1/2

Box
Opening
ExF
27 1/4

x

Dimensions
K

M

N

21 1/4

10 1/4

10 1/2

1

SLK12

30 x 24 x 9 1/2

27 1/4 x 21 1/4

8 1/4

8 1/2

1

SLK21

24 x 20 x 11 1/2

211/4 x 17 1/4

10 1/4

10 1/2

1

SLK22

24 x 20 x 9 1/2

211/4 x 17 1/4

8 1/4

8 1/2

1

SLK31

20 x 16 x 11 1/2

17 1/4 x 13 1/4

10 1/4

10 1/2

1

SLK32

20 x 16 x 9 1/2

17 1/4 x 13 1/4

10 1/4

10 1/2

1

Aluminum
Channel for
Pole or Vault
Wall Mounting

1/4" Thick
UL Approved Gasket

Splice Enclosures
Cable
Retainer
Clips

Hinged
Cover for
Easy
Access

Weatherproof
Split Cable
Grommets
Weatherproof
Splice Tube

Structural
Foam
Thermoplastic
Enclosure

Slack
Fiber
Optic
Cable

Part
Number

Inside
Box Size
AxBxC

Tube
Size

Box
Opening
ExF

Dimensions
K

M

N

10"

27 1/4

21 1/4

10 1/4

10 1/2

1

30 x 24 x 9 1/2

8"

27 1/4 x 21 1/4

8 1/4

8 1/2

1

SPL211

24 x 20 x 11 1/2

10"

211/4 x 17 1/4

10 1/4

10 1/2

1

SPL222

24 x 20 x 9 1/2

8"

211/4 x 17 1/4

8 1/4

8 1/2

1

SPL111

30 x 24 x

11 1/2

SPL122

x

Splice Closure
(Not Included)
Aluminum
Channel for
Pole or Vault
Wall Mounting

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

157

Enclosures Factory Modifications
For All Enclosures
Color Molded Enclosures
All Circuit Safe® enclosures can be molded in a variety of
colors. Minimum quantities for single shipment or releases
against blanket orders are required.

Painted/Silkscreened Enclosures
Painted JIC enclosure with painted back panel. Installed
clear cover with handle and quick-release latch.

All enclosures can be painted, interior and exterior, or by
special request. Enclosure covers can also be silkscreened on
request.

EMI/RFI Protection

Color molded JIC unit with addition of window
and pushbuttons.

For applications where Radio Frequency Interference is a
factor, the interior can be coated with an acrylic base paint
with a nickel filler. Windows can be covered with fine copper
mesh.

Other Modifications Available
Our factory is capable of modifying any of our enclosures to
a customer’s specifications. Factory’s capabilities include:

Molded junction box painted with addition of
mounted in-use weatherproof cover.

• Precision milling of button holes, windows, and pockets
for keypad installations.
• Hole tapping.
• Ventilators.
• Mounting bosses.
• Access windows.
• Hinged windows.
• Mounted in use weatherproof covers.
• Handles for portable units.
• Latches.
• Enclosure coolers.
• Cylinder locking systems.
• And more!

Painted JIC enclosure with pocket installed in cover
for control pad.
158

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Enclosures General Information
NEMA Types – Definitions Pertaining to Nonhazardous Locations
Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
An enclosure is a surrounding case constructed to provide protection from accidental contact with the
enclosed equipment and to provide protection to the enclosed equipment from specified environmental
conditions. A brief description of the more common types of enclosures used by the electrical industry follows.

Type 1 Enclosure:

Intended for indoor use primarily to provide protection against contact with enclosed
equipment and a degree of protection against falling dirt.

Type 2 Enclosure:

Intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against limited
amounts of falling water and dirt.

Type 3 Enclosure:

Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against
wind-blown dust, rain, sleet and external ice formation.

Type 3R Enclosure:

Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against falling
rain, sleet and external ice formation.

Type 3S Enclosure:

Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against
wind-blown dust, rain, and sleet, and to provide for operation of external mechanism
when ice laden.

Type 3X Enclosure:

Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against
wind-blown dust, rain, sleet, external ice formation, and corrosion.

Type 3SX Enclosure:

Intended for outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against
wind-blown dust, rain, sleet, and corrosion,and to provide for operation of external
mechanism when ice laden.

Type 4 Enclosure:

Intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against
wind-blown dust and rain, splashing water and hose-directed water.

Type 4X Enclosure:

Intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against
corrosion, wind-blown dust and rain, splashing water and hose-directed water.

Type 6 Enclosure:

Intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to avoid a degree of protection against
contact with enclosed equipment, falling dirt, hose-directed water, entry of water
during occasional temporary submersion at a limited depth and external ice formation.

Type 6P Enclosure:

Intended for indoor or outdoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against
contact with enclosed equipment, falling dirt, hose-directed water, entry of water
during prolonged submersion at a limited depth and external ice formation.

Type 12 Enclosure:

Intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust,
falling dirt and dripping noncorrosive liquids.

Type 13 Enclosure:

Intended for indoor use primarily to provide a degree of protection against dust,
spraying of water, oil and noncorrosive coolant.
w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

159

Enclosures General Information
International Standards IP Protection Classification Data
The letters IP followed by three characteristic numbers symbolize the degree of protection.

First Digit

Second Digit

Protection Against Solid Bodies

Protection Against Liquids

IP

TTest

IP

T
Test

0
0

No
No protection
protection

00

No protection
protection
No

1

Protectionagainst
against
Protected
solid bodies
bodies larger
larger than
solid
than
50 (for
mm example
(for
50 mm
example accidenaccidentally
touchingtouching
with
tally
withhand)
the hand)
the

1
1

Protection
against
Protected against
vertical water drops
drops
(condensation)
condensation

2
2

Protected
Protected against
against
water drops at up to
to
15° from
15°
from the
the vertical
vertical

3
3

Protected
rain at up against
to 60°
fromatthe
rain
upvertical
to 60°
from the vertical

4
4

Protected against
against
Protected
water splashing
from
water
splashing from
all directions
all directions

5
5

Protected against
against
Protected
water sprayed from
sprayed
water
a hose from allfrom a
hose
from all directions
directions

Protection against

2
2

Protected against
solid bodies larger
solid bodies larger
than 12
12 mm
mm (for
(for
than
example
example aa finger)
finger)

3
3

Protected against
solid bodies
bodies larger
larger
solid
than 2.5
2.5 mm
mm (tools,
(tools,
than
wires)
wires)

Protected against

Protection against

4

Protectionagainst
against
Protected
solid
solid bodies
bodies larger
than
than 11 mm
mm (fine
(tools,
tools, small wires)
small wires)

5
5

Protected
Protectionagainst
against
dust (no harmful
dust (no harmful
deposits)

deposits)

6

Complete
Complete protection
protection
against dust

against dust

Protected against
against
Protected
water projections
water
similarprojections
to sea wave
similar
to sea wave
splashes
splashes

6
6

15 cm mini

7
7

Protected against
against
Protected
the effect of
the
effector
immersion
immersion

1
m

m

8
8
160

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

...m

Protected against
against
Protected
effects of prolonged
effects
of
prolonged
immersion under
immersion
pressure under
pressure

Enclosures General Information

Clearance Holes For Carflex® Fittings or PVC Male Terminal Adapters
Carflex Fittings &
PVC Male Terminal
Adapters
Trade Sizes

Nominal
Size
(in.)

Actual
Size
(in.)

Actual
Size
(mm)

1⁄2

.875

.879

22.4

3⁄4

1.093

1.107

28.2

1

1.344

1.357

34.6

1 1⁄4

1.813

1.699

43.2

1 1⁄2

1.938

1.949

49.6

2

2.375

2.413

61.5

1⁄2

2.875

2.914

74.0

3.5

3.539

89.8

4

4.044

102.7

4

4.5

4.544

115.4

5

5.625

5.675

143.7

2

3
3

1⁄2

Engineering Properties Of Enclosures
Property
Thermal And Mechanical
Temperature Range (°F)
Specific Gravity (oz./in3)
Thermal Conductivity (BTU • in/hr • ft 2 • °F)
Heat Deflection Temperature @ 264 PSI (°F)
Tensile Strength (PSI)
Flexural Strength (PSI)
Compressive Strength @ 10% Deformation (PSI)
Impact Strength IZOD Notched (ft.lbs./in.)
Water Absorption – 24 hrs. @ 73°F (%)
Electrical
Dielectric Strength (VOLTS/MIL.)
Dielectric Constant
60 Hz
100 Hz
106
Volume Resistivity @ 73°F (OHM-CM)
Arc Resistance (SEC)

Test
Method

Opaque
Polycarbonate
Covers & Boxes

Clear
Polycarbonate
Cover

FRP

ASTM D792
ASTM D177
ASTM D648
ASTM D638
ASTM D790
ASTM D695
ASTM D256
ASTM D570

-30° to 230°
1.20
1.35
265
8,800
13,500
12,500
12
0.15

-30° to 230°
1.20
1.35
260
9,000
14,000
12,500
12
0.15

-58° to 320°
1.79
1.68
392
13,000
19,000
24,000
12
0.17

ASTM D149
ASTM D150

380

380

467

3.0
2.96
>1016
120

3.0
2.96
>1016
120

2.0 x 1015
200+

ASTM D257
ASTM D495

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

161

Enclosures General Information
Chemical Resistance Data
Environmental Resistance Table: E–Excellent, G–Good, L–Limited, U–Unsatisfactory
IMPORTANT: These environmental resistance ratings are based upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete submergence in the reagent listed. Ratings
listed in this chart apply to a 48-Hour exposure period. (The information in this chart is to be used ONLY as a guide in selecting equipment for appropriate
chemical compatibility. Before permanent installation, test the equipment with the chemicals and under the specific conditions of your application.)
Polycarbonate
PVC
Chemical

Acetaldehyde
Acetamide
Acetate Solvent
Acetic Acid
Acetic Acid 20%
Acetic Acid 80%
Acetic Acid, Glacial
Acetic Anhydride
Acetone
Acetyl Bromide
Acetyl Chloride (dry)
Acetylene
Acrylonitrile
Adipic Acid
Alcohols:Amyl
Alcohols:Benzyl
Alcohols:Butyl
Alcohols:Diacetone
Alcohols:Ethyl
Alcohols:Hexyl
Alcohols:Isobutyl
Alcohols:Isopropyl
Alcohols:Methyl
Alcohols:Octyl
Alcohols:Propyl
Aluminum Chloride
Aluminum Chloride 20%
Aluminum Fluoride
Aluminum Hydroxide
Aluminum Nitrate
Aluminum Potassium Sulfate 10%
Aluminum Potassium Sulfate 100%
Aluminum Sulfate
Amines
Ammonia 10%
Ammonia Nitrate
Ammonia, anhydrous
Ammonia, liquid
Ammonium Acetate
Ammonium Bifluoride
Ammonium Carbonate
Ammonium Caseinate
Ammonium Chloride
Ammonium Hydroxide
Ammonium Nitrate
Ammonium Oxalate
Ammonium Persulfate
Ammonium Phosphate, Dibasic
Ammonium Phosphate, Monobasic
Ammonium Phosphate, Tribasic
Ammonium Sulfate
Ammonium Sulfite
Amyl Acetate
Amyl Alcohol
Amyl Chloride
Aniline
Aniline Hydrochloride
Antifreeze
Antimony Trichloride
Aqua Regia (80% HCl, 20% HNO3)

162

Himeline HE Opaque Cover
w/Base

U
U
U
U
U
L
U
U
U
U
L
E
G
E
E
U
E
G
L
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
E
U
G
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
U
E
U
L
G
E
E
L

FRP

Polycarbonate

(Fiberglass Reinforced
Circuit Safe NEMA
Polyester)
Circuit Safe JIC
Noryl
Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases
Circuit
Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP
Safe
Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS
Medium
Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP
JIC

L
U
G
E
G
G
U
U
U
U
U
G
E
G
E
G
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
U
U
U
U
E
U
E
E
E
U
G
U
U
E
U

E
E
E
E
E
U
E
E
L
L
E
L
L
E
E
L
L
U
U
E
-

U
E
E
E
E
U
U
U
L
U
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
U
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
U
L
U
U
E
E
U

PVC
Chemical

Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Arsenic Acid
Arsenic Salts
Asphalt
Barium Carbonate
Barium Chloride
Barium Cyanide
Barium Hydroxide
Barium Nitrate
Barium Sulfate
Barium Sulfide
Beer
Beet Sugar Liquids
Benzaldehyde
Benzene
Benzene Sulfonic Acid
Benzoic Acid
Benzol
Benzonitrile
Benzyl Chloride
Bleaching Liquors
Borax (Sodium Borate)
Boric Acid
Bromine
Butadiene
Butane
Butanol (Butyl Alcohol)
Butyl Amine
Butyl Ether
Butyl Phthalate
Butylacetate
Butylene
Butyric Acid
Calcium Bisulfate
Calcium Bisulfide
Calcium Bisulfite
Calcium Carbonate
Calcium Chlorate
Calcium Chloride
Calcium Hydroxide
Calcium Hypochlorite
Calcium Nitrate
Calcium Oxide
Calcium Sulfate
Calgon
Cane Juice
Carbolic Acid (Phenol)
Carbon Bisulfide
Carbon Dioxide (dry)
Carbon Dioxide (wet)
Carbon Disulfide
Carbon Monoxide
Carbon Tetrachloride
Carbon Tetrachloride (dry)
Carbon Tetrachloride (wet)
Carbonated Water
Carbonic Acid
Catsup
Chloric Acid
Chlorine (dry)

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Himeline HE Opaque Cover
w/Base

U
E
E
E
E
E
U
E
E
G
E
E
E
U
L
E
E
E
E
E
L
L
L
L
U
E
U
E
G
E
G
E
G
L
G
G
E
G
G
E
U
U
E
E
U
E
U
E
E
E
E
U

FRP

(Fiberglass Reinforced
Circuit Safe NEMA
Polyester)
Circuit Safe JIC
Noryl
Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases
Circuit
Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP
Safe
Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS
Medium
Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP
JIC

E
U
E
E
U
U
U
E
U
U
U
G
U
E
L
U
U
G
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
L
U
U
E
E
U
U
U
E
-

E
E
U
E
E
U
L
E
E
U
E
E
E
U
L
E
E
L
E
-

U
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
U
E
G
G
U
E
E
E
U
U
E
U
U
E
G
U
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
U
E
E
U
E
U
U
U
E
E
E
U
G

Enclosures General Information
Chemical Resistance Data
Environmental Resistance Table: E–Excellent, G–Good, L–Limited, U–Unsatisfactory
IMPORTANT: These environmental resistance ratings are based upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete submergence in the reagent listed. Ratings
listed in this chart apply to a 48-Hour exposure period. (The information in this chart is to be used ONLY as a guide in selecting equipment for appropriate
chemical compatibility. Before permanent installation, test the equipment with the chemicals and under the specific conditions of your application.)
Polycarbonate
PVC
Chemical

Chlorine Water
Chlorine, Anhydrous Liquid
Chloroacetic Acid
Chlorobenzene (Mono)
Chlorobromomethane
Chloroform
Chlorosulfonic Acid
Chocolate Syrup
Chromic Acid 10%
Chromic Acid 30%
Chromic Acid 5%
Chromic Acid 50%
Chromium Salts
Citric Acid
Citric Oils
Clorox® (Bleach)
Copper Chloride
Copper Cyanide
Copper Fluoborate
Copper Nitrate
Copper Sulfate >5%
Copper Sulfate 5%
Cresols
Cresylic Acid
Cupric Acid
Cyclohexane
Cyclohexanone
Detergents
Diacetone Alcohol
Dichlorobenzene
Dichloroethane
Diesel Fuel
Diethyl Ether
Diethylamine
Diethylene Glycol
Dimethyl Aniline
Dimethyl Formamide
Diphenyl Oxide
Dyes
Epsom Salts (Magnesium Sulfate)
Ethane
Ethanol
Ethanolamine
Ether
Ethyl Acetate
Ethyl Benzoate
Ethyl Chloride
Ethyl Ether
Ethylene Bromide
Ethylene Chloride
Ethylene Chlorohydrin
Ethylene Diamine
Ethylene Dichloride
Ethylene Glycol
Ethylene Oxide
Fatty Acids
Ferric Chloride
Ferric Nitrate
Ferric Sulfate
Ferrous Chloride

Himeline HE Opaque Cover
w/Base

E
U
G
U
U
U
U
E
E
E
U
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
U
U
E
U
U
E
U
U
U
E
U
U
L
U
U
U
G
E
E
L
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
E
U
E
E
E
E
E

FRP

Polycarbonate

(Fiberglass Reinforced
Circuit Safe NEMA
Polyester)
Circuit Safe JIC
Noryl
Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases
Circuit
Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP
Safe
Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS
Medium
Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP
JIC

L
U
U
U
L
E
G
L
G
U
E
U
U
E
E
U
U
E
G
U
E
U
U
U
E
U
U
G
U
U
E
G
U
U
U
U
U
U
E
U
G
L
G
E
E
E
U

E
U
E
E
U
U
L
L
L
U
E
U
E
E
E
E
E

L
G
U
U
U
E
E
U
E
U
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
U
E
U
U
E
E
U
E
U
U
E
E
E
E
U
E
E
U
U
U
U
U
E
E
E
E
E
E
E

PVC
Chemical

Ferrous Sulfate
Fluoboric Acid
Fluorine
Fluosilicic Acid
Formaldehyde 100%
Formaldehyde 40%
Formic Acid
Freon 113
Freon 12
Freon 22
Freon TF
Freon® 11
Fuel Oils
Furan Resin
Furfural
Gallic Acid
Gasoline (high-aromatic)
Gasoline, leaded, ref.
Gasoline, unleaded
Gelatin
Glucose
Glue, P.V.A.
Glycerin
Glycolic Acid
Grease
Heptane
Hexane
Hydraulic Oil (Petro)
Hydraulic Oil (Synthetic)
Hydrazine
Hydrobromic Acid 100%
Hydrobromic Acid 20%
Hydrochloric Acid 100%
Hydrochloric Acid 20%
Hydrochloric Acid 37%
Hydrochloric Acid, Dry Gas
Hydrocyanic Acid
Hydrocyanic Acid (Gas 10%)
Hydrofluoric Acid 100%
Hydrofluoric Acid 20%
Hydrofluoric Acid 50%
Hydrofluoric Acid 75%
Hydrofluosilicic Acid 100%
Hydrofluosilicic Acid 20%
Hydrogen Gas
Hydrogen Peroxide 10%
Hydrogen Peroxide 100%
Hydrogen Peroxide 30%
Hydrogen Peroxide 50%
Hydrogen Sulfide (aqua)
Hydrogen Sulfide (dry)
Hydroquinone
Hydroxyacetic Acid 70%
Ink
Iodine
Iodine (in alcohol)
Iodoform
Isooctane
Isopropyl Acetate
Isopropyl Ether

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Himeline HE Opaque Cover
w/Base

E
E
U
U
E
E
E
G
E
E
G
E
E
E
U
G
E
G
L
G
E
L
E
G
E
L
G
E
E
E
G
U
E
G
E
G
E
L
G
G
L
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
G
U
L
E
E
E
E
U
G

FRP

(Fiberglass Reinforced
Circuit Safe NEMA
Polyester)
Circuit Safe JIC
Noryl
Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases
Circuit
Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP
Safe
Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS
Medium
Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP
JIC

E
L
E
E
E
E
G
G
U
E
E
E
E
E
G
U
U
U
G
U
G
U
U
U
U
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
U
U

E
E
L
L
E
E
E
E
U
E
L
E
E
-

E
E
E
E
E
E
U
U
G
G
G
U
E
G
G
U
E
E
E
G
G
G
G
E
E
E
E
E
L
U
L
U
U
G
G
E
E
E
E
E
L
U
-

163

Enclosures General Information
Chemical Resistance Data
Environmental Resistance Table: E–Excellent, G–Good, L–Limited, U–Unsatisfactory
IMPORTANT: These environmental resistance ratings are based upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete submergence in the reagent listed. Ratings
listed in this chart apply to a 48-Hour exposure period. (The information in this chart is to be used ONLY as a guide in selecting equipment for appropriate
chemical compatibility. Before permanent installation, test the equipment with the chemicals and under the specific conditions of your application.)
Polycarbonate
PVC
Chemical

Isotane
Jet Fuel (JP3, JP4, JP5)
Kerosene
Ketones
Lacquer Thinners
Lacquers
Lactic Acid
Lard
Lead Acetate
Lead Nitrate
Lead Sulfamate
Lime
Linoleic Acid
Lithium Chloride
Lithium Hydroxide
Lubricants
Lye: Ca(OH)2 Calcium Hydroxide
Lye: KOH Potassium Hydroxide
Lye: NaOH Sodium Hydroxide
Magnesium Bisulfate
Magnesium Carbonate
Magnesium Chloride
Magnesium Hydroxide
Magnesium Nitrate
Magnesium Oxide
Magnesium Sulfate (Epsom Salts)
Maleic Acid
Malic Acid
Manganese Sulfate
Mayonnaise
Melamine
Mercuric Chloride (dilute)
Mercuric Cyanide
Mercurous Nitrate
Mercury
Methane
Methanol (Methyl Alcohol)
Methyl Acetate
Methyl Acetone
Methyl Alcohol 10%
Methyl Bromide
Methyl Butyl Ketone
Methyl Cellosolve
Methyl Chloride
Methyl Dichloride
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone
Methyl Isopropyl Ketone
Methyl Methacrylate
Methylamine
Methylene Chloride
Mineral Spirits
Monochloroacetic acid
Monoethanolamine
Morpholine
Motor oil
Naphtha
Naphthalene
Natural Gas
Nickel Chloride

164

Himeline HE Opaque Cover
w/Base

E
L
E
U
U
U
G
E
G
E
G
G
E
U
G
G
G
E
E
G
G
E
E
E
E
E
L
U
U
E
E
E
E
G
E
U
U
E
U
E
U
U
E
U
U
U
E
U
U
E
U
G
E
U
E
E

FRP

Polycarbonate

(Fiberglass Reinforced
Circuit Safe NEMA
Polyester)
Circuit Safe JIC
Noryl
Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases
Circuit
Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP
Safe
Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS
Medium
Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP
JIC

E
U
U
G
U
G
E
E
G
U
E
U
U
U
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
U
G
U
G
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
L
U
U
E
G
E

E
E
E
G
E
L
E
U
E
-

U
U
U
U
U
E
E
E
E
L
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
U
U
U
U
U
E
E
U
E
U
U
E

PVC
Chemical

Nickel Nitrate
Nickel Sulfate
Nitrating Acid (<15% HNO3)
Nitrating Acid (>15% H2SO4)
Nitrating Acid (_1% Acid)
Nitrating Acid (_15% H2SO4)
Nitric Acid (20%)
Nitric Acid (50%)
Nitric Acid (5-10%)
Nitric Acid (Concentrated)
Nitrobenzene
Nitromethane
Nitrous Acid
Nitrous Oxide
Oils:Aniline
Oils:Citric
Oils:Creosote
Oils:Diesel Fuel (20, 30, 40, 50)
Oils:Fuel (1, 2, 3, 5A, 5B, 6)
Oils:Hydraulic Oil (Petro)
Oils:Hydraulic Oil (Synthetic)
Oils:Mineral
Oils:Olive
Oils:Orange
Oils:Pine
Oils:Rosin
Oils:Silicone
Oils:Transformer
Oils:Turbine
Oleic Acid
Oleum 100%
Oleum 25%
Oxalic Acid (cold)
Ozone
Palmitic Acid
Paraffin
Pentane
Perchloric Acid
Perchloroethylene
Petrolatum
Petroleum
Phenol (10%)
Phenol (Carbolic Acid)
Phosphoric Acid (>40%)
Phosphoric Acid (crude)
Phosphoric Acid (molten)
Phosphoric Acid (_40%)
Phosphoric Acid Anhydride
Phosphorus
Phosphorus Trichloride
Photographic Developer
Photographic Solutions
Phthalic Anhydride
Picric Acid
Potash (Potassium Carbonate)
Potassium Bicarbonate
Potassium Bromide
Potassium Chlorate
Potassium Chloride
Potassium Chromate

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Himeline HE Opaque Cover
w/Base

E
E
U
U
U
U
E
G
E
G
U
G
E
E
U
G
L
G
E
E
E
G
L
L
U
L
E
G
E
L
U
U
G
G
G
G
E
L
L
G
L
U
G
G
U
G
E
U
E
E
U
U
E
E
E
E
E
E

FRP

(Fiberglass Reinforced
Circuit Safe NEMA
Polyester)
Circuit Safe JIC
Noryl
Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases
Circuit
Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP
Safe
Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS
Medium
Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP
JIC

U
E
G
G
E
L
U
U
E
G
G
E
L
E
E
E
E
U
G
U
E
E
E
U
L
E
E
E
U
E
E
E
-

G
L
E
E
L
L
E
E

E
E
G
G
E
G
U
U
U
E
U
U
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
U
U
U
U
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E

Enclosures General Information
Chemical Resistance Data
Environmental Resistance Table: E–Excellent, G–Good, L–Limited, U–Unsatisfactory
IMPORTANT: These environmental resistance ratings are based upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete submergence in the reagent listed. Ratings
listed in this chart apply to a 48-Hour exposure period. (The information in this chart is to be used ONLY as a guide in selecting equipment for appropriate
chemical compatibility. Before permanent installation, test the equipment with the chemicals and under the specific conditions of your application.)
Polycarbonate
PVC
Chemical

Potassium Cyanide Solutions
Potassium Dichromate
Potassium Ferricyanide
Potassium Ferrocyanide
Potassium Hydroxide (Caustic Potash)
Potassium Hypochlorite
Potassium Iodide
Potassium Nitrate
Potassium Oxalate
Potassium Permanganate
Potassium Sulfate
Potassium Sulfide
Propane (liquefied)
Propylene
Propylene Glycol
Pyridine
Pyrogallic Acid
Resorcinal
Rosins
Salicylic Acid
Salt Brine (NaCl saturated)
Sea Water
Silicone
Silver Bromide
Silver Nitrate
Soap Solutions
Soda Ash (see Sodium Carbonate)
Sodium Acetate
Sodium Aluminate
Sodium Benzoate
Sodium Bicarbonate
Sodium Bisulfate
Sodium Bisulfite
Sodium Borate (Borax)
Sodium Bromide
Sodium Carbonate
Sodium Chlorate
Sodium Chloride
Sodium Chromate
Sodium Cyanide
Sodium Ferrocyanide
Sodium Fluoride
Sodium Hydrosulfite
Sodium Hydroxide (20%)
Sodium Hydroxide (50%)
Sodium Hydroxide (80%)
Sodium Hypochlorite (<20%)
Sodium Hypochlorite (100%)
Sodium Metaphosphate
Sodium Metasilicate
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Perborate
Sodium Peroxide
Sodium Polyphosphate
Sodium Silicate
Sodium Sulfate
Sodium Sulfide
Sodium Sulfite
Sodium Tetraborate
Sodium Thiosulfate (hypo)

Himeline HE Opaque Cover
w/Base

E
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
L
U
E
L
L
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
G
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
L
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
E

FRP

Polycarbonate

(Fiberglass Reinforced
Circuit Safe NEMA
Polyester)
Circuit Safe JIC
Noryl
Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases
Circuit
Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP
Safe
Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS
Medium
Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP
JIC

E
U
E
E
E
L
G
U
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
U
U
L
E
E
U
U

E
E
L
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
U
U
U
L
U
E
U
E
-

E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E

PVC
Chemical

Stannic Chloride
Stannic Fluoborate
Stannous Chloride
Stearic Acid
Stoddard Solvent
Styrene
Sulfate (Liquors)
Sulfur Chloride
Sulfur Dioxide
Sulfur Dioxide (dry)
Sulfur Hexafluoride
Sulfur Trioxide
Sulfur Trioxide (dry)
Sulfuric Acid (<10%)
Sulfuric Acid (10-75%)
Sulfuric Acid (75-100%)
Sulfuric Acid (cold concentrated)
Sulfuric Acid (hot concentrated)
Sulfurous Acid
Tallow
Tannic Acid
Tanning Liquors
Tartaric Acid
Tetrachloroethane
Tetrachloroethylene
Tetrahydrofuran
Tin Salts
Toluene (Toluol)
Trichloroacetic Acid
Trichloroethane
Trichloroethylene
Trichloropropane
Tricresylphosphate
Triethylamine
Trisodium Phosphate
Turpentine
Urea
Uric Acid
Varnish
Vinegar
Vinyl Acetate
Vinyl Chloride
Water, Acid, Mine
Water, Deionized
Water, Distilled
Water, Fresh
Water, Salt
Whiskey & Wines
White Liquor (Pulp Mill)
White Water (Paper Mill)
Xylene
Zinc Chloride
Zinc Hydrosulfite
Zinc Sulfate

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Himeline HE Opaque Cover
w/Base

E
E
G
L
U
G
L
E
E
G
E
E
E
E
U
U
U
E
E
E
E
L
U
U
E
U
G
L
U
U
G
E
U
U
E
U
G
U
U
G
E
E
G
G
E
E
E
U
G
E

FRP

(Fiberglass Reinforced
Circuit Safe NEMA
Polyester)
Circuit Safe JIC
Noryl
Himeline HE Himeline HS - Bases
Circuit
Clear Cover w/Base Himeline HP
Safe
Himeline HS Himeline HLA/HLS
Medium
Opaque w/Clear Lids Himeline HLP
JIC

E
E
E
U
E
E
G
U
U
L
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
E
G
E
E
E
E
U
E
E

E
U
E
L
U
E
L
E
E
E
E

E
E
E
E
U
E
E
E
E
U
U
E
E
E
E
U
E
E
E
E
E
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
E
G
E
U
E
U
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
U
G
E
E
E

165

166

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon Conduit,
Fittings and Accessories
®

Schedule 40 & 80
Conduit
Schedule 40 & 80
Elbows
Junction Boxes
FS Boxes
Utility Conduit,
Fittings & Elbows
P&C Duct
Telephone Duct
P&C Flex
PV-Mold
Slip Meter Risers
Split Duct
Cement
Spacers

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

167

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 40
®

Carlon Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC), Fittings & Accessories
Carlon® manufactures the most complete line of nonmetallic
conduits and fittings in the electrical industry. Carlon
Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 conduits are designed for use
aboveground and underground as described in the National
Electrical Code. Specify only Carlon conduits and fittings to
insure raceway system integrity.

Impact Resistant Carlon Schedule 40 and Schedule 80
nonmetallic conduits are resistant to sunlight and are listed
for exposed or outdoor usage. The use of expansion fittings
allows the system to expand and contract with temperature
variations.

Corrosion Resistant Carlon conduits and fittings are

Features

nonmetallic and will not rust or corrode.
Carlon nonmetallic Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 conduits
and elbows are manufactured to NEMA TC-2, Federal
specification WC1O94A and UL 651 specifications. Fittings
are manufactured to NEMA TC-3, Federal specification
WC1094A and UL514B. Both conduit and fittings carry
respective UL or ETL Listings and UL or ETL labels.

Ease of Installation Nonmetallic conduits are 1/4 to 1/5
the weight of metallic systems, can be installed in less than
half the time, and are easily fabricated on the job.

Safety Nonmetallic conduits are nonconductive, assuring a
safe system.

Schedule 40 PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC).
(Heavy Wall EPC)

Listed for underground applications encased in concrete or direct burial. Also for use in
exposed or concealed applications aboveground.
• Sunlight resistant • Rated for use with 90˚C conductors • Superior weathering characteristics

ETL Listed
to UL 651 in
compliance
to the NEC

E35297

RUS Listed

Schedule 40 Heavy Wall
Part No.

With Integral Bell*

10'
49005-010
49007-010
49008-010
49009-010
49010-010
49011-010
49012-010
49013-010
49014-010
49015-010
49016-010

20'
49007-020
49008-020
49009-020
49010-020
49011-020
49012-020
49013-020
49014-020
49015-020
49016-020

49017-010

49017-020

Nom. Size
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1
1 /4"
11/2"
2"
1
2 /2"
3"
31/2"
4"
5"
6"

Std. Crate Qty.
10'
20'
6000'
4400'
8800'
3600'
7200'
3300'
6600'
2250'
4500'
1400'
2800'
930'
1860'
880'
1760'
1260'
630'
570'
1140'
380'
760'
260'

520'

Wt. Per
100'
17
23
34
46
55
73
124
163
196
232
315
409

Dimensions
O.D.
I.D.
.840
.622
1.050
.824
1.315 1.049
1.660 1.380
1.900 1.610
2.375 2.067
2.875 2.469
3.500 3.068
4.000 3.548
4.500 4.026
5.563 5.047

Wall
.109
.113
.133
.140
.145
.154
.203
.216
.226
.237
.258

6.625

.280

6.065

Rigid nonmetallic conduit is normally supplied in standard 10' lengths, with one belled end per length. For specific requirements, it may be
produced in lengths shorter or longer than 10', with or without belled ends.

Use RNC Fittings with Schedule 40
and Schedule 80 Conduit.

168

Notes: 1. Special fittings and conduit sizes will be quoted on request.
2. DON’T FORGET TO ORDER CEMENT.
3. Carlon reserves the right to ship to the nearest unitized quantity.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 80

Schedule 80 PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC)
(Extra Heavy Wall EPC-80)

Listed for use in aboveground and belowground applications that are subject to physical damage.
• Sunlight resistant • Rated for use with 90˚C conductors • Superior weathering characteristics
• For use in areas subject to physical damage

With Integral Bell*

ETL Listed
to UL 651 in
compliance
to the NEC

E35297

RUS Listed

Schedule 80 Extra Heavy Wall
Part No.
10'
49405-010
49407-010
49408-010
49409-010
49410-010
49411-010
49412-010
49413-010
49415-010
49416-010
49417-010

20'
49405-020
49407-020
49408-020
49409-020
49410-020
49411-020
49412-020
49413-020
49415-020
–
49417-020

Nom. Size
1/2"
3/4"
1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
21/2"
3"
4"
5"
6"

10'
6000'
4400'
3600'
3300'
2250'
1400'
930'
880'
570'
380'
260'

Std. Crate Qty.Wt. Per
20'
100'
12000'
21
8000'
30
7200'
44
6600'
60
3600'
72
2800'
101
1880
154
1760'
210
1140'
308
–
428
520'
588

Dimensions
O.D.
I.D.
.840
.546
1.050
.742
1.315
.957
1.660 1.278
1.900 1.500
2.375 1.939
2.875 2.323
3.500 2.900
4.500 3.826
5.563 4.813
6.625 5.761

Wall
.147
.154
.179
.191
.200
.218
.276
.300
.337
.375
4.32

Rigid nonmetallic conduit is normally supplied in standard 10' lengths, with one belled end per length. For specific requirements, it may be
produced in lengths shorter or longer than 10', with or without belled ends.

Notes: 1. Special fittings and conduit sizes will be quoted on request.
2. DON’T FORGET TO ORDER CEMENT.
3. Carlon reserves the right to ship to the nearest unitized quantity.

Use RNC Fittings with Schedule 40
and Schedule 80 Conduit.

Support of Carlon Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit
in Aboveground Installations
Table 352.30(B), NEC
Table 352.30(B) NEC shows the support requirements for Schedule
40 and Schedule 80 rigid PVC nonmetallic conduit.
Plastic conduit should always be installed away from steam lines,
etc. Support straps should allow for lineal movement caused by
expansion and contraction.
Maximum ambient temperature is 122°F (50°C).

Maximum Spacing Between
Supports (feet)
3
5
6
7
8

Acceptable Dimensions in Inches of Integral Bell per UL 651

A

C
B

Trade
Size
1/2 - 1
11/4 - 2
21/2 - 3
31/2 - 5
6

Trade
Size
1/2
3/4
1
11/4
11/2
2
21/2
3
31/2
4
5
6

A
At Entrance (in.)
Maximum

0.860
1.074
1.340
1.689
1.930
2.405
2.905
3.530
4.065
4.565
5.643
6.708

Minimum

0.844
1.054
1.320
1.665
1.906
2.381
2.875
3.500
3.965
4.465
5.543
6.608

B
At Bottom (in.)
Maximum

Minimum

0.844
1.056
1.320
1.667
1.906
2.381
2.883
3.507
4.007
4.506
5.583
6.644

0.828
1.036
1.300
1.643
1.882
2.357
2.853
3.477
3.977
4.476
5.523
6.584

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

C
Nominal Bell
Depth (in.)
1.375
1.500
1.750
1.875
2.750
3.250
3.250
3.875
3.875
4.625
5.625
6.375
169

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 40 Elbows

Schedule 40 Elbows

Standard Radius

ETL Listed
to UL 651 in
compliance
to the NEC

Available in plain and integral belled end for use with nonmetallic solvent weld fittings.
Item
90° Elbow

45° Elbow

30° Elbow

Plain
End
Part No.

Belled
End
Part No.

UA9AD
UA9ADR-CAR
UA9AE
UA9AFR-CTN
UA9AG
UA9AH
UA9AJ
UA9AJ-CAR
UA9AK-CAR
UA9AL
UA9AM
UA9AN
UA9AP
UA9AR
UA7AD
UA7AE
UA7AER-CAR
UA7AF
UA7AF-CAR
UA7AG
UA7AH
UA7AJ
UA7AJ-CAR
UA7AK
UA7AK-CAR
UA7AL-CAR
UA7AL-CAR
UA7AM
UA7AN
UA7AP
UA7AR
UA6AD
UA6AE
UA6AF
UA6AG
UA6AH
UA6AJ
UA6AK
UA6AL
UA6AM
UA6AN
UA6AP
UA6AR

UA9ADB
UA9ADB
UA9AEB
UA9AFB-CTN
UA9AGB
UA9AHB
UA9AJB
UA9AJB
UA9AKB-CAR
UA9ALB-CAR
UA9AMB
UA9ANB
UA9APB
UA9ARB
UA7ADB
UA7AEB
UA7AEB
UA7AFB
UA7AFB
UA7AGB
UA7AHB
UA7AJB
UA7AJB-CAR
UA7AKB
UA7AKB-CAR
UA7ALB
UA7ALB-CAR
UA7AMB
UA7ANB
UA7APB
UA7ARB
UA6ADB
UA6AEB
UA6AFB
UA6AGB
UA6AHB
UA6AJB
UA6AKB
UA6ALB
UA6AMB
UA6ANB
UA6APB
UA6ARB

Integral
Belled End
Dimensions
A

Trade
Size
1/2"
3/4"

B

1/2"
3/4"

1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
2"
21/2"
3"
31/2"
4"
5"
6"
1/2"
3/4"
3/4"
1"
1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
2"
21/2"
21/2"
3"
3"
31/2"
4"
5"
6"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
21/2"
3"
31/2"
4"
5"
6"

A
At Entrance
Max.
Min.
.860
1.074

0.844
1.054

50
25
25
25
20
25
20
5
10
1
1
1
1
1
50
25
15
20
15
20
20
20
4
20
5
5
5
1
1
1
1
50
25
25
20
25
20
10
1
1
1
1
1

Item

50
50
25
25
20
25
20
20
10
5
20
1
1
1
50
25
25
20
20
20
20
20
4
20
5
25
10
20
20
1
1
50
25
1
20
1
20
20
1
1
1
1
1

B
At Bottom
Max.
Min.
0.844
1.056

0.828
1.036

221/2° Elbow

111/4° Elbow

Belled
End
Part No.

UA5AD
UA5AE
UA5AF
UA5AG
UA5AH
UA5AJ
UA5AK
UA5AL
UA5AM
UA5AN
UA5AP
UA5AR
UA3AD
UA3AE
UA3AF
UA3AG
UA3AH
UA3AJ
UA3AK
UA3AL
UA3AM
UA3AN
UA3AP
UA3AR

–
–
–
–
–
UA5AJB
–
UA5ALB
–
UA5ANB
UA5APB
UA5ARB
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
UA3ANB
–
–

Plain End Belled End
Std.
Std.
Size Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.
1/2"

1
1
1
1
1
25
20
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

3/4"

1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
21/2"
3"
31/2"
4"
5"
6"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
21/2"
3"
31/2"
4"
5"
6"

–
–
–
–
–
1
–
1
–
1
1
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
–
–

Standard Radius Elbow
Dimensions
90°
Elbow

C
Socket Depth
Max.
Min.
1.500
1.500

0.652
0.719

A

B
Min.
(Radius)

C
Min.

.840

4"

11/2"

1.050

41/2"

11/2"
17/8"

Size
1/2"
3/4"

45°
Elbow

1"

1.340

1.320

1.320

1.300

1.875

0.875

1"

1.315

11/4"

1.689

1.665

1.667

1.643

2.000

0.938

11/4"

1.660

71/4"

2"

1.062

11/2"

1.900

81/4"

2"

1.125

2"

2.375

91/2"

2"

21/2"

2.875

101/2"

3"

2"

1.930
2.405

1.906
2.381

1.906
2.381

1.882
2.357

2.000
2.000

21/2"

2.905

2.875

2.883

2.853

3.000

1.469

3"

3.530

3.500

3.507

3.477

3.125

1.594

3"

3.500

13"

3 1/8"

4.000

15"

3 1/4"

31/2"

4.065

3.965

4.007

3.977

3.250

1.687

31/2"

4"

4.565

4.465

4.506

4.476

3.375

1.750

4"

4.500

16"

3 3/8"

5"

5.643

5.543

5.583

5.523

3.625

1.937

5"

5.563

24"

3 5/8"

2.125

6"

6.625

30"

3 3/4"

6"

170

1/2"

Plain
End
Part No.

53/4"

11/2"
C

Plain
Belled
End Std. End Std.
Size Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.

E35297

6.708

6.608

6.644

6.584

3.750

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 40 Elbows

Schedule 40 Elbows

Special Radius

ETL Listed to UL 651 in
compliance to the NEC

*Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations
Segment
90° Elbow

Plain
End
Part No.

Belled
End
Part No.

Plain End Belled End
Nom. Radius Std.
Std.
Diam. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.

Segment
45° Elbow

E35297

Plain
Belled
Plain End Belled End
End
End
Nom. Radius Std.
Std.
Part No. Part No. Diam. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.

UA9CF

UA9CFB

1"

18"

1

1

UA7CF

–

1"

18"

1

–

UA9DF

UA9DFB

1"

24"

1

1

UA7DF

–

1"

24"

1

–

UA9EF

UA9EFB

1"

30"

1

1

UA7EF

–

1"

30"

1

–

–

1"

36"

1

–

UA7FF

–

1"

36"

1

–

–

UA9FF
UA9HF

1"

48"

1

–

UA7HF

–

1"

48"

1

–

UA9CG

UA9CGB

11/4"

18"

1

1

UA7CG

–

11/4"

18"

1

–

UA9DG

UA9DGB

11/4"

24"

1

1

UA7DG

–

11/4"

24"

1

–

UA9EG

UA9EGB

11/4"

30"

1

1

UA7EG

–

11/4"

30"

1

–

UA9FG

UA9FGB

11/4"

36"

1

1

UA7FG

–

11/4"

36"

1

–

11/4"

48"

1

–

UA7HG

–

11/4"

48"

1

–

UA9HG

–

UA9CH

UA9CHB

11/2"

18"

1

1

UA7CH

–

11/2"

18"

1

–

UA9DH

UA9DHB

11/2"

24"

1

1

UA7DH

–

11/2"

24"

1

–

UA9EH

UA9EHB

11/2"

30"

1

1

UA7EH

–

11/2"

30"

1

–

UA9FHB

11/2"

36"

1

1

UA7FH

UA7FHB

11/2"

36"

1

1

11/2"

48"

1

–

UA7HH

–

11/2"

48"

1

–

UA9FH
UA9HH

–

UA9CJ

UA9CJB

2"

18"

1

1

–

UA7BJB

2"

12"

–

1

UA9DJ

UA9DJB-UPC

2"

24"

1

1

UA7CJ

UA7CJB

2"

18"

1

1

UA9EJ

1

UA9EJB

2"

30"

1

1

UA7DJ

UA7DJB

2"

24"

1

UA9FJ-UPC UA9FJB

2"

36"

1

1

UA7EJ

UA7EJB

2"

30"

1

1

UA9HJ

2"

48"

1

1

UA7FJ

UA7FJB

2"

36"

1

1

UA9JJ

UA9HJB

2"

72"

1

–

UA7HJ

UA7HJB

2"

48"

1

1

UA9CK

UA9CKB

21/2"

18"

1

1

UA7SJ

–

2"

150"

1

–

UA9DK

UA9DKB-UPC

21/2"

24"

1

1

UA7CK

–

21/2"

18"

1

–

UA9EKB

21/2"

30"

1

1

UA7DK

UA7DKB

21/2"

24"

1

1

UA9FK-UPC UA9FKB

21/2"

36"

1

1

UA7EK

–

21/2"

30"

1

–

UA9HK

UA9HKB

21/2"

48"

1

1

UA7FK

UA7FKB

21/2"

36"

1

1

UA9CL

UA9CLB

3"

18"

1

1

UA7HK

–

21/2"

48"

1

–

UA9DL

UA9DLB-UPC

3"

24"

1

1

UA7CL

UA7CLB

3"

18"

1

1

UA9EL

UA9ELB

3"

30"

1

1

UA7DL

UA7DLB

3"

24"

1

1

UA9FL

UA9FLB

3"

36"

1

1

UA7EL

UA7ELB

3"

30"

1

1

UA9HL

UA9HLB

3"

48"

1

1

UA7FL

UA7FLB

3"

36"

1

1

3"

60"

1

–

–

UA7HLB

3"

48"

–

1
–

UA9EK

UA9IL

–

–

UA9DM

UA9DMB

31/2"

24"

1

1

UA7DM

–

31/2"

24"

1

UA9EM

UA9EMB

31/2"

30"

1

1

UA7EM

–

31/2"

30"

1

–

UA9FM

UA9FMB

31/2"

36"

1

1

UA7FM

–

31/2"

36"

1

–

UA9HM

UA9HMB

31/2"

48"

1

1

UA7DN

UA7DNB

4"

24"

1

1

–

UA9CNB

4"

18"

–

1

UA7EN

UA7ENB

4"

30"

1

1

UA9DN

UA9DNB

4"

24"

1

1

UA7FN

UA7FNB

4"

36"

1

1

UA9EN

UA9ENB

4"

30"

1

1

UA7HN

UA7HNB

4"

48"

1

1

UA9FN

UA9FNB

4"

36"

1

1

–

UA7NNB

4"

120"

–

1

UA9HN

UA9HNB

4"

48"

1

1

UA7SN

UA7SNB

4"

150"

1

–

UA9IN

UA9INB

4"

60"

1

1

UA7EP

UA7EPB

5"

30"

1

1

4"

72"

1

1

UA7FP

UA7FPB

5"

36"

1

1

5"

30"

1

1

UA7HP

UA7HPB

5"

48"

1

1

UA9JN

–

UA9EP

UA9EPB

UA9FP

UA9FPB

5"

36"

1

1

–

UA7IPB

5"

60"

–

1

UA9HP

UA9HPB

5"

48"

1

1

–

UA7NPB

5"

120"

–

1

UA9IP

UA9IPB

5"

60"

1

1

–

UA7SPB

5"

150"

–

1

UA9FR

UA9FRB

6"

36"

1

1

UA7FR

UA7FRB

6"

36"

1

1

UA9HR

UA9HRB

6"

48"

1

1

UA7HR

UA7HRB

6"

48"

1

1

UA9IR

UA9IRB

6"

60"

1

1

UA7FT

–

8"

36"

1

–

–

UA9TRB

6"

180"

–

1

UA7HT

–

8"

48"

1

–

8"

48"

1

1

UA9HT

–

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

171

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 40 Elbows

Schedule 40 Elbows

Special Radius

ETL Listed to UL 651 in
compliance to the NEC

E35297

*Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations
Segment
30° Elbow

Segment
111/4° Elbow

172

Plain
Belled
Plain End Belled End
Std.
End
Nom. Radius Std.
End
Part No. Part No. Diam. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.

Segment
221/2° Elbow

Plain
Belled
Plain End Belled End
Std.
End
Nom. Radius Std.
End
Part No. Part No. Diam. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.

UA6CJ

–

2"

18"

1

–

UA5FF

–

1"

36"

1

–

UA6DJ

UA6DJB

2"

24"

1

1

UA5FG

–

11/4"

36"

1

–

UA6FJ

UA6FJB

2"

36"

1

1

UA5FH

UA5FHB

11/2"

36"

1

1

UA6HJ

UA6HJB

2"

48"

1

1

UA5CJ

UA5CJB

2"

18"

1

1

UA6CK

–

21/2"

18"

1

–

UA5DJ

UA5DJB

2"

24"

1

25

UA6DK

–

21/2"

24"

1

–

UA5EJ

UA5EJB

2"

30"

1

1

UA6CL

–

3"

18"

1

–

UA5FJ

UA5FJB

2"

36"

1

1

UA6DL

UA6DLB

3"

24"

1

1

UA5HJ

–

2"

48"

1

–

UA6FL

UA6FLB

3"

36"

1

1

UA5VJ

–

2"

300"

1

–

UA6HL

UA6HLB

3"

48"

1

1

UA5CK

–

21/2"

18"

1

–

UA6DM

–

31/2"

24"

1

–

UA5DK

–

21/2"

24"

1

–

UA6FM

–

31/2"

36"

1

–

UA5EK

–

21/2"

30"

1

–

UA6HM

–

31/2"

48"

1

–

UA5FK

–

21/2"

36"

1

–

UA6DN

–

4"

24"

1

–

UA5HK

–

21/2"

48"

1

–

UA6FN

UA6FNB

4"

36"

1

1

–

UA5CLB

3"

18"

1

1

UA6HN

UA6HNB

4"

48"

1

1

UA5DL

UA5DLB

3"

24"

1

1

UA6FP

UA6FPB

5"

36"

1

1

UA5EL

UA5ELB

3"

30"

1

1

UA6HP

UA6HPB

5"

48"

1

1

UA5FL

UA5FLB

3"

36"

1

1

UA6FR

UA6FRB

6"

36"

1

1

UA5HL

–

3"

48"

1

–

UA6HR

UA6HRB

6"

48"

1

1

UA5VL

–

3"

300"

1

–

UA5DM

–

31/2"

24"

1

–

UA5EM

–

31/2"

30"

1

–

UA5FM

–

31/2"

36"

1

–

UA5HM

–

31/2"

48"

1

–

UA5DN

UA5DNB

4"

24"

1

1

UA5EN

UA5ENB

4"

30"

1

1

UA5FN

UA5FNB

4"

36"

1

1

UA5HN

UA5HNB

4"

48"

1

UA5IN

–

4"

60"

1

–

UA5JN

–

4"

72"

1

–

UA5SN

UA5SNB

4"

150"

1

Plain
Belled
Plain End Belled End
End
End
Nom. Radius Std.
Std.
Part No. Part No. Diam. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.
UA3DJ

UA3DJB

2"

24"

1

25

UA3FJ

UA3FJB

2"

36"

1

1

UA3HJ

–

2"

48"

1

–

UA3HK

–

21/2"

48"

1

–

UA3DL

UA3DLB

3"

24"

1

1

UA3FL

UA3FLB

3"

36"

1

1

UA3HL

–

3"

48"

1

–

UA3DM

–

31/2"

24"

1

–

UA3HM

–

31/2"

48"

1

–

UA3DN

UA3DNB

4"

24"

1

1

UA3FN

UA3FNB

4"

36"

1

1

–

UA3SNB

4"

150"

–

1

UA3HN

UA3HNB

4"

48"

1

1

UA3FP

UA3FPB

5"

36"

1

1

UA3HP

–

5"

48"

1

–

–

UA3UPB

5"

240"

–

1

UA3FR

UA3FRB

6"

36"

1

1

UA3HR

–

6"

48"

1

–

UA3FT

–

8"

36"

1

–

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

–

UA5UNB

4"

240"

–

1

–

UA5VNB

4"

300"

–

1

–

UA5DPB

5"

24"

1

1

UA5EP

UA5EPB

5"

30"

1

1

UA5FP

UA5FPB

5"

36"

1

1

UA5HP

UA5HPB

5"

48"

1

1

UA5IP

–

5"

60"

1

–

UA5SP

–

5"

150"

1

–

–

UA5UPB

5"

240"

–

1

–

UA5VPB

5"

300"

–

1

UA5FR

UA5FRB

6"

36"

1

1

UA5HR

UA5HRB

6"

48"

1

1

UA5IR

–

6"

60"

1

–

UA5RR

–

6"

144"

1

–

UA5SR

–

6"

150"

1

–

UA5VR

–

6"

300"

1

–

UA5FT

–

8"

36"

1

–

UA5HT

–

8"

48"

1

–

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Schedule 80 Elbows
Special Radius

Schedule 80 Elbows

Segment
90° Elbow

Standard Radius

Available in plain end only for use with nonmetallic solvent weld fittings.
Item

90° Elbow

45° Elbow

30° Elbow

221/2° Elbow

111/4° Elbow

Plain End
Part No.
UB9AD
UB9AD-CAR
UB9AE
UB9AE-CAR
UB9AF
UB9AF-CAR
UB9AG
UB9AG-CAR
UB9AH
UB9AH-CAR
UB9AJ
UB9AJ-CAR
UB9AK-CAR
UB9AL-CAR
UB9AN
UB9AP
UB9AR
UB7AD
UB7AE-UPC
UB7AF-UPC
UB7AG
UB7AH
UB7AH-CAR
UB7AJ-UPC
UB7AK
UB7AL
UB7AN
UB7AP
UB7AR
UB6AD
UB6AE
UB6AF
UB6AG
UB6AH
UB6AJ
UB6AK
UB6AL
UB6AN
UB6AP
UB6AR

Belled End
Part No.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
UB9APB

Size
1/2"
1/2"
3/4"
3/4"
1"
1"
11/4"
11/4"
11/2"
11/2"
2"
2"
21/2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
11/4"
11/2"
11/2"
2"
21/2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
21/2"
3"
4"
5"
6"

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
UB7APB
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

Plain End Belled End
Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Qty.
50
–
25
–
25
–
15
–
25
–
10
–
20
–
5
–
25
–
5
–
20
–
5
–
10
–
5
–
1
–
1
1
1
–
50
–
25
–
20
–
20
–
20
–
5
–
20
–
20
–
1
–
1
–
1
1
1
–
50
–
25
–
25
–
5
–
25
–
20
–
1
–
1
–
1
–
1
–
1
–

UB5AL

–

3"

5

–

UB5AN

–

4"

1

–

UB5AP

UB5APB

5"

1

1

UB3AL

–

3"

1

–

UB3AR

–

6"

1

–

Flexible PVC Elbows
• UL listed for exposed and direct burial applications
in accordance with Article 356 of 2002 NEC
• 0° - 90° bending and offset applications
• O-ring seal for moisture tight connections
• Maintains round shape throughout bend
• Sunlight resistant
• Non-corrosive – all PVC and Neoprene material
• Fully assembled and ready to use
Part
No.

Size

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt.
(lbs.)

Length
Fully
Assembled

UAFAD

1/2"

8

1.6

8.5"

UAFAE

3/4"

6

1.9

9.6"

UAFAF

1"

6

2.4

11.9"

Plain
End
Part No.

UB9CF
UB9DF
UB9FF
UB9HF
UB9CG
UB9DG
UB9FG
UB9HG
UB9CH
UB9DH-UPC
UB9FH
UB9HH
UB9CJ
UB9DJ-UPC
UB9FJ
UB9HJ
UB9CK
UB9DK-UPC
UB9FK
UB9HK
UB9CL
UB9DL
UB9FL
UB9HL
UB9DN
UB9FN
UB9HN
UB9NN
UB9FP
UB9HP
UB9IP
UB9FR
UB9HR
UB9IR
45° Elbow UB7CF
UB7DF
UB7FF
UB7HF
UB7DG
UB7FG
UB7HG
UB7CH
UB7DH
UB7FH
UB7HH
UB7CJ
UB7DJ
UB7FJ
UB7HJ
UB7DK
UB7FK
UB7HK
UB7CL
UB7DL
UB7FL
UB7HL
UB7DN
UB7FN
UB7HN
UB7FP
UB7HP
UB7FR
UB7HR
UB7IR
30° Elbow UB6FN
UB6FR
–
221/2° Elbow
–
–
–
UB5DL
–
UB5DN
–
UB5FP
111/4° Elbow UB3FP

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Belled
End
Part No.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
UB9DHB
–
–
–
UB9DJB
UB9FJB
–
–
UB9DKB
UB9FKB
–
–
UB9DLB
UB9FLB
–
UB9DNB
UB9FNB
UB9HNB
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
UB7DHB
–
–
–
UB7DJB
UB7FJB
–
UB7DKB
–
–
–
UB7DLB
UB7FLB
–
UB7DNB
UB7FNB
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
UB5DHB
UB5DJB
UB5FJB
UB5DKB
UB5DLB
UB5FLB
UB5DNB
UB5FNB
–
–

Plain End Belled End
Nom. Radius Std.
Std.
Diam. (in.) Ctn. Qty. Ctn. Qty.
1"
1"
1"
1"
11/4"
11/4"
11/4"
11/4"
11/2"
11/2"
11/2"
11/2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
21/2"
21/2"
21/2"
21/2"
3"
3"
3"
3"
4"
4"
4"
4"
5"
5"
5"
6"
6"
6"
1"
1"
1"
1"
11/4"
11/4"
11/4"
11/2"
11/2"
11/2"
11/2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
21/2"
21/2"
21/2"
3"
3"
3"
3"
4"
4"
4"
5"
5"
6"
6"
6"
4"
6"
11/2"
2"
2"
21/2"
3"
3"
4"
4"
5"
5"

18"
24"
36"
48"
18"
24"
36"
48"
18"
24"
36"
48"
18"
24"
36"
48"
18"
24"
36"
48"
18"
24"
36"
48"
24"
36"
48"
120"
36"
48"
60"
36"
48"
60"
18"
24"
36"
48"
24"
36"
48"
18"
24"
36"
48"
18"
24"
36"
48"
24"
36"
48"
18"
24"
36"
48"
24"
36"
48"
36"
48"
36"
48"
60"
36"
36"
24"
24"
36"
24"
24"
36"
24"
36"
36"
36"

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
–
–
–
–
1
–
1
–
1
1

ETL Listed to
UL 651 in
compliance
to the NEC

E35297

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
–
–
–
1
1
–
–
1
1
–
–
1
1
–
1
1
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
1
–
–
–
1
1
–
1
–
–
–
1
1
–
1
1
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
20
20
25
15
10
1
5
1
–
–

173

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Couplings

Expansion Fittings

E33447

(For Use with Schedule 40 & 80 Conduit)

• Male terminal Adapter End design
(1/2" – 2" NPT Threads, and
2 1/2" – 6" NPSC Threads).
• Two O-Rings to prevent leakage.
• Can be installed vertically or
horizontally.

Coupling
End
Part No.
E945D
E945E
E945F
E945G
E945H
E945J
E945K
E945L
E945M
E945N
E945P
E945R

Male Terminal
Adapter End
Part No.
E945DX
E945EX
E945FX
E945GX
E945HX
E945JX
E945KX
E945LX
E945MX
E945NX
E945PX
E945RX

Male terminal
adapter end

Size
1/2
3/4
1
11/4
11/2
2
21/2
3
31/2
4
5
6

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
20
15
10
5
5
15
10
10
5
5
1
1

Travel
Length
(in.)
4"
4"
4"
4"
4"
8"
8"
8"
8"
8"
8"
8"

Short Expansion Couplings
(Expands to a maximum of 2")
Part No.
E955D
E955E
E955F
E955G
E955H
E955J

174

All socket fittings should be attached Using Carlon
solvent cement. Using Carlon fittings with Carlon
nonmetallic conduit insures system integrity.
Socket type for
joining nonmetallic
conduit.

Size

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

A

E940D

1/2

150

.852

E940E

3/4

Part
No.

Coupling end

Size
1/2
3/4

1
11/4
11/2
2

E32447
Except where noted by

Standard Couplings

E945 series expansion fittings are designed to
compensate for length changes due to temperature
variations in exposed conduit runs.
• EXCLUSIVE Molded in Mid-point
indicator on the piston.
• EXCLUSIVE 2" Expansion Fitting
with an 8" travel distance.
• Two-piece molded design with
lubricated seals for easier movement for the life of the product.
• Ridges on the fitting for easier
installation (Sizes 2" through
6" only).

Couplings

100

Typical

1.064

B

.836

C

O.D.

.728

17/64

11/16

11/2

.840

15/16

3/4

15/8

15/16

2

1.046

Typical

E940F

1

50

1.330

1.310

1.210

15/8

E940G

11/4

30

1.677

1.655

1.535

163/64

1

21/8

E940H

11/2

25

1.918

1.894

1.755

2 15/64

11/8

23/8

E940J

2

30

2.393

2.369

2.190

2 47/64

13/16

21/2

E940K

21/2

20

2.890

2.868

2.688

35/16

133/64

33/16

E940K-CAR 21/2

4

2.890

2.868

2.688

35/16

133/64

33/16

E940L

25

3.515

3.492

3.375

3 31/32

13/4

313/32

3
3

5

3.515

3.492

3.375

3 31/32

13/4

313/32

E940M

31/2

20

4.015

3.992

3.780

4 9/16

13/4

35/8

E940N

4

15

4.515

4.491

4.265

5 3/32

1 25/32

33/4

E940N-CAR

4

5

4.515

4.491

4.265

5 3/32

1 25/32

33/4

E940P

5

8

5.593

5.553

5.097

61/4

15/16

4 1/16

E940R

6

5

6.658

6.614

6.115

71/2

23/16

4 5/8

E940L-CAR

Special Long Line Couplings
Part No.
E941H
E941J
E941K
E941L
E941N
E941PF
E941RF

Long Line
Couplings
E32447

Size
11/2
2
21/2
3
4
5
6

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
9
40
25
8
15
8
14
15
15
10
12
4
21
5

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
40
40
25
15
10
6

L

I.D.

Fabricated Expansion Couplings
Part
No.
E945KXL

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Size
21/2

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
10

Travel
Length
(in.)
12

E33447

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Adapters

Couplings

Adapters

Special Long Line Couplings —
Sleeve Couplings

Female Adapters
For adapting nonmetallic
conduits to threaded
fittings, metallic systems.
Female threads on one end,
socket end on other.

Sleeve Coupling (For Repair Work)
No Internal Stop
Part No.
E948H
E948J
E948K
E948L
E948N
E948P
E948R
E948JR
E948JS
E948L12
E948L6
E948LS
E948N12
E948N7
E948NS
E948PS
E948R10
E948R12
E948RS

Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

25
25
25
25
10
14
6
15
25
1
15
25
10
15
10
1
6
6
1

6
5
16
13
8
33
16
8
6
1
15
17
28
25
15
2
25
25
2

11/2
2
21/2
3
4
5
6
2" (6" long)
2" (Sch. 40 Split Duct)
3" (12" long)
3" (6" long)
3" (Sch. 40 Split Duct)
4" (12" long)
4" (7" long)
4" (Sch. 40 Split Duct)
5" (Sch. 40 Split Duct)
6" (10" long)
6" (12" long)
6" (Sch. 40 Split Duct)

Part
No.
E942D
E942E
E942F
E942G
E942H
E942J
E942K
E942K-CAR
E942L
E942L-CAR
E942M
E942N
E942N-CAR
E942NX9*
E942P
E942R
E942RX*

*Consult factory for additional sizes

Risers
Schedule 40
E954HX

11/2

C

B
Typical
.852 .836
1.064 1.046
1.330 1.310
1.677 1.655
1.918 1.894
2.393 2.369
2.890 2.868
2.890 2.868
3.515 3.492
3.515 3.492
4.015 3.992
4.515 4.491
4.515 4.491
(Call
5.593 5.553
6.658 6.614
(Call

Min. Max.
C
T
L
D
OD
Typical
11/16
3/4
.620 17/64
19/16
13/16
3/4
.822 15/16
15/8
15/16
7/8
1.046 15/8
115/16
7/8
1.377 163/64
1
2
7/8
1.607 25/32
11/8
27/32
2.064 247/64 13/16
1
25/16
2.450 311/32
15/8
11/8 215/16
2.450 311/32
15/8
11/8 215/16
3.000 331/32
13/4
11/8 31/16
3.000 331/32
13/4
11/8 31/16
3.500 41/2
17/8
11/8
31/4
1
1
4.000 5 /64
2
1 /8 313/64
4.000 51/64
2
11/8 313/64
for information)
5.047 61/4
115/16 11/16 33/16
6.055 71/4
21/8 11/16 33/8
for information)

For adapting nonmetallic
conduits to boxes, threaded
fittings, metallic systems.
Male threads on one end,
socket end on other.

Part
No.

B
A
Size (Length) (Min.)

A

Male Terminal Adapters

Std.
Std. Ctn.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
20
13
6
27
2
17

Size
21/2
6
8

Part
No.

Std.
Size Ctn. Qty.
1/2
150
3/4
100
1
50
11/4
30
11/2
25
2
30
21/2
20
21/2
4
3
25
3
3
31/2
20
4
15
4
7
4
15
5
8
6
6
6
6

* Long Line Adapter

Special Schedule 40 Swedge Couplings
Part No.
E442K
E442R
E442T

E32447
Except where noted by

Thread
Std. Std. Ctn.
Size
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

80.00 1.567 .950 11/2"NPT

1

3.8

E954J

2

60.00 2.024 .825

2"NPT

1

3.7

E954JX

2

80.00 2.024 .825

2"NPT

1

5.0

E954K

21/2

60.00 2.418 .812 21/2"NPSC

1

6.0

E954KX

21/2

80.00 2.418 .812

21/2"NPSC

1

8.4

E954L

3

60.00 3.012 .798

3"NPSC

1

8.7

E954LX

3

80.00 3.012 .798

3"NPSC

1

11.0

E943D
E943E
E943F
E943G
E943H
E943J
E943K
E943K-CAR
E943L
E943L-CAR
E943M
E943N
E943N-CAR
E943P
E943R

Std.
Size Ctn. Qty.
1/2
3/4

1
11/4
11/2
2
21/2
21/2
3
3
31/2
4
4
5
6

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

150
125
50
50
25
50
25
5
45
5
30
20
20
5
10

A

B
Typical

.852
1.064
1.330
1.677
1.918
2.393
2.890
2.890
3.515
3.515
4.015
4.515
4.515
5.593
6.658

.836
1.046
1.310
1.655
1.894
2.369
2.868
2.868
3.492
3.492
3.992
4.491
4.491
5.553
6.614

Min.
D

Max.
OD

.597
.800
1.018
1.332
1.566
2.000
2.376
2.376
2.954
2.954
3.440
3.940
3.940
4.815
5.860

11/8
111/32
15/8
21/32
2 5/32
2 21/32
3 5/16
3 5/16
4
4
41/2
53/32
53/32
61/4
71/2

C

S
Typical

L

5/8

9/16

3/4

9/16

15/16
13/8
1 25/32
1 15/16
21/16
21/8
27/8
27/8
31/16
31/16
37/16
31/2
31/2
3 15/16
33/8

11/16
1
3/4
1
3/4
13/16
3/4
13/16
7/8
13/4
3
7/8
1 /4
115/16 7/8
115/16 7/8
2 7/16 17/8
7/8
2 3/8
7/8
2 3/8
21/3
1
23/8
1

175

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Fittings & Accessories

Adapters

Reducers

Box Adapters for
nonmetallic
Enclosures Adapts
conduit to all electrical

Fabricated Reducers
Part No.

E996D
E996E
E996F
E996G
E996H
E996J
E996K-CAR
E996L
E996L-CAR
E996N

Size

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Min
D

OD
Typical

Max
X

100
100
100
50
50
25
10
20
5
10

.662
.824
1.049
1.380
1.610
2.067
2.469
3.068
3.068
4.026

.840
1.050
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.375
2.875
3.500
3.500
4.500

17/64
1 21/64
15/8
131/32
2 13/64
2 29/32
37/16
41/8
41/8
51/8

1/2
3/4

1
11/4
11/2
2
21/2
3
3
4

CM
L
Typical
23/32

27/32

25/32

29/32

61/64
11/16
1 3/16
11/4
17/8
2
2
21/2

13/32
11/4
13/8
17/16
115/16
2 1/16
2 1/16
21/4

Fabricated
Reducers
(Male x Male)

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

E9842D

1

1/2

25

E9842E

2

3/4

25

Fits 3/4" sockets

2

1

Fits 1" sockets

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

28

E952LJ

3" x 2"

36

21

E952LK

3" x 21/2"

36

31

E952NL

4" x 3"

15

23

E952NM

4" x 31/2"

15

25

E952PN

5" x 4"

12

26

E952RP

6" x 5"

10

31

Plugs
Reducer Plugs

Threaded Adapters
Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

48

Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E971C

3/4" x 1/2"

100

2

E971D

1" x 3/4"

100

3

Part No.

Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

P258H

11/2"

50

2

P258K

21/2"

25

1.5

Part No.

Part No.

Size

21/2" x 2"

E952KJ

enclosures by inserting
adapter through knockout
and cementing into Carlon
couplings.
Part
No.

E32447
Except where noted by

Plugs (Polyethylene)

Reducers
Reducer Bushings
For connecting different sizes
of conduit. Bell x Spigot.

Plugs with Pull Tabs (Polyethylene)
Part
No.
E950ED
E950FD-CAR
E950FE
E950GE-CAR
E950GF
E950HF-CAR
E950HG-CAR
E950JG-CAR
E950JH-CAR
E950KJ-CAR
E950LJ-CAR
E950LK
E950NL

176

Size
3/4"

Std. Ctn.
L
Qty.
Typical

100
x 1/2"
1" x 1/2"
25
1" x 3/4"
100
11/4" x 3/4" 10
11/4" x 1"
50
11/2" x 1"
10
11/2" x 11/4" 10
2" x 11/4"
10
2" x 11/2"
10
21/2" x 2"
10
3" x 2"
10
3" x 21/2"
25
4" x 3"
25

15/32
111/32
111/32
115/32
115/32
119/32
119/32
13/4
13/4
25/32
21/8
115/16
23/4

A
Typical

C
Typical

13/64

11/32
57/64
11/64
11/64
19/64
19/64
117/64
117/64
125/64
127/64
17/8
111/16
115/16

3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
7/32
7/32
3/8
1/4
1/4
5/16

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

P258JT

2

60

3

P258LT

3

30

3

P258NT

4

48

8

P258PT

5

30

6

P258RT

6

30

9

Part No.

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Fittings & Accessories

Caps

Offsets

Service Entrance Caps

Meter Offset

Part No.

Size

E998D
E998E
E998E-CAR
E998F
E998F-CAR
E998G-CAR
E998H-CAR
E998J-CAR
E998K-UPC
E998L
E998N

1/2

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

5
20
5
15
5
5
5
5
2
2
2

3/4
3/4

1
1
11/4
11/2
2
21/2
3
4

Dimensions (in.)
F
G
H

.45
.45
.45
.59
.59
.74
.74
.83
1.70
1.70
2.25

.45
.45
.45
.58
.58
.71
.71
.78
1.31
1.31
1.88

–
–
–
–
–
.50
.50
.56
1.00
1.00
1.31

A

Offset

E32447
Except where noted by

Size

E995G

11/4

15

0.758

4.230

E995G-CTN

11/4

6

0.758

4.230

2

8

0.684

4.270

E995J

Part No.

Size

End Bells
End Caps
Part No.

Size

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E958D

1/2

100

3

E958E

3/4

100

4

E958F

1

75

5

E958G

11/4

40

4

E958H

11/2

30

4

E958J

2

25

5

E958K

2 1/2

10

4

E958L

3

10

5

E958N

4

5

17

E958P

5

5

11

E958R

6

5

13

Part No.

Size

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E935J

2

25

9

E935L

3

25

18

E935N

4

25

18

E935P

5

25

35

E935R

6

10

13

A

Std.
Std.
Ctn. Qty.
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E994DR-CAR

1/2

25

3

E994ER-CAR

3/4

15

2

1

50

12

Part No.

Size

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E997F
E997F-CAR
E997G
E997G-CAR
E997H
E997H-CAR
E997J
E997J-CAR
E997K
E997K-CAR
E997L
E997L-CAR
E997M
E997N
E997P
E997R
E997T

1
1
11/4
11/4
11/2
11/2
2
2
21/2
21/2
3
3
31/2
4
5
6
8

50
15
35
15
30
10
40
10
30
10
50
10
40
30
15
10
3

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
10
11
10
7.4
14.55

E994F

End
Bells

Std.
Ctn.
Qty. Offset

Part
No.

Fabricated End Bells
Schedule 40

PVC Riser Caps

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Part
No.
E949J5
E949J6
E949JN
E949JX
E949LR
E949N5
E949NR
E949R5
E949RX

Std.
Std.
Size
Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
2" x 5"
50
10
2" x 6"
25
12
2" x 4"
25
7
2" x 8"
12
7
3" x 6"
20
21
4" x 5"
20
2
4" x 6"
15
21
27
12
6" x 5"
6" x 8"
6
17

177

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Fittings & Accessories

Washers

Sleeves

Flat Sealing Washer

HOLFORM
Concrete Sleeves

E32447
Except where noted by

™

Where a waterproof termination is required into any
enclosure (metallic or nonmetallic), install the neoprene
washer over the threads of a terminal adapter before
inserting into the enclosure. Use a standard locknut or
threaded bushing to secure the assembly.
Part No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

E943DW

1/2

125

E943EW

3/4

125

E943FW

1

100

E943GW

11/4

50

E943HW

11/2

50

E943JW

2

25

HOLFORM nonmetallic concrete
sleeve forms are the easy way to
form holes in concrete. They
install in seconds with nails,
screws or staples and are easily
removed. Concrete will not
adhere to them. HOLFORMS are
adjustable to any slab thickness.

Lock Nuts
PVC Lock Nut
Part No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

LT9LD

1/2

1200

LT9LE

3/4

700

LT9LF

1

600

Std.
Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Min.
O.D.
A

B

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

E92CSH

11/2

13/4

20

3

E92CSJ

2

2 13/32

25

6

E92CSL

3

3 13/32

25

8

E92CSN

4

4 13/32

18

8

E92CSP

5

5 13/32

15

8

E92CSR

6

6 13/32

12

8

Part No.

Conduit Bodies
Type X with
Cover
Four knock-out type socket
openings, 90° spacing. Available
with 1/2” or 3/4” socket outlets.
Includes cover and gasket.

Pull Elbows
Access
Pull Elbows
Gasket included.

Part No.

E990D

178

Std.
A
B
C
D
Size Ctn. Qty. Typical Typical Typical Typical
1/2

75

E990DR-CAR

1/2

25

E990E

3/4

E990ER-CAR

3/4

.852

.836

2.187

.718

Part No.

Size

E970CD
E970CE

1/2

.852

.836

2.187

.718

50

1.064

1.046 2.531

.781

20

1.064

1.046 2.531

.781

3/4

Vol. Cu. In.

Std. Ctn. Qty.

15.16
15.16

15
15

Supplied with 4 stainless steel cover screws. Diameter 4 1/8", Thickness 1/4".
*Not designed for use with wiring devices or light fixtures.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Conduit Bodies

Conduit Bodies

• Hubs are not threaded • Textured lids • Foam-in-place gasket

Type LB

Part
No.
E986D-CAR
E986E-CAR
E986F-CAR
E986G-CAR
E986H-CAR
E986J
E986K
E986L
E986M
E986N

Type LR

Std.
C Max.
Size Ctn. Qty. Typical L1
1/2
3/4

1
11/4
11/2
2
21/2
3
31/2
4

11/16

10
10
10
5
5
10
4
4
4
4

29/32
29/32

13/32
13/32
15/32
15/8
15/8
125/32
125/32

4 5/16
6 9/32
6 9/32
7 31/32
7 31/32
9 31/32
14 7/8
14 7/8
17 23/32
17 23/32

L2
L3
Typical
3 7/32
5 9/32
5 9/32
6 13/32
6 13/32
8 13/32
13 1/4
13 1/4
15 7/8
15 7/8

31/16
4 25/32
4 25/32
6
6
7 1/4
1131/32
1131/32
14 17/64
14 17/64

Max Max Max. Vol.
H
Q
W Cu. In.
15/16 111/32
125/32 13/4
125/32 13/4
2 5/16 21/2
2 5/16 21/2
2 9/16 35/32
33/4 4 11/32
33/4 4 11/32
4 7/16 511/32
4 7/16 511/32

11/2
2 1/32
2 1/32
2 3/4
2 3/4
3 15/32
4 5/8
4 5/8
5 21/32
5 21/32

4.0
12.0
12.0
32.0
32.0
63.0
210.
210.
390.
390.

E988D-CAR
E988E
E988F-CAR
E988G-CAR
E988H-CAR
E988J

Std.
Size Ctn. Qty.
1/2
3/4

1
11/4
11/2
2

5
20
10
5
5
5

C

L1

L2

Q

W

Vol.
Cu. In.

11/16

4 5/16
6 11/32
6 11/32
8
8
9 15/32

3 1/2
5 9/32
5 9/32
6 13/32
6 13/32
8 13/32

111/32
13/4
13/4
21/2
21/2
35/32

11/2
2 1/32
2 1/32
2 3/4
2 3/4
3 15/32

4.0
12.0
12.0
32.0
32.0
63.0

29/32
29/32

13/32
13/32
15/32

E987D-CAR
E987E-CAR
E987F-CAR
E987G-CAR
E987H-CAR
E987J

Std.
C
Size Ctn. Qty. Typical
1/2
3/4

1
11/4
11/2
2

Std.
C
Max.
Size Ctn. Qty. Typical L1

E985D-CAR 1/2
E985E-CAR 3/4
E985F-CAR 1
E985G-CAR 11/4
E985H-CAR 11/2
E985J
2

10
10
10
5
5
10

11/16
29/32
29/32
13/32
13/32
15/32

4 5/16
6 9/32
6 9/32
731/32
731/32
99/32

L2
L3
Typical
3 7/32
5 9/32
5 9/32
6 13/32
6 13/32
8 13/32

Max. Max. Max. Vol.
H
Q
W Cu. In.

3 1/16 15/16 111/32
4 25/32 125/32 13/4
4 25/32 125/32 13/4
6
25/16 21/2
6
25/16 21/2
71/4 29/16 35/32

11/2
2 1/32
2 1/32
2 3/4
23/4
315/32

4.0
12.0
12.0
32.0
32.0
63.0

Part
No.
E983D-CAR
E983E-CAR
E983F
E983G
E983H-CAR
E983J

Std.
C Max. L2 L3
Size Ctn.Qty. Typical L1
Typical
1/2
3/4

1
11/4
11/2
2

10
10
20
10
4
10

11/16
29/32
29/32
13/32
13/32
15/32

4 11/16
6 7/8
6 7/8
8 21/32
8 21/32
105/16

3 7/32
5 9/32
5 9/32
6 13/32
6 13/32
8 13/32

211/32
4 7/16
37/16
4 21/64
4 21/64
55/32

Max Max Max. Vol.
H
Q W Cu. In.
15/16 111/32 11/2
125/32 13/4 2 1/32
125/32 13/4 2 1/32
2 5/16 21/2 2 3/4
2 5/16 21/2 2 3/4
2 9/16 35/32 3 15/16

4.0
12.0
12.0
32.0
32.0
63.0

Type LL

Type C

Part
No.

Part
No.

Type T

Type E

Part
No.

E42728
Except where noted by

10
10
10
5
4
15

11/16
29/32
29/32

13/32
13/32
15/32

L2
Max.
L1 Typical
4 11/16
6 7/8
6 7/8
8 21/32
8 21/32
10 5/16

3 1/2
5 32/64
5 9/32
6 13/32
6 13/32
8 13/32

Max
Q
111/32
13/4
13/4
21/2
21/2
35/32

Max. Vol.
W Cu. In.
11/2
2 1/32
2 1/32
2 3/4
23/4
315/32

4.0
12.0
12.0
32.0
32.0
63.0

Part
No.
E984D-CAR
E984E-CAR
E984F-CAR
E984G-CAR
E984H-CAR
E984J
E984J-CAR

Std.
C Max. L2
L3
Size Ctn. Qty. Typical L1
Typical
1/2
3/4

1
11/4
11/2
2
2

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

10
8
10
5
5
10
3

11/16
2 29/32
2 29/32
13/32
13/32
15/32
15/32

4 5/16
69/32
69/32
731/32
731/32
99/32
99/32

3 7/32 31/16
5 9/32 4 25/32
5 9/32 4 25/32
6 13/32 6
6 13/32 6
8 13/32 7 1/4
8 13/32 7 1/4

Max Max Max. Vol.
H
Q
W Cu. In.
15/16 111/32 11/2
125/32 13/4 2 1/32
125/32 13/4 2 1/32
2 5/16 21/2 2 3/4
2 5/16 21/2 2 3/4
2 9/16 35/32 3 15/32
2 9/16 35/32 3 15/32

4.0
12.0
12.0
32.0
32.0
63.0
63.0

179

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Junction Boxes

Molded Nonmetallic Junction Boxes
6P Rated

Except where noted
by †

E42728

It’s another first from Carlon® - the first nonmetallic
junction boxes UL Listed with a NEMA 6P rating per
Section 314.29, Exception of the National Electrical Code.
Manufactured from PVC or PPO thermoplastic molding
compound and featuring foam-in-place gasketed lids
attached with stainless steel screws, these rugged
enclosures offer all the corrosion resistance and physical
properties you need for direct burial applications.
Type 6P enclosures are intended for indoor or outdoor
use, primarily to provide a degree of protection against
contact with enclosed equipment, falling dirt, hosedirected water, entry of water during prolonged
submersion at a limited depth, and external ice
formation.
• All Carlon Junction Boxes
are UL Listed and maintain
a minimum of a NEMA Type
4/4x Rating.
• Parts numbers with an
asterisk (*) are UL Listed and
maintain a NEMA Type 6P
Rating and Type 4/4X Rating.

180

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Min
AT

Min.
AB

Min.
B

Min.
C

Ta

Part No.

Size in
Inches
HxWxD

E989NNJ-CAR*
E987N-CAR*
†E989NNR-CAR*
E989PPJ-CAR*
E987R-CAR*
E989RRR-UPC*
E989N-CAR
E989SSX-UPC
E989UUN
E989R-UPC

4x4x2
4x4x4
4x4x6
5x5x2
6x6x4
6x6x6
8x8x4
8x8x7
12 x 12 x 4
12 x 12 x 6

5
5
4
4
2
8
1
2
3
2

3 11/16
3 11/16
3 11/16
411/16
6
5
5 /8
8
7 21/32
115/8
1115/16

3 5/8
3 1/2
3 3/8
41/2
55/8
53/8
8
7 5/16
111/2
117/8

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
111/8
117/16

2
4
6
2
4
6
4
7
4
6

.160
.160
.160
.110
.190
.160
.185
.160
.160
.265

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Tc
Typical

.155
.155
.200
.150
.190
.150
.190
.150
.150
.185

Material
ThermoPVC
plastic

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Std.
Ctn.
Wt. (Lbs.)

3
4
5
3
3
14
2
6
12
10

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Switch Boxes

Single Gang FS Boxes

E42728

Type FSE

Type FSS

All sizes take standard covers
and accessories or devices.
Integral mounting feet
provide easy mounting.

All sizes take standard covers
and accessories or devices.
Detachable mounting feet
provide easy mounting.
For dead-end terminations.
For multiple
dead-end circuit
terminations or
where additional
support is required
in stub-up
applications.

Part
No.
Part No.
E980DFN
E980EFN

Size
1/2
3/4

Vol. Cu. In.

Std. Ctn. Qty.

19

10

19

10

E980FFN

1

19

18

E980FFN-CAR

1

19

10

Vol.
Std.
Size Cu. In. Ctn. Qty.

E982DFN

1/2

19

10

E982EFN

3/4

19

10

E982FFN-CTN

1

19

8

Type FSCC
All sizes take standard covers
and accessories or devices.
Detachable mounting feet
provide easy mounting.

Type FSC
All sizes take standard covers
and accessories or devices.
Detachable mounting feet
provide easy mounting.

For multiple
through circuit
terminations
or where
additional
support is
required in
stub-up
applications.

For through terminations.

Part
No.

Size

E981DFN

1/2

Part
No.

Vol.
Std.
Cu. In. Ctn. Qty.
19

Std.
Vol.
Size Cu. In. Ctn. Qty.

15

E979DFN-CAR

1/2

19

10

3/4

19

10

1

19

15

E981EFN

3/4

19

15

E979EFN-CAR

E981FFN

1

19

18

E979FFN

E981FFN-CAR

1

19

10

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

181

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Switch Boxes

Single Gang FD Deep Device Boxes

E42728

Type FD

Type FDC

All sizes take standard
covers and accessories or
devices. Integral mounting feet
provide easy mounting.

All sizes take standard covers
and accessories or devices.
Integral mounting feet
provide easy mounting.
For through
terminations where
large devices or
additional wiring
capacity is required.

For terminations
where hub
requirements
vary according to
application –
hubs easily made
with flared wood
bit or hole saw.

Part
No.

Size

E9801

N/A

Vol.
Std.
Cu. In. Ctn.Qty.
25

10

Part
No.

Size

E9811DN

1/2

25

10

E9811EN

3/4

25

10

E9811FN

1

25

10

Type FDE
All sizes take standard covers
and accessories or devices.
Integral mounting feet
provide easy mounting.
For dead-end
terminations where
large devices or
additional wiring
capacity is required.

182

Part
No.

Size

Vol.
Std.
Cu. In. Ctn. Qty.

E9801DN

1/2

25

E9801EN

3/4

25

10

E9801FN

1

25

10

10

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Vol.
Std.
Cu. In. Ctn. Qty.

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Switch Boxes & Covers

Two Gang FS Boxes

Type 2FSE

Type 2FSC

All sizes take standard covers
and accessories or devices.
Integral mounting feet
provide easy mounting.

E42728

All sizes take standard covers
and accessories or devices.
Integral mounting feet
provide easy mounting.

For dead-end
terminations
where two
devices or
additional
wiring capacity
is required.

For through terminations
where two devices or
additional wiring capacity
is required.
Std.
Vol.
Cu. In. Ctn. Qty.

Part
No.

Size

E9812D

1/2

32

10

E9812E

3/4

32

10

E9812F

1

32

10

Type FS
All sizes take standard covers
and accessories or devices.
Integral mounting feet
provide easy mounting.

Part
No.

Size

Vol.
Std.
Cu. In. Ctn. Qty.

E9802D

1/2

32

10

E9802E

3/4

32

10

E9802F

1

32

10

Blank Covers
For terminations where hub
requirements vary according
to application - hubs easily
made with flared wood bit
or hole saw.
Part
No.

Size

E9802

N/A

Single Gang
Fits Carlon® single gang
FS boxes. Supplied with
stainless steel mounting
screws and gasket.

Vol.
Std.
Cu. In. Ctn. Qty.
32

10

Part
No.

Std.
Std.
Ctn.
Ctn.
Color Qty. Wt. (lbs.)

E980CN-CAR

Gray

12

1.60

E980CM-CAR

White

12

1.60

Two Gang
Fits Carlon® two gang FS boxes, other
nonmetallic and metallic FS boxes.
Supplied with stainless steel mounting
screws and gasket.

Part
No.
E9802CN-CAR

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Color

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

Gray

10

2.17

183

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Support Straps

Snap Strap Conduit
Support Straps
®

Carlon’s Snap Strap® offers a unique support strap designed especially
for the installation of PVC conduit. Also usable for installations of rigid
steel. This high strength, nonmetallic clamp allows conduit to expand
and contract freely, eliminating the bowing commonly seen from the
expansion and contraction of conduit caused by varying temperature
changes. Finished installations have a neat, attractive appearance on
exposed applications.
To be used in accordance with conduit spacing requirements per the
NEC, Section 352.30. This part is not supplied with screws.
• UV inhibited for use in direct sunlight

B

Single Mount

Double Mount

Single Mount

Size:
inches
(mm)

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

E978DC-CAR

1/2"

40

1

E978EC-CAR

3/4"

40

3

E978FC-CAR

(21)
1"
(27)

30

4

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

15

4

15

5

10

5

Part No.

(16)

A

B

C

D

F

G

H

J

R

0.80
(20.3)
1.00
(25.4)
1.20
(30.5)

.75
(1.90)
.88
(22.4)
1.02
(25.9)

1.63
(41.4)
1.92
(48.7)
2.17
(55.1)

0.75
(19.1)
0.75
(19.1)
0.75
(19.1)

.59
(14.9)
.70
(17.8)
.83
(21.1)

.99
(25.1)
1.20
(30.4)
1.43
(36.3)

1.36
(34.5)
1.57
(39.9)
1.84
(46.7)

.21
(5.33)
.21
(5.33)
.21
(5.33)

1.67
(42.4)
1.96
(49.8)
2.22
(56.3)

A

B

C

D

F

G

H

J

R

1.66
(42.16)
1.92
(48.77)
2.34
(59.44)

2.75
(69.9)
3.05
(77.5)
3.50
(88.9)

3.23
(82.0)
3.53
(89.7)
4.00
(101.6)

1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)
1.00
(25.4)

.95
(24.1)
1.08
(27.4)
1.31
(33.3)

1.78
(45.2)
2.04
(51.8)
2.48
(63.0)

2.15
(54.61)
2.40
(60.96)
2.86
(72.64)

.218
(5.54)
.218
(5.54)
.218
(5.54)

3.28
(83.3)
3.58
(90.9)
4.06
(103.1)

Double Mount
Part No.
E978GC-CAR
E978HC-CAR
E978JC-CAR

184

Size:
inches
(mm)
11/4"
(35)
11/2"
(41)
2"
(53)

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Clamps

Nonmetallic Clamps
Nonmetallic clamps offer the same chemical resistance
as Carlon nonmetallic conduits for a complete, corrosion
resistant system.
To be used in accordance with conduit spacing
requirements per the NEC, Section 352.30.
• UV inhibited for use in direct sunlight

Conduit Clamp

Conduit Clamps
Part
No.
E977DC

Size:
inches
(mm)

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Wt.
(lbs.)

1/2"

100

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

1.2

0.892
(22.6)

1.71
(43.4)

2.16
(54.8)

0.50
(12.7)

.14
(3.5)

.42
(10.6)

.866
(21.9)

1.04
(26.4)

.260
(6.6)

100

1.4

1.102
(27.9)

1.97
(50.0)

2.40
(60.9)

0.50
(12.7)

.14
(3.5)

.525
(13.3)

1.076
(27.3)

1.255
(31.8)

.260
(6.6)

(16)
E977EC

3/4"

(21)
E977FC

1"
(27)

100

2

1.39
(35.3)

2.25
(57.1)

2.81
(71.3)

0.594
(15.0)

.14
(3.5)

.658
(16.7)

1.342
(34.0)

1.574
(39.9)

.260
(6.6)

E977GC

1 1/4"
(35)

50

5

1.714
(43.5)

2.68
(68.0)

3.28
(83.3)

.64
(16.2)

.15
(3.8)

.83
(21.0)

1.687
(42.8)

1.89
(48.0)

.320
(8.1)

E977HC

1 1/2"
(41)

50

6

1.92
(48.7)

2.82
(71.6)

3.44
(87.3)

.70
(17.7)

.15
(3.8)

.97
(24.6)

1.93
(49.0)

2.12
(53.8)

.312
(7.9)

E977JC

2"
(53)

25

4.5

2.54
(64.5)

3.54
(89.9)

4.18
(106.1)

.76
(19.3)

.16
(4.0)

1.05
(26.6)

2.29
(58.1)

2.49
(63.2)

.315
(8.0)

E977KC-CAR

21/2"
(63)

25

1.4

2.86
(72.6)

4.50
(114.3)

5.46
(138.7)

1.00
(25.4)

.20
(5.08)

1.43
(36.3)

2.86
(72.6)

3.12
(79.2)

.36
(9.14)

E977LC-CAR

3"
(78)

20

1.4

3.47
(88.2)

5.00
(127.0)

6.00
(152.4)

1.00
(25.4)

.20
(5.08)

1.74
(44.3)

3.48
(88.4)

3.70
(94.0)

.36
(9.14)

E977NC-CAR

4"
(103)

15

12.2

4.366
(110.9)

6.15
(156.2)

7.20
(182.9)

1.00
(25.4)

.20
(5.08)

2.32
(58.8)

4.50
(114.3

4.70
(119.4)

.36
(9.14)

*Note: Some clamp applications require 2 screws, 2 nuts and 2 washers.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

185

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Technical Information
Typical Properties of Conduit Raw Material Compound
Thermal
Co-efficient of Thermal Expansion-inch/inch/°F
(properties @ 73.4°F)
Heat Distortion °F at 264 psi
Thermal Conductivity BTU (hr.) (ft.) (°F/in.)

ASTM
Test
D696

Typical
Values
3.38 x 10 -5

D648
N/A

160°F
1.3

Mechanical

ASTM Test
D792
D638
D256
D790
D695
D2240

Specific Gravity
Tensile Strength (psi) @ 73.4°F
Izod Impact ft lbs./in. of notch
Flexural Strength (psi)
Compressive Strength (psi)
Hardness (Durometer D)
B

Electrical
Dielectrical Strength volts/mil
Dielectric Constant 60 CPS @ 30°C
Power Factor 60 CPS @ 30°C

ASTM
Test
D149
D150
D150

Typical Values
1.43 - 1.6
5,000-6,500
0.65 - 1.5
12,500
9,000
85

B

Impedance (Volts lost per ampere per 100 feet)

Typical
Values
1100
4.00
1.93

3

90%
P.F.

80%
P.F.

1

90%
P.F.

80%
P.F.

Steel Conduit

.0118

.0123

.0136

.0142

®

.0105

.0106

.0121

.0122

Schedule 40

Using 250 KCmil Cu. conductor. comparable values for other conductor sizes.

Wire Fill

Maximum number of conductors in Schedule 40 PVC conduit

Maximum number of conductors in Schedule 80 PVC conduit

(Based on Table 1, Chapter 9 of the NEC)
Type
Letters
THWN

THHN
FEP
(14 thru 2)
FEPB
(14 thru 8)
PFA
(14 thru 4/0)
PFAH
(14 thru 4/0)
Z
(14 thru 4/0)
XHHW
(4 thru
500MCM)

XHHW

Conductor
Size
AWG, MCM
14
12
10
8
6
4
3
2
1
1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
750
6
600
700
750

1/2

3/4

13
10
6
3
1
1
1
1

24
18
11
5
4
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1

3

(Based on Table 1, Chapter 9 of the NEC)
1
39
29
18
9
6
4
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

5

Trade Size
11/4 11/2 2 21/2
69 94 154
51 79 114 164
32 44 73 194
19 22 36 51
11 15 26 37
7
9 16 22
6
8 13 19
5
7 11 16
3
5 9 12
3
4 7 10
2
3 6
8
1
3 5
7
1
2 4
6
1
1 3
4
1
1 3
4
1
1 2
3
1
1 1
3
1
1 1
2
1
1 1
1
1 1
1
1
1 1
9 13 21 30
1
1 1
1
1 1
1
1 1
1

3

31/2

4

160
71
57
35
29
25
18
15
13
11
9
7
6
5
5
4
3
3
2
47
3
3
2

106
76
47
39
33
25
21
17
14
12
10
8
7
6
5
4
4
3
63
4
4
3

136
98
60
51
43
32
27
22
18
15
12
11
9
8
7
5
5
4
81
5
5
4

41/4

5

6

8

Conductor Size
AWG, MCM
# 14
12

125 154
75 94 137 236
64 90 116 201
54 67 97 169
49 59 72 125
33 42 61 105
28 35 51 88
23 29 42 73
19 24 35 61
16 20 28 49
13 17 24 42
12 15 21 37
10 13 19 33
9 11 16 27
7
9 13 22
6
8 11 19
6
7 11 19
102 128 185 320
7
9 13 22
6
7 11 19
6
7 10 18

10
8
6
4
3
2
1
0
00
000
0000

Weight
Comparison
Carlon Schedule 40®
rigid nonmetallic
conduit compared to
other rigid conduit in
pounds per 100 feet
(approx.)

186

Carlon
Carlon
Schedule 40® Schedule 80®
Rigid
Rigid
Nom. Nonmetallic Nonmetallic
Conduit
Conduit Aluminum
Size
1/2
18
22
27
3/4
23
29
36
53
43
35
1
70
60
11/4
48
11/2
57
72
86
2
76
100
116
183
153
21/2
125
239
212
164
3
31/2
198
288
4
234
310
340
5
317
431
465
612
592
412
6

Electrical
Metallic
Tubing
(EMT)
30
46
66
96
112
142
230
270
350
400

Intermediate
Metal
Conduit
(IMC)
57
78
112
114
176
230
393
483
561
625

Not Made

Not Made

Not Made

Not Made

250
Rigid
Metal
Conduit
(RMC)
79
105
153
201
246
334
527
690
831
982
1344
1770

300
350
400
500
600
700

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
ThW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW
THHN
THW

1/2

3/4

4
10
3
8
3
5
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

8
19
6
14
5
9
2
4
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

1
13
33
11
24
9
15
4
7
3
5
2
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Trade Size
11/4 11/2 2
24 34 57
58 81 135
20 28 47
43 60 100
16 22 37
27 38 64
8 11 19
13 18 31
6
8 14
9 13 22
4
6 10
6
8 13
4
5
9
5
7 11
3
4
8
4
5
9
1
3
5
3
4
7
1
2
4
2
3
6
1
1
4
1
3
5
1
1
3
1
2
4
1
1
3
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1

21/2 3
4
5
82 128
194 0
67 105 183
144 0
54 85 148
92 143
28 44 77 121
45 70 123 195
20 32 56 88
32 50 88 140
15 24 42 66
20 31 54 86
13 20 36 57
17 26 46 73
11 17 31 49
14 22 38 61
8 13 22 35
10 16 28 45
7 11 19 30
8 13 24 38
6
9 16 26
7 11 20 32
5
8 14 22
6
9 16 26
4
6 11 18
5
8 14 22
3
5
9 14
4
6 11 18
3
4
8 13
3
5
9 15
2
4
7 11
3
4
8 13
1
3
6 10
2
4
7 12
1
3
5
8
1
3
6 10
1
1
4
7
1
3
5
8
1
1
3
6

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Expansion and Contraction

Expansion and Contraction
Temperature Considerations for
Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit
Compensation for Linear
Expansion

Add 30°F to the estimated temperature range when conduit is
installed in direct sunlight to allow for radiant heating.
An expansion coupling consists of two sections of conduit, one
telescoping inside another. When installing expansion couplings,
alignment of piston and barrel is important. Be sure to mount
expansion joint level for best performance.
For a vertical run, the expansion coupling must be installed close to
the top of the run with the barrel jointing down, in order that rain
water does not run into the opening. The lower end of the conduit
run must be secured at the bottom so that any length change due to
temperature variation will result in an upward movement.

Expansion Characteristics of PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit
Coefficient of Thermal Expansion = 3.38 x 10-5 in./in./°F
Length
Length
Length
Length
Change in
Change in
Change in
Change in
inches per Temperature inches per Temperature inches per Temperature inches per
100 Ft. of
Change in 100 Ft. of Change in
100 Ft. of Change in 100 Ft. of
PVC Conduit Degrees F PVC Conduit Degrees F PVC Conduit Degrees F PVC Conduit

5

0.2

55

2.2

105

4.2

155

6.3

10

0.4

60

2.4

110

4.5

160

6.5

15

0.6

65

2.6

115

4.7

165

6.7

20

0.8

70

2.8

120

4.9

170

6.9

25

1.0

75

3.0

125

5.1

175

7.1

30

1.2

80

3.2

130

5.3

180

7.3

35

1.4

85

3.4

135

5.5

185

7.5

40

1.6

90

3.6

140

5.7

190

7.7

45

1.8

95

3.8

145

5.9

195

7.9

50

2.0

100

4.1

150

6.1

200

8.1

Solvent Weld

Maximum Depth Mark

The expansion joint must be installed to allow both expansion and
contraction of the conduit run. The correct piston opening for any
installation condition should use the following formula:

O=

Like all construction materials, PVC will expand or contract with
variations in temperatures. The coefficient of linear expansion in PVC
conduit is 3.38 x 10-5 in./in./°F as compared to 1.2 x 10-5 for aluminum
and 0.6 x 10-5 for steel. An expansion coupling is needed whenever
the change in length due to temperature variation will exceed 1/2 in.

Temperature
Change in
Degrees F

Determine the Piston Opening

Where:
O
T max
T inst.
T
E

[

T max - T installed
T

=
=
=
=
=

]

E

Piston opening (in.)
Maximum anticipated temperature of conduit (°F)
Temperature of conduit at time of installation (°F)
Total change in temperature of conduit (°F)
Expansion allowance built into each expansion
coupling (in.)

Example
380 ft. of conduit is to be installed on the outside of a building
exposed to the sun in a single straight run. It is expected that the
conduit will vary in temperature from 0°F in the winter to 140°F in
the summer (this includes the 30°F for radiant heating from the
sun.) The installation is to be made at a conduit temperature of 90°F.
From the table, a 140°F temperature change will cause a 5.7 in.
length change in 100 ft. of conduit. The total change for this
example is 5.7" x 3.8 = 21.67" which should be rounded to 22".
The number of expansion couplings will be 22" x coupling range
(4" for Carlon trade sizes 1/2" through 1-1/2", and 8" for sizes 2"
through 6".) If the E945D coupling is used, the number will be 22" x
4 = 5.50 which should be rounded to 6. The coupling should be
placed at 62 ft. intervals (380 x 6). the proper piston setting at the
time of installation is calculated as explained above.

O=

[

140 - 90
140

]

4.0 = 1.4 in.

Insert the piston into the barrel to the maximum depth. Place a mark
on the piston at the end of the barrel. To properly set the piston, pull
the piston out of the barrel to correspond to the 2.1 in. calculated
above. See drawing at lower left.

Summary
1. Anticipate expansion and contraction of PVC conduit in
aboveground, exposed installation.
2. Use an expansion coupling when length change due to
temperature variation will exceed 1/2".
3. PVC conduit expands 4.1" for each 100 feet of run and a 100°F
temperature change.

Solvent Weld

4. Align expansion coupling with the conduit run to prevent binding.
5. Follow the instructions to set the piston opening.

Pipe strap
should be anchored
tightly to barrel

Piston Opening

Pipe strap
mounted loosely to
allow movement

6. Rigidly fix the outer barrel of the expansion coupling so it cannot
move. Mount the conduit connected to the piston loosely enough
to allow the conduit to move as the temperature changes.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

187

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Technical Information

Corrosion Resistance of Carlon Schedule 40
and Schedule 80 PVC Conduit and Fittings
Carlon Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 are generally
acceptable for use in environments containing the chemicals
below. These environmental resistance ratings are based
upon tests where the specimens were placed in complete
submergence in the reagent listed. Schedule 40 and
Schedule 80 can be used in many process areas where

Acetic Acid O-20%
Acetic Acid 20-30%
Acetic Acid 3O-60%
Acetic Acid 80%
Acetic Acid – Glacial
Acetic Acid Vapors
Acetylene
Adipic Acid
Alum
Aluminum Chloride
Aluminum Fluoride
Aluminum Hydroxide
Aluminum Oxychloride
Aluminum Nitrate
Aluminum Sulfate
Ammonia-Dry Gas
Ammonium Bifluoride
Ammonium Carbonate
Ammonium Chloride
Ammonium Hydroxide 28%
Ammonium Metaphosphate
Ammonium Nitrate
Ammonium Persulfate
Ammonium Phosphate – Neutral
Ammonium Sulfate
Ammonium Sulfide
Ammonium Thiocyanate
Amyl Alcohol
Anthraquinone
Anthraquinonesulfonic Acid
Antimony Trichloride
Aqua Regia
Arsenic Acid 80%
Arylsulfonic Acid
Barium Carbonate
Barium Chloride
Barium Hydroxide
Barium Sulfate
Barium Sulfide
Beet – Sugar Liquor
Benzine Sulfonic Acid 10%
Benzoic Acid
Bismuth Carbonate
Black Liquor (Paper Industry)
Bleach – 12.5% Active CL2
Borax
Boric Acid
Brine
Breeder Pellets – Dane. Fish
Bromic Acid
Bromine – Water
Butane
Butadiene

188

Butyl Alcohol
Butyl Phenol
Butylene
Butyric Acid
Calcium Bisulfite
Calcium Carbonate
Calcium Chlorate
Calcium Chloride
Calcium Hydroxide
Calcium Hypochlorite
Calcium Nitrate
Calcium Sulfate
Carbonic Acid
Carbon Dioxide Gas – Wet
Carbon Dioxide – Aqueous
Solution
Carbon Monoxide
Caustic Potash
Caustic Soda
Chloracatic Acid
Chloral Hydrate
Chlorine Gas (Dry)
Chlorine Gas (Moist)
Chlorine Water
Chlorosulfonic Acid
Chrome Alum
Chromic Acid 10%
Chromic Acid 30%
Chromic Acid 40%
Chromic Acid 50%
Citric Acid
Copper Chloride
Copper Cyanide
Copper Fluoride
Copper Nitrate
Copper Sulfate
Cottonseed Oil
Cresylic Acid 50%
Crude Oil – Sour
Crude Oil – Sweet
Demineralized Water
Dextrin
Dextrose
Diglycolic Acid
Disodium Phosphate
Ethyl Alcohol
Ethylene Glycol
Fatty Acids
Ferric Chloride
Ferric Nitrate
Ferric Sulfate
Ferrous Chloride
Ferrous Sulfate

chemicals not on this list are manufactured or used because
worker safety requirements dictate that any air presence or
splashing be at a very low level.
If there are any questions for specific suitability in a
given environment, prototype samples should be
tested under actual conditions.

Fluorine Gas – Wet
Fluorine Gas – Dry
Fluoroboric Acid
Fluorosilicic Acid
Formaldehyde
Formic Acid
Fructose
Gallic Acid
Gas – Coke Oven
Gas – Natural (Dry)
Gas – Natural (Wet)
Gasoline – Sour
Gasoline – Refined
Glucose
Glycerine (Glycerol)
Glycol
Glycolic Acid
Green Liquor (Paper Industry)
Heptane
Hexanol, Tertiary
Hydrobromic Acid 20%
Hydrochloric Acid 0% - 25%
Hydrochloric Acid 25% - 40%
Hydrocyanic Acid or
Hydrogen Cyanide
Hydrofluoric Acid 10%
Hydrofluorosilicic Acid
Hydrogen Phosphide
Hydrogen Sulfide – Dry
Hydrogen Sulfide –
Aqueous Solution
Hydroquinone
Hydroxylamine Sulfate
Iodine
Kerosene
Lactic Acid 28%
Lauric Acid
Lauryl Chloride
Lauryl Sulfate
Lead Acetate
Lime Sulfur
Linoleic Acid
Linseed Oil
Lubricating Oils
Magnesium Carbonate
Magnesium Chloride
Magnesium Hydroxide
Magnesium Nitrate
Magnesium Sulfate
Maleic Acid
Malic Acid
Mercuric Chloride
Mercuric Cyanide

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Mercurous Nitrate
Mercury
Methyl Sulfate
Methylene Chloride
Mineral Oils
Naphthalene
Nickel Chloride
Nickel Nitrate
Nitric Acid, Anydrous
Nitric Acid 20%
Nitric Acid 40%
Nitric Acid 60%
Nitrobenzene
Nitrous Oxide
Oils and Fats
Oils – Petroleum – (See Type)
Oleic Acid
Oxalic Acid
Palmitic Acid 10%
Perchloric Acid 10%
Phenylhydrazine Hydrochloride
Phosgene, Gas
Phosphoric Acid – 0-25%
Phosphoric Acid – 25-50%
Phosphoric Acid – 50-85%
Photographic Chemicals
Plating Solutions
Potassium Bicarbonate
Potassium Bichromate
Potassium Borate
Potassium Bromide
Potassium Carbonate
Potassium Chloride
Potassium Chromate
Potassium Cyanide
Potassium Dichromate
Potassium Ferricyanide
Potassium Ferrocyanide
Potassium Fluoride
Potassium Hydroxide
Potassium Nitrate
Potassium Perborate
Potassium Perchlorite
Potassium Permanganate 10%
Potassium Persulfate
Potassium Sulfate
Propane
Propyl Alcohol
Silicic Acid
Silver Cyanide
Silver Nitrate
Silver Plating Solutions
Sodium Acetate

Sodium Arsenite
Sodium Benzoate
Sodium Bicarbonate
Sodium Bisulfate
Sodium Bisulfite
Sodium Bromide
Sodium Chlorate
Sodium Chloride
Sodium Cyanide
Sodium Dichromate
Sodium Ferricyanide
Sodium Ferrocyanide
Sodium Fluoride
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Hypochlorite
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Nitrite
Sodium Sulfate
Sodium Sulfide
Sodium Sulfite
Sodium Thiosulfate (Hypo)
Stannic Chloride
Stannous Chloride
Stearic Acid
Sulfur
Sulfur Dioxide – Gas Dry
Sulfur Trioxide
Sulfuric Acid – 0-10%
Sulfuric Acid – 10-75%
Sulfuric Acid – 75-90%
Sulfurous Acid
Tannic Acid
Tanning Liquors
Tartaric Acid
Titanium Tetrachloride
Triethanolamine
Trimethyl Propane
Trisodium Phosphate
Turpentine
Urea
Vinegar
Whiskey
White Liquor (Paper Industry)
Wines
Zinc Chloride
Zinc Chromate
Zinc Cyanide
Zinc Nitrate
Zinc Sulfate

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Specification Format
Suggested Format for
Specifying Carlon Nonmetallic
Conduit, Conduit Fittings and
Junction Boxes
A. The Carlon rigid nonmetallic conduit system shall be installed
as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein.
B. All wiring shall be installed in Carlon rigid nonmetallic conduit.
All conduit shall be secured by means of proper fittings. All
fittings shall be Carlon.
C. Carlon outlet boxes, fittings and junction boxes shall be used
for all outlets, pull boxes and junction points. (Lighting fixtures
shall not be supported or hung from PVC junction boxes but be
supported in position by other means.)
D. Exposed conduits shall be mounted securely by suitable
hangers or straps with the maximum spacing of points of
supports not greater than indicated by Section 352.30 of the
NEC.
E. Except where embedded in concrete or direct buried, Carlon
conduit shall be supported to permit adequate lineal
movement to allow for expansion and contraction of conduit
due to temperature change.
F. For aboveground installations where temperature change in
excess of 14°C (25°F) is anticipated, expansion joints shall
be installed. See Table 352.44(A) NEC for expansion
characteristics.
G. Proper care shall be taken when field bending is employed
to maintain the internal diameter and wall thickness of the
conduit.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

189

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Utility Non-UL Listed

Heavy Wall Rigid Schedule 40 Utility Conduit

Non-UL Listed

• Rated for 90°C conductors or cable
• For direct earth burial and concrete encasement, specifically designed for the power utility specifications.

With Integral Bell*

Part No.
20'
10'
59610-020
59610-010
59611-020
59611-010
59612-020
59612-010
59613-020
59613-010
59615-020
59615-010
59616-020
59616-010
59617-020
59617-010
59618-020
59618-010

Std. Crate Qty.
20'
10'
4500'
2250'
2800'
1400'
1860'
930'
1760'
880'
1140'
570'
760'
380'
520'
260'
300'
150'

Dimensions
O.D.
I.D.
1.900
1.610
2.375
2.067
2.875
2.469
3.500
3.068
4.500
4.026
5.563
5.047
6.625
6.065
8.625
7.981

Nom. Size
1/2"
2"
2 1/2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
8"

Wall
.145
.154
.203
.216
.237
.258
.280
.322

Wt. Per
100'
56
75
124
172
244
331
430
647

*Limited geographical area

Dimensions in Inches of Utility Conduit Integral Bells

A

Trade
Size
11/2
2
21/2
3
4
5
6
8

C
B

A
At Entrance

B
At Bottom

Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum

1.926
2.405
2.911
3.543
4.549
5.619
6.692
8.692

1.916
2.395
2.901
3.533
4.539
5.609
6.682
8.682

1.911
2.386
2.887
3.513
4.514
5.578
6.641
8.614

1.901
2.376
2.877
3.503
4.504
5.568
6.631
8.631

C
Nominal Bell
Depth
2.750
3.250
3.250
3.875
3.875
4.625
5.625
6.375

Deep Socket Schedule 40 Utility Elbows with Integral Belled Ends
Segment
90° Elbow

45° Elbow

190

Part
No.
UC9BHB
UC9DHB
UC9FHB
UC9BJB
UC9DJB
UC9FJB
UC9HJB
UC9DKB
UC9FKB
UC9DLB
UC9FLB
UC9DNB
UC9FNB
UC9HNB
UC9FRB
UC9HRB
UC7FHB
UC7FJB
UC7CKB
UC7FKB
UC7FLB
UC7FNB
UC7HNB
UC7HRB
UC7ITB

Std.
Nom. Radius Std. Ctn. Ctn. Wt.
Qty.
(lbs.)
Diameter (in.)
11/2"
11/2"
11/2"
2"
2"
2"
2"
21/2"
21/2"
3"
3"
4"
4"
4"
6"
6"
11/2"
2"
21/2"
21/2"
3"
4"
4"
6"
8"

12"
24"
36"
12"
24"
36"
48"
24"
36"
24"
36"
24"
36"
48"
36"
48"
36"
36"
18"
36"
36"
36"
48"
48"
60"

20
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

25.00
2.13
3.05
1.44
2.82
4.14
5.15
5.00
7.15
6.57
9.15
10.59
13.64
17.72
25.80
32.24
1.74
2.07
2.27
4.12
5.00
8.15
9.36
17.19
33.00

Std.
Radius Std. Ctn. Ctn. Wt.
(in.)
Qty.
(lbs.)

Segment

Part No.

Nom.
Diameter

22 1/2° Elbow

UC5CKB

21/2"

18"

1

1.45

UC5FKB

21/2"

36"

1

2.49

UC5FNB

4"

36"

1

5.18

UC5FRB

6"

36"

1

11.82

UC5HNB

4"

48"

1

5.57

Dimensions in Inches of Utility Elbows Bells

A
C
B

Trade
Size
11/2
2
1
2 /2
3
4
5
6
8

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

A
At Entrance

B
At Bottom

C
Nominal Bell

Max.

Min.

Max.

Min.

Max.

Min.

1.926
2.405
2.911
3.543
4.549
5.619
6.692
8.692

1.916
2.395
2.901
3.533
4.539
5.609
6.682
8.682

1.900
2.381
2.875
3.500
4.500
5.563
6.625
8.641

1.888
2.357
2.861
3.484
4.482
5.543
6.603
8.631

2.750
2.875
3.125
3.125
3.750
4.250
5.250
6.250

2.500
2.625
2.875
2.875
3.500
4.000
5.000
6.000

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit – Utility Non-UL Listed
Non-UL Listed

Elbows – Long Belled
221/2° Elbow

Part
Number

45° Elbow

90° Elbow

Nom.
Diameter

Radius
(In.)

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

UC5FRBLB

6"

36

1

9.6

UC7CJBLB
UC7DJBLB
UC7DLBLB
UC7DNBLB
UC7DPBLB
UC7FJBLB
UC7FLBLB
UC7FNBLB
UC7FPBLB
UC7FRBLB
UC7HJBLB
UC7HLBLB
UC7HNBLB
UC7HPBLB
UC7HRBLB
UC7CJBLB
UC7DJBLB
UC7DLBLB
UC7DNBLB
UC7DPBLB
UC7FJBLB
UC7FLBLB
UC7FNBLB
UC7FPBLB
UC7FRBLB
UC7HJBLB
UC7HNBLB
UC7HPBLB
UC7HRBLB

2"
2"
3"
4"
5"
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
2"
2"
3"
4"
5"
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"
2"
4"
5"
6"

18
24
24
24
24
36
36
36
36
36
48
48
48
48
48
18
24
24
24
24
36
36
36
36
36
48
48
48
48

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.3
1.4
5.0
5.8
8.5
2.2
5.2
7.8
11.1
9.6
2.8
6.6
9.7
13.7
18.1
1.3
1.4
5.0
5.8
8.5
2.2
5.2
7.8
11.1
9.6
2.8
9.7
13.7
18.1

Integral Belled End Dimensions
A

B

C

Trade
Size
1 - 11/2"
2"
2 - 21/2"
3"
4"
5"
6"

A
At Entrance (in.)

B
At Bottom (in.)

Maximum

Minimum

Maximum

Minimum

1.924
2.399
2.897
3.523
4.524
5.603
6.669

1.912
2.387
2.883
3.507
4.506
5.583
6.647

1.900
2.375
2.875
3.500
4.500
5.563
6.625

1.888
2.363
2.861
3.484
4.482
5.543
6.603

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

C
Nominal Bell
Depth (in.)
2 3/4"
3 1/4"
3 1/4"
4"
4 3/4"
5 3/4"
6 1/4"

191

P&C® Duct

Carlon® P&C® Duct
Carlon P&C (Power & Communications) Duct and fittings are
designed and formulated specifically for concrete encased
and direct burial applications of power utility primaries,
secondaries, street lighting and distribution systems. Carlon
P&C Duct complies with NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8, and ASTM
F-512 for utility duct. Both EB and DB duct are rated for use
with 90°C conductors. P&C Duct fittings comply with NEMA
TC-9 Standard.
Carlon Telephone Duct complies with NEMA TC-10. Bellcore
CAO 8546, GT8343, and other applicable telephone standards.

Advantages:
• Manufactured for high modulus C-250 compound
• High impact strength
• Excellent structural strength
• Superior load bearing
• Multiple duct banks can be pre-assembled and lowered
into trench
• No special cutting or tapering devices required
• Provides easy bending around obstructions minimizing the
need for special angle couplings and sweeps
• Superior aging and weathering characteristics

Features:
• Heat resistant
• Fire resistant
• Conforms to NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 and ASTM Standard
F-512 for utility duct*
• Carlon P&C Duct Type EB-20 is ETL Listed
• Low coefficient of expansion
• Continuous rigid control
• Smooth inner wall and smooth transition between joints

Engineering Features:
Chemical Inertness resists water absorption and is totally
immune to galvanic or electrolytic attacks.
Solvent Cemented Joints provide leakproof duct runs
tested at 25 psi. This type of joint eliminates the need for
costly mechanical rodding procedure. Carlon P&C Duct
can be rodded pneumatically.

192

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

P&C® Duct – Type EB
®

®

Carlon P&C Duct
Type EB

RUS Listed

Carlon nonmetallic P&C Duct Type EB is manufactured
from Carlon’s exclusive high modulus C-600 compound,
developed especially for power and communications
applications, and is designed for use in concrete encased
installations. Type EB is rated for 90°C Cable.

P&C Duct Type EB-20

ETL Listed
to UL 651A in
compliance
to the NEC

Nom.
Size

Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8
EB-20/ASTM F-512
Part Number
10'
20'

Std. Crate Qty.
10'
20'

Approx.
Wt. per
100 ft.

O.D.

*Min.
Wall

2

–

48711-020

–

2,800

36

2.375

.060

3

–

48713-020

–

2,000

59

3.500

.061

4

48715-010

48715-020

570

1,140

98

4.500

.082

5

48716-010

48716-020

380

760

148

5.563

.103

6

48717-010

48717-020

260

520

212

6.625

.125

*Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus
Note: One belled end per 20' length

P&C Duct Type EB-35 Heavy Wall
Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8
EB-35/ASTM F-512
Nom.
Size

Part Number
10'
20'

Std. Crate Qty.
10'
20'

Approx.
Wt. per
100 ft.

O.D.

*Min.
Wall

2

–

68711-020

–

2,800

39

2.375

.060

3

–

68713-020

–

2,000

72

3.500

.076

4

–

68715-020

–

1,140

116

4.500

.100

5

68716-010

68716-020

380

760

177

5.563

.126

6

–

68717-020**

–

520

251

6.625

.152

*Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus
**Special order item
Note: One belled end per 20' length

Use DB Sweeps with EB Duct.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

193

P&C® Duct – Type DB

Carlon P&C Duct
Type DB
®

®

RUS Listed

P&C Duct Type DB-60

Carlon nonmetallic P&C Duct Type DB is manufactured
from Carlon’s exclusive high modulus C-600 compound,
developed especially for power and communications
applications, and is designed for use in direct burial
or concrete encased installations. Type DB is rated for
90°C Cable.

Trenching:
Trench should be graded true and free from stones and
soft spots. Backfill should also be free of stones and be
firmly tamped around the sides of the conduit, to develop
maximum supporting strength. Tamping on top of the
conduit is not recommended.

Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8
DB-60/ASTM F-512
Nom.
Size

Part
Number

Std.
Crate Qty.

Approx. Wt.
per 100 ft.

O.D.

*Min.
Wall

2

48811-020

2,800

38

2.375

.060

3

48813-020

2,000

81

3.500

.092

31/2

48814-020

2,000

108

4.000

.107

4

48815-020

1,140

133

4.500

.121

5

48816-020

760

202

5.563

.152

6

48817-020

520

288

6.625

.182

*Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus
Note: One belled end per 20' length

P&C Duct Type DB-120 Heavy Wall
Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8
DB-120/ASTM F-512

Backfill:
In rocky soil where it is impossible to have an even trench
bottom, a selected backfill should be put in before laying
the conduit. Selected backfill (not tamped) at least 6" over
the top of the conduit is recommended. After final backfill
is placed, tamping may be used to finish the grade.
The method of direct burial varies with soil condition,
load conditions, and engineering preferences. A common
practice is to lay one tier at a time, backfill, and repeat
with the desired spacing of ducts being made as ducts
are layered.
Many companies have used the heavier wall Type DB-120
in a duct-to-duct formation. Where limited loads occur, this
type of installation has proven satisfactory.

194

Nom.
Size

Part Number
10'
20'

Std. Crate Qty.
10'
20'

Approx.
Wt. per
100 ft.

O.D.

*Min.
Wall

1

–

48808-020

–

8,000

18

1.315

.060

11/2

–

48810-020

–

4,500

28

1.900

.060

2

–

68811-020

–

2,800

47

2.375

.077

3

–

68813-020

–

2,000

99

3.500

.118

4

–

68815-020

–

1,140

165

4.500

.154

5

–

68816-020

–

760

251

5.563

.191

6

68817-010

68817-020

260

520

356

6.625

.227

*Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus
Note: One belled end per 20' length

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

P&C® Duct – Special California Type DB-100
RUS Listed

Carlon Special California Rigid Nonmetallic
DB-100 P&C Duct & Sweeps
®

Carlon DB-100 nonmetallic P&C Duct Type DB is
manufactured to NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 and to
specifications that exist within the State of California,
and is designed for use in direct burial or concrete
encased installations. Rated for use with 90°C cable.

P&C Duct Type DB-100

P&C Duct Type DB-100
DWP Approved

Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8
and ASTM F-512

Meets NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8
and ASTM F-512

Approx.
Wt.
per
100 ft.

O.D.

*Min.
Wall

Nom.
Size

Part
Number

Std.
Crate
Qty.

Approx.
Wt.
per
100 ft.

Nom.
Size

Part
Number

Std.
Crate
Qty.

4

68915-020

1,140

154

4.500

.155

3

68913D-020

2,000

95

4.500 .155

5

68916-020

760

237

5.563

.192

4

68915D-020

1,140

156

5.563 .192

6

68917-020

520

337

6.625

.229

5

68916D-020

760

237

6.625 .229

*Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus
Note: One belled end per 20' length

O.D.

*Min.
Wall

*Min. wall thickness relates to 500,000 modulus

DB-100 Sweeps – Belled
*Consult factory for additional sizes

111/4° Sweep – 150" Radius

90° Sweep – 48" Radius
Part No.
PE9HN
PE9HP

Size
4"
5"

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
1
1

45° Sweep – 150" Radius
Part No.
PE7SP

Size
5"

Part No.
PE3SP

Size
5"

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
1

111/4° Sweep – 150" Radius
Std. Ctn.
Qty.
1

(Segmented sweeps)

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Part No.
PE3SNS
PE3SPS
PE3SRS

Size
4"
5"
6"

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
1
1
1
195

P&C® Duct – DB-60 Sweeps

DB-60 Sweeps
*Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations

196

Radius
Std.
(in.) Ctn. Qty.

Segment

Part No.

Size

90° Sweep

PF9CH

11/2"

18"

1

PF9CJ

2"

18"

PF9CL

3"

PF9CN

Radius
Std.
(in.) Ctn. Qty.

Part No.

Size

PF7CF

1"

18"

1

1

PF7CH

11/2"

18"

1

18"

1

PF7CJ

2"

18"

1

4"

18"

1

PF7CL

3"

18"

1

PF9DF

1"

24"

1

PF7DF

1"

24"

1

PF9DH

11/2"

24"

1

PF7DH

11/2"

24"

1

PF9DJ

2"

24"

1

PF7DJ

2"

24"

1

PF9DL

3"

24"

1

PF7DL

3"

24"

1

PF9DN

4"

24"

1

PF7DN

4"

24"

1

PF9DP

5"

24"

1

PF7FF

1"

36"

1

PF9FF

1"

36"

1

PF7FH

11/2"

36"

1

PF9FJ

2"

36"

1

PF7FJ

2"

36"

1

PF9FL

3"

36"

1

PF7FL

3"

36"

1

PF9FN

4"

36"

1

PF7FN

4"

36"

1

PF9FP

5"

36"

1

PF7FP

5"

36"

1

PF9FR

6"

36"

1

PF7FR

6"

36"

1

PF9HL

3"

48"

1

PF7HJ

2"

48"

1

PF9HN

4"

48"

1

PF7HL

3"

48"

1

PF9HP

5"

48"

1

PF7HN

4"

48"

1

PF9HR

6"

48"

1

PF7HP

5"

48"

1

PF9IL

3"

60"

1

PF7HR

6"

48"

1

PF9IN

4"

60"

1

PF7IL

3"

60"

1

PF9IP

5"

60"

1

PF7IP

5"

60"

1

PF9IR

6"

60"

1

PF7NN

4"

120"

1

PF9SH

11/2"

150"

1

PF7SH

11/2"

150"

1

PF9SJ

2"

150"

1

PF7SJ

2"

150"

1

PF9SL

3"

150"

1

PF7SL

3"

150"

1

PF9SR

6"

150"

1

PF7SN

4"

150"

1

PF9VL

3"

300"

1

PF7SP

5"

150"

1

PF9VN

4"

300"

1

PF7SR

6"

150"

1

PF9VP

5"

300"

1

PF7VN

4"

300"

1

PF7VP

5"

300"

1

PF7VR

6"

300"

1

Segment

45° Sweep

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

P&C® Duct – DB-60 Sweeps

DB-60 Sweeps

*Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations

Segment

Part No.

Size

Radius
(in.)

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

30° Sweep

PF6CJ
PF6CL
PF6DL
PF6DN
PF6DP
PF6CH
PF6FJ
PF6FL
PF6FN
PF6FR
PF6HJ
PF6HN
PF6HP
PF6HR
PF6IN
PF6IP
PF6SJ
PF6SN
PF6SP
PF6VJ
PF6VN
PF6VR
PH5DL
PF5DN
PF5DP
PF5FF
PF5FL
PF5FN
PF5FP
PF5FR
PF5HL
PF5HN
PF5HR
PF5IJ
PF5IL
PF5IP
PF5IR
PF5SL
PF5SN
PF5SP
PF5SR
PF5VN
PF5VP
PF5VR

2"
3"
3"
4"
5"
11/2"
2"
3"
4"
6"
2"
4"
5"
6"
4"
5"
2"
4"
5"
2"
4"
6"
3"
4"
5"
1"
3"
4"
5"
6"
3"
4"
6"
2"
3"
5"
6"
3"
4"
5"
6"
4"
5"
6"

18"
18"
24"
24"
24"
30"
36"
36"
36"
36"
48"
48"
48"
48"
60"
60"
150"
150"
150"
300"
300"
300"
24"
24"
24"
36"
36"
36"
36"
36"
48"
48"
48"
60"
60"
60"
60"
150"
150"
150"
150"
300"
300"
300"

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

221/2°

Sweep

Segment

111/4° Sweep

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Part No.

Size

Radius
(in.)

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

PF3CJ

2"

18"

1

PF3CL

3"

18"

1

PF3DF

1"

24"

1

PF3DH

11/2"

24"

1

PF3DP

5"

24"

1

PF3FJ

2"

36"

1

PF3FL

3"

36"

1

PF3FN

4"

36"

1

PF3FP

5"

36"

1

PF3FR

6"

36"

1

PF3HL

3"

48"

1

PF3HN

4"

48"

1

PF3HP

5"

48"

1

PF3HR

6"

48"

1

PF3IJ

2"

60"

1

PF3IR

6"

60"

1

PF3SJ

2"

150"

1

PF3SN

4"

150"

1

PF3SP

5"

150"

1

PF3SR

6"

150"

1

PF3VJ

2"

300"

1

PF3VL

3"

300"

1

PF3VN

4"

300"

1

PF3VP

5"

300"

1

197

P&C® Duct – DB-120 Sweeps

DB-120 Sweeps
*Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations

198

Radius
Std.
(in.) Ctn. Qty.

Segment

Part No.

Size

90° Sweep

PH9CJ

2"

18"

1

PH9CL

3"

18"

PH9CN

4"

PH9DJ

Radius
Std.
(in.) Ctn. Qty.

Part No.

Size

PH7CJ

2"

18"

1

1

PH7CL

3"

18"

1

18"

1

PH7CN

4"

18"

1

2"

24"

1

PH7DJ

2"

24"

1

PH9DL

3"

24"

1

PH7DL

3"

24"

1

PH9DN

4"

24"

1

PH7DN

4"

24"

1

PH9DP

5"

24"

1

PH7DP

5"

24"

1

PH9FJ

2"

36"

1

PH7FJ

2"

36"

1

PH9FL

3"

36"

1

PH7FL

3"

36"

1

PH9FN

4"

36"

1

PH7FN

4"

36"

1

PH9FP

5"

36"

1

PH7FP

5"

36"

1

PH9FR

6"

36"

1

PH7FR

6"

36"

1

PH9HJ

2"

48"

1

PH7HJ

2"

48"

1

PH9HL

3"

48"

1

PH7HL

3"

48"

1

PH9HN

4"

48"

1

PH7HN

4"

48"

1

PH9HP

5"

48"

1

PH7HP

5"

48"

1

PH9HR

6"

48"

1

PH7HR

6"

48"

1

PH9IJ

2"

60"

1

PH7IJ

2"

60"

1

PH9IL

3"

60"

1

PH7IL

3"

60"

1

PH9IN

4"

60"

1

PH7IP

5"

60"

1

PH9IR

6"

60"

1

PH7IR

6"

60"

1

PH9OJ

2"

66"

1

PH7SJ

2"

150"

1

PH9SJ

2"

150"

1

PH7SN

4"

150"

1

PH9SL

3"

150"

1

PH7SP

5"

150"

1

PH9SN

4"

150"

1

PH7SR

6"

150"

1

PH9SP

5"

150"

1

PH9SR

6"

150"

1

PH9VN

4"

300"

1

PH9VP

5"

300"

1

PH9VR

6"

300"

1

Segment

45° Sweep

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

P&C® Duct – DB-120 Sweeps

DB-120 Sweeps

Note: For Nom. Diameter of 1": use 1" DB-60 Sweeps
For Nom. Diameter of 11/2": use 11/2" DB-60 Sweeps
*Consult factory for additional sizes/configurations

Segment

30° Sweep

221/2° Sweep

Radius
Std.
(in.) Ctn. Qty.

Size

PH3CJ

2"

18"

1

1

PH3CN

4"

18"

1

18"

1

PH3DJ

2"

24"

1

2"

24"

1

PH3DN

4"

24"

1

PH6DN

4"

24"

1

PH3DP

5"

24"

1

PH6DP

5"

24"

1

PH3FJ

2"

36"

1

PH6FJ

2"

36"

1

PH3FL

3"

36"

1

PH6FL

3"

36"

1

PH3FN

4"

36"

1

PH6FN

4"

36"

1

PH3FP

5"

36"

1

PH6FP

5"

36"

1

PH3FR

6"

36"

1

PH6FR

6"

36"

1

PH3HN

4"

48"

1

PH6HN

4"

48"

1

PH3IN

4"

60"

1

PH6HR

6"

48"

1

PH3IP

5"

60"

1

PH6IN

4"

60"

1

PH3IR

6"

60"

1

PH6SL

3"

150"

1

PH3SJ

2"

150"

1

PH5CJ

2"

18"

1

PH3SL

3"

150"

1

PH5CL

3"

18"

1

PH3SN

4"

150"

1

PH5CN

4"

18"

1

PH3SP

5"

150"

1

PH5DJ

2"

24"

1

PH3SR

6"

150"

1

PH5DL

3"

24"

1

PH3VR

6"

300"

1

PH5DP

5"

24"

1

PH5FJ

2"

36"

1

PH5FL

3"

36"

1

PH5FN

4"

36"

1

PH5FP

5"

36"

1

PH5HL

3"

48"

1

PH5HN

4"

48"

1

PH5HP

5"

48"

1

PH5HR

6"

48"

1

PH5IJ

2"

60"

1

PH5IL

3"

60"

1

PH5IR

6"

60"

1

PH5SN

4"

150"

1

PH5SP

5"

150"

1

PH5SR

6"

150"

1

PH5VJ

2"

300"

1

PH5VN

4"

300"

1

Size

PH6CJ

2"

18"

1

PH6CL

3"

18"

PH6CN

4"

PH6DJ

Segment

Radius
Std.
(in.) Ctn. Qty.

Part No.

Part No.

111/4° Sweep

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

199

P&C® Duct Fittings

Couplings

5° Angle Coupling BxB (Bell x Bell)

(Use same type fittings for Type EB and DB)

Part No.
E2440NF
E2440PF
E2440RF

Sleeve Coupling (for repair work)

No internal stop

Coupling

Part No.
E200J
E200L
E200M
E200N
E200P
E200R

Size
2"
3"
3 1/2"
4"
5"
6"

Std. Ctn. Qty.
30
25
20
15
8
5

Part No.
E940H
E940J
E940K
E240L
E240N
E240P
E240RF

Size
11/2"
2"
21/2"
3"
4"
5"
6"

Std. Ctn. Qty.
25
30
20
30
15
20
5

Part No.
E245J
E245N
E245P
E245R

Size
11/2"
2"
1
2 /2"
3"
4"

Std. Ctn. Qty.
40
25
15
15
10

(Bell x Spigot)

200

Part No.
E244J
E244L
E244NF
E244NF5 (short)
E244PF
E244PF5 (short)
E244RF
E244RF5 (short)

Size
2"
3"
4"
4"
5"
5"
6"
6"

C
2.13
3.25
3.50
1.87
4.13
2.00
5.13
2.25

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
15
5
15
25
10
20
5
10

Std. Ctn. Qty.
20
10
10
5

Plug

Part
No.
P258H
P258K

Size
11/2"
21/2"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
50
50

Size
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
60
30
48
30
30

Plug with Pull Tab
Part
No.
P258JT
P258LT
P258NT
P258PT
P258RT

*Sizes 11/2"- 21/2" order part numbers E941_

5° Angle
Coupling
BxS

Size
2"
4"
5"
6"

Plugs

Long Line Coupling
Part No.
E941H
E941J
E941K
E241L
E241N

Std. Ctn. Qty.
15
10
5

5° Angle Coupling BxB (Swedged)

*Sizes 11/2"- 21/2" order part numbers E940_

*Consult factory for additional sizes

Size
4"
5"
6"

Swedge Coupling
Part No.
E242J

Size
2"

Std. Ctn. Qty.
48

5° Angle Coupling S x S

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Part No.

Size

Std. Ctn. Qty.

E2440N5
E2440P5

4"
5"

15
20

P&C® Duct Fittings

Adapters

End Bells

Male Adapter Part

End Bell

No.
E943F
E943H
E943J
E943L-CAR
E943N-CAR
E943P
E943R

Size
1"
1
1 /2"
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
50
25
50
5
5
5
10

Size
1"
1
1 /2"
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
15
10
10
10
30
15
10

Molded End Bell

Female Adapter
Part
No.
E942F
E942H
E942J
E942L-CAR
E942N-CAR
E942P
E942R

Part
No.
E997F-CAR
E997H-CAR
E997J-CAR
E997L-CAR
E997N
E997P
E997R

Size
1"
1
1 /2"
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
50
25
30
3
7
8
6

(For use with P&C Duct only)
Part
No.
E297J
E297L
E297N
E297P

Size
2"
3"
4"
5"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
40
50
30
15

Size
2" x 4"
3" x 6"
4" x 10"
5" x 8"
5" x 10"
6" x 5"
6" x 10"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
25
20
15
10
10
10
6

Fabricated End Bell
(For use with P&C Duct only)

Reducers

*Consult factory for additional sizes
Part
No.
E297JN
E297LR
E297NT
E297PS
E297PT
E297RF
E297RT

Swedge Reducer (Male x Male)
Part
No.
E252LJ
E252NJS
E252NL
E252PN
E252RNS
E252RP

Size
3" x 2"
4" x 2"
4" x 3"
5" x 4"
6" x 4"
6" x 5"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
50
25
25
20
6
10

Long Length End Bell P&C Duct

Markers

Part
No.
E297RR

Cable Marker
Part
No.
E299JM
E299JP
E299JR
E299LF
E299LR
E299NX7

Size
2" x 42"
2" x 56"
2" x 78"
3" x 36"
3" x 60"
4" x 84"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Std.
Size
Ctn. Qty.
6"(6" long)
10

Note: for manhole terminations

201

Telephone Duct – Type B, C & D

Telephone Duct Type B
Carlon® Telephone Duct Type B is designed for use in
concrete encased installations. Type B duct meets the
requirements of NEMA TC-10 and conforms to Bellcore
CAO8546.

RUS Listed

Telephone Duct Type B
Nom.
Size

Part
Number

Std.
Approx. Wt.
*Min.
Crate Qty. per 100 ft. O.D. Wall

4"

68315-020 (Grey)

1260

100

4.350 .090

4"

68315W-020 (White)

1260

100

4.350 .095

Telephone Duct Type B Heavy Wall
Nom.
Size

Part
Number

Std.
Approx. Wt.
*Min.
Crate Qty. per 100 ft. O.D. Wall

4"

68415-020 (Grey)

1260

100

4.350 .100

4"

68415W-020 (White)

1260

100

4.350 .100

min. wall to meet performance criteria (500,000 modulus
* Estimated
compound
NOTE: One Belled End per 20' length (for concrete encasement only)

RUS Listed

Telephone Duct Type C
Carlon® Telephone Duct Type C is designed for direct burial or concrete encased applications. Type C duct complies
with NEMA Standard TC-10 and Bellcore CAO8546.

Telephone Duct Type C
One belled end per 20' length
Nom.
Size

Part
Number

Std.
Approx. Wt.
*Min.
Crate Qty. per 100 ft. O.D. Wall

4"

68515-020 (Grey)

1260

151

4.350 .150

4"

68515W-020 (White)

1260

151

4.350 .150

* Estimated min. wall to meet performance criteria

Telephone Duct Type D

RUS Listed

White Only (Carlon® Telephone Duct Type D is designed
to be used in exposed applications.)

Telephone Duct Type D
Nom.
Size

Part
Number

4"

68615-020 (White)

Std.
Approx. Wt.
*Min.
Crate Qty. per 100 ft. O.D. Wall

1260

* Estimated min. wall to meet performance criteria

202

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

150

4.350 .160

Telephone Duct Sweeps
RUS Listed

Telephone Duct Sweeps Manufactured
from Heavy Wall “C” Duct

30° Sweep

• Size: 4 inches.
• Each sweep is furnished with a belled end.
• Straight end length 3".

90° Sweep

45° Sweep

Part No.
(Gray)
TP9CN
TP9DN
TP9FN
TP9HN
TP9IN
TP9JN
TP9MN
TP9NN
TP9SN
TP9TN
TP9UN
(White):
TW9DN
TW9FN
TW9HN
TW9IN
TW9JN
TW9MN
TW9NN
TW9SN
TW9TN

Bend
Radius
1'6"
2'
3'
4'
5'
6'
9'
10'
12'6"
15'
20'

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

2'
3'
4'
5'
6'
9'
10'
12'6"
15'

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Part No.
(Gray)
TP7DN
TP7FN
TP7HN
TP7ON
TP7IN
TP7JN
TP7MN
TP7NN
TP7RN
TP7SN
TP7TN
TP7UN
(White):
TW7DN
TW7FN
TW7HN
TW7ON
TW7IN
TW7JN
TW7MN
TW7NN
TW7RN
TW7SN
TW7TN

Bend
Radius
2'
3'
4'
4'6"
5'
6'
9'
10'
12'
12'6"
15'
20'

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

2'
3'
4'
4'6"
5'
6'
9'
10'
12'
12'6"
15'

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

221/2° Sweep

111/4° Sweep

Part No.
Gray
TP6FN
TP6HN
TP6JN
TP6NN
TP6RN
TP6SN
TP6TN
(White):
TW6FN
TW6HN
TW6JN
TW6MN
TW6NN
TW6RN
TW6SN
TW6TN

Bend
Radius
3'
4'
6'
10'
12'
12'6"
15'

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

3'
4'
6'
9'
10'
12'
12'6"
15'

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Part No.
(Gray)
TP5DN
TP5FN
TP5HN
TP5IN
TP5JN
TP5MN
TP5RN
TP5SN
TP5TN
TP5UN
TP5VN
(White):
TW5DN
TW5FN
TW5HN
TW5JN
TW5MN
TW5SN

Bend
Radius
2'
3'
4'
5'
6'
9'
12'
12'6"
15'
20'
25'

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

2'
3'
4'
6'
9'
12'6"

1
1
1
1
1
1

Part No.
(Gray)
TP3DN
TP3FN
TP3HN
TP3IN
TP3JN
TP3SN
(White):
TW3DN
TW3FN
TW3HN

Bend
Radius
2'
3'
4'
5'
6'
12'6"

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1

2'
3'
4'

1
1
1

E-Bends – Riser Ells
90° Sweep

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Part No.
(Gray Only)

TA9ENT (Belled End)
TA9FN (Plain End)
TA9FNT (Belled End)
TA9FNTL (Belled End-Long)

Bend
Radius

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

2' 6"
3'
3'
3'

1
1
1
1

203

Telephone Duct Fittings & Accessories

Couplings

Plugs

Sleeve Coupling

Plug with Pull Tab

Part
No.
For Repair Work:
E900N
E900NU
E900NW (White)
No internal stop

Size
4"x 6"
4"x 12"
4"x 6"

Part
No.
P258 NTB

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
50

25
10
25

Split Sleeve Couplings:
E900NS
4"
25
E900NS8 (White)
4"x 8"
15
E900NSW (White)
4"
25
E900PS
5"
15
For Type D Duct Applications Only:
E900DN (White)
4"
25

Molded Coupling

End Bells
Square to Round
Part

No.
E903N

Size
4" Sq.

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
4

Size
4"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
10

Molded End Bell

Internal Stop
Part
No.
E908N

Size
4"

Size
4"

Part
No.
E917N

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
25

Straight End Bell

5° Angle Coupling
Part
No.
E914N

Size
4"

Part
Std.
No.
Size
Ctn. Qty.
E907N 4" (5" long, 5.5" flare)
10
E907NY 4" (9" long, 5.75" flare)
1
(Designed for use with a coupling.)

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
15

Split End Bell (PVC)
Part
No.
E9098NS
E9098PS

204

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Size
4"
5"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
1
1

Telephone Duct Fittings & Accessories

Adapters

P&C Duct Adapter
®

Adapts Telephone Duct to
P&C Duct (IPS)

Internal Adapter

Part
No.
E913N
E913NF

Adapts Telephone Duct to Fiber
Transite MCD
Part
No.
E901N

Size
4"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
24

Split:
E901NS

4"

24

Adapts threaded metal pipe to
Telephone Duct
Size
4"

P&C Duct Reducer
®

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
10

Adapts Telephone Duct to
P&C Duct (IPS)
Part
No.
E908NM

Square Clay Tile Adapter
Part
Std.
No.
Size
Ctn. Qty.
Adapts Clay to Telephone Duct:
E904M
3 1/4" to 4"x 18"
10
E904M12 3 1/4" to 4"x 12"
10
1
1
E904M8
3 /4" to 4"x 8 /2"
12
E904MM
3 1/2" to 31/2"x 18" 12
E904MX
3" to 4"x 18"
10
E904N
3 1/2" to 4"x 18"
10
E904N12
3 1/2" to 4"x 12"
12
E904N24
3 1/2" to 4"x 24"
10
E904N8
3 1/2" to 4"x 8"
10
Split Square Adapter:
E904MS
3 1/4" x 4"
10
1
10
3 /2" to 4"x 18"
E904NS

Cast Iron Adapter
Adapts Telephone Duct to Cast Iron
Bends
Part
No.
E906N

Size
4"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
1

Size
4" to 3 1/4"

Size
4" to 3 1/2"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
15

Wyes
Wye Branch
For starting lateral runs:
Part
No.
E916N
E916NW (White)

Size
4"
4"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
1
1

4"
4"

1
5

Split:
E916NS
E916NSW (White)

Expansion Joints
Expansion Joint - Type D

Round Clay Tile Adapter
Part
No.
E923NM

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
15
15

Reducers

Female Adapter
Part
No.
E902N

Size
4"
4"

Part
No.
E905N
E905NL (Long)

Size
4"
4"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
5
1

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
10
w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

205

P&C® Duct and Telephone Duct – Specification
®

Physical Properties of P&C Duct by ASTM Test Methods
Property
Tensile strength, psi
Modulus of elasticity in tension, psi
Flexural strength, psi
Deflection temp under load at 265 psi deg. C
Coefficient of thermal expansion in/in/°F
Coefficient of static friction

Typical Values
P&C® Duct
Telephone Duct
4,800
4,800
500,000
500,000
11,000
11,000
72°C
72°C
-5
3.30 x 10
3.30 x 10-5
.20
.20

ASTM No.
D638
D638
D790
D648
D696

Collapse Pressure of
Telephone Duct Materials (PSI)

Collapse Pressure of P&C Duct Materials (PSI)
2" EB-20
2" EB-35
2" DB-60
2" DB-120
3" EB-20
3" EB-35
3" DB-60
3" DB-120
4" EB-20
4" EB-35
4" DB-60
4" DB-120

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

11.2
11.2
11.2
26.6
6.6
8.2
15.2
34.0
6.7
9.2
17.0
36.6

5" EB-20
5" EB-35
5" DB-60
5" DB-120

–
–
–
–

5.9
10.3
18.9
38.2

6" EB-20
6" EB-35
6" DB-60
6" DB-120

–
–
–
–

6.1
11.2
19.6
38.0

Type B Duct
Type C Duct
Type D Duct

–
–
–

9.2
36.6
36.6

Performance Properties of P&C Duct as Indicated per NEMA Standard TC-6 & 8 and ASTM F-512

Pipe Stiffness lb/in/in

Minimum Impact Resistance at 0°C (32°F) ft • lbf

Minimum Pipe Stiffness
(F/ y), all sizes

Conduit Series

EB-20
EB-35
DB-60
DB-100
DB-120

20
35
60
100
120

Nominal
Size

EB-20

EB-35

1
11/2
2
3
31/2
4
5
6

–
–
20
20
20
25
30
40

–
–
20
30
35
40
55
75

Conduit Series
DB-60
DB-100

–
10
20
40
50
60
85
120

DB-120

–
–
–
45
60
70
100
135

10
15
25
50
65
80
110
150

Performance Properties of Telephone Duct as Indicated per NEMA Standard TC-10
Minimum Impact Resistance at 32°C

Pipe Stiffness F/ y lb/in/in

206

Nominal
Size

B-Duct

HWB

C-Duct

D-Duct

B-Duct
ft. lb.

C-Duct
ft. lb.

D-Duct
ft. lb.

All

30

40

120

120

25

50

50

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

P&C® Duct and Telephone Duct – Installation
®

Typical Installation Practices for P&C Duct Type EB
RUS Listed
and Telephone Duct Type B
Trenching:

Pressure Grouting:

Whenever possible the walls of the trench for P&C Duct should
act as forms for concrete encasement. The trench should be
made no wider than necessary to provide the nominal size
concrete thickness.

Duct spacing, both vertical and horizontal, is accomplished
with the use of Carlon PVC Snap-Loc® Spacers.
Recommended interval between spacer assemblies is 8 to 10
feet.

This technique is used for ducts in a casing or bored
construction. Hydraulic pressure exceeding 25 psi is
common and thus dictates the use of a P&C Duct Type
DB-120 or a Schedule 40® product. (See collapse pressure
chart). Hydraulic pressure from grouting is a function of the
line pressure at the nozzle and back pressure created by
pumping. If the exhaust nozzle isn’t withdrawn properly, the
back pressure will rapidly build and equal the line pressure.
Depending on the type casing and pumping distance, line
pressures will go up to 90 psi.

Terminating:

Hydraulic Pressure:

Duct Spacing:

For smooth cable pulling and properly engineered terminations
into manholes, Carlon P&C Duct end bells should be used.

Concrete:
The concrete used with P&C Duct should be 3/8" aggregate
with a nominal compressive strength of 2,500 lbs. per square
inch. The slump should be at the upper end of the range,
preferably 7 to 8 inches. It should have just enough slump to
flow to the bottom of the formation and yet not be so wet as
to cause the ducts to float. In placing concrete around P&C
Duct, adjust the delivery chute so the fall of the concrete into
the trench is minimal. Use a splash board to divert the flow of
concrete away from the trench sides and avoid dislodging soil
and stones.

The primary consideration for duct selection is the height
of the duct bank. Since concrete exerts a force of 1.03 psi
per foot of height, to determine the correct duct selection,
consider the following examples:
1. 16 way duct bank, 5" conduit, 4 x 4 configuration with
3" separation, and 3" concrete cover
Concrete Height – 4 x 5.563" + 4 x 3 =
22.5 + 12" = 34.2"
Hydraulic Pressure – (34.2"/12) x 1.03 = 2.9 psi
In this instance the maximum force on the bottom
ducts would be 2.9 psi, therefore, 5" EB-20 would be a
satisfactory choice.
2. 16 way duct bank, 5" conduit, 8 x 2 configuration with
3" separation, and 3" concrete cover.
Concrete Height – 8 x 5.563" + 8 x 3 =
44.5 + 24" = 68.5"
Hydraulic Pressure — (68.5"/12) x 1.03 = 5.9 psi
In this instance the hydraulic force is equal to the
theoretical collapse pressure of 5" EB-20, therefore,
the use of 5" EB-35 or DB-60 would be a satisfactory
choice.
Another alternative would be to use a sequential
pour technique. Pour approximately 1/2 the height,
allow the concrete to set-up, and then pour the
remaining distance. Using this method, 5" EB-20
would be satisfactory, since the hydraulic pressure
has been reduced by 50%.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

207

P&C® Duct and Telephone Duct – Expansion & Contraction

Expansion & Contraction
When duct temperature variations are anticipated during the
installation of Carlon P&C® Duct and Telephone Duct, allow
extra duct footage at each tie-in for contraction. Terminated
duct runs should be covered with backfill from tie-in point
toward the end of the duct run. If the trench must be left
open, don’t terminate the run. All plastic duct may expand
or contract as concrete is poured and cured. When placing
concrete encasement, always encase from one end of the duct

section toward the other end of the section, to allow the free
end to move. Never encase from each end of the section
toward the center.
The coefficient of thermal expansion of Carlon P&C Duct
and Telephone Duct is 3.30 x 10-5 in/in/°F. The following chart
indicates what expansion or contraction can be expected at
various temperature changes.

Expansion/Contraction Chart

Bridge Crossings and Exposed Applications
Type D Telephone Duct is designated specifically for use
in bridge crossings and exposed applications. Using the
expansion/contraction chart, calculate the number of expansion joints required. Expansion joints provide a 6" allowance
for expansion/contraction. Utilize one expansion

208

joint for each 100 feet of exposed length for most installations.
The duct should be free to move during expansion/contraction;
the barrel should be securely clamped and the piston should
be aligned properly with the barrel for easy movement.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

P&C Flex®

Carlon P&C Flex Corrugated Flexible Conduit Non-UL Listed
®

®

Round Wooden Reel
Part
No.
11810-250
11810T-250 (Tape)
11811-250
11811T-250 (Tape)

Size

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt./Reel
(lbs.)

I.D.

O.D.

1 1/2"
1 1/2"
2"
2"

250 Ft.
250 Ft.
250 Ft.
250 Ft.

78.5
110.0
129.5
131.5

1.570
1.570
2.045
2.045

1.900
1.900
2.375
2.375

Edge Brace Reel
Carlon P&C Flex nonmetallic corrugated flexible conduit
is designed specifically for power and communications
applications when protecting or replacing cable. Produced
to IPS dimensions, Carlon P&C Flex is grey in color and
formulated for sunlight resistance.
The corrugated design of P&C Flex provides maximum
flexibility for easy handling and installation. It is perfect
for a wide range of applications from underground
residential communication raceway to under bridge or
roadway conduit. P&C Flex provides adaptability in the
field since it may be used with existing conduits,
couplings, adapters, end bells and plugs in virtually any
configuration.
• Storage: -4°F to 158°F
• Handling: -4°F to 104°F

Part
No.
11808-5200
11809-4500
11810-4500
11810T-2300 (Tape)
11811-700
11811-1100
11811-2500
11812-250
11812AG-001
11813-250
11813-500
11813-750
11813-1200
11815-250
11815-800

Size

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt./Reel
(lbs.)

I.D.

O.D.

1"
11/4"
11/2"
11/2"
2"
2"
2"
2 1/2"
2 1/2"
3"
3"
3"
3"
4"
4"

5200 Ft.
4500 Ft.
4500 Ft.
2300 Ft.
700 Ft.
1100 Ft.
2500 Ft.
250 Ft.
1300 Ft.
250 Ft.
500 Ft.
750 Ft.
1200 Ft.
250 Ft.
800 Ft.

1144
927
1148
405
280
270.60
1005
172
658
248
193
724
1122
323.5
811

1.000
1.340
1.570
1.570
2.045
2.045
2.045
2.469
2.469
3.068
3.068
3.068
3.068
4.026
4.026

1.315
1.660
1.900
1.900
2.375
2.375
2.375
2.875
2.875
3.500
3.500
3.500
3.500
4.500
4.500

Size

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt./Reel
(lbs.)

I.D.

O.D.

1"
1"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
2"
3"
4"

2700 ft.
5200 ft.
4500 ft.
4500 ft.
2500 ft.
1200 ft.
800 ft.

1.000
1.000
1.340
1.570
2.045
3.068
4.026

1.315
1.315
1.660
1.900
2.875
3.500
4.500

Detectable Tape
Part
No.
11808D-2700
11808D-5200
11809D-4500
11810D-4500
11811D-2500
11813D-1200
11815D-800

Performance Properties

1"

Stiffness F/ y at 5% deflection
Impact Strength (Ft./Lbs.) 72°
Impact Strength (Ft./Lbs.) 32°
Minimum Bending Radius (inches)
Conduit Tensile Strength

500
40
8
6
300

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

1 1/4" 1 1/2"
200
40
8
6
400

200
50
15
7
500

500
1144
927
1148
1005
1122
1007
2"

2 1/2"

200
50
25
8
700

130 130
90
70
120 140
35
60
60
12
15
18
1000 1500 2000

3"

4"

209

P&C Flex® Installation & Fittings

P&C Flex Corrugated Flexible Conduit Installation
Techniques
®

top of the conduit is recommended. After
final backfill is placed, taming may be used
to finish the grade.
SECURE END

STRETCH DUCT IN ONE DIRECTION
AWAY FROM SECURED END

3. Duct Placement

SPOT BACKFILL
KEEP BENDS AS GRADUAL
AS POSSIBLE

Duct may be unreeled directly into trench or
along side trench and subsequently placed
in trench. After placing in trench, secure one
end and stretch it by hand to take up the
slack. Spot backfill to hold in position. Do
not use mechanical stretching equipment.

1. Trenching

4. Changes in Direction

Trench should be graded true and free from stones or soft
spots. Backfill should also be free of stones and be firmly
tamped around the sides of the conduit, to develop maximum
supporting strength. Tamping on top of the conduit is not
recommended.

2. Backfill
In rocky soil where it is impossible to have an even trench
bottom, a selected backfill should be put in before laying the
conduit. Selected backfill (not tamped) at least 6" over the

P&C Flex Conduit Fittings

Avoid unnecessary turns, dips, or changes in direction. Keep bends as gradual
as possible to assure ease of cable pull-in after duct installation.

5. Pneumatic Rodding
All commonly used vacuum or pressure can be used to rod P&C Flex. The line
carrier (mouse, puck, rocket) should be soft, flexible material designed to fit
snugly into duct without interference.

6. Mechanical Rodding

All commonly used mechanical rodding equipment can be used to rod P&C
Flex. The tip should have a ball-type arrangement to keep rod from catching in
the convolutions on the inside of duct.

®

Couplings

Part
No.
E940H
E940J
E940K-CAR
E940L-CAR
E940M
E940N-CAR

Plugs

Bell Ends
(Schedule 40)

210

Size
1 1/2"
2"
2 1/2"
3"
31/2"
4"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
25
30
4
5
20
5

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)
4
5
2
3
13
4

Part
No.
P258H
P258JT
P258K
P258LT
P258NT

Size
11/2"
2"
21/2"
3"
4"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
50
60
25
30
48

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)
2
3
2
3
8

Part
No.
E997H-CAR
E997J-CAR
E997K-CAR
E997L-CAR
E997M
E997N

Size
1 1/2"
2"
21/2"
3"
3 1/2"
4"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
10
10
10
10
40
30

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)
.9
1.2
1.9
2.1
10.2
10.7

Female
Adapters

Part
No.
E942H
E942J
E942K-CAR
E942L-CAR
E942M
E942N-CAR

Size
11/2"
2"
21/2"
3"
31/2"
4"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
25
30
4
3
20
7

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)
3
6
1.4
1.5
12
5

Terminal
Adapters

Part
No.
E943H
E943J
E943K-CAR
E943L-CAR
E943M
E943N-CAR

Size
11/2"
2"
21/2"
3"
31/2"
4"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
25
5
5
5
30
5

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)
3
7
1.2
2
14
3

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

PV-Mold®
RUS Listed

Carlon PV-Mold Nonmetallic Pole Riser System
®

®

Carlon PV-Mold is a nonmetallic pole riser
system designed to protect communications
power cable installed on poles.

Features:
• Meets or exceeds requirements outlined
in the National Electric Safety Code
(NESC).
• Designed in accordance with NEMA
TC-19 specifications.
• Ultraviolet, cold temperature and
corrosive atmosphere resistant.
• Schedule 40 wall meets Schedule 80 PVC
conduit impact requirements per NEMA
TC-19.
• No grounding required.
• Belled end fits over each added section
or conduit.
• Flame retardant.
• Requires no maintenance.
• PV-Mold acts as an insulator against
electrical shock.
• Interchangeable parts and accessories to
match the needs of specific requirements.

Flanged Overall Length
10 Feet, Including Bell
Size
1"
1 1/2"
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"

Depth of Bell
2 - 2 1/4"
2 - 2 1/4"
2 - 2 1/4"
3 - 3 1/4"
4 - 4 1/4"
4 - 4 1/2"
5 - 5 1/2"

Steel U-Guard requires
grounding strapping and
does not have belled ends.

PV-Mold has belled ends, flanged
design and does not require
grounding.

Standard Duty
Part
No.
59208N
59211N
59213N
59215N
59216N

Size
1"
2"
3"
4"
5"

Std.
Std.
Ctn.
Ctn.
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
294
1059
136
726
66
761
65
910
30
515

Actual Impact
@ 0˚C
20 Pound
Tup
40 Ft.-Lbs.
100 Ft.-Lbs.
110 Ft.-Lbs.
110 Ft.-Lbs.
110 Ft.-Lbs.

Dimensions
A
B
C
0.100" 1 5/8" 2 3/8"
0.100" 2 3/8" 4 1/2"
0.150" 3 1/2"
6"
0.150" 4 1/2" 6 1/2"
0.150" 5 1/2" 7 1/2"

H
1 5/8"
2 3/8"
3 1/2"
4 1/2"
5 1/2"

0.145" 1 29/32"
0.154" 2 3/8"
0.216" 31/2"
0.237" 4 1/2"
0.258" 5 1/2"
0.280" 6 5/8"

1 29/32"
2 3/8"
3 9/32"
4 1/2"
5 1/2"
6 5/8"

Heavy Duty Schedule 40
59010N
59011N
59013N
59015N
59016N
59017N

1 1/2"
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"

200
136
66
65
30
30

1142
1214
937
1621
870
1160

3 1/2"
4 1/2"
6"
6 1/2"
7 1/2"
8 3/4"

100 Ft.-Lbs.
150 Ft.-Lbs.
150 Ft.-Lbs.
260 Ft.-Lbs.
260 Ft.-Lbs.
260 Ft.-Lbs.

Slots are 1/2" from side to side,
and allow for expansion and
contraction.
Slot Dimensions: for sizes 2"
through 6" are 5/16" wide, 3/4"
long.
Slot Dimensions: for 1" and
11/2" are 3/16" wide, 3/4" long.

Extra Heavy Duty Schedule 80
59411N
59413N

2"
3"

136
66

1549
1495

0.218"
0.300"

2 3/8"
3 1/2"

4 1/2"
6"

2 3/8" 300 Ft.-Lbs.
3 1/2" 525 Ft.-Lbs.

Slot Spacing: 18" from center,
beginning 6" from end.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

211

PV-Mold® Installation & Fittings

PV-Mold System Accessories
®

Polyethylene Vented Boots and Adapters
Adapters

Vented Boots
Part
Dimensions
No.
Size
A
B
C
E938JR 2" x 6" 20.50 5.38 6.14
E938NT 4" x 8" 21.00 15.00 11.31

Std.Ctn. Std.Ctn.
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
4
13.58
4
16.67

D
6.88
9.76

Part
Dimensions
Std.Ctn. Std.Ctn.
No.
Size
A
B
C
D
E
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
E938NRR 4" x 6" 20.87 16.57 12.87 11.68 11.43
1
7
Note:
1. A field cut may be needed to accommodate different boot or adapter to Carlon
U-Mold size combinations.
2. Recommendation: 2 sets of mounting holes per boot/fitting. To add mounting holes,
use a 3/8" drill bit and drill out where needed.
3. When 3" or smaller conduit is being used, it’s recommended that the bottom (largest
section) of the boot or adapter section be buried 2" to 3" below ground surface.

Std.Ctn. Std.Ctn.
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
8
10.57
6
8.00

Part
Dimensions
Std.Ctn. Std.Ctn.
No.
Size
A
B
C
D
E
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
E939NRT 4" x 6" 19.75 4.25 12.50 8.50 7.40
1
5

Installation is easy with PV-Mold pole risers:

Size/Description
2"x 2" Sch. 80 Double Belled Coupling

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn
Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
10
9

Duct to Riser Fitting
Part No.
E939NL
E939N

D
5.07
7.13

1. Install ventilator or duct to riser fittings at the base of the pole.
2. Nail backing plate sections to the surface of the pole.
Three nail holes are provided in each section. Place the “U”
sections over the cable and backing plate, with belled end at
the bottom, and attach using 1/4" lag bolts.

Couplings
Part
No.
E966JJ

Part
Dimensions
No.
Size
A
B
C
E939JN 2" x 4" 11.00 6.75 5.88
E939NR 4" x 6" 11.00 6.75 7.08

Size
4" x 3"
4" x 4"

Std. Ctn. Qty.
15
15

Std. Ctn. Wt. (lbs.)
5.6
5.3

Flanged
Exclusive Bell End
For easy and quick installation.
(No additional coupler required.)
10' Lengths
Safe and light for easy handling during
installation.
Backing Plate
Provides cable isolation from the pole.

Two Riser Fittings Available
Duct to riser fitting
Adapts duct to PV-Mold.

Backing
Plate
Part
No.
59111
59113
59115
59116
59117

212

Size
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"

Dimensions
B
C
1/16"
13/16"
2 1/8"
1/16" 1 5/16"
3 1/8"
1/16" 1 5/16"
4 1/8"
1/16"
3
1 /4"
5 1/4"
1/16"
5
1 /8" 6 1/16"
A

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1

Std.
Ctn.
Wt.
(lbs.)
1.2
1.5
3.0
3.1
4.2
w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Ventilator Fitting
Used for a “chimney”
effect to cool cable and
increase ampacity.

PV-Mold® Installation Instructions

Field Installation Instructions for
Carlon PV-Mold Adapters
For Adapters (E939JN, E939NR, E939NRT)
E939JN

E939JN

To transition from 4" Conduit to 2" PV-Mold
Place Adapter over conduit, attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting
holes, place PV-Mold over top section of Adapter and secure PV-Mold to pole.

To transition from 4" Conduit to 3" PV-Mold
Measure 6.3" up from bottom (large end) of adapter and cut.
Assemble to pole as described above.

To transition from 3" Conduit to 2" PV-Mold*
Measure 4.75" up from bottom (large end) of adapter and cut.
Assemble to pole as described above.
E939NR

To transition from 5" Conduit to 4" PV-Mold
Place Adapter over conduit, attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting
holes, place PV-Mold over top section of Adapter and secure PV-Mold to pole.

E939NR

To transition from 6" Conduit to 5" PV-Mold
Measure 7.25" up from bottom (large end) of adapter and cut.
Assemble to pole as described above.

To transition from 5" Conduit to 5" PV-Mold*
Measure 4.5" down from the top of adapter and cut.
Assemble to pole as described above.
*For these transitions it is not necessary to cut the Adapter if desired. If the
Adapter is not modified, it is recommended that the bottom 3" of the Adapter
be buried below grade.

E939NRT

To transition from 6” Conduit to 4” PV Mold
Place Adapter over conduit and attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting
holes. Place PV Mold over top section of Adapter and secure PV Mold to pole

E939NRT

To transition from 6” Conduit to 5” PV Mold
Measure 5.25” down from the top of the adapter and cut.
Assemble to pole as described above.
To transition from 6” Conduit to 6” PV Mold
Measure 9.5” up from the bottom of the adapter and cut.
Assemble to pole as described above.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

213

PV-Mold® Installation Instructions

Field Installation Instructions for
Carlon PV-Mold Vented Boots
For Vented Boots (E938JR, E938NT, E938NRR)

E938JR

E938JR

To transition from 6" or smaller Conduit to 2" PV-Mold
Place Vented Boot over conduit, attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting holes, place
PV-Mold over top section of Vented Boot and secure PV-Mold to pole.
It is recommended that for conduit sizes smaller than 6" the bottom 3" of the Boot be buried
below grade.

To transition from 6" or smaller Conduit to 3" and larger PV-Mold
For 3" PV-Mold: Measure 3.75" from the TOP of the Boot and cut. Place the Boot over the
Conduit and attach to the pole. Place belled end of PV-Mold over the top end of the boot and
secure.

For 4" and 5" PV-Mold: Measure 12" up from the BOTTOM of the Boot and cut. Place the
Boot over the conduit and attach to the pole. Place the Belled end of the PV-Mold AGAINST the
top edge of the vent protrusion and secure to the pole.
For 6" PV-Mold: Measure 12" up from the BOTTOM of the Boot and cut. Place the Boot over
the conduit and attach to the pole. Place the Belled end of the PV-Mold OVER the vent protrusion and secure to the pole.
E938NT

5 inch

6 inch

To transition from 6" to 8" Conduit to 4" PV Mold
Place Boot over conduit and attach to the pole using the mounting holes. Place PV Mold over
top section of Vented Boot and secure to the pole.
It is recommended that for conduit sizes smaller than 8", the bottom 3" of the boot be buried
below grade.
The E938NT can also be used to transition multiple smaller conduits to PV Mold.

E938NT

ADDITIONAL PV-MOLD COMPONENTS
To transition directly from conduit to PV-Mold use Duct to Riser Fittings
E939NL Transitions 4" Conduit to 3" PV-Mold
E939N Transitions 4" Conduit to 4" PV-Mold

When additional insulation is required between the pole and cables, use PV-Mold Backing Plates:
59111
59113

2"
3"

59115
59116

4"
5"

59117*

6"

*Indicates non-stock factory Made-to-order items

E938NRR

To transition from 6" or smaller conduit to 4" PV Mold
Place Vented Boot over conduit and attach to pole using the top and bottom mounting holes.
Place PV Mold over top section of Vented Boot and secure PV Mold to pole

To transition from 6" or smaller conduit to 5" PV Mold
Measure 4.125" down from the top of the vented boot and cut.
Assemble to pole as described above.

To transition from 6" or smaller conduit to 6" PV Mold
Measure 8.25" down from the top of the vented boot and cut.
Assemble to pole as described above.

214

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

E938NRR

Slip Meter Risers

Slip Meter Risers
Carlon® Slip Meter Risers are designed for use
in electrical service entrance applications. They
provide solutions for applications requiring a
non-rigid connection, with incoming service
conduit diameters ranging from 2" to 4".
The Slip Meter Risers are fitted with a terminal
adapter for easy installation at the service
entrance location, and provide a low-cost
method to comply with NEC 300.5(J), which
requires protection for buried cables in areas
subject to ground movement due to frost or
trench settling.

Features:
• Designed to provide faster and easier
underground service entrance installations.
• Provides cable protection from ground
movement.
• Accommodates incoming service conduit
diameters ranging from 2" to 4".
• Fitted with Terminal Adapters for easy installing.
• Allows ground water in raceway system to drain.
• Complies with NEC 300.5(J)

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

215

Slip Meter Risers

Slip Meter Riser Specifications
C

Thread
Size

Std.
Carton
Qty.

Std.
Carton
Wt. (lbs.)

2.024

.825

2" NPT

20

46

24.00

2.024

.825

2" NPT

1

2.2

2 1/2"

24.00

2.418

.812

2 1/2" NPSC

10

28

E954LXX

3"

24.00

3.012

.798

3" NPSC

10

35

E954LXS
(split)

3"

24.00

3.012

.798

3" NPSC

10

36

E954NXX

4"

24.00

5.060

.773

4" NPSC

5

23

Part
Number

Size

A
Length

B
(Minimum)

E954JXX

2"

24.00

E954JXS
(split)

2"

E954KXX

Article 300 Wiring Methods
(J) Ground Movement. Where direct buried
conductors, raceways, or cables are subject to
movement by settlement or frost, direct buried
conductors, raceways, or cables shall be arranged
to prevent damage to the enclosed conductors or
to equipment connected to the raceways.

216

(FPN): This section recognizes “S” loops in
underground direct burial to raceway transitions,
expansion joints in raceway risers to fixed equipment,
and, generally, the provision of flexible connections to
equipment subject to settlement or frost heaves.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Split Duct
®

Carlon Split Duct
Carlon Split Duct is the fast and easy way
to repair broken ductwork without the costly
cutting and resplicing of your conductors.
Our unique tongue-and-groove design leads
the industry in providing a strong, rigid
solution for duct repair situations.
The interlocking design allows the split duct
sections to be staggered and butted together.
Joints may be sealed with tape and reinforced
with plastic or metallic straps to produce a
rigid, stable unit.
Manufactured from a compound designed
specifically for power and telecommunications
applications, Carlon Split Duct exhibits
superior impact strength and ultraviolet
resistance.

The fast and easy method of installing duct around existing
cable for repair and temporary installations.

Available in 2" through 6" diameters, this
product line also contains couplings and
sweeps necessary to complete the system.

Recommended Installation Procedure
1. Place one 10-foot Split Duct section under cable.
2. In order to stagger joints, saw another section in half (about 5 feet
long).
3. Place 5-foot sectIon over cable and snap the two sections together.
4. Place strap about one foot from the end and another strap about a
foot from the joint where the ends of the top sections will butt.
5. Place another 10-foot Split Duct section over the open half of the
bottom section, butt the ends tightly together and snap the sections
together.
6. Place a length of tape around both sections of the Split Duct to cover
the butted joint.
7. Place a strap about one foot beyond the taped joint.
8. Lay another length of Split Duct underneath cable, butt together, tape
the butted joint and strap one foot on each side of the joint.
9. Repeat procedure.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

217

Split Duct
Split Duct
Split Sleeve Coupling
For joining Split Duct
to existing duct.

Split Sleeve Coupling

Split Duct
Part
Number

Description

Std. Std.
Ctn. Ctn.
Qty. Wt.(lbs.) O.D.

Part
Number

2"
2 1/2"
3"
31/2"
4"
5"
6"

Schedule 40 Split Duct
Schedule 40 Split Duct
Schedule 40 Split Duct
Schedule 40 Split Duct
Schedule 40 Split Duct
Schedule 40 Split Duct
Schedule 40 Split Duct

700
460
500
290
290
230
130

564
572
857
569
701
751
548

2.375
2.875
3.500
4.000
4.500
5.563
6.625

2"
4"

Schedule 80 Split Duct
Schedule 80 Split Duct

700
290

749
922

2.375
4.500

E200JS6
E200KS7
E200LS7
E200LSS
E200MS8
E200NS8
E200NSS
E200PS8
E200PS9
E200RS1

Schedule 80
49411SD-010
49415SD-010

2"
21/2"
3"
3"
31/2"
4"
4"
5"
5"
6"

Split Coupling
Split Coupling
Split Coupling
Split Coupling
Split Coupling
Split Coupling
Split Coupling
Split Coupling
Split Coupling
Split Coupling

6"
7"
7"
6.5"
8"
8"
6"
8"
9"
10"

1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1

25
25
25
25
25
15
25
15
8
6

9
21
17
10
20
16
17
25
12
17

C Duct Split Coupling
C Duct Split Coupling

8"
6"

1
1

15
25

19
24

C Duct

C Duct
68515SD-010

Description

Schedule 40 and 80

Schedule 40
49011SD-010
49012SD-010
49013SD-010
49014SD-010
49015SD-010
49016SD-010
49017SD-010

Size

Std. Std.
Ctn. Ctn. Wt.
length Split Qty. (lbs.)

4"

C Duct Split Duct

320

614

E900NS8 (White) 4"
E900NSW (White) 4"

4.350

Split Duct Sweeps
Segment

Part No.

45° Sweep

UA7DJSD
UA7FJSD
UA7FLSD
UA7HJSD
UA7HLSD
UA7IJSD
UA7ILSD
UA7INSD
UA5INSD
UA3IJSD
UA3ILSD
UA3INSD

Split Duct
Sweeps

221/2° Sweep
111/4° Sweep

Nom.
Size

Radius
(in.)

Std.Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt. (lbs.)

2"
2"

24"
36"

1
1

1.4
2.1

3"
2"
3"
2"
3"
4"
4"
2"
3"
4"

36"
48"
48"
60"
60"
60"
60"
60"
60"
60"

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

4.7
2.7
6.1
3.2
7.2
10.2
6.1
1
3.6
5.1

Two 45° Elbows may be segmented for 90°.

218

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Tel-Gard™ Pre-Lubricated Conduit
RUS Listed

Carlon Tel-Gard Pre-Lubricated Conduit
®

™

Carlon offers factory applied lubricant, field tested and
proven. Increase the pulling distance – reduce the cost... and
the mess. Designed specifically for copper, coax and fiber optic
cabling.
Tel-Gard is pre-lubricated at the factory to ensure a consistent
and even coating compared to field applied lubricant.

Features:
• Entire duct run is thoroughly lubricated
• Applied lubricant exceeds Bellcore minimum
co-efficient of friction requirements using
TR-TSY-000356 test procedure using MDPE FO cable
Non-lubricated .31
Tel-Gard™ Pre-lubricated .068
• Reduce risk of pulling tension damage to cable
• Increase pulling distance between pull points
• Reduce expense of field applying lubricant
• Will not evaporate, enhancing repullability
• Will not stress crack cable
• Compatible with other field applied lubricants if mixed

Calculated using MDPE F/O cable (Wgt.= .11 lbs./ft.)

Tel-Gard™ Prelubricated PVC Conduit
Part No

Description

Nom. Size

Min. I.D.

Max O.D.

Stiffness Wgt. per 100 Length

Std. Crate Qty.

C-Duct Meets NEMA TC-10
68515WL-020

Type C Direct Bury White

4"

4.020

4.350

120

145

20'

1260'

68515PL-020

Type C Direct Bury Grey

4"

4.020

4.350

120

145

20'

1260'

High Performance Exceeds NEMA TC-6 & 8
59810L-020

Type High Performance DB Grey

11/2"

1.657

1.900

600

40

20'

3600'

59813L-020

Type High Performance DB Grey

3"

3.136

3.500

310

123

20'

2000'

Tel-Gard™ Prelubricated PVC Bends
DB120 – Grey

Type C – White
Segment

Part No.

Nom.
Size

90° Sweep

TW9DNL
TW9FNL
TW9HNL
TW7DNL
TW7FNL
TW6TNL
TW5DNL

4"
4"
4"
4"
4"
4"
4"

45° Sweep
30° Sweep
221/2° Sweep

Std.
Radius
(in.) Ctn. Qty.
24"
36"
48"
24"
36"
180"
24"

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Segment

Part No.

Nom.
Size

90° Sweep

PH9DJL

2"

24"

1

PH9FJL

2"

36"

1

PH9DLL

3"

24"

1

PH9FNL

4"

36"

1

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Radius
Std.
(in.) Ctn. Qty.

219

Cement

Carlon Cement
®

(MSDS sheets available at www.carlon.com )

Recommended
Lap Shear
installation
temperature
@ 73˚F

Viscosity at
75˚ as
manufactured

Recommended pipe
application and sizes

Set-up time
(Evaporation Rate)

Recommended for all grades
and types of Carlon PVC
conduit, duct, wireway and
fittings, except Flex-Plus®
Blue™ ENT (Electrical
Nonmetallic Tubing.)
Up through 6" diameter.

10˚-30˚F
30˚-50˚F
50˚-70˚F
70˚-90˚F

Not recommended 40˚ to 100˚F
5-6 minutes
3-4 minutes
1-2 minutes

2 hrs. 350 psi
16 hrs. 800 psi
72 hrs. 1,500 psi

500-900 cps

Recommended for all
grades and types of Carlon
PVC conduit, duct, wireway
and fittings, except FlexPlus® Blue™ ENT (Electrical
Nonmetallic Tubing.)
Up through 6" diameter.

10˚-30˚F
30˚-50˚F
50˚-70˚F
70˚-90˚F

Not recommended 40˚ to 100˚F
5-6 minutes
3-4 minutes
1-2 minutes

2 hrs. 350 psi
16 hrs. 800 psi
72 hrs. 1,500 psi

500-900 cps

Recommended for all
grades and types of Carlon
PVC conduit, duct, wireway
and fittings, except FlexPlus® Blue™ ENT (Electrical
Nonmetallic Tubing.)
Up through 6" diameter.

10˚-30˚F
30˚-50˚F
50˚-70˚F
70˚-90˚F

4-5 minutes
3-4 minutes
1-2 minutes
1/2-11/2 minutes

-5˚ to 100˚F

2 hrs. 350 psi
16 hrs. 800 psi
72 hrs. 1,500 psi

400-700 cps

10˚-30˚F
30˚-50˚F
50˚-70˚F
70˚-90˚F

4-5 minutes
3-4 minutes
1-2 minutes
1/2-11/2 minutes

4˚ to 100˚F

2 hrs. 350 psi
16 hrs. 800 psi
72 hrs. 1,500 psi

400-700 cps

10˚-30˚F
30˚-50˚F
50˚-70˚F
70˚-90˚F

Not recommended 40˚ to 100˚F
5-6 minutes
3-4 minutes
1-2 minutes

2 hrs. 350 psi
16 hrs. 800 psi
72 hrs. 1,500 psi

500-900 cps

Medium Bodied Clear
PVC Solvent Cement
with dauber
Part
No.

Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

VC9964

1/2 Pint

10

VC9963

Pint

24

VC9962

Quart

12

VC9961P Gallon

6

Medium Bodied Gray PVC
Solvent Cement with dauber*
Part
No.
VC9924-24
VC9923
VC9922
VC9941P

Std.
Size Ctn.Qty.
1/2 Pint
24
Pint
24
Quart
12
Gallon
6

All-Weather “Quick-Set”
Clear Solvent Cement
with dauber*
Part
No.
VC9984

Std.
Size Ctn. Qty.
1/2 Pint

10

VC9983 Pint

24

VC9982 Quart

12

VC9981P Gallon

6

All-Weather ENT Blue
“Quick-Set” Solvent
Cement with brush*
Part
No.
VC9992

Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Quart

12

Low VOC Gray PVC
Solvent Cement with
dauber*
Part
No.

Size

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

VC9LV4

1/2 Pint

10

VC9LV3

Pint

24

VC9LV2

Quart

12

Required for use
with Flex-Plus® Blue™
ENT (Electrical
Nonmetallic Tubing),
Riser-Gard®, P&C Flex®,
and Carlon PVC fittings.
Up through 4" diameter.

Recommended for all
grades and types of Carlon
PVC conduit, duct, wireway
and fittings, except FlexPlus® Blue™ ENT (Electrical
Nonmetallic Tubing.)
Up through 6" diameter.
VOC emission of 490
grams/liter per the Bay and
South Coast test method.

Clear Primer with dauber

220

Std.
Ctn. Qty.

Part
No.

Size

VC9903

Pint

24

VC9902
Purple:

Quart

12

VC9932

Quart

12

Recommended for use
with Carlon cement and
all types and sizes of
Carlon WireSafe®
wireway.

N/A

5˚ to 100˚F

N/A

*Meets ASTM D2564
*No daubers for gallon cans

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

N/A

Cement

Cement Joints
Carlon nonmetallic products
are joined by means of
solvent cement joints. Sizes
1/2" through 1 1/2" should be
cut square (using a fine tooth
handsaw) and deburred. For
sizes 2" through 6" a miter
box or similar saw guide
should be utilized to keep the
material steady. After cutting
and deburring, wipe ends
clean of dust, dirt and
shavings.
Joining process as follows: Be
sure that conduit end is clean
and dry. Apply coat of Carlon
Solvent Cement (use dauber)
to end of conduit, the length
of the socket to be attached.
Push conduit firmly into fitting
while rotating conduit slightly about one-quarter turn to
spread cement evenly. Allow joint to set approximately
10 minutes.
Carlon recommends the use of Carlon cement for
proper solvent cement joints. Since this cement is
prepared particularly for our product compounds and
tolerances, we cannot guarantee joints assembled with
cement materials supplied by other manufacturers.
Regular grade grey solvent cement will accommodate
most application situations being of a general purpose
nature. In situations requiring an extremely fast-setting
joint, (low temperature or difficult installation
conditions) Carlon All Weather Quick-Set Cement is
recommended. Standard grade clear cement is recommended for noncritical utility applications where gap
filling and leak testing are not required.

Average number of joints per can
Pipe size
1/2
3/4
1
11/4
11/2
2
21/2
3
31/2
4
5
6

1/2 Pint

140
90
70
50
37
20
17
15
13
12
9
6

Pint
275
180
140
100
75
40
35
30
27
25
19
12

Quart
550
360
280
200
150
80
70
60
54
50
38
24

Gallon
2,200
1,440
1,120
800
600
320
280
240
216
200
150
95

Average shelf-life of all Carlon cement is 24 months (unopened
cans stored below 80˚F.)
All Carlon cements are specially formulated to be used with
Carlon PVC products, and do not require primers when parts are
clean of dirt and moisture.

Cementing PVC Conduit:
1. Make square saw cut with fine
tooth saw.
2. Deburr and round inside edge
of the cut end.
3. Clean socket ID and spigot OD
of dirt and moisture.
4. Apply a uniform coat of
cement to spigot end and
push onto socket bottom,
rotating 1/4 turn.
5. Allow time to set before
disturbing. This will depend
upon temperature.

Cementing PVC Conduit
for Submerged Areas
Requiring Air or Water
Tightness:
1. Follow the procedure to the
left for cementing conduit.
2. Test workmanship by
conducting a low pressure air
(3.0 - 5.0 psi) test after system
is installed and cemented
joints are set.
3. Plug and block ends to
prevent movement prior to
pressurization.
4. Check for leaks with soap
solution.
5. Even low pressure air can
cause high thrust loads and
caution must be observed.
w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Cementing ENT for
Concrete -Tight
Applications:
1. Use Carlon Socket tight
fittings or couplings.
2. Do not use chemical primer
or cleaner.
3. Apply a light uniform coat of
cement, labeled for use with
ENT.
4. A brush shall be used to
apply the cement.
5. Brush excess cement out of
ENT grooves
6. Promptly insert ENT into
fitting while cement is wet,
until the fitting stop is
reached, and give 1/4 turn.
7. Do not disturb until the joint
is set.

221

Conduit Termination, Cutting and Joining

Fittings and Adapters for
Terminating Carlon Schedule 40
and Schedule 80 Rigid Conduit
Terminating Carlon Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 rigid conduit is
quick and easy utilizing either of the methods indicated below.
Terminations may be made in any electrical box or enclosure using
standard size knock-outs or drilled holes.

PVC Conduit Cutters
Small Cutter
For fast, smooth field
cuts of 1/2" through 1"
Schedule 40 and 80
rigid conduit, Flex-Plus®
Blue™ ENT, and Carflex®
liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit.
Part No.
CC120B

Method 1. Permanent Termination

Std.
Size Ctn. Qty.
8"
10

Medium Cutter
PVC
Conduit

E940
Coupling

E996
Box Adapter

Apply solvent cement to shoulder and shank of box adapter and
insert through knock-out from inside the enclosure. Push coupling
over the shank of the box adapter, tight against the enclosure wall.
Rotate the coupling about one-half turn while installing, and hold
in position for a few seconds to permit setting of solvent cement.
The coupling is now ready for the conduit to be installed. Only the
shoulder of the box adapter extends inside the enclosure.

E943
Terminal
Adapter

Part No.
CC125

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
12

PVC Cutter
For clean cuts of
conduit 1/2"
through 2".

Locknut
or Bushing

E943_W
Flat Washer or
“O” Ring

If watertight construction is required, place flat washer over the
threads of the terminal adapter, securely against the shoulder.
Insert the adapter threads through knock-out and secure using
either a standard locknut or threaded bushing. If watertight
construction is not required, eliminate flat washer.

222

Size
9"

Std.
Part No. Size Ctn. Qty.
CC122
17 1/2"
1

Method 2. Separable Termination

PVC
Conduit

Hand held cutter
makes fast square,
smooth field cuts on
Schedule 40 and 80
conduit from 1/2" through 1 1/4".
Produces burr-free cut with no shavings.
Fits into pocket or pouch.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

EZ BEND™ Conduit Bending Equipment
EZ BEND™ Conduit Bender, Jr.

EZ BEND Conduit
Bending Equipment
™

A practical, convenient portable conduit bender for 1/2" through 2" diameter
nonmetallic conduit allows bends up to 14" radius and to 90° elbows. The EZ
BEND Conduit Bender, Jr. is a timesaving, easy-to-carry unit featuring a bracket to store the power cord, a carrying handle, and a clasped cover. The unit
operates on a standard 20 amp, 120 V circuit.
Dimensions: 71/2" x 81/2" x 31"
Operating Temperature: 180° - 200°F
Std.
Std. Ctn.
Part No. Ctn. Qty. Wt. (lbs.)
G280J
1
14

For field bending of small and large diameter
nonmetallic conduit, the easy answer is Carlon EZ
BEND* conduit bending equipment.
• Lightweight
• Portable
• Fast, Simple and Safe • Less expensive than
factory bends
• Includes complete
instructions and a
convenient bending chart

Carlon’s EZ BEND Conduit Bending Equipment is designed with the
electrical contractor in mind. The completely portable and fully encased
EZ BEND benders and plug kits can be transported from job to job
without damage or harm to the equipment. Additionally, the heavy
duty construction and integrity of Carlon’s EZ BEND Conduit Bending
Equipment ensures that it will last for years to come.
*EZ BEND is a registered trademark of Bradshaw Manufacturing, Inc.

Field Bending Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit
1. Heating
Conduit section to be bent must be heated evenly over
the entire length of the curve. Carlon offers EZ BEND
electric heaters designed specifically for the purpose, in
sizes to accommodate all conduit diameters. These
devices employ infra-red heat energy which is most
quickly absorbed by the conduit. Small sizes are ready to
bend after a few seconds, while larger diameters require
two or three minutes, or more, depending on conditions.
The use of torches or other flame-type devices is not
recommended. PVC conduit exposed to excessively high
temperatures may take on a brownish color. Sections
showing evidence of such scorching should be discarded.

Minimum practice
is required to
master the three
steps in bending
nonmetallic
conduits and
ducts.

2. Forming The Bend
1/2" thru 1 1/2" Diameters – When properly heated the

conduit is very flexible and can be shaped to almost any
configuration. The conduit is then cooled by sponging
with water, and the bend is ready to install.
2" and Larger Diameters – Larger sizes of conduits
and ducts require internal support to prevent “crimping”
or deforming during the bending process. Bending plugs
are inserted in each end of the conduit section before
heating. The plugs expand to provide an airtight seal.
(Note: Carlon does not offer bending plugs.)

3. Cooling
As the conduit is heated, the retained air expands, and the increased internal
pressure allows the conduit to be bent without deforming. The conduit must
be cooled before the plugs are removed. For an immediate cool and set,
sponge with cold water.

Special Bends
For “blind” bends or for compound turns in a conduit run, the heated conduit
may be solvent cemented in place while still flexible.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

223

Rope & Tape

Rope
(Conduit Pulling Lines for Conductors or Fiber Optics)

White Diamond Braid Rope
This rope is constructed of polyethylene over
polyester, designed specifically for fiber-optic pulling.
The polyethylene jacket gives the “slippery” feel that
gives less drag in pulling through conduit. Available in
standard 5,000 foot and 10,000 foot reels.
Recommended Approximate
Avg.
Working
Load
Tensile
Part
Reel
(lbs.)
No.
Length Diameter
(lbs.)
1/4"
SB14105 5,000 ft.
260
1700

Std.
Ctn.
Wt.
(lbs.)
100

Tape
Prelubricated, woven polyester tape made from low friction,
high abrasion resistant yarns providing a low coefficient of
friction. Tape is printed with sequential footage markings for
accurate measurements.
Part
No.
TL14505
TL14510
TL38203
TL38265
TL38210

Size
1/2"
1/2"
5/8"
5/8"
5/8"

Tensile
Strength
1250 lbs.
1250 lbs.
1800 lbs.
1800 lbs.
1800 lbs.

Reel
Lengths
5,000 ft.
10,000 ft.
3,000 ft.
6,500 ft.
10,000 ft.

Other ropes and tapes are available. Consult your sales
service location for additional information.

224

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Snap-Loc Spacers
®

®

Carlon Snap-Loc Spacers

NEW

8" Spa !
cers

Carlon Snap-Loc duct spacers provide stability,
consistent separation and relieve direct stress for
duct materials encased in concrete, and direct
bury applications.
Carlon Snap-Loc Spacers provide:
• A side dovetail rail and groove design
allowing for side-by-side interchangeability
of conduit spacer sizes while maintaining
horizontal stability.
• Locking key ways incorporated into
intermediate spacers eliminate the need for
costly top spacers in each size. The locking
key ways provide for the use of a beaded
strap that secures the top section of conduit.
Rebar Holder

• 1" and 2" Snap-Loc Reducers allow fixturing
of 1" or 2" conduit inside larger spacers.

Snap-Loc®
Reducer

Beaded Strap &
Locking Key Way

• The Snap-Loc Rebar Holder provides
stabilization on large banks of spacers.
Nonmetallic Snap-Loc Spacers are designed
specifically for use with nonmetallic duct, with
maximum O.D. dimensions as specified in
NEMA TC-2, TC-6 & 8, TC-10 and ASTM F512.
The innovative vertical and horizontal
interlocking Snap-Loc design has tapered
joining slots with maximum tolerances for
easy job site assembly.

IMPORTANT:
1. The use of duct spacers for direct burial may result in excessive point deflections unless proper
design engineering is applied, such as the proper compaction of the appropriate backfill material.
2. Carlon is NOT responsible for Snap-Loc Spacers used in direct bury applications... design engineers
and contractors are responsible for the design of the installation.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

225

Snap-Loc Spacers
Dimensions – Intermediate Spacers

Dimensions – Base Spacers
Part No.
S288JHN
S288JJN
S288JLN
S288LHN
S288LJN
S288LLN
S288NFN
S288NHN
S288NJN
S288NLN
S288PHN
S288PJN
S288PLN
S288RHN
S288RJN
S288RLN
S288SHN
S288SJN

Size*
2x11/2
2x2
2x3
3x11/2
3x2
3x3
4x1
4x11/2
4x2
4x3
5x11/2
5x2
5x3
6x11/2
6x2
6x3
8x11/2
8x2

A
4.25
4.25
4.25
4.81
4.81
4.81
5.31
5.31
5.31
5.31
5.84
5.84
5.84
6.38
6.38
6.38
7.38
7.38

C
4.12
4.62
5.62
5.25
5.75
6.75
5.75
6.25
6.75
7.75
7.31
7.81
8.81
8.38
8.88
9.88
10.30
10.76

Std.
D (Dia.) Ctn. Qty.
2.50
100
2.50
100
2.50
100
3.63
90
3.63
80
3.63
60
4.63
70
4.63
50
4.63
50
4.63
60
5.69
50
5.69
60
5.69
50
6.75
50
6.75
50
6.75
40
8.75
30
8.75
30

Part No.
S289JHN
S289JJN
S289JLN
S289LHN
S289LJN
S289LLN
S289NFN
S289NHN
S289NJN
S289NLN
S289PHN
S289PJN
S289PLN
S289RHN
S289RJN
S289RLN
S289SHN
S289SJN

Size*
2x11/2
2x2
2x3
3x11/2
3x2
3x3
4x1
4x11/2
4x2
4x3
5x11/2
5x2
5x3
6x11/2
6x2
6x3
8x11/2
8x2

B
3.88
4.38
5.38
5.01
5.51
6.51
5.51
6.01
6.51
7.51
7.07
7.57
8.57
8.14
8.64
9.64
10.14
10.64

C
4.12
4.62
5.62
5.25
5.75
6.75
5.75
6.25
6.75
7.75
7.31
7.81
8.81
8.38
8.88
9.88
10.30
10.76

Std.
D (Dia.) Ctn. Qty.
2.50
120
2.50
100
2.50
80
3.63
100
3.63
80
3.63
60
4.63
70
4.63
60
4.63
60
4.63
50
5.69
50
5.69
50
5.69
30
6.75
50
6.75
40
6.75
30
8.75
30
8.75
30

*First number indicates trade size of duct, second number indicates separation between conduits or ducts.

Accessories

Hole Dia. = .688 min.
.750 max.

15" in length

Snap-Loc® Reducer
Part No.
S287F
S287J

Size
1"
2"

Beaded Strap

Rebar Holder

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
100
100

Part No.
S258RH

Specifications

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
100

Part No.
S28612

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
100

Suggested Specification

C

B

A

(Duct) (Conduit) bank shall be encased in concrete with at least
three inches of concrete at the top and bottom and two inches on
each side. A horizontal and vertical separation between the ducts
of ____* inches shall be maintained by installing Carlon high
impact spacers with horizontal and vertical locking intervals of
____** feet.
*Standard Separations of 1", 11/2", 2", and 3" are available.
**Preferred interval between spacer assemblies is 8 to 10 feet.

3" Standard for all Base Spacers

Installation note
The Spacers and Rebar Holder are designed with a dovetail tongue and groove
feature for easy installation.
If required to permanently fix the position of a group of Spacers and/or Rebar
Holder, the following are recommended procedures:
1. Use Carlon Quick-set Cement glue during assembly or spot glue after assembly
to secure.
2. During assembly, deform the edge of the tongue or groove portion of the dovetail slide with a pair of pliers or similar tool. This deformation will create an
interference, restricting movement.
3. An assembled system may be wired together for additional support.
226

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

IMPORTANT:
1. The use of duct spacers for direct burial may result
in excessive point deflections unless proper design
engineering is applied, such as the proper compaction of the appropriate backfill material.
2. Carlon is not responsible for Snap-Loc Spacers used
in direct bury applications... design engineers and
contractors are responsible for the design of the
installation.

Snap-N-Stac™ Combo Spacers

Carlon® Snap-N-Stac™
Combo Spacers
Carlon® Snap-N-Stac™ Combo Underground Duct
Spacers are specifically designed to replace the
two-piece base and intermediate spacer system, by
combining the conventional base and intermediate
spacer into a single unit!
Manufactured out of highly engineered thermoplastic
material, Snap-N-Stac Spacers are strong, durable and
able to withstand the rigors of concrete construction.
They feature an innovative horizontal and EXCLUSIVE
Vertical locking system and can be used as either a base
or intermediate spacer.

Patent Pending

Installations

Carlon Snap-N-Stac Spacers are available in duct
sizes 2", 4" and 6" and can be installed horizontally,
vertically or turned up-right for unique duct bank
configurations.
This NEW one-piece design makes underground
duct bank installations faster and easier than the
conventional two-piece system– saving material
and labor costs.

Horizontal Locking

Carlon® Snap-N-Stac Combo Spacers...The IDEAL
Solution for Underground Duct Bank Installations.

Features:
• Conventional Base and Intermediate Spacer in a Single Unit!
• EXCLUSIVE Vertical Locking System
• Horizontal Locking System
• Installs Horizontally or Turned Upright
• Molded-In Rebar Holder
• Available in 2", 4" or 6" Duct Sizes
• Reducer to Accommodate Smaller Duct Sizes
• Can Be Used as Either an Intermediate or Base Spacer
• Spacers Interlock Horizontally Regardless of Size
• Nonmetallic, Noncorrosive, Nonconductive
• Strong and Durable
• Easy to Handle
• Fast Installation

Vertical
Interlocking

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

With Reducer

Free Standing

227

Snap-N-Stac™ Combo Spacers
Specifications
Std. Carton
Qty.

Std. Carton
Wt. (lbs.)

Part Number

Description

SP2W20-2

2" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 2" Separation

56

28.5

SP2W30-2

2" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 3" Separation

40

23.8

SP4W15-2

4" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 1-1/2" Separation

26

18.3

SP4W20-2

4" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 2" Separation

24

18.8

SP4W30-2

4" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 3" Separation

20

17.6

SP6W20-2

6" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 2" Separation

12

12.8

SP6W30-2

6" Two-Way Snap-N-Stac Spacer - 3" Separation

12

14.1

S287F

1" Snap-Loc Reducer

100

2.1

S287J

2" Snap-Loc Reducer

100

4.8

S28612

Beaded Strap

100

0.4

How to Interpret the Part Number
Position 1

Position 2
Duct Size

Position 3
Duct-To-Duct Spacing Horizontal and Vertical

Position 4
Horizontal Duct
Positions

Product Type
SP = Spacer

2W = 2" Width

15 = 1-1/2"

2 = Two

4W = 4" Width

20 = 2"

6W = 6" Width

30 = 3"

Technical Information
Part Number Duct Size

228

Duct OD

Duct-To-Duct
Spacing
Horizontal
Duct
Positions Vertical Horizontal

Center-To-Center
Spacing
Vertical

Bottom of
Trench to
Bottom of
Horizontal Duct

Bottom of
Trench to
Center of
Bottom Duct

Overall
Length

SP2W20-2

2"

2.375

2

2

2

4.38

4.38

3.13

4.25

8.75

SP2W30-2

2"

2.375

2

3

3

5.38

5.38

4.13

5.25

10.75

SP4W15-2

4"

4.5

2

1.5

1.5

6

6

3.38

5.56

12

SP4W20-2

4"

4.5

2

2

2

6.5

6.5

3.88

6.06

13

SP4W30-2

4"

4.5

2

3

3

7.5

7.5

4.88

7.06

15

SP6W20-2

6"

6.625

2

2

2

8.62

8.62

4.13

7.38

17.25

SP6W30-2

6"

6.625

2

3

3

9.62

9.62

5.13

8.38

19.25

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Snap-N-Stac™ Combo Spacers – Installation
Installation Instructions
IMPORTANT:
1. Snap-N-Stac Spacers should be used in concrete encased applications only.
2. The use of duct spacers for direct burial may result in excessive point deflections unless proper design engineering is
applied, such as the proper compaction of the appropriate backfill material.
3. Carlon is NOT responsible for Snap-N-Stac Spacers used in direct bury applications…design engineers and contractors
are responsible for the design of the installation.

Vertical Interlocking
Slide spacers together “Feet Facing Feet.”

Feet Facing

Feet Opposite

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

229

Snap-N-Stac™ Combo Spacers – Installation
Installation Instructions
Vertical Free Standing

Reducer

Modifications

If spacers are installed using free standing
method, it is recommended to install the
spacer on the upper row mid-way between
the two spacers on the bottom row.

1" & 2" Snap-Loc Reducers allow
fixturing of 1" and 2" conduit
inside of larger spacers.

Odd numbers of ducts are
accommodated by staggering
two-way spacers.

Transition To Various Duct Sizes
Install spacers side-by-side by inserting the male adapter into the female adapter.
Note: All Snap-N-Stac spacers are designed to interlock horizontally, regardless of size.

230

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon Bore-Gard and
Boreable Multi-Gard Raceway
®

®

®

Bore-Gard
Schedule 40
Bore-Gard
Schedule 80
Boreable
Multi-Gard
Type 40

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

231

Bore-Gard® Trenchless Raceway

Carlon Bore-Gard Trenchless Raceway
®

®

Carlon’s PVC Bore-Gard conduit
eliminates the costly problems of
HDPE pipe on a reel such as reel
handling, fusion welding, uncoiling
and wasted pipe, safety hazards and
additional job site labor.
Bore-Gard is designed and proven to
meet the rigorous requirements of
horizontal directional drilling for
electrical and datacom applications
and is available in Heavywall Schedule
40 or Extra Heavywall Schedule 80
conduit.
The unique design incorporates a
water-tight seal and locking ring that
enables fast, cement-free assembly,
strong enough for 1000 foot bores.
Short lengths of 10 and 20 feet fit into
the tightest spaces and can be
easily transported to the job site.
Simplify trenchless installations and
lower your costs with Bore-Gard.

RUS Listed

Precision engineered design has matching grooves
and nylon locking strap to provide a secure connection.
Positive stop automatically
aligns strap grooves.

Triple-lobed
gasket designed to
provide ease of
assembly and a
watertight seal.

Insertion
depth indicator
tells at a glance
if pipe ends are
inserted to the
correct depth.

Heavy walls and deep
insertion make the joint
immune to the effects of
normal bending.

The belled end will
not snag when pulled
into a bore.

Features:
• Easy to handle 10 and 20 foot lengths
• For bores up to 1000 feet
• Fast easy assembly
• Strong water-tight joints without cement
• Fits standard rigid nonmetallic conduit

• All nonmetallic construction
• Superior crush and stiffness over HDPE
• Eliminates the need for chains and backing plate installation
Schedule 80 - Extra Heavywall
• Type: Schedule 40 - Heavywall
• Sizes: Schedule 40 - 3", 4", 5", & 6" Schedule 80 - 3" & 4"

fittings

Locking ring enables fast,
cement-free assembly.

232

Slide locking ring into the joint.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Fully assembled, the locking ring
provides strong water-tight joints
without cement.

Boreable Multi-Gard®

Carlon Boreable Multi-Gard
®

®

Carlon’s PVC Boreable Multi-Gard
conduit combines a strong boreable
outerduct with the convenience of
a Multi-Cell conduit.
Boreable Multi-Gard utilizes leading
technology from Carlon’s PVC
®
Bore-Gard Trenchless Raceway,
offering a field-proven design.
Bores up to 500 feet can be
achieved without labor-intensive
operations. Lengths of 20 feet fit
into tight spaces often encountered
on underground boring job sites.

Precision engineered design has
matching grooves and nylon locking
strap to provide a secure connection.

Positive stop
automatically aligns
strap grooves.

Factory installed
innerducts
eliminate post
bore
installations.

Heavy walls and deep
insertion make the joint
immune to the effects of
normal bending.

Experience the strength and
convenience of Carlon Boreable
Multi-Gard.

The belled end
will not snag
when pulled
into a bore.
Triple-lobed gasket
designed to provide
ease of assembly
and a watertight seal.

Features:
• Withstands pulling and bending
forces of directional drilling

• Fast assembly
• Eliminates labor related to
gluing and screwing joints
together

• For bores up to 500 feet
• Innerducts: 3-way or 4-way
• Easy to handle 20 foot lengths
• Type: Type 40 PVC outerduct
• Size: 4"
• Prelubricated innerducts
Factory installed
innerducts
provide immediate
post bore cable
installation

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

• Strong water-tight joints
without cement

• Fits standard Schedule 40
fittings

• Compatible with MultiGard Type 40 PVC products

Designed to
meet all your
cable needs.

233

Bore-Gard®

Statue of Liberty
Carlon® Bore-Gard ® was
the product of choice
when additional
conduit was considered
necessary for future
utilities and cables on
Liberty Island.

Horizontal Directional
Drilling was the
preferred method of
installation because
it minimized any
disruption to the
island’s pristine
environment.

Bore-Gard is a PVC
trenchless raceway
specifically designed for
Horizontal Directional
Drilling. Bore-Gard is
seal rated for 75psi,
keeping drilling fluid
and underground water
out. It has a strong,
cement-free joint,
making installations
fast and easy. It comes
in convenient 10 ft.
and 20 ft. lengths and
is strong enough for
1000 ft. bores.

234

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Bore-Gard® /Boreable Multi-Gard® Assembly
®

Bore-Gard Assembly

Trim spigot
end before
attaching
pulling eye.

1. Position Bore-Gard with the print line
facing up.
2. Remove plastic locking strap and set it
aside.
3. Remove end caps. On first stick only, trim
spigot end of Bore-Gard at the groove
before attaching the pulling eye/gripping
attachment.
4. Insert pulling eye into spigot end of
Bore-Gard.

Attach the next piece of Bore-Gard.

Tighten pulling eye so that it expands
against interior of the conduit.

5. Tighten pulling eye so that it expands
against the interior of the conduit. Use
of sleeve over O.D. of conduit is
recommended.

8. Slide the plastic locking strap into slot
on the side of the bell. Push the strap in
completely. It is not necessary to remove
or cover the handle on the strap.

6. The installer should use appropriate
instrumentation to insure that maximum
pull rating is not exceeded.

9. Repeat with remaining sections as space
allows.
10. Bore-Gard is now ready for installation.

7. Take next piece of Bore-Gard (10' or 20')
and insert spigot end into belled end of
the first piece until the insertion line is no
longer visible.

For additional information on the Bore-Gard® line of products, request Frequently Asked Questions about Bore-Gard, BGFAQ; Bore-Gard Technical Reference Guide, BGTRG;
Ten Reasons to Buy Bore-Gard, BG10REA and the Bore-Gard six minute Video, BGVID. All of these materials are available direct from Carlon or from your local Carlon representative.

®

Boreable Multi-Gard Assembly
1. Position Boreable Multi-Gard with the
print line facing up.
2. Remove plastic locking strap and set it
aside.
3. Seal off lead end to keep out drilling fluid.
4. Attach 4" Kellems Grip over lead end.
Note: Internal pulling eye cannot be used
due to innerduct interference.

5. The installer should use appropriate
instrumentation to insure that the maximum pull rating is not exceeded.
6. Take next piece of Boreable Multi-Gard
and insert spigot end into belled end of
the first piece until the insertion line is no
longer visible.
NOTE: Innerducts need to be aligned
before insertion

7. Slide the plastic locking strap into slot
on the side of the bell. Push strap in
completely. It is not necessary to remove
or cover the handle on the strap.
8. Repeat with remaining sections as space
allows.
9. Pull into bored hole. Terminate into man holes.
10. Boreable Multi-Gard is now ready for duct
proofing and cable installation.

For more information on Carlon’s Multi-Gard ® System, request catalog number 2B21.

®

®

Bend Radius for Bore-Gard & Boreable Multi-Gard
Minimum Bend Radius: Turns in a

bore path should be made gradually.
Bore-Gard and Boreable Multi-Gard have
a minimum bend radius of 65'. Bending
more than this recommended limit will
stress the joint. The drawing below
illustrates the 65' bend radius. To obtain
a 90° turn you will require 65' of forward
distance in any directional plane.

Note: Successful directional drilling, reaming and pipe installation are influenced by numerous factors
including the reamed diameter, pull rate, fluid chemistry, fluid flow rate, drill rod diameter, soil
conditions, equipment performance and condition, and operator experience. All manufacturers’
equipment recommendations and training should be followed for successful drilling results.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Bore-Gard is flexible enough to be pulled
around a building.

235

Bore-Gard® /Boreable Multi-Gard® Specifications
Bore-Gard® Specifications

Except where noted by †

Except where noted by

164
164
234
234
317
317
418
418

65
65
65
65
65
65
65
65

20
20
40
40
60
60
80
80

4" Sch. 80 Bore-Gard
4" Sch. 80 Bore-Gard
3" Sch. 80 Bore-Gard
3" Sch. 80 Bore-Gard

10
20
10
20

9'6"
19'6"
9'6"
19'6"

4.50
4.50
3.50
3.50

3.8
3.8
2.8
2.8

260
520
350
700

56
28
56
28

14,560
14,560
19,600
19,600

308
308
210
210

Min. Bend
Radius (ft.)
Insertion
Force (lbs.)

Wt. per
100 ft. (lbs.)

Feet per
Truckload

Description

Part No.

† BG480SP-010
† BG480SP-020
† BG380SP-010
† BG380SP-020

Dimensions
I.D. (in.)
Pkg. Qty.
(ft./bundle)
Bundles per
Truckload

Schedule 80
• RUS Listed

Typical Crush lbs.
(@ 30%
deflection)

19,600
19,600
14,560
14,560
9,200
9,200
8,000
8,000

65
65
65
65

75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75

7,000
7,000
8,700
8,700
11,300
11,300
14,000
14,000

1,225
1,225
1,075
1,075
950
950
950
950

75
75
75
75

12,000
12,000
10,000
10,000

40
40
20
20

1,000
1,000
900
900
850
850
850
850

Typical Crush lbs.
(@ 30%
deflection)
UL Std. 651 &
NEMA TC2 Min.
Crush (lbs.)

56
28
56
28
40
20
40
20

Joint Pull
Rating (lbs.)

Dimensions
O.D. (in.)

350
700
260
520
230
460
200
400

Seal
Pressure Rating
(P.S.I.)

3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
5.0
5.0
6.0
6.0

Min. Bend
Radius (ft.)
Insertion
Force (lbs.)
Seal
Pressure Rating
(P.S.I.)

3.50
3.50
4.50
4.50
5.56
5.56
6.625
6.625

Wt. per
100 ft. (lbs.)

Dimensions
I.D. (in.)

9'6"
19'6"
9'6"
19'6"
9'6"
19'6"
9'6"
19'6"

Feet per
Truckload

Dimensions
O.D. (in.)

10
20
10
20
10
20
10
20

Pkg. Qty.
(ft./bundle)
Bundles per
Truckload

Lay
Length

3" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard
3" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard
4" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard
4" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard
5" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard
5" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard
6" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard
6" Sch. 40 Bore-Gard

Overall
Length (ft.)

BG340SP-010
BG340SP-020
BG440SP-010
BG440SP-020
BG540SP-010
BG540SP-020
BG640SP-010
BG640SP-020

Overall
Length (ft.)
Lay
Length

Part No.

Description

• RUS Listed

Joint Pull
Rating (lbs.)

Schedule 40

UL Std. 651 &
NEMA TC2 Min.
Crush (lbs.)

*U.S. Patent 6,789,629

2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000

2,000
2,000
2,000
2,000

Accessories
Gaskets

Locking Straps

Pulling Eyes
These high-quality pulling eyes have a permanent outer sleeve and a seal on pipe O.D.
Part No.

Description

Package
Dimensions (in.)

Package
Weight (lbs.)

Package
Type

Size

Part No.

BG3PE
BG4PE
BG5PE
BG6PE

3" Pulling Eye
4" Pulling Eye
5" Pulling Eye
6" Pulling Eye

10"x 4"x 4"
17"x 6"x 6"
16"x 7 3/4"x 73/4"
191/2"x 81/4"x 81/4"

8
26
37
63

Carton
Carton
Crate
Crate

3"
4"
5"
6"

GSUP3
GSUP
GSUP5
GSUP6

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Part No.

1
1
1
1

HBOR3
HBOR
HBOR5
HBOR6

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
1
1
1
1

Boreable Multi-Gard Specifications
Dimensions
O.D. (in.)

Innerduct
Dimensions
I.D. (in.)

Pkg. Qty.
(ft./bundle)

Bundles per
Truckload

Feet per
Truckload

Wt. per
100 ft. (lbs.)

Min. Bend
Radius (ft.)

Seal
Pressure
Rating (P.S.I.)

Maximum
Pull Rating
(lbs.)

3-way Boreable Multi-Gard

20

4.50

1.50

520

28

14,560

561

65

75

5000

MFSS4B-020

4-way Boreable Multi-Gard

20

4.50

1.19

520

28

14,560

565

65

75

5000

Description

MFSS3B-020

Part No.

Length
(ft.)

®

Steel Mesh Grip part no. MAG4 is recommended to be used as pulling attachment for Boreable Multi-Gard ®.

236

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon Multi-Gard
Multi-Cell Raceway
®

®

PVC
Fiberglass
Galvanized Steel
PVC-Coated
Galvanized Steel
EMT – Electrical
Metallic Tubing

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

237

Multi-Gard® PVC
Carlon® Multi-Gard PVC
Multi-Gard PVC is a multi-cell raceway system specifically
designed for use in direct bury and concrete encased
applications. Multi-Gard PVC is available in Type C, Type 40
and Type 80 outer shells with 3-way or 4-way innerduct
configurations. Multi-Gard PVC is manufactured in convenient
20ft. lengths for easy handling and transportation, and is ideal
for jetting or pulling cable.
Applications: Outdoor Direct Bury and Concrete Encasement
Wall Types:
Type C, Schedule 40 and Schedule 80
Innerducts:
3-Way 1 1/2" or 4-Way 1 1/4"
Installation
Method:
Trenching, Plowing, Concrete Encased
NOTE: Always install Bell End onto Spigot End

Features
• Pre-lubricated innerducts provide very low
coefficient of friction for easy pulls, and PVC innerducts
expand and contract at the same rate as outerduct.
• Anti-reversing gaskets on coupling body allow for easy
joining. Eliminates need for cementing joints.
• Jettable using high speed air blowing systems.
• O-ring gasket at base of bell reduces risk of water
entering system.
• Inward tapering holes on coupling body give quick and
easy innerduct alignment.
• Print line on outer duct states “Install Print Line Up” to
keep system straight during installation.
• Marked innerduct and marked hole on coupling body
ensure proper innerduct alignment and allow crews to
work from opposite directions.
• 6" deep bell provides strong joint for field bends.
• Internal spacers maintain straight innerduct path.
• End caps are provided on each 20 ft. section.
• Staging materials to job site is simplified.
• Patented flexible bends allow changes in direction.

Technical Information
• Joint Tensile: Approx. 500 lbs. (for reference only)
• 3,500 ft. maximum for Jetting

238

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

RUS Listed

Multi-Gard® PVC
20' Lay Length PVC Multi-Cell With Bell
Part
No.

Description

Bell
(A)

MXSS4S-020

4-Way Type C

4.67

4.35

1.31

MXSS3S-020

3-Way Type C

4.67

4.35

MFSS4S-020

4-Way Type 40

5.00

MFSS3S-020

3-Way Type 40

MDSS4S-020
MDSS3S-020

Except where noted by

Outerduct Innerduct Innerduct
(B)
O.D.
I.D.

Pkg.
Qty.

Wt. per
100 ft.

1.19

1060'

245

1.66

1.50

1060'

256

4.50

1.31

1.19

960'

338

5.00

4.50

1.66

1.50

960'

348

4-Way Type 80

5.50

4.75

1.31

1.19

760'

450

3-Way Type 80

5.50

4.75

1.66

1.50

760'

460

Standard Multi-Gard supplied with grey and one white tracer innerduct.

Custom Orders:

* Custom innerduct colors available upon request
* Minimum order quantity required
* Custom orders non-returnable, non-refundable and non-cancelable

PVC Multi-Cell Fixed Bends With Bell
Multi-Gard fixed bends use the same coupling design as straight sections.
All bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope
burn-through. These fixed bends are jettable.
Part
No.

Description

Innerduct
I.D.

Pkg.
Qty.

M_ _ _ N4S

4-Way Fixed Bend

1.19

1

M_ _ _ N3S

3-Way Fixed Bend

1.50

1

Pos. 1
Product
M = Multi-Cell

Pos. 2
Outerduct
X = Type C
F = Type 40
D = Type 80

Pos. 3
Degree(A)
3 = 11 1/4
5 = 22 1/2
7 = 45˚
9 = 90˚

Pos. 4
Radius(R)
F = 3ft.
H = 4ft.
J = 6ft.
M = 9ft.

Pos. 5
O.D.
N = 4"

Pos. 6
Innerducts
4 = 4 -Way
3 = 3-Way

Pos. 7
Innerduct Wall Type
S = Smooth

PVC Multi-Cell Flexible Bends With Bell
Multi-Gard flexible bends use a patented design capable of a 4' minimum bend
radius and use the same coupling design as straight sections and fixed bends.
All bends are provided with an exclusive, patented engineered plastic innerducts
to avoid rope burn-through. NOTE: After positioning the bend in its application,
it is necessary to cut off the excess innerduct material flush to pipe and deburr
both the I.D. and O.D. of the innerduct to remove snags.
Part
No.

Description

Innerduct
I.D.

Pkg.
Qty.

M_F_4

4-Way Flexible Bend

1.19

1

M_F_3

3-Way Flexible Bend

1.50

1

M _ F _ 4J

4-Way Flexible Bend

1.19

1

M _ F _ 3J

3-Way Flexible Bend

1.50

1

Pos. 1
Product
M = Multi-Cell

Pos. 2
Pos. 3
Outerduct Bell Description
F = Flexible
X = Type C
F = Type 40
D = Type 80

Pos. 4
Degree and Radius
B = 126" (Length)
4' x 90˚
C = 192" (Length)
6' x 90˚

Pos. 5
Innerducts
4 = 4-Way
3 = 3-Way

Pos. 6
J = Jettable

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

239

Multi-Gard® PVC – Accessories
Terminators

Pass-through

Standard

Termination kits allow for sealing inner and outerducts. Each kit contains innerduct sealing plugs with rope tie. Standard terminators allow
for end terminations, and pass-through (jet-through) terminators allow
for bridging innerducts across a vault to allow for unassisted pulling
(or jetting) of cable through the vault. Box terminators allow end
terminations into above ground cabinets.
Part
No.

M_T_ _
Pos. 1
Product
M = MultiCell

Pkg.
Qty.

Description

Terminator

M – T 14
Jet-through

1

Pos. 2
Pos. 3
Outerduct
Description
X = Type C
T = Terminator
F = Schedule 40
D = Schedule 80

M – T 23

Pos. 4
Type
1 = Standard w/ plugs
2 = Pass-through w/ plugs
6 = Enclosure Termin. w/ plugs
9 = Jetting Termin. w/ plugs

Pos. 5
Innerducts
3 = 3-Way
4 = 4-Way

Couplings

M – T 93

Standard

Couplings are provided in standard sleeve for joining two uninstalled
plain ends and slip couplings for male/male connections and repair of
unoccupied Multi-Gard. PVC expansion couplings are listed on page 227.
Part
No.

M _ CC _
Pos. 1
Product
M = MultiCell

Pkg.
Qty.

Description

Standard Sleeve Coupling
Pos. 2
Outerduct
X = Type C
F = Schedule 40
D = Schedule 80

1

Pos. 3
Description
C = Standard Coupling

Pos. 4
Type
C = Coupling

Pos. 5
Innerducts
3 = 3-Way
4 = 4-Way

M – CC4

Transition Adapters
• Spigot to Spigot
Transition adaptors allow different outerducts to be coupled
together while maintaining same innerduct.
Part numbers configured from smaller duct to larger duct.
Part
No.

Description

Pkg.
Qty.

M _ A __

Transition Adapter

1

Pos. 1
Product
M = Multi-Cell

240

Pos. 2
Outerduct (A)
X = Type C PVC
F = Schedule 40 PVC
D = Schedule 80 PVC

Pos. 3
Description
A = Adapter

Pos. 4
Pos. 5
Outerduct (B)
Innerducts
E = EMT
3 = 3-Way
R = Galv. Steel
4 = 4-Way
B = F/G BR
H = F/G HW
S = F/G Std.
F = Schedule 40 PVC
D = Schedule 80 PVC
X = Type C PVC
P = PVC-Coated Steel

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

M –A–4

Multi-Gard® PVC – Accessories
Expansion Joints
Expansion Joints allow for thermal expansion and contraction of
outerduct. Fiberglass expansion joints are recommended every 150 feet
on bridge crossing applications.
* Must use Split Stop Rings with Expansion Joints
Part
No.

M _ EC _
Pos. 1
Product
M = Multi-Cell

Pkg.
Qty.

Description

Expansion Joint

1

Pos. 2
Pos. 3
Outerduct
Description
X = Type C PVC
E = Expansion Joint
F = Schedule 40 PVC
D = Schedule 80 PVC

Pos. 4
Type
C = Coupling

Pos. 5
Innerducts
4 = 4-Way
3 = 3-Way

Split Stop Ring
Use split stop rings on either side of support anchors
to keep Multi-Gard stationary.

* Must use Split Stop Rings with Expansion Joints
Part
No.

Description

Pkg.
Qty.

Wt.
ea.

MFSSR

Schedule 40 Split Ring

1

.51

MDSSR

Schedule 80 Split Ring

1

.73

Repair Kits – 10 Ft.
Repair kits allow for Multi-Gard repair without disrupting a live cable.
Part
No.

Pkg.
Qty.

Description

M _ R _ 4S

4-Way 10 ft. Repair - Cable installed

1

M _ R _ 3S

3-Way 10 ft. Repair - Cable installed

1

Pos. 1
Product
M = Multi-Cell

Pos. 2
Outerduct

Pos. 3
Pos. 4
Pos. 5
Description No. of Cables Innerducts

Pos. 6
Innerduct Wall Type

X = Type C
F = Schedule 40

R = Repair

S = Smoothwall

1 = 1 Cable
2 = 2 Cables
3 = 3 Cables
4 = 4 Cables

4 = 4-Way
3 = 3-Way

M – R –3

Spare Spacers
Part
No.

Description

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt.

MAES4

4-way end spacers

1 ea. = 5 spacers

3.5

MAES3

3-way end spacers

1 ea. = 5 spacers

.6

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

241

Multi-Gard® PVC – Assembly / Field Cuts
Assembly

1 . Distribute Multi-gard sections along

2 . Remove protective cap and

the sides of the trench with male ends
pointing towards starting vault entrance.

install Multi-Gard terminator on
male end. Install first section
into vault opening or enclosure
making sure the print line is on
the top stating “INSTALL PRINT
LINE UP.” (See next page for
terminations.)

3. Each consecutive 20' section can now be
placed by inserting the male end into the gasketed belled end 1/2" to the gasket depth. Make
sure the print line is upright. (If not, rotate the
outer duct until it is.) Now push the sections
together with a firm push until belled end seats
against insertion line.

Field Cuts
Joining Male and Female Ends

1 . Lay the Multi-Gard sections side by
side and mark the male end at the
base of the bell on the female end.
Make a straight cut using
a standard carpenter saw.

3. Raise both ends and align the innerducts

2 . A spare spacer may be
installed to align the innerducts
if they seem loose.

on the male end into the coupling body on
the female end. Lower both ends and the
innerducts will automatically return to their
original position as the joints are forced
together.

Joining Two Male Ends

FIGURE 1

FIGURE 3

FIGURE 2

M – CC4

1 . Flush cut Multi-Gard sections “A” + “B” as shown in figure 1. Slide
outerduct sleeve over Multi-Gard section “B” as shown in figure #2.
Insert end spacer into Multi-Gard plain end (chamfer side in) as
shown in figure #2. Press couplings onto innerducts of Multi-Gard
section “B” as shown in figure #3.

242

2 . Align innerducts on Multi-Gard section “A” with
couplings on section “B”. Solvent cement each coupling
for air tight seal and push until both ends are flush.
Apply solvent cement to both ends of Multi-Gard and
slide sleeve until it is centered on both sections.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Multi-Gard® PVC – Terminations
Terminations

5.
1.

Standard Terminators (Type 1) allow
Multi-Gard to be terminated into a
standard pre-cast termination.
1. Remove watertight plugs in order to
assure total insertion of the Multi-Gard
innerducts.
2. Install terminators into male end of
Multi-Gard to full depth.
3. Replace watertight plugs into the
terminator and tighten.
4. Insert prepared male end into the
pre-cast terminator with print line facing
upward. Solvent cement into place.
5. Use shim enclosed for terminator
requiring a connection of Type C
(4.35 O.D.) into a Type 40 (4.50 O.D.)
termination.

2.

Use a Type 1 Standard Terminator also at an
entrance where a pre-cast terminator is not
available or a knockout is used:
1. Insert the male end section of Multi-Gard
4 inches past the inside wall of the vault
with print line facing upward.
2. Remove the protective cap from the male
end of the Multi-Gard.
3. Remove the watertight plugs and insert
the terminator to full depth.
4. Install bell fitting over the end of
Multi-Gard using solvent cement, and
replace plugs.
5. Slide Multi-Gard section until bell fitting is
flush with inside, and then seal entrance as
required by job specifications.

3.

Use a Type 6 Enclosure Terminator at
entrances into metal or non-metallic
enclosures above ground.
1. Remove watertight plugs in order to
assure total insertion of the Multi-Gard
innerducts.
2. Install terminators into male end of
Multi-Gard to full depth.
3. Replace watertight plugs into the
terminator and tighten.
4. Install threaded adapter over end of
Multi-Gard using solvent cement. Insert
adapter through enclosure hole and
provide 4" locking ring.
5. Use shim enclosed for terminator
requiring a connection of type C (4.35
O.D.) termination.

The pass-through terminator is designed to
allow for continuous ducts through the vault
or hand hole for cable pulling.
1. Install terminator into vault following steps
1 through 5 for standard Type 1 terminator.
2. Cut innerduct of pass through kit 10" longer
than the width of the manhole. Add spacers
as needed.
3. Upon completion, remove the watertight
plugs and install innerducts to traverse
manhole/handhole by cutting to length
inserting into one side of handhole and
raising or bowing center of innerduct span
to insert into the pass-through terminator
on the opposite side. (See pass-through kits
on page 276.)

6.

4.

Use split plugs for sealing Multi-Gard cells
where cable has been installed.
(See page 274)

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Use the jet terminator for jetting operations.
1. Remove watertight plugs in order to assure
to total insertion.
2. Apply standard grade solvent cement
(VC9962) to male end of Multi-Gard. Install
jet terminator to insertion line.
3. Replace watertight plugs into terminator
and tighten.
4. Apply standard grade solvent cement to
terminator male end and insert into pre-cast
bell end. (Install PVC bell fitting in kit if precast bell end is not available).
5. Use shim enclosed for terminator requiring
a connection of Type C (4.35" O.D.) into a
Type 40 (4.50" O.D.) termination.
6. Measure between ends of terminators on
opposite ends of vault, and cut innerduct to
length.
7. Solvent cement each coupling into place or
use mechanical coupling rated for use with
high speed air blowing systems.

243

Multi-Gard® PVC – Installation
Trenching
All PVC Trenching installation allows
Multi-Gard to be placed in the trench
one section at a time or over the
trencher for continuous feed.
Open trenching with Type C Multi-Gard
is recommended for direct burial or
concrete encased applications.

Features

Procedures

• Install one section at a time.

Paved Areas In paved areas, the surface should be carefully
cut to prevent unnecessary excessive width at the top of the
trench and help reduce the amount of surface to be repaved.

• Multiple-cells are installed as soon
as product is placed.
• Economical installation with
installation speed as fast as the
trencher.
• Easy installation with standard
equipment.
• Gasketed coupling body prevents
conduit pulling apart during
installation.
• Industry standard outer duct in
Type C is suitable for direct burial.
• Type 40 outershell and Type 80
outershell are available where
extra protection is necessary.
• Spacers inside outershell allow
PVC innerduct internal movement
allowing for more flexibility.

244

Trench Width For economical operation, particularly where
paving is involved, the trench width should be no greater than is
needed to provide adequate working space. Generally, this
dimension is controlled by the types of excavating equipment
used. As a minimum, the trench must be 5 inches wider than the
width of the conduit structure where backfill will be used and 3
inches wider where concrete encasement will be used.
Individual job specifications will dictate trench width.
Trench Bed Grade and level the trench bed. Where necessary, provide sand and/or other granular backfill as bedding
material so the conduit will be evenly supported over the length
of each section.
Assembly On Top Of The Trench After preparing the
trench, the Multi-Gard can be assembled on top of the ground
outside of the trench by following the directions described on
page 5. Once joined together, the Multi-Gard can then be laid
gently into the trench. Backfill according to the job specifications.
Trench Feeding Multi-Gard Using Rollers This
procedure involves assembling the Multi-Gard above the
ground. After the first four or five lengths are assembled, place
on top of the trenching machine. The remainder of the duct can
be attached to the first section and assembled ahead of the
trencher on the ground directly above the intended place for the
trench. As the trencher advances forward, the Multi-Gard will
lay itself into the trench behind. Once placed in the trench,
backfill according to the job specification.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Multi-Gard® PVC – Repairs
Repairing Vacant Multi-Gard
1. Cut out the damaged section
and insert a belled short section
(4" shorter than damaged
section) of Multi-Gard onto
either one of the ends (section A).
2. Apply 2" of cement on ends
of spigots of coupling body,
press couplings onto spigots.
3. Slide innerduct sleeve over
Multi-Gard plain end (section A).
Insert end spacer into MultiGard plain end (section B).

M – SC4 Slip Coupling

4. Insert female end of slip coupling
into Multi-Gard plain end (section A).
Align sections A and B. Apply cement
to couplings. Slide slip coupling back
onto innerducts in Multi-Gard
(section B) until seated.

5. Apply cement to both
plain ends of Multi-Gard
and slide sleeve until
centered on both sections.

Repairing Multi-Gard Containing Cable(s)

1. Carefully cut out damaged section up to 10
feet. Larger sections can be accommodated
using multiple repair kits.

2. Install the 4" split sleeve couplings over
the existing Multi-Gard. Slide the smaller split
couplings onto the individual innerduct, fitting
the cable into the split coupling. Repeat this
process on opposite side. Carefully insert the
cable(s) into the split corrugated innerduct.

3. Install corrugated innerduct and remaining
smooth innerduct into couplings by raising in
the center and guiding them into their respective openings. Install the spacers to evenly
support the innerduct.

4. Lay one piece of split duct under the
repaired section. Install the other piece of split
duct onto the first piece and strap or tape in
place. Apply cement onto each end and slide
the slip sleeves until centered on both sections.
Backfill according to job specifications.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

245

Multi-Gard® PVC – Repair Kits
Repair Kits
3

4

1

3

1

6
2
2
5

Repairing Multi-Gard with Damaged Cables
1

E940F PVC Coupling
Couples PVC innerduct with solvent cement
for empty cells (standard grade qt. cement
#VC9962).

2

MAFPG7 Fiber Optic Simplex Plug
(cable O.D. range .57 - .65) Seals innerduct
with cable installed.

3

MAQPG2 Quadplex Plug (4 holes each)
Seals outershell and innerduct

4

48808DK PVC Pass-through Kit
(4 x 20' lengths) 20 foot lengths can be cut to
length for continuous empty innerduct.

5

Underground Vault & Lid needed
Choose size & construction based on dimensions
of splice cases and weight requirements. (Allow
12" on either side of splice for bending
innerduct)

6

Splice Case

Repair Kit Instructions:
1. Dig around break area enough to allow vault to
drop over the repair area and rest level when the
mouseholes have been cut away for the duct.
2. Cut away and remove outer shell and any
damaged inner-ducts, being careful to protect
any exposed cables.
3. Cut back the outer duct to allow approximately
6" of inner-duct exposed.
4. Install the splice case per manufacturer’s or
customer’s specifications, allowing enough cable
slack so no tension is felt.

246

5. Install the quad plugs (Item #3) and single
plugs (Item #2) in duct containing cable.
6. Install pass-through ducts (Item #4) with
coupling (Item #1) sealing with solvent cement.
7. Set the enclosure base over the entire package
and place cover on enclosure.
8. Refill hole as required.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Multi-Gard® Fiberglass
Carlon® Multi-Gard® Fiberglass
Multi-Gard is a multi-cell raceway manufactured in 20 ft.
lengths with pre-installed, pre-lubricated innerducts.
The pre-installed innerduct design feature eliminates the
need of pulling innerducts through existing pipe, which
saves valuable time and money.
Applications: Outdoor (UV Resistant) Bridge Crossings,
Areas Subject to Physical Damage
Wall Types: Standard, Heavy or Bullet Resistant
Innerducts: PVC 3-Way 1 1/2" or 4-Way 1 1/4"

Features
• Pre-lubricated PVC innerducts reduce coefficient
of friction for easy cable pulling.
• Anti-reversing gaskets on coupling body allow
easy push in – hard to pull out sealing system.
• O-ring gasket at base of bell reduces risk of water
entering system.
• Inward tapering holes on coupling body give quick
and easy innerduct alignment.
• Marked innerduct and marked hole on coupling
body ensure proper innerduct alignment.
• Deep bell provides strong joint.
• Internal spacers keep innerducts straight.
• Staging materials to job site is simplified.
• Standard Wall .070" provides basic mechanical
and UV protection.
• Heavy Wall .090" provides enhanced mechanical
protection where physical abuse might be
experienced.
• Bullet Resistant .250" provides heavy duty
protection.
• Lightweight construction for easy handling.

Technical Information
• Joint Tensile: Approx. 500 lbs. (for reference only)
• 3,500 ft. Maximum for Jetting
• 20' overall stick length

Assembly Instructions
1. Place plain end of one 20' section into gasketed
coupling body 1/2" to the gasket depth of
another 20' section.
2. Check for alignment and apply epoxy to outside
of plain end.
3. Push sections together with a firm push by hand
until plain end seats fully into belled end.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

247

Multi-Gard® Fiberglass
20' Overall Length Fiberglass Multi-Cell With Bell
Part
No.

Description

Wall
Thickness

Bell
(A)
Dim.

Outerduct
(B)
Dim.

Innerduct Innerduct
Dim.
Dim.
O.D.
I.D.

Wt. per
Pkg. 100 ft.
Qty. (lbs.)

MSSS4S-020

4-Way Standard

.070

4.31

4.14

1.31

1.19

1140'

240

MSSS3S-020

3-Way Standard

.070

4.31

4.14

1.66

1.50

1140'

253

MHSS4S-020

4-Way Heavy Wall

.090

4.39

4.18

1.31

1.19

1140'

338

MHSS3S-020

3-Way Heavy Wall

.090

4.39

4.18

1.66

1.50

1140'

340

MBSS4S-020

4-Way Bullet Res.

.250

5.00

4.25

1.31

1.19

1140'

450

MBSS3S-020

3-Way Bullet Res.

.250

5.00

4.25

1.66

1.50

1140'

450

Standard Multi-Gard supplied with grey and one white tracer innerduct.

Custom Orders:

* Custom innerduct colors available upon request
* Minimum order quantity required
* Custom orders non-returnable, non-refundable and non-cancelable

Fiberglass Multi-Cell Fixed Bends with Bell
Multi-Gard fixed bends use the same coupling design as straight
sections. All bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts
to avoid rope cut-through into adjacent innerducts.
Part
No.

Description

Innerduct
I.D.

Pkg.
Qty.

M __ HN4S

4-Way Fixed Bend

1.19 I.D.

1

M __ HN3S

3-Way Fixed Bend

1.50 I.D.

1

Pos. 1
Pos. 2
Product
Outerduct
M = Multi-Cell S = Standard
H = Heavy wall
B = Bullet Res.

Pos. 3
Pos. 4
Degree (A) Radius
3 = 111/4˚
H = 4 ft.
5 = 221/2˚
7 = 45˚
9 = 90˚

Pos. 5
O.D.
N = 4"

Pos. 6
Pos. 7
Innerducts Innerduct Wall Type
4 = 4-Way S = Smoothwall
3 = 3-Way

Epoxy Kits
Apply epoxy to plain end and bell before insertion for a water
tight joint and to avoid joint pull-out.
Part
No.

Description

Pkg.
Qty.

Wt.
ea.

MA30EK

30 oz. w/mixing tip

1

2.50

Pipe
Size
2"
3"
4"
5"
6"

248

# Joints per
30 oz. Kit
30
24
18
12
10

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Multi-Gard® Fiberglass – Accessories
Terminators

Standard

Termination kits allow for sealing inner and outerducts. Each kit contains
innerduct sealing plugs with tie rope. Standard terminators allow for end
terminations.
Part No.

Description

Pkg.
Qty.

Wt.
Ea

MXT1 _

Terminator

1

1.5

Pos. 1
Product
M = Multi-Cell

Pos. 2
Pos. 3
Outerduct
Description
X = Standard T = Terminator

Pos. 4
Type
1 = Standard w/ plugs

Pos. 5
Innerducts
3 = 3-Way
4 = 4-Way

MXT14

Couplings
Couplings are provided in standard sleeve for joining two uninstalled
plain ends and slip couplings for repair of unoccupied Multi-Gard.
Part No.

Description

Pkg.
Qty.

M _ CC _

Standard Sleeve Coupling

1

Pos. 1
Product
M = Multi-Cell

Pos. 2
Outerduct
S = Std. wall .070
H = Hvy. wall .090
B = B. res. .250

Pos. 3
Description
C = Standard

Pos. 4
Type
C = Coupling

Pos. 5
Innerducts
3 = 3-Way
4 = 4-Way

Standard

M – CC4

Transition Adapters
• Spigot to Spigot
Transition adapters allow different outerducts to be coupled
together while maintaining same innerduct.
(See PVC section for transitioning to PVC Multi-Gard.)
Pkg.
Part No.
Description
Qty.

M _ A __
Pos. 1
Product
M = Multi-Cell

Transition Adapters
Pos. 2
Outerduct
X = Type C PVC
F = Schedule 40 PVC
D = Schedule 80 PVC

Pos. 3
Description
A = Adapter

1
Pos. 4
Pos. 5
Outerduct
Innerducts
E = EMT
3 = 3-Way
R = Galv. Steel 4 = 4-Way
B = F/G BR
H = F/G HW
S = F/G Std.
F = Sch. 40 PVC
D = Sch. 80 PVC
X = Type C PVC
P = PVC Coated Steel

M – AR4

Spare Spacers
Part
No.

Description

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt.

MAES4

4-way end spacers

1 ea. = 5 spacers

3.5

MAES3

3-way end spacers

1 ea. = 5 spacers

.6

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

249

Multi-Gard® Fiberglass – Accessories
Expansion Joints
Expansion Joints allow for thermal expansion and contraction of
outerduct. Fiberglass expansion joints are recommended every 150
feet on bridge crossing applications.
* Must use Split Stop Rings with Expansion Joints
Part No.

Description

M _ EC _

Expansion Joints

Pos. 1
Product
M = Multi-Cell

Pos. 2
Outerduct
S = Standard
H = Heavy Wall
B = Bullet Res.

Pkg.
Qty.

1
Pos. 3
Description
E = Expansion

Pos. 4
Type
C = Coupling

Pos. 5
Innerducts
4 = 4-Way
3 = 3-Way

Split Stop Ring
Use split stop rings on either side of support anchors
to keep Multi-Gard stationary.

* Must use Split Stop Rings with Expansion Joints

250

Pkg.
Qty.

Wt.
Ea

Standard Wall Split Ring

1

.50

MSSRH

Heavy Wall Split Ring

1

.50

MBSSR

Bullet Resistant Split Ring

1

1.75

Part No.

Description

MSSR

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Multi-Gard® Galvanized Steel/PVC-Coated
Carlon® Multi-Gard® Galvanized Steel/PVC-Coated
Steel Multi-Gard is a multi-celled raceway system
designed for bridge applications and other areas
requiring heavy duty protection. Steel Multi-Gard
is manufactured in 10 ft. lengths with pre-installed,
pre-lubricated, smoothwall PVC innerducts.
Applications: Areas subject to physical
damage – vandalism & crush.
Bridge crossings
Innerducts:
PVC 3-Way 1 1/2" or 4-Way 1 1/4"

Features
• Pre-lubricated PVC innerducts for very low
co-efficient of friction and lay straight for long pulls.
• Pre-installed reverse spin coupling allows coupling
Multi-Gard together without turning pipe.
• 3 set screws keep coupling from backing off,
before and after installation.
• Standard sweeps and terminators.
• Patented flexible bend.
• Conforms to NEC Article 300.22 and NFPA 90A for
installation of communication cables inside buildings.
• All bends have “cut-through” resistant innerducts in
bends to avoid rope cutting into adjacent occupied
innerduct.
• Accessories such as pull line and line blowing kits
available.
• Gasketed coupling body and PVC innerducts
are designed to handle jetting equipment or line
blowing.

Assembly Instructions
1. Remove cap and loosen set screws on coupling.
Spin back to allow for insertion.

Technical Information

2. Insert male into female end and spin
coupling forward to bottom out.

• Joint Tensile: Approx. 500 lbs. (for reference only)
• 3,500 ft. Maximum for Jetting
• 10 ft. lay lengths standard

3. Check for alignment of marked innerduct and
marked hole.
4. Tighten set screws.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

251

Multi-Gard® Galvanized Steel
10' Lay Length – Steel Multi-Celled with Spin Coupling
Part
No.

Description

Coupling Outerduct
O.D.
Dim.

Innerduct
Dim. O.D.

Innerduct
Dim. I.D.

Pkg.
Qty.

Wt. per
100 ft.

MRSS4S-010

4-Way Galvanized Steel

5.00

4.50

1.315

1.19

170

1130

MRSS3S-010

3-Way Galvanized Steel

5.00

4.50

1.660

1.50

170

1130

MPSS4S-010

4-Way PVC Coated Steel

5.00

4.50

1.315

1.19

170

1200

MPSS3S-010

3-Way PVC Coated Steel

5.00

4.50

1.660

1.50

170

1200

Standard Multi-Gard supplied with grey and one white tracer innerduct.

Galvanized Steel Multi-Cell Fixed Bends With Spin Coupling
Multi-Gard fixed bends use the same coupling design as straight sections. All bends are
provided with engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope cut-through into adjacent innerducts.
Part
No.

Description

Innerduct
I.D.

Pkg.
Qty.

MR _ HN4S

4-Way Fixed Bends

1.19

1

MR _ HN3S

3-Way Fixed Bends

1.50

1

Pos. 1
Product
M = Multi-Cell

Pos. 2
Outerduct
R = Galvanized
Steel
P = PVC Coated
Steel

Pos. 3
Degree(A)
3 = 111/4˚
5 = 221/2˚
7 = 45˚
9 = 90˚

Pos. 4
Radius(R)
H = 4 ft.
F = 3 ft.

Pos. 5
O.D.
N = 4"

Pos. 6
Innerducts
4 = 4-Way
3 = 3-Way

Pos. 7
Innerduct Wall Type
S = Smooth

PVC Coated Flexible Steel Bends With Spin Coupling
Multi-Gard flexible bends use a patented design capable of a 4' minimum bend
radius and use the same coupling design as straight sections and fixed bends. All
bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope cut-through
into adjacent innerducts. NOTE: After positioning the bend in its application, it is
necessary to cut off the excess innerduct material flush to pipe and deburr both
the I.D. and O.D. of the innerduct to remove snags.

252

Part
No.

Description

Innerduct
I.D.

MRFB4

4-Way Flexible Bend

1

MRFB3

3-Way Flexible Bend

1

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Multi-Gard® Galvanized Steel – Accessories
Terminators Galvanized Steel
Termination kits allow for sealing inner and outerducts. Each kit
contains innerduct sealing plugs with rope tie. Standard terminators
allow for end terminations.
Part No.

Description

Pkg.
Qty.

Wt.
Ea.

MFT14

4-Way Standard Terminator GS

1

1.5

MFT13

3-Way Standard Terminator GS

1

1.5
MFT14

Deflection Joint
Couplings are provided in standard sleeve for joining two
uninstalled plain ends and slip couplings for repair of unoccupied
Multi-Gard.
Part No.

Description

Pkg.
Qty.

Wt.
Ea.

MROS _

Deflection Joint

1

25 lbs.

Pos. 1
Product
M = Multi-Cell

Pos. 2
Outerduct
R = Galv. Steel

Pos. 3
Description
O = Offset/
Deflection

Pos. 4
Outerduct
S = Standard

Pos. 5
Innerduct
4 = 4-Way
3 = 3-Way

Expansion Joints
Expansion Joints allow for thermal expansion and contraction of
outerduct. Steel expansion joints are recommended every 150 feet
on bridge crossing applications.
Part No.

Description

Pkg.
Qty.

Wt.
Ea.

MREC4

4-Way 8" Stroke

1

42

MREC3

3-Way 8" Stroke

1

42

Spare Spacers
Part
No.

Description

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt.

MAES4

4-way end spacers

1 ea. = 5 spacers

3.5

MAES3

3-way end spacers

1 ea. = 5 spacers

.6

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

253

Multi-Gard® Galvanized Steel – Accessories
Transition Adapters
• Spigot to Spigot
Transition adaptors allow different outerducts to be coupled
together while maintaining same innerduct.
Part numbers configured from smaller duct to larger duct.
Part
No.

Description

Pkg.
Qty.

M _ A __

Transition Adapter

1

Pos. 1
Product
M = Multi-Cell

Pos. 2
Outerduct (A)
X = Type C PVC
F = Schedule 40 PVC
D = Schedule 80 PVC

Pos. 3
Description
A = Adapter

Pos. 4
Pos. 5
Outerduct (B)
Innerducts
E = EMT
3 = 3-Way
R = Galv. Steel
4 = 4-Way
B = F/G BR
H = F/G HW
S = F/G Std.
F = Schedule 40 PVC
D = Schedule 80 PVC
X = Type C PVC
P = PVC Coated Steel

Field Bendable Sweeps

254

Part No.

Description

Pkg.
Qty.

MRSS4SFB-010

4-Way Field Bendable Sweep - 10 ft.

1

MRSS3SFB-010

3-Way Field Bendable Sweep - 10 ft.

1

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

M –A–4

Multi-Gard® EMT
Carlon® Multi-Gard® EMT
Multi-Gard EMT is a multi-cell conduit system
for use inside buildings. It has pre-installed
PVC innerducts, comes in 10 ft. lengths, and
has a gasketed coupling body.
Applications: Indoor – Inside Buildings
Innerducts:
3-Way 1 1/2" or 4-Way 1 1/4"

Features
• 10' lengths with set screw couplings.
• Standard sweeps and terminators
• Transition adapters available such as
EMT to Type C Multi-Gard.
• PVC innerducts lay straight for longer pulls.
• PVC innerducts are pre-lubricated for longer pulls.
• All metallic components are UL Listed and conform
to meet NEC Article 300.22 and NFPA 90A for
installation of communication cables inside buildings.
• All bends have “cut through” resistant innerducts to
avoid rope cutting into adjacent occupied innerduct.
• Accessories such as line blowing kits and pull line
available.

Assembly Instructions
Technical Information

1. Remove cap and loosen set screws on open end
of coupling.

• Joint Tensile: Approx. 500 lbs. (for reference only)
• 3,500 ft. Maximum for Jetting
• 10 ft. lay lengths standard

2. Insert male end of conduit into female coupling,
checking for alignment of marked innerduct into
marked hole.
3. Tighten set screws.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

255

Multi-Gard® EMT
10' Lay Length EMT Multi-Cell with Set Screw Coupling
Part
No.

Description

Outerduct
Dim. O.D.

Outerduct Innerduct
Dim. I.D. Dim. O.D.

MESS4S-010

4-Way

4.50

4.33

MESS3S-010

3-Way

4.50

4.33

Innerduct
Dim. I.D.

Pkg.
Qty.

Wt. per
100 ft.

1.32

1.19

170'

555

1.66

1.50

170'

555

Fixed Bends EMT Multi-Cell with Set Screw Coupling
Multi-Gard fixed bends use the same coupling design as straight
sections. All bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts
to avoid rope cut-through into adjacent innerducts.
Part
No.

Description

Pkg.
Qty.

Wt. Ea.
(lbs.)

ME9FN4S

4-Way 90˚x36" Radius

1

39

ME7FN4S

4-Way 45˚x36" Radius

1

20

ME9FN3S

3-Way 90˚x36" Radius

1

39

ME7FN3S

3-Way 45˚x36" Radius

1

20

Field Bendable Sweeps
Multi-Gard flexible bends use a patented design capable of a 4' minimum
bend radius and use the same coupling design as straight sections and fixed
bends. All bends are provided with engineered plastic innerducts to avoid rope
cut-through into adjacent innerducts. NOTE: After positioning the bend in its
application, it is necessary to cut off the excess innerduct material flush to
pipe and deburr both the I.D. and O.D. of the innerduct to remove snags.
Part No.

Pkg.
Qty.

Description

MESS4SFB-010

4-Way EMT Field Bendable Sweep - 10 ft.

1

MESS3SFB-010

3-Way EMT Field Bendable Sweep - 10 ft.

1

Terminators for EMT Multi-Gard
Part
No.

Description

Pkg.
Qty.

Wt. Ea.
(lbs.)

MET64

4-Way Standard Enclosure Terminator

1

2.5

MET63

3-Way Standard Enclosure Terminator

1

2.5

Spare Spacers

256

Part
No.

Description

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt.

MAES4

4-way end spacers

1 ea. = 5 spacers

3.5

MAES3

3-way end spacers

1 ea. = 5 spacers

.6

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Multi-Gard® Performance Specifications
Part 1 General
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:

Industry standard communication outerducts and innerducts meeting the performance requirements
of this specification. Fixed and flexible bends allow for changes in
direction. A gasketed coupling mechanism shall be provided with
self-aligning tapered holes in straight sections, bends, and
terminators for field assembly without lubricant.

1.01 SCOPE: Multiple Celled raceway systems, such as Multi-Gard
manufactured by Carlon Telecom Systems (1-800-3-CARLON),
utilizing prelubricated PVC innerducts for installation of voice, data,
video, and other low voltage cabling. Different outershells are
provided for routing cabling through direct bury, concrete encased,
normal above ground, and heavy duty above ground applications.

Part 2 Product
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Outerducts
1. PVC outerduct shall have print line
stating “INSTALL PRINTLINE UP”
and be available in the following:
a. Type C U.L. listed for direct burial
and concrete encasement.
b. Type 40 U.L. listed for direct burial
and concrete encasement.
c. Type 80 for heavy traffic direct
burial and physical abuse above
ground.

2.

Fiberglass reinforced epoxy shall be
available in the following:
a. .070 Standard Wall for basic
mechanical and UV protection
above ground.
b. .090 Heavy Wall provides enhanced
mechanical protection where physical abuse might be experienced.
c. .250 Bullet Resistant provides
heavy duty protection.

3. Galvanized steel shall be available in the following:
a. Type 40 Hot dipped inside and out for above
ground applications such as bridge abutment
walls. Threads shall be on both ends. Spin
Coupling shall have 3 set screws set 120˚ apart
to stabilize coupling. Threads shall be coated
with Zinc Oxide metalizing.
b. U.L. listed EMT outershell and couplings for
inside building applications including Plenums,
Risers, and General Purpose areas.

B. Outerduct Performance Requirements

Min. stiffness lb/in/in at 72˚ F
Min. O.D.
Impact values ft/lbs. at 72˚ F

Type C

PVC
Type 40

Type 80

SW

Fiberglass
HW

BR

EMT

Steel
GRC

100

370

Crush 2000

40

90

N/A

N/A

N/A

4.35"

4.50"

4.75"

4.14"

4.18"

4.50"

4.50"

4.50"

100

220

525

50

80

N/A

N/A

N/A

Max. joint insertion force

80 lbs.

80 lbs.

80 lbs.

80 lbs.

80 lbs.

80 lbs.

80 lbs.

80 lbs.

Max. joint separation force

200 lbs.

200 lbs.

200 lbs.

200 lbs.

200 lbs.

200 lbs.

Mechanical

Mechanical

Min. joint water infiltration

11 PSI

11 PSI

11 PSI

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Min. lay length

20'

20'

20'

20'

20'

20'

10'

10'

Flexible bend min. radius

4'

4'

4'

4'

4'

4'

4'

4'

C. Innerducts
1. Innerducts in straight lengths shall be Prelubricated PVC. One
white innerduct shall be under the print line with other
innerducts being gray. Multi-Cell can be assembled from
different directions without “mirror” effect. Multi-colored
innerducts may also be provided (3-cell white/gray/orange)
(4-cell white/gray/orange/green).

2. Innerducts in all bends shall not cut through when subjected to a 1/4"
polyprolene rope pulled at 100 ft/min at 450 lb. tension for 100 minutes
tested in accordance with Bellcore TR-TSY-000356 procedures.
3. A non-cemented spacer system shall hold the 4-cell innerducts
in a square configuration and 3-cell innerducts in a triangular
configuration.

D. Innerduct Performance Requirements
Min. stiffness lb/in/in at 122˚ F
Air burst pressure rating
COF requirements TSY-356
Cut-through testing TSY-356 (in bends)

4-way

3-way

170
200 PSI
Pass .06 - .09
Pass 100 min.

140
200 PSI
Pass .06 - .09
Pass 100 min.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

257

Multi-Gard® Performance Specifications
2.03 BENDS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Bends
Type C
Fixed bend radius available
Flexible bend

10' 1/2"

PVC
Type 40

Type 80

SW

Fiberglass
HW

BR

GRC

EMT

4'

4'

4'

4'

3'

3', 4', 6', 9' 3', 4', 6', 9' 3', 4', 6', 9'

length

Flexible bend 16' length

Steel

4' x 90˚

4' x 90˚

4' x 90˚

Use GRC

Use GRC

Use GRC

4' x 90˚ (12')

Use GRC

9' x 90˚

9' x 90˚

9' x 90˚

Use GRC

Use GRC

Use GRC

4' x 90˚ (12')

Use GRC

B. Accessories
1. Slip couplings to allow male/male connections.
2. Termination kits for vaults, handholes, enclosures,
pass-through and jet-through applications.
3. Repair kits for future repair of empty or occupied duct.

4. Drop kits for future dropping of empty or occupied duct.
5. Line blowing kits with missiles.
6. 1700 lb. Slick braid rope, 1130 lb. poly rope, twisted blow line, and
1250 lb. polyester woven tape.

Part 3 General
3.01

DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING
A. All materials shall be furnished by same manufacturer.
B. Local personal field support shall be available.
C. Product application assistance shall be provided by
manufacturer as needed.

D. All flexible bends must be shipped in protective shipping
containers.
E. Manufacturer shall supply installation instructions.

Feature

Multi-Gard

Pre-lubricated PVC Innerducts

Yes

Assembles without lubricant

Yes

Type C, Type 40, Type 80

Yes

Fiberglass in .070, .090, .250

Yes

EMT for Inside Building

Yes

Galvanized Steel with Reverse Spin Coupling/ PVC Coated Galvanized

Yes

Flexible Sweeps capable of 4' bend radius

Yes

Engineering Assistance

Yes

Local Training and Assistance

Yes

20 Foot Lay Lengths

Yes

Local Stock

Yes

U.L. Listed

Yes

Recommended for Boring

Yes

Watertight

Yes

Holds 120 PSI for Jetting

Yes

No Solvent Cement Required

Yes

(Except in Boring and Jetting Applications)

Pulling Planner for Pull Point location

Yes

Drawings on Disk

Yes

Multi-Gard® Gards Your Networks!
258

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Multi-Gard® Cost Comparison Chart
Multi-Gard Saves You Money! Multi-Gard® vs. Conduit and Pulled Innerduct Cost Comparison
800'

1500'
1500'

1500'

Cost of Raceway and Pulling 3 x 1.25" Innerducts
Material

Qty.

4" Conduit Type C
90˚ x 48"
Pull Boxes
Terminators
Plugs
Pulling Eyes

5,300'
2
5
8
24
3

Pulling Harness
Innerduct
Lubricant
Cement
Reel Disposal

1
16,000
16,000
10 qt.
3

Mid. Assist. Equip.

Total

Labor

.75 per ft.
15.00 each
300.00 each
25.00 each
2.00 each
60.00 each

3975
30
1500
200
48
180

same for both
same for both
50.00 /ea.
same for both
same for both
10.00 ea.

60.00 each
.30 per ft.
.02 per ft.
4.00 qt.
25.00 each

60
4800
320
40
75

10.00 ea.
16,000' x
.25 /ft.
2.00 per 100 ft.
5,300 20' = 265 x .25 /ea.
10.00 /ea.

10
4000
320
66
30

5,300 x

530
5236

Cost

2 x 8 hrs.

100.00 hr.

800
12028

Cost

Total

250

30

.10 /ft.

17264

* Carlon can also help determine handhole/manhole placement with
Pull-Gard™ cable pulling software. Call 1-800-322-7566.
800'
4500'
PASS-THROUGH

Cost of Multi-Gard with 3 x 1.5" Innerducts or 4 x 1.19" Innerducts Pre-installed
Material

Qty.

Cost

Total

Labor

Multi-Gard® Type C
90 x 48"

5,300
2

2.50 per ft.
75.00 each

13250
150

same

Pull Boxes
Term. w/ Plugs
Term. Pass Thru
Pre-Lubricant
Mid. Assist. Equip.

3
2
4

300.00 each
35.00 each
60.00 each
Included
Not Required

900
70
240
N/C
N/C
14610

Cost

Total

50 /ea.

150

-0.10 /ft.

-0530
680

same
same
5300 x

15290

Additional Benefits of Using Multi-Gard:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Eliminates the need to place innerducts into an empty conduit. Multi-Gard contains factory installed innerducts.
Multi-Gard factory pre-installed PVC innerducts provide a
straight path for the placement of cable.
Reduced installation cost. The cost of installing innerducts is
eliminated and innerduct waste is eliminated.
Multi-Gard prelubrication formula provides the lowest coefficient of friction available.
The Multi-Gard gasketed coupler system eliminates cementing sections except when boring or jetting.
Multi-Gard patented fixed bends and flexible bends incorporate “cut-through” resistant innerducts. Pre-installed engineered plastic innerducts prevent pull lines from cutting into
the innerduct sidewall when pulling around bends. Bends

7.
8.

9.

10.

containing HDPE or PVC innerducts do not have the same
resistance to cut-through.
Open the trench just once. Multi-Gard allows customers additional cells to upgrade their Telecom Network System.
Multi-Gard factory installed innerducts allow more innerducts
to be placed inside the 4" conduit (4 x 1.19" and 3 x 1.50").
When placing innerducts you are limited to (3 x 1.25" or 2 x
1.5") on many systems.
Multi-Gard factory installed innerducts avoid the risk of
“neckdown”. Neck-down occurs when innerducts are pulled
past their tensile strength, causing the plastic to stretch out.
All material arrives on the job site at the same time! Crews
can begin assembly without waiting for additional material to
deliver. After installing Multi-Gard there are no empty reels to
return or dispose.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

259

And The Winner Is...
Multi-Gard® Multi-Cell Conduit System
A major telephone company sponsored a competition
to compare and evaluate the two leading multi-cell
conduit systems currently available in the communications
industry.
Under the supervision of the telephone company, an
independent contractor was hired to install the two
multi-cell conduit systems meeting standard installation
requirements. Additionally, a consultant was retained by
the telephone company to monitor the test pulls and
prepare a product evaluation for each multi-cell conduit
system.
The following information was compiled from the
consultant’s report. Values stated were derived from
actual field measurements or calculated from field
measurements.
Carlon’s multi-cell conduit system, Multi-Gard®, offered
smooth wall PVC innerducts with factory applied silicone
lining. The competitor’s multi-cell conduit system offered
a longitudinal ribbed polyethylene, silicone lined innerduct
product.
The installation layout selected for the trial consisted
of a 4,900-foot section that included numerous horizontal
and vertical directional changes, eight manholes, and a
road bore. Additionally, record-breaking rainfall made the
competition even more intense.
The cable selected for the trial consisted of a six pair,
copper cable with a low density polyethylene jacket. This
particular cable was selected because it is approximately
the same weight and diameter as many fiber-optic cables.
The low density polyethylene jacket placed the evaluation
under the worst possible coefficient of friction conditions.
Carlon’s Multi-Gard system successfully completed
the trial pull with the test cable. The competitor’s system
could not.

A 1/4" composite rope (braided polyethylene over
braided polyester) was blown into the innerduct of
Carlon’s Multi-Gard. The force required to pull the rope
through the 4,900 feet was 27 pounds. This force was
measured after the rope rested in the flooded innerduct
for more than 10 hours.
The test cable required a maximum pull force of 440
pounds to complete the 4,900 feet trial. At 4,173 feet into
the pull, the cable jacket yielded and the pull came to a
stop. The basket grip was re-installed on the cable and
only 267 pounds of force was required to start the cable
moving.
Using the values measured and the tension forecasting
software provided by the consultant, the coefficient of
friction was calculated as follows:
Pull Rope

.09

Test Cable

.18

Cable B

.13

Just One More Example Of How You Can’t Beat The System!
260

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon Intra-Gard
Multi-Cell Raceway
®

®

®

4-Way Intra-Gard
6-Way Intra-Gard
Hybrid Intra-Gard
Accessories
®
®

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

261

4-Way, 6-Way & Hybrid Intra-Gard®
Carlon® Intra-Gard® is a multi-cell raceway system used
in direct bury and concrete encased applications. IntraGard ducts are pre-lubricated, eliminating the need for
field applied lubricants and reducing the coefficient of
friction, thus allowing for longer cable pulls.
Intra-Gard is available in Type C and Schedule 40 wall
types and is manufactured with extended length bell
ends to facilitate assembly and ensure joint integrity.
Factory installed spacers provide proper spacing and
alignment throughout the system. And for precise 20'
lay lengths, Intra-Gard is supplied in 20'3" sticks.

Features:
• Pre-lubricated ducts – reduces coefficient of friction,
thus allowing longer cable pulls
• Meets Bellcore GR356-CORE coefficient of friction requirements

Calculated using MDPE F/O cable (Wgt.= .11 lbs./ft.)

• Schedule 40 and Type C wall types

Applications

• Factory installed spacers
• Multiple color configurations available for easy duct identification
• Extended length bell ends available on request
• Standard colors – white and grey

Schedule 40

Type C

• Direct bury
• Concrete encased

• Concrete encased
• Direct bury

Standard - Two Color

4-Way Intra-Gard

Maximum Minimum
O.D.
I.D.

Wall Thickness
Min. Max.

Wall type

Part Number

Color

Schedule 40

I 4SFG-020

1 White, 3 Grey

1.67

1.34

.13

.15

Schedule 40

I 4SFGG-020

1 White, 3 Green

1.67

1.34

.13

.15

Type C

I 4SXG-020

1 White, 3 Grey

1.67

1.46

.08

.10

11/2"

Schedule 40

I 41540-020

1 White, 3 Grey

1.91

1.57

.15

.17

Type C

I 415C-020

1 White, 3 Grey

1.90

1.66

.10

.12

2"

Schedule 40

I 42240-020

1 White, 3 Grey

2.38

2.02

.15

.17

Type C

I 422C-020

1 White, 3 Grey

2.38

2.16

.08

.11

11/4"

Multi-Color Options
Wall type

Color

Max.
O.D.

Min.
I.D.

1.67

1.34

Wall Thickness
Min. Max.
.13

.15

Schedule 40

I 4SFGB-020

Grey, White, Red & Orange

Schedule 40

I 4SFGA-020

Orange, Green, Blue & Yellow

1.67

1.34

.13

.15

Schedule 40

I 4SFG6-020

Green, Yellow, Red & Black

1.67

1.34

.13

.15

Schedule 40

I 4SFG4-020

Grey, White, Green & Orange

1.67

1.34

.13

.15

Schedule 40

I 4SFG5-020

Grey, White, Blue & Orange

1.67

1.34

.13

.15

11/2"

Schedule 40

I 41540MC-020 Grey, White, Blue & Orange

1.91

1.57

.15

.17

Type C

I 415CMC-020

Grey, White, Blue & Orange

1.90

1.66

.10

.12

2"

Schedule 40

I 42240MC-020 Grey, White, Blue & Orange

2.38

2.02

.15

.17

Type C

I 422CMC-020

2.38

2.16

.08

.11

11/4"

262

Part Number

Grey, White, Blue & Orange

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

4-Way, 6-Way & Hybrid Intra-Gard®
6-Way Intra-Gard
Standard - Two Color

11/4"
2"

Maximum Minimum
O.D.
I.D.

Wall Thickness
Min.
Max.

Wall type

Part Number

Color

Schedule 40

I 6SFG-020

1 White, 5 Grey

1.67

1.34

.13

.15

Type C

I 6SXG-020

1 White, 5 Grey

1.67

1.46

.08

.10

Schedule 40

I 62240-020

1 White, 5 Grey

2.38

2.02

.15

.17

Type C

I 622C-020

1 White, 5 Grey

2.38

2.16

.08

.11

4-Way Hybrid 2" & 11/4"
Multi-Color Options

Standard - Two Color
Wall type

Part Number

Color

Wall type

Part Number

Color

Schedule 40 I41240-020 1 White, 3 Grey

Schedule 40 I41240MC-020

Grey, White, Blue & Orange

Type C

Type C

Grey, White, Blue & Orange

I412C-020

1 White, 3 Grey

I412CMC-020

Specifications
Wall Type

Max. O.D.

Min. I.D.

Wall Thickness
Min.
Max.

11/4"

Schedule 40

1.67

1.34

.13

.15

Type C

1.67

1.46

.08

.10

2"

Schedule 40

2.38

2.02

.15

.17

Type C

2.38

2.16

.08

.11

Shipping Quantities

Type

All products within the Intra-Gard® system are
supplied with protective dust caps, ensuring
system reliability for current and future cable
installations.

Pallet Qty.

Truck Load

4-way

11/4"

1,200 ft.

14,400 ft.

4-way

11/2"

1,200 ft.

14,400 ft.

1,200 ft.

14,400 ft.

4-way 2"
6-way

11/4"

6-way 2"
4-way Hybrid 2" x 11/4"

720 ft.

8640 ft.

720 ft.

8640 ft.

1,200 ft.

14,400 ft.

Unloading
When unloading Intra-Gard from the delivery truck,
mechanical equipment should be used. If possible,
distribute the Intra-Gard along the route of the
trench site as it is unloaded.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

263

Intra-Gard® Accessories
Fixed Elbows
Intra-Gard® elbows are available in 3' and 4' radii and 11 1/4°, 221/2°, 45°
and 90° angles of curvature. They are manufactured with system
compatible bell and spigot ends, are pre-lubricated, grey in color, and
shipped with dust caps.

4-Way - 11/4"

6-Way - 11/4"

Wall Type

Part No.

Angle

Radius

Length

Schedule 40
Schedule 40
Schedule 40
Schedule 40
Schedule 40
Schedule 40
Schedule 40
Schedule 40
Type C
Type C
Type C
Type C
Type C
Type C
Type C
Type C

I F9HG4
I F9FG4
I F7HG4
I F7FG4
I F5HG4
I F5FG4
I F3HG4
I F3FG4
I X9HG4
I X9FG4
I X7HG4
I X7FG4
I X5HG4
I X5FG4
I X3HG4
I X3FG4

90°
90°
45°
45°
221/2°
221/2°
111/4°
111/4°
90°
90°
45°
45°
221/2°
221/2°
111/4°
111/4°

48"
36"
48"
36"
48"
36"
48"
36"
48"
36"
48"
36"
48"
36"
48"
36"

81"
81"
43"
43"
26"
26"
15"
15"
81"
81"
43"
43"
26"
26"
15"
15"

Wall Type

Part No.

Angle

Radius

Length

Schedule 40
Schedule 40
Schedule 40
Schedule 40
Schedule 40
Schedule 40
Schedule 40
Schedule 40
Type C
Type C
Type C
Type C
Type C
Type C
Type C
Type C

I F9HG6
I F9FG6
I F7HG6
I F7FG6
I F5HG6
I F5FG6
I F3HG6
I F3FG6
I X9HG6
I X9FG6
I X7HG6
I X7FG6
I X5HG6
I X5FG6
I X3HG6
I X3FG6

90°
90°
45°
45°
221/2°
221/2°
111/4°
111/4°
90°
90°
45°
45°
221/2°
221/2°
111/4°
111/4°

48"
36"
48"
36"
48"
36"
48"
36"
48"
36"
48"
36"
48"
36"
48"
36"

81"
81"
43"
43"
26"
26"
15"
15"
81"
81"
43"
43"
26"
26"
15"
15"

Hybrid – 2" & 1 1/4"
Wall Type

Part No.

Angle

Radius

Length

Schedule 40

I 4129040

90°

36"

39"

Schedule 40

I 4124540

45°

36"

67"

Hybrid

4-Way
Part No.

Nom. Size

Part No.

11/4"

I 4 I SG

2" & 11/4"

I 4H I SG

11/2"

I 4 I SG15

2"

I 4 I SH

Nom. Size

264

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Intra-Gard® Accessories
End Bell Terminator Ring
Manhole Terminator or Handhole Entrance
At the manhole or handhole entrance, the
ideal termination procedure is to use
commercially available industry standard
Type C duct end bell (4.35") precast into the
manhole or handhole wall. To properly seal
the Intra-Gard® at its termination points,
Intra-Gard manhole terminator rings are
available as a 1" thick disk designed to
properly space the innerducts and fit into a
4.35" O.D. (Part #IRS4 .)

1.

Start by removing the protective caps from
the male ends of the pipes and then align
the ducts with the Intra-Gard terminator
spacer ring and insert spigot ends through
holes provided.

2.

Insert prepared male end into the precast
terminator. The terminator should be solvent
cemented into the precast terminator or
sealed around outside of the entrance as
required by the job specifications.

3.

Duct plugs should be used (MAEPG3)
after installation on empty ducts to avoid
water and dust infiltration.

Terminator Ring
Part No.

Description

I RS4

4-Way 11/4" Terminator Ring

* Manhole terminator sold separately

Other Type Entrances
1. Where a knockout is used, the procedure
starts with inserting the male end of the
section of pipe four inches past the inside
wall of the manhole or handhole. Remove
the protective caps from the ends of the
pipe, insert terminator and align the ducts
with Intra-Gard terminator ring. Seal
around entrance as required by the job
specifications.

2.

A pass through terminator may be secured
into wall of manhole or handhole either
directly into precast terminator or grout in
place if knockout is used.

Upon completion of conduit placement,
install ducts to traverse manhole/handhole
by cutting to length, inserting into one side
of handhole, and raising or bowing center of
duct span to insert in the pass through
terminator on the other side.

3.

Pass through application may be accomplished by installing a long line coupling
(E600G) onto each duct entering the vault.
Couplings should then be solvent cemented
onto each remaining duct of Intra-Gard.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

265

Intra-Gard® Installation
Installation Instructions

When handling Intra-Gard®, care must be taken to avoid
striking the ends against hard surfaces. This can cause damage
from impact or crushing of the end of the conduit.

Assembly In Trench
1. In the trench, set the first layer of ducts by inserting the male
ends into the female ends on the sections previously placed.
Remove the protective caps as the sections of pipe are about to
be joined together, and make sure the matching colors are aligned.

2.

3.

266

A thin coating of Carlon
Quick Set Cement should
be applied to the inside
surface of the sockets
lightly enough to prevent the formation of a
bead of cement at the
interior shoulder of the
sockets. Then, apply in
the same manner to the
spigot ends of the conduits to the depth of the
socket.
Immediately after applying the coat of cement
to the conduit, insert the
spigot ends into the
sockets.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Duct Proofing
Use appropriate seal-off kit
(Reference pg. 9 for Line
Blowing Kits). For maximum
line blowing potential, use
air compressor at 175 CFM
(125 PSI Max.)

1.

Slide pull line through
opening in threaded
nozzle end of seal-off.
Attach blowing missile
to pull line.

2.

Insert blowing missile
into individual duct and
insert threaded end of
seal-off into duct to
assure minimal air loss.

3.

Attach seal-off to air
compressor with air
release lever in off
position. Hold seal off
firmly in hands.

4.

Open lever quickly
making sure slight tension
is on to prevent pull line
from packing. CAUTION
SHOULD BE EXERCISED
AT THE EXIT POINT FOR
MISSILE TO AVOID INJURY.
Blow pull line in all ducts
to ensure no blockages are
present.

Intra-Gard® Field Cuts
Field Cuts
Joining a Male/Female Connection
1. The pipes should be laid side by side and the
male end marked at the base of the bell on the
female end.

2.

Make a straight through cut on the male end
using a standard carpenter’s saw. Deburr the
ends of the cut pipe.

Joining Two Male Ends

3.

Apply Carlon Quick Set Cement in a thin uniform coating to the inside surface of the sockets and raise both ends and align the ducts on
the male ends to the bells on the female end.

4.

Once the ducts are aligned with their sockets,
lower both of the pipes. The ducts will be automatically returned to their original position as
the joints are forced together.

1. The pipes should be laid side by side, marked and flush cut
to butt up against each other. Deburr the ends of the cut
pipe and install a spare spacer if needed, and use standard
couplings.

2. Place each individual coupling onto ducts using Carlon
Quick Set Cement.

3. Lift sections to align each coupling with other ducts.
4. Lower both sections to a level position.

®

Repairing Intra-Gard Once Installed
Repairing Intra-Gard Housing a Cable
1. Carefully cut out the damaged section of the Intra-Gard.
2. Where cable is installed, slide the split couplings onto

Repair sections may use a standard 20' length of
lntra-Gard with sockets and cut to length.

Repairing Damaged Intra-Gard That Is Vacant
1. Cut out damaged section making a flush cut on
both sides and deburr all pipes.

2.

Measure damaged section and new section
wIth a socket and measure from base of socket
and cut flush. Intra-Gard couplings are installed
onto the individual ducts of the section in the
ground.

3.

Install new section in trench by first applying
Carlon Quick Set Cement and pushing sockets
onto either spigot ends.

4.

Line up ducts with couplings and raise or bow
center of duct span, apply cement and slip
ducts into couplings.

3.

4.
5.

each individual duct, fitting the cable into the grooved
coupling passage. Repeat the process on the other side.
Carefully insert the cable into the split duct. Push the
split duct into the split coupling at both ends. Wrap all
slit areas with sealing tape or shrink wrap, etc. as recommended by specifier to seal out water.
Install stop coupling onto other vacant ducts with
Carlon Quick Set Cement and install the ducts into the
other openings of the couplings with cement.
Ensure the duct system is straight and even before
encasing in soil.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

267

Carlon Intra-Gard Quote Request
®

Date:

®

Needed By:

Destination:

Customer:

Account Number:

Rep Agency:

Market:

Total Quantity Feet:

Power

Telecommunication

Target Price:
Competitors Price:

Quoted Price:
Quoted Terms:

Freight Terms:

Valid Until:

Quoted By:

4-Way Intra-Gard
Standard - Two Color

11/4"
11/2"
2"

6-Way Intra-Gard

Multi-Color Options
Qty.

Wall type

Standard - Two Color

Wall type

Part No.

Schedule 40

I4SFG-020

Schedule 40

I4SFGG-020

Type C

I4SXG-020

Schedule 40 I4SFG6-020

Schedule 40

I41540-020

Schedule 40 I4SFG4-020

Type C

I415C-020

Schedule 40 I4SFG5-020

Schedule 40

I42240-020

Type C

I422C-020

11/4"

Qty.

Schedule 40 I4SFGB-020
Schedule 40 I4SFGA-020

11/2" Schedule 40
Type C

2"

Part No.

90°

IF9HG4

Qty.

Type C

Part No.

48"

IX9HG4

Angle
90°

90°

48"

IX9HG6

90°

48"

90°

36"

IX9FG6

90°

36"

IF7HG6

45°

48"

IX7HG6

45°

48"

IF7FG6

45°

45°

IX9FG4

90°

36"

IX7HG4

45°

48"

36"

IX7FG6

IX5HG6 221/2°

48"

221/2°

36"

IX5FG6 221/2°

36"

36"

IF3HG6 111/4°

48"

IX3HG6 111/4°

48"

111/4°

36"

111/4°

36"

45°

36"

IX7FG4

45°

36"

221/2°

48"

IX5HG4

221/2°

48"

48"
36"

IX3HG4

111/4°

48"

IX3FG4

111/4°

36"

Pull Line
Part No.

Standard - Two Color
Wall type

Part No.
I41240-020

Type C

I412C-020

IF3FG6

IX3FG6

36"

Accessories

4-Way Hybrid 2" & 11/4"
Intra-Gard

Schedule 40

221/2°

IF5FG6

Qty.

48"

48"

IF7FG4

IX5FG4

Qty.

IF5HG6 221/2°

IF5HG4

36"

Part No. Angle Radius

IF9FG6

36"

IF3FG4

Type C
Qty.

IF9HG6

Radius

48"

111/4°

I622C-020

Part No. Angle Radius

90°

111/4°

I62240-020

Type C

Fixed Elbows - 6 Way 11/4"

45°

IF3HG4

2"

I422CMC-020

IF9FG4

221/2°

I6SXG-020

Schedule 40

I415CMC-020

IF7HG4

IF5FG4

Type C

Qty.

Schedule 40 I42240MC-020

Type C
Radius

11/4"

Schedule 40

Schedule 40
Angle

Part No.
I6SFG-020

I41540MC-020

Fixed Elbows - 4 Way 11/4"
Part No.

Wall type
Schedule 40

Line Blowing Accessories

Plugs
Qty.

Part No.

Qty.

Part No.

Qty.

Qty.

Multi-Color Options
Wall type

Part No.

Schedule 40

I41240MC-020

Type C

I412CMC-020

Qty.

Warning Tape

Spacers
Part No.

Qty.

Part No.

Cutters
Qty.

Part No.

Qty.

Fixed Elbows - Hybrid 2" & 11/4"
Wall type

Part No.

Schedule 40

I4129040

Angle Radius
90°

36"

Schedule 40

I4124540

45°

36"

Qty.

NOTE: Please fill in desired part number and quantities.

Fax completed Quote Request to your Local Carlon Representative. Visit www.carlon.com to locate a Carlon Representative.
268

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon High Density Polyethylene
(HDPE) Conduit
®

Telecommunication,
Electrical, and
Power Utility
Solutions:
Smooth Wall
Ribbed Wall
UL Listed
Micro-Gard™ Mini-Duct
Aerial
Aerial Figure 8
Corrugated
Toneable
Accessories

MEMBER
Plastics Pipe Institute (PPI)
www.plasticpipe.org

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

269

Smoothwall HDPE Conduit
Smoothwall HDPE is a nonmetallic
flexible raceway manufactured from High
Density Polyethylene (HDPE) for use in
underground and innerduct applications.

Applications: Underground (direct bury),
or placed inside existing duct (innerduct)

Smoothwall offers superior protection,
increases pathways of existing duct systems,
allows extra channels for future cabling
needs, and is ideal for jetting cable.
Available in a wide range of sizes, colors,
and options, Carlon HDPE is the only cable
management system you need.

Installation methods: Plowing,
open/continuous trench, directional boring
or pulled through existing conduits.

Smooth Interior Wall
Smoothwall is ideal
for jetting cable

Smoothwall Options
• Sizes 1/2" - 16"
• Multiple colors and stripes
• Factory installed pull lines
• Sequentially marked footage
• Up to four colors of equal
lengths paralleled or
segmented on one reel
• Pre-lubricated option
• Toneable Duct – copper
conductor within the
wall of duct. Used to
locate buried conduit.
(see page 274)

Directional Boring

Open Trench

Reference Plastics Pipe Institute PE Pipe Handbook for installation
and engineering recommendations. (www.plasticpipe.org)
270

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Solidwall HDPE Conduit
Custom Orders

Orders are not returnable
* Custom
lengths
are available in minimum order quantities specified on page 294
Custom
*
How to Build a Part Number:

Product

Size

Type

Wall

Options

A = HDPE

2 = 1/2"
3 = 3/4"
5 = 1"
6 = 1-1/4"
9 = 1-1/2"
13 = 2"
14 = 2-1/2"
15 = 3"
16 = 4"
17 = 4.75"
18 = 5"
22 = 6"
23 = 7"
24 = 8"
25 = 10"
26 = 12"
27 = 14"
28 = 16"

C = Smooth/Smooth

4 = SCH 40
N = None
D = Lube Duct
5 = SCH 80
6 = SDR 11
9 = SDR 13.5
13 = SDR 15.5
14 = SDR 17
16 = SDR 21
22 = SDR 7
24 = SDR 9
26 = SIDR 11.5
27 = SIDR 11.5 True
29 = SIDR 15
34 = SIDR 7
36 = SIDR 9
37 = SIDR 9 True
42 = TC-7A
45 = True 11
46 = True 9

Splits

Color

Stripes

Tape

1 = 1 Way Single
2 = 2 Way Segmented
3 = 3 Way Segmented
4 = 4 Way Segmented
5 = 2 Way Parallel
6 = 3 Way Parallel
7 = 4 Way Parallel
12 = 2 Way Compart
13 = 3 Way Compart
14 = 4 Way Compart

A = Black
B = Blue
C = Brown
D = Buff
E = Grey
F = Green
G = Lilac
H = Lt. Green
J = Orange
K = Red
L = Terra Cotta
M = White
N = Yellow

NN = None
3A = Black Stripes
3B = Blue Stripes
3C = Brown Stripes
3D = Buff Stripes
3E = Grey Stripes
3F = Green Stripes
3G = Lilac Stripes
3H = Lt. Green Stripes
3J = Orange Stripes
3K = Red Stripes
3L = Terra Cotta Stripes
3M = White Stripes
3N = Yellow Stripes

A = Empty
1500
B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape
(Equals 1500 Feet)
C = 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape
D = 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape
E = 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape
G = 200 lbs. Polyester Tape
J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape
K = 400 lbs. Detect. Polyester Tape
T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape
V = 1250 lbs. Detectable 22G Poly Tape

Standard Length – Reels and Coils

1"

11/4"

11/2"

Length

Standard Length – Reels and Coils

Color

Part No.

Type

Wall

Pull Tape
Polyester
Woven

Reel
Size

Reel
Length
(ft.)

Wt./Ea.
(lbs.)

Color

Part No.

Type

Wall

Pull Tape
Polyester
Woven

Reel
Size

Reel
Length
(ft.)

Wt./Ea.
(lbs.)

Orange

A5C6N1JNNA7000

S/S

SDR 11

Empty

72x45x24

7000

1517

Orange

A13C4N1JNNC2500

S/S

Sch 40

1250 lb.

82x45x40

2500

1410

Orange

A5C6N1JNNB7000

S/S

SDR 11

1130 lb.

72x45x24

7000

1576

Grey

A13C6N1ENNA4000

S/S

SDR 11

Empty

96x45x32

4000

2747

Orange

A5C9N1JNNB250

S/S

SDR 13.5

1130 lb.

Coil

250

42

Black

A13C6N1ANNA4000

S/S

SDR 11

Empty

96x45x32

4000

2747

Orange

A5C9N1JNNB500

S/S

SDR 13.5

1130 lb.

Coil

500

84

Orange

A13C6N1JNNA4000

S/S

SDR 11

Empty

96x45x32

4000

2747

Orange

A5C9N1JNNB1800

S/S

SDR 13.5

1130 lb.

48x30x24

1800

382

Black 3 RD

A13C9N1A3KA4000

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

96x45x32

4000

2319

Orange

A5C9N1JNNA7000

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

72x45x24

7000

1278

Black

A13C9N1ANNA4000

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

96x45x32

4000

2319

Orange

A5C9N1JNNB7000

S/S

SDR 13.5

1130 lb.

72x45x24

7000

1337

Orange

A13C9N1JNNA4000

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

96x45x32

4000

2319

Orange

A6C6N1JNNA5000

S/S

SDR 11

Empty

82x45x30

5000

1742

Black

A15C9N1ANNA1000

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

96x45x68

1000

1364

Orange

A6C6N1JNNB5000

S/S

SDR 11

1130 lb.

82x45x30

5000

1784

Orange

A15C9N1JNNA1000

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

96x45x68

1000

1364

Orange

A6C9N1JNNB250

S/S

SDR 13.5

1130 lb.

Coil

250

66

Black

A16C6N1ANNA766

S/S

SDR 11

Empty

102x45x68

766

2022

Orange

A6C9N1JNNB500

S/S

SDR 13.5

1130 lb.

Coil

500

132

Orange

A16C6N1JNNA766

S/S

SDR 11

Empty

102x45x68

766

2022

Orange

A6C9N1JNNC2500

S/S

SDR 13.5

1250 lb.

66x45x30

2500

793

Black

A16C9N1ANNA766

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

102x45x68

766

1727

Orange

A6C9N1JNNA5000

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

82x45x30

5000

1481

Orange

A16C9N1JNNA766

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

102x45x68

766

1727

2"

3"

4"

Orange

A6C9N1JNNB5000

S/S

SDR 13.5

1130 lb.

82x45x30

5000

1523

Orange

A16C26N1JNNC700

S/S

SIDR 11.5

1250 lb.

102x45x68

700

1746

Orange

A6C9N1JNNA8000

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

96x45x32

8000

2271

Grey

A17C9N1ENNA700

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

102x45x68

700

2171

Orange

A6C9N1JNNB8000

S/S

SDR 13.5

1130 lb.

96x45x32

8000

2338

Orange

A17C9N1JNNA700

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

102x45x68

700

2171

Orange

A9C6N1JNNA5000

S/S

SDR 11

Empty

96x45x32

5000

2246

Grey

A18C9N1ENNA480

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

114x45x85

480

1842

Orange

A9C9N1JNNA5000

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

96x45x32

5000

1904

Black

A18C9N1ANNA480

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

114x45x85

480

1842

Orange

A9C9N1JNNB5000

S/S

SDR 13.5

1130 lb.

96x45x32

5000

1946

Grey

A22C9N1ENNA450

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

120x45x85

450

2296

Black

A22C6N1ANNA450

S/S

SDR 11

Empty

120x45x85

450

2669

Black

A22C9N1ANNA450

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

120x45x85

450

2296

4 3/4"
5"

6"

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

271

ID Ribbed Wall HDPE Conduit
ID Ribbed Wall HDPE is a nonmetallic flexible raceway manufactured from
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) for use in
underground and innerduct applications.

Applications: Underground (direct bury),
or placed inside existing duct (innerduct)

Ribbed Wall offers superior protection,
increases pathways of existing duct systems,
allowing extra channels for future cabling
needs. Available in a wide range of sizes,
colors, and options, Carlon HDPE is the only
cable management system you need.

Installation methods: Plowing,
open/continuous trench, directional boring
or pulled through existing conduits.

ID Ribbed Interior Wall
Ribbed Wall is ideal for pulling
or jetting cable. Interior ribs
reduce surface contact with
cable during installation.

Ribbed Wall Options
• Sizes 1/2" - 6"
• Multiple colors and
stripes
• Factory installed pull lines
• Sequentially marked
footage
• Up to four colors of equal
lengths paralleled or
segmented on one reel
• Pre-lubricated
• Toneable Duct – copper
conductor within the wall
of duct. Used to locate
buried conduit.
(see page 274)

272

Directional Boring

Open Trench

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

ID Ribbed Wall HDPE Conduit
Custom Orders

Orders are not returnable
* Custom
Custom
lengths are available in minimum order quantities specified on page 294
*
How to Build a Part Number:

Product

Size

Type

Wall

Options

Splits

Color

Stripes

Tape

Length

A = HDPE

2 = 1/2"

B = Smooth Out/Ribbed In

4 = SCH 40

N = None

1 = 1 Way Single

A = Black

NN = None

A = Empty

1500

5 = SCH 80

D = Lube Duct

2 = 2 Way Segmented

B = Blue

3A = Black Stripes

B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape

(Equals 1500 Feet)

3 = 3/4"
5 = 1"

6 = SDR 11

3 = 3 Way Segmented

C = Brown

3B = Blue Stripes

C = 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape

6 = 1-1/4"

9 = SDR 13.5

4 = 4 Way Segmented

D = Buff

3C = Brown Stripes

D = 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape

9 = 1-1/2"

13 = SDR 15.5

5 = 2 Way Parallel

E = Grey

3D = Buff Stripes

E = 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape

13 = 2"

14 = SDR 17

6 = 3 Way Parallel

F = Green

3E = Grey Stripes

G = 200 lbs. Polyester Tape

14 = 2-1/2"

16 = SDR 21

7 = 4 Way Parallel

G = Lilac

3F = Green Stripes

J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape

15 = 3"

22 = SDR 7

12 = 2 Way Compart

H = Lt. Green

3G = Lilac Stripes

K = 400 lbs. Detect Polyester Tape

16 = 4"

24 = SDR 9

13 = 3 Way Compart

J = Orange

3H = Lt. Green Stripes

T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape

17 = 4.75"

26 = SIDR 11.5

14 = 4 Way Compart

K = Red

3J = Orange Stripes

V = 1250 lbs. Detectable 22G Poly Tape

18 = 5"

27 = SIDR 11.5 True

L = Terra Cotta

3K = Red Stripes

22 = 6"

29 = SIDR 15

M = White

3L = Terra Cotta Stripes

34 = SIDR 7

N = Yellow

3M = White Stripes

36 = SIDR 9

3N = Yellow Stripes

37 = SIDR 9 True
42 = TC-7A
45 = True 11
46 = True 9

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

273

Toneable HDPE Conduit
Toneable HDPE Duct incorporates a
patented design using bare solid copper conductor
wire within the duct wall underneath a LDPE or
HDPE stripe providing easy access to the conductor
wire for grounding and coupling applications.
Allows detectability and toning isolation of empty
duct structures as well as ducts with dielectric fiber
installations using conventional transmission,
receiving, and locating equipment.

*Patent Pending

Application: Underground (direct bury)
Installation methods: Plowing, directional
boring, or open/continuous trench.

Standard metal and nonmetallic coupling
methods allow conduit detectability and nonmetallic toneable pressure couplings allow
detection/toning isolation of conduit.
Complete system of conduit and couplings
provides the solution to finding buried occupied
or non-occupied conduits.

Toneable Options
• Industry standard conduit
sizes 1/2"– 4"
• Solid bare copper tone
wire
• Use Conventional
locating devices
• Tone wire easily
accessible for coupling
and grounding
• Standard/compression
couplings available
(page 292)
• Allows isolation tone
and/or detection
• Suitable for direct bury,
bore, trench
applications
• Single color stripe option

Directional Boring

Open Trench

Reference Plastics Pipe Institute PE Pipe Handbook for installation
and engineering recommendations. (www.plasticpipe.org)
274

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Toneable HDPE Conduit
Specifications
Conductor Data
AWG
Resistivity
Elongation
Minimum Wall
Thickness

Custom Orders

# 18 Solid Bare Copper
6.39 OHMS per 1,000 ft.
10% min.
.12 inches

#22 Solid Bare Copper
16.2 OHMS per 1,000 ft.
32% min.
.14 inches

Orders are not returnable
* Custom
Custom
reel lengths are available in minimum order quantities of 25,000 ft. or min. set up charge
*
How to Build a Part Number:

Product

Size

Type

Wall

A = HDPE

2 = 1/2"
3 = 3/4"

B = Smooth Out/ 4 = SCH 40
Ribbed In
5 = SCH 80

5 = 1"

C = Smooth/

Options

Splits

Stripe (one)

Tape

Length

A = Black
B = Blue

NN = None
1A = Black Stripe

1500
(Equals 1500 Feet)

6 = SDR 11

3 = 3 Way Segmented

C = Brown

1B = Blue Stripe

A = Empty
B = 1130 lbs.
Polyester Tape

9 = SDR 13.5

4 = 4 Way Segmented
5 = 2 Way Parallel

D = Buff
E = Grey

1C = Brown Stripe
1D = Buff Stripe

C = 1250 lbs.
Polyester Tape

13 = 2"
14 = 2-1/2"
15 = 3"

6 = 3 Way Parallel
7 = 4 Way Parallel
12 = 2 Way Compart

F = Green
G = Lilac
H = Lt. Green

1E = Grey Stripe
1F = Green Stripe
1G = Lilac Stripe

D = 1500 lbs.
Polyester Tape
E = 1800 lbs.

16 = 4"

13 = 3 Way Compart
14 = 4 Way Compart

J = Orange
K = Red
L = Terra Cotta
M = White
N = Yellow

1H = Lt. Green Stripe
1J = Orange Stripe
1K = Red Stripe
1L = Terra Cotta Stripe
1M = White Stripe
1N = Yellow Stripe

Polyester Tape
G = 200 lbs.
Polyester Tape
J = 2500 lbs.
Polyester Tape
T = 1250 lbs. Poly
Metric Tape

6 = 1-1/4"
9 = 1-1/2"

Smooth

J = Toneable/18G 1 = 1 Way Single
G = Toneable/22G 2 = 2 Way Segmented

Color

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

275

Cable In Duct HDPE Conduit
Features

Assembly
Upon Request

• Cables preinstalled in HDPE - eliminating
the need to pull cables.
• Standard wall thicknesses of TC7 Type A,
TC7 Type B (SDR 13.5), Schedule 40 and
Schedule 80
• UL Listed duct assembly (upon request)

• Manufactured in accordance to NEC
Articles 352 and 354.
• Conduit sequentially marked
• Prelubricated during assembly process
• Conforms to electrical industry
specifications

Specifications
1.0 General

2.0 Material

Carlon HDPE Power Cable In Duct is manufactured to the following various
industry standards and specifications for dimensional requirements.
ASTM F 2160 Solid Wall High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit Based
on Controlled Outside Diameter (OD).
ASTM D 3485 Standard specification for Smoothwall Coilable Polyethylene
(PE) Conduit (duct) for preassembled wire and cable.
ASTM D 3035 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR) Based on Controlled
Outside Diameter.
NEMA TC-7 Smooth Wall Coilable Polyethylene Electrical Plastic Conduit.
UL 651B Continuous length HDPE

Carlon duct is manufactured from a
suitable thermoplastic polymer conforming
to the minimum standard of PE334470E/C
as defined in ASTM D3350. (see table 1)

Carlon® High Density
Polyethylene duct is manufactured
in the following configuration:
Smoothwall – Smooth Interior and
Smooth Exterior wall.

3.0 Product
Description
Polyethylene duct extruded as
coilable tubing for use as a
single or multiple raceway
assembly.
The conduit assembly may be
direct buried, encased in concrete and used as innerducts.

Table 1 – Resin Properties The resin properties shall meet or exceed the values listed below for HDPE.
ASTM Test

Description

D-1505
D-1238
D-790
D-638
D-1693
D-746

Density g/CM 3
Melt Index, g/10 min Condition E
Flexural Modulus, MPa (PSI)
Tensile strength at yield (psi)
Environmental Stress Crack Resistance Condition B,F10
Brittleness Temperature

Values HDPE

TC7 Type A
Nom.
Size

1"

Nom.
OD

.941 - .955
.05 - .50
80,000 min.
3000 min.
96 hrs. min.
-75˚C

Schedule 40
Nom.
ID

Min.
Wall

Conduit
Wt/
100 Ft.

Max Cable Diameter*
1
2
3

4

Nom.
Size

Nom.
OD

Nom.
ID

Min.
Wall

Conduit
Wt/
100 Ft.

Max Cable Diameter*
1
2
3

4

1.315

1.165 .075

12.64 0.842 0.456 0.422 0.366

1"

1-1/4" 1.660

1.460 .100

21.19 1.057 0.572 0.530 0.459

1-1/4" 1.660

1.380 .140

29.31 0.990 0.535 0.497 0.430

1-1/2" 1.900

1.670 .115

27.89 1.210 0.654 0.607 0.526

1-1/2" 1.900

1.610 .145

35.00 1.158 0.626 0.581 0.503

2"

1.315

1.049 .133

21.68 0.749 0.405 0.376 0.325

2.375

2.085 .145

43.93 1.512 0.818 0.758 0.657

2"

2.375

2.067 .154

46.92 1.490 0.806 0.747 0.647

2-1/2" 2.875

2.469 .203

73.69 1.792 0.969 0.899 0.778

2-1/2" 2.875

2.469 .203

74.00 1.783 0.964 0.894 0.774

3"

3.068 .216

96.37 2.228 1.205 1.117 0.968

3"

3.040 .216

97.31 2.213 1.197 1.110 0.961

3.500

Schedule 80

TC7 SDR 13.5 Type B
Nom.
Size

Nom.
OD

Nom.
ID

3.500

Conduit
Wt/
Min.
Wall 100 Ft.

Max Cable Diameter*
1
2
3

4

Nom.
Size

Conduit
Wt/
100 Ft.

Max Cable Diameter*
1
2
3

Nom.
OD

Nom.
ID

Min.
Wall

1.315

.957

.179

27.66 0.682 0.369 0.342 0.296

4

1.315

1.121 .097

16.05 0.810 0.438 0.406 0.352

1"

1-1/4" 1.660

1.414 .123

25.68 1.024 0.554 0.513 0.445

1-1/4" 1.660

1.278 .191

38.11 0.914 0.494 0.459 0.397

1-1/2" 1.900

1.618 .141

33.70 1.172 0.634 0.588 0.509

1-1/2" 1.900

1.500 .200

46.30 1.075 0.581 0.539 0.467

2"

2.375

2.023 .176

52.58 1.467 0.793 0.736 0.637

2"

2.375

1.939 .218

64.08 1.393 0.753 0.699 0.605

2-1/2" 2.875

2.449 .213

76.41 1.755 0.949 0.880 0.762

2-1/2" 2.875

2.323 .276

97.59 1.668 0.902 0.837 0.724

3"

2.982 .259 114.04 2.158 1.167 1.082 0.937

3"

2.900 .300 130.92 2.085 1.128 1.046 0.906

1"

3.500

3.500

The number of conductors and cables shall not exceed that permitted by the percentage fill specified in Table 1, Chapter 9 of the National Electrical Code.

276

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Micro-Gard™ Mini-Duct HDPE Conduit
RUS Listed

Micro-Gard™ mini-ducts are designed to be jetted or pulled into conduit
and used in micro-cable installation.

Features & Benefits
• 10 mm, 12 mm, and 16 mm sizes
• Low coefficient of friction for easy jetting or pulling of cable
• High tensile strength material allows for longer pulling distances, reducing installation costs
• Variety of stripes for identification and paralleling available - makes product easier to install
• Sequential footage markings
• Pre-installed pull line optional (10 mm ID and larger)
• High burst pressure rated material for jetting installation
• UV-formulated material for outside storage conditions
• System includes: Duct, Couplings, Terminations, Pulling Eyes, Pulling Harness and Cutters

Specifications
Resin properties shall meet or exceed the values listed below for high density polyethylene (HDPE):
Description
Density
Melt Index
Flexural Modulus
Tensile Strength at yield (2 in/min)
Tensile Strength at break (2 in/min)
Environmental Stress Crack Resistance (Condition C)
Brittleness Temperature

ASTM Test method
D4883
D1238
D790
D638
D638
D1693
D746

Typical Values
HDPE English Units
SI Units
–
0.944 g/cc
–
12.5 g/10 min.
120,000 psi
827 Mpa
3300 psi
22.8 Mpa
4500 psi
31.0 Mpa
>2000 hrs
>2000 hrs
<-180° F
<-118° C

Mini-Duct Dimensions
Nominal Size
O.D. x I.D.
mm
inch
10 / 8
0.394 x 0.315
12 / 10
0.472 x 0.394
16 / 12
0.630 x 0.472

Outside Diameter
Tolerance
+/- mm
+/- inch
0.1
0.004
0.1
0.004
0.1
0.004

Wall Thickness & Tolerance
mm
+/- inch
1 +0/-0.1
0.039 +0/-0.004
1 +0/-0.1
0.039 +0/-0.004
2 +0/-0.1
0.078 +0/-0.004

Inside Diameter
Minimum
mm
inch
7.9
0.312
9.9
0.390
11.9
0.470

Standard
Weight
lbs./100 ft.
1.77
2.08
5.59

Mini-Duct Performance
Nominal Size
O.D. x I.D.
mm
inch
10 / 8
0.394 x 0.315
12 / 10
0.472 x 0.394
16 / 12
0.630 x 0.472

Bend Radius
Minimum
mm
inch
200
7.88
240
9.45
320
12.60

Safe Tensile Pull
Maximum
lbs
Newtons
128
569
195
867
371
1650

Sustained
Pressure
Maximum
psi
BAR
316
22
388
27
450
31

Burst Pressure
Minimum
psi
BAR
700
48
900
62
1000
68.9

Crush
Strength ≤
4% O.D.
lbs
kg
200
90
300
136
500
226

Sliding
Coefficient
of Friction
≤ 0.10

Dimension and Performance Notes:
10 / 8 mm size recommended for jetting.
12 / 10 mm size recommended for jetting or pulling.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

277

Micro-Gard™ Mini-Duct HDPE Conduit
Maximum Number of Mini-Ducts per Conduit & Wall
SDR 13.5

RUS Listed

SDR 11

Conduit Size
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"

16 mm
0
1
2
3
5

12 mm
1
2
4
5
9

10 mm
2
4
6
8
13

16 mm
0
1
2
3
5

12 mm
1
2
4
5
9

10 mm
2
3
6
8
13

Schedule 40

Conduit Size
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"

16 mm
0
1
2
3
4

12 mm
1
2
4
5
8

10 mm
2
3
5
7
11

16 mm
0
1
2
2
4

12 mm
1
1
3
4
8

10 mm
1
2
5
7
12

Schedule 80

Conduit Size
3/4"
1"
1
1 /4"
1 1/2"
2"

Conduit Size
3/4"
1"
1
1 /4"
1 1/2"
2"

Micro-Gard ™ Part Number Configuration:
Product

Size

Type

Wall

Options

*Splits

Color

**Stripes

Pull Line

Length

M = Micro-Gard

51 = 10/8 mm
54 = 12/10 mm
58 = 16/12 mm

C = Smooth / Smooth

3 = Standard

D = Pre-Lubricated

1 = 1 Duct
5 = 2 Ducts
6 = 3 Ducts
7 = 4 Ducts
8 = 5 Ducts

A = Black

NN = None
3B = Blue
3C = Buff
3E = Gray
3F = Green
3G = Lilac
3J = Orange
3K = Red
3M = White
3N = Yellow

A = Empty
Z = ***600 lb. Polyester
Woven Tape

5000 = 5000 ft.

* Paralleled
** Stripes on Black only
*** 10 mm ID and larger

Packaging Configuration
Single Duct:
Parallel Duct:

One size of mini-duct on a single reel
Same size mini-duct, in a mix of 2 to 5 duct configurations, on a single reel.
Note: To calculate parallel-duct footage, deduct 3% per duct from the single-duct footage.

Micro-Gard™ mini-ducts are shipped on disposable wooden reels:
Reel Size: 35" Flange x 32" Outer Width

278

Nominal
Size (mm)

Part Number

Description

Single
Duct (ft)

Single Duct
(meter)

Total
Weight (lbs)

10 / 8

M51C3D1A3J13000

10/8 MM MICRO PE S/S BLK 3 ORG PL

13,000

3,962

285

12 / 10

M54C3D1A3J9000

12/10 MM MICRO PE S/S BLK 3 ORG PL

9,000

2,743

242

16 / 12

M58C3D1A3J5000

16/12 MM MICRO PE S/S BLK 3 ORG PL

5000

1,524

335

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Micro-Gard™ Mini-Duct HDPE Conduit – Accessories
RUS Listed

Couplings & End Caps
Micro-Gard push-on couplings and end caps allow each end of Micro-Gard to be easily pushed into place. No tools
required. Push-on couplings and end caps can be used multiple times while maintaining original performance.

Couplings
Part No.
MPCC10
MPCC12
MPCC16

Description
10 mm O.D. Push-On Coupling
12 mm O.D. Push-On Coupling
16 mm O.D. Push-On Coupling

Std. Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea. (lbs.)
5
0.12
5
0.15
5
0.25

Description
10 mm O.D. Push-On End Cap
12 mm O.D. Push-On End Cap
16 mm O.D. Push-On End Cap

Std. Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea. (lbs.)
5
0.065
5
0.090
5
0.150

End Caps
Part No.
MPEC10
MPEC12
MPEC16

Plug Caps (Not for pressure seals)
Part No.
MPPC8
MPPC10
MPPC12

Description
8 mm O.D. Plug Cap
10 mm O.D. Plug Cap
12 mm O.D. Plug Cap

Conduit Application
Use with 10 mm O.D. Conduit
Use with 12 mm O.D. Conduit
Use with 16 mm O.D. Conduit

Std. Pkg. Qty. Wt. Ea. (lbs.)
5
0.040
5
0.055
5
0.090

All Micro-Gard™ Couplings and End Caps meet or exceed the following performance specifications:
Pull-Out
Conduit Size
10 / 8
12 / 10
16 / 12

lb
146
139
175

kg
66
63
79

Sustained Pressure
PSI
BAR
125
8.6
125
8.6
125
8.6

Quick Burst
PSI
BAR
175
12
175
12
175
12

Cutters & Pulling Devices
Duct Cutters
• Nylon handles and high grade steel blade allow single or multiple cuts with simple squeeze and rotate
method for 10 - 16 mm sizes.
• All fittings are designed to reduce risk of restriction at coupling or termination point.
Part No.
CC120B

Description
Duct Cutter – 10mm to 16mm diameter

Std. Ctn. Qty.
10

Wt. Ea. (lbs.)
3.51

Multiple Micro-Gard Pulling Harness: Each 2-Duct segment is detachable.
Part No.
MAPH6

Description
2 to 6-way Adjustable Pulling Harness

Std. Ctn. Qty.
1

Wt. Ea. (lbs.)
0.27

Std. Ctn. Qty.
1

Wt. Ea. (lbs.)
0.13

Multiple Micro-Gard Pulling Eye
Part No.
MAPE1012

Description
Universal Pulling Eye

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

279

UL Listed HDPE Conduit
UL Listed HDPE is a nonmetallic
flexible raceway manufactured from High
Density Polyethylene (HDPE), offering a
protective pathway for cables and wires,
and is used in underground or innerduct
applications.

Applications: Applications: Underground
(direct bury), or placed inside existing duct
(innerduct). Ideal for use in parking lots,
traffic lights, etc.
Installation methods: Plowing, open/
continuous trench, directional boring or
pulled through existing conduit.

UL Listed HDPE conduit is compliant with
the 2005 NEC Articles 300 and 353 (2002
NEC Articles 300 and 352), and is listed to
UL 651B. Its high tensile strength-to-weight
ratio, superior crush resistance, and low
coefficient of friction when installing cable
makes it ideal for directional boring.
*Refer to UL 651B standards/specifications
for dimensional requirements.

UL Listed Options
• Wall type/sizes:
Schedule 40
Schedule 80
EPEC-B (SDR 13.5)

1" – 4"
2" – 6"
2" – 6"

• Multiple colors and stripes
• Sequentially marked footage
• Available in smoothwall only
• Available with pre-installed
conductors as nonmetallic
underground conduit with
conductors (NUCC) per
Article 354 of the 2002 NEC,
UL File 195593.

Directional Boring

Open Trench

• Conforms to NEMA TC-7
Smoothwall Coilable PE
Electrical Plastic Conduit

Reference Plastics Pipe Institute PE Pipe Handbook for installation
and engineering recommendations. (www.plasticpipe.org)
280

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

E191470

UL Listed HDPE Conduit
Custom Orders

Orders are not returnable
* Custom
Custom
lengths are available in minimum order quantities specified on page 294
*

How to Build a Part Number:
Product

Size

Type

Wall

Options

Splits

Color

Stripes

Tape

U = UL Listed

5 = 1"
6 = 1-1/4"
9 = 1-1/2"
13 = 2"
15 = 3"
16 = 4"
18 = 5"
22 = 6"

C = Smooth/Smooth

4 = SCH 40
1" – 4"
5 = SCH 80
2" – 6"
9 = SDR 13.5
2" – 6"

N = None
D = Lube Duct

1 = 1 Way Single
2 = 2 Way Segmented
3 = 3 Way Segmented
4 = 4 Way Segmented
5 = 2 Way Parallel
6 = 3 Way Parallel
7 = 4 Way Parallel
12 = 2 Way Compart
13 = 3 Way Compart
14 = 4 Way Compart

A = Black
B = Blue
C = Brown
D = Buff
E = Grey
F = Green
G = Lilac
H = Lt. Green
J = Orange
K = Red
L = Terra Cotta
M = White
N = Yellow

NN = None
3A = Black Stripes
3B = Blue Stripes
3C = Brown Stripes
3D = Buff Stripes
3E = Grey Stripes
3F = Green Stripes
3G = Lilac Stripes
3H = Lt. Green Stripes
3J = Orange Stripes
3K = Red Stripes
3L = Terra Cotta Stripes
3M = White Stripes
3N = Yellow Stripes

A = EMPTY
1500
B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape
(Equals 1500 Feet)
C = 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape
D = 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape
E = 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape
G = 200 lbs. Polyester Tape
J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape
K = 400 lbs. Detect Polyester Tape
T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape
V = 1250 lbs. Detectable 22G Poly Tape

Length

Standard Length – Reels and Coils
Color

Part No.

Type

Wall

Pull Tape
Polyester
Woven

Grey

U5C4N1ENNB250

S/S

Sch 40

1130 lb.

Coil

250

53

Grey

U5C4N1ENNB500

S/S

Sch 40

1130 lb.

Coil

500

106

Grey

U5C4N1ENNB1800

S/S

Sch 40

1130 lb.

48 x 30 x 24

1800

461

Grey

U5C4N1ENNB7000

S/S

Sch 40

1130 lb.

72 x 45 x 24

7000

1647

Grey

U6C4N1ENNB250

S/S

Sch 40

1130 lb.

Coil

250

72

Grey

U6C4N1ENNB500

S/S

Sch 40

1130 lb.

Coil

500

143

Grey

U6C4N1ENNB1400

S/S

Sch 40

1130 lb.

48 x 45 x 30

1400

401

Grey

U6C4N1ENNB5000

S/S

Sch 40

1130 lb.

82 x 45 x 30

5000

1641

11/2"

Grey

U9C4N1ENNB5000

S/S

Sch 40

1130 lb.

96 x 45 x 30

5000

1948

2"

Grey

U13C6N1ENNA4000

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

96 x 45 x 32

4000

2319

3"

Grey

U15C9N1ENNA1000

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

96 x 45 x 68

1000

1364

Grey

U16C9N1ENNA766

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

102 x 45 x 68

766

1727

Grey

U16C9N1ENNA1000

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

114 x 45 x 68

1000

2193

5"

Grey

U18C9N1ENNA480

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

114 x 45 x 68

480

1842

6"

Grey

U22C9N1ENNA450

S/S

SDR 13.5

Empty

120 x 45 x 85

450

2296

1"

11/4"

Reel
Size

Reel/Coil
Length
(ft.)

Wt./E
a
(lbs.)

4"

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

281

Aerial HDPE Conduit
Aerial HDPE is a nonmetallic flexible raceway
manufactured from High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
with a carbon black additive to provide U.V. protection
in aerial environments.
Aerial duct offers superior cable protection against
damage caused by rodents, projectile objects such as
rocks and gun pellets, and harsh weather conditions.
And because of its strength and durability, it can withstand the expansion and contraction caused by
seasonal weather changes.
• HDPE:
Applications: Aerial environments. Used
when rocky terrain makes buried duct
difficult, or in plant/campus environments
expecting frequent changes.

ASTM 1248 Type III
Grade P34
Category 5 Class C

• Ultraviolet: Minimum 2% carbon black

Installation method: Designed to be
lashed to existing support strands.

Aerial Options
• Sizes 1"– 2"
• Wall Type: SDR 13.5, SDR 11,
and corrugated
• Factory installed tape
• Solidwall or corrugated
• Pre-lubricated option
• Sequentially marked footage

Custom Orders

Aerial Lashing:
Aerial Duct is lashed
to existing cable
support wire using
cable lashing
equipment.

Orders are not returnable
* Custom
Custom
lengths are available in minimum order quantities specified on page 294
*
How to Build a Part Number:

282

Product

Size

E = Aerial

5 = 1"
B = Smooth Out/Ribbed In
6 = 1-1/4" C = Smooth/Smooth
9 = 1-1/2" D = Corrugated
13 = 2"

Type

Wall

Options

Splits

Color

Stripes

Tape

Length

2 = None - Corr
6 = SDR 11
9 = SDR 13.5

N = None
D = Lube Duct

1 = 1 Way Single
2 = 2 Way Partitioned
3 = 3 Way Partitioned
4 = 4 Way Partitioned
5 = 2 Way Parallel
6 = 3 Way Parallel
7 = 4 Way Parallel

A = Black

NN = None

A = Empty
B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape
C = 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape
D = 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape
E = 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape
J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape
T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape

1500
(Equals 1500 Feet)

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Aerial Figure-8 HDPE Conduit
HDPE Aerial Figure-8 is a nonmetallic flexible
raceway with a Class A galvanized support strand. It’s
manufactured from High Density Polyethylene (HDPE),
which contains a carbon black additive to provide U.V.
protection in aerial environments.
Figure-8 duct offers superior cable protection against
damage caused by rodents, projectile objects such as
rocks and gun pellets, and harsh weather conditions
with a one-step installation process. And because of its
strength and durability, it can withstand the expansion
and contraction caused by seasonal weather changes.

Strand
6.6M

1/4" Extra high strength strand
Class A galvanized with flooding compound

10.0M

3/8" Extra high strength strand
Class A galvanized with flooding compound

• HDPE:

Applications: Aerial environments. Used
when rocky terrain makes buried duct
difficult, or in plant/campus environments
expecting frequent changes.
Installation method: Attaches directly
to pole using a 3-bolt mounting clamp.

ASTM 1248 Type III
Grade P34
Category 5 Class C

• Ultraviolet: Minimum 2% carbon black

Aerial Figure-8 Options

• Product Weight:
6.6M Figure 8
10.0M Figure 8

.429 lbs/ft
.507 lbs/ft

• Spans/Tensile Strength:
6.6M: 225 ft.
10M: 500 ft.

6740 lbs.
15,400 lbs.

• Size 11/4"
• Wall Type: SIDR 9 True
• 6.6M or 10.0M strands
• Factory installed tape
• Pre-installed Cable-In-Conduit
• Ribbed or smooth interior walls
• Pre-lubricated option
• Sequentially marked footage

Custom Orders

Aerial Hanging:
Figure-8 Duct has a
choice of two integrated
mounting strands that
attach directly to poles
using 3-bolt mounting
clamps, and Carlon
stripping/cutting tools.

Orders are not returnable
* Custom
Custom
lengths are available in minimum order quantities of 1000 ft. or min. set up charge
*
How to Build a Part Number:

Product

Size

Type

Wall

S = Figure 8 - 6.6mm
T = Figure 8 - 10mm

6 = 1-1/4"

B = Smooth Out/Ribbed In 37 = SIDR 9 True
C = Smooth/Smooth

Options

Splits

N = None
1 = 1 Way
D = Lube Duct
Single

Color

Stripes

Tape

Length

A = Black

NN = None

A = Empty
B = 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape
C = 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape
D = 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape
E = 1800 lbs. Polyester Tape
J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape
T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape

2500
(Equals 2500 Feet)

NOTE: Standard Lengths 2500 ft. and 5000 ft.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

283

Corrugated HDPE Conduit
Corrugated HDPE is manufactured from
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) and is intended
for innerduct applications. It’s ideal for pulls under
1000 ft. and is designed to reduce surface contact
when pulling cable. And because this product is
lightweight and offers maximum flexibility, installation in small or restricted locations is made easier.
HDPE corrugated duct is available in sizes 1"
through 2" and is offered in a variety of colors.
Custom options are also available to satisfy the
requirements of most installations.

Applications: Placed inside
existing ducts (innerduct).

PE Corrugated Options

Installation method: Pulled
through existing conduit.

• Sizes 1" through 2"
• Sequentially marked footage
• Multiple colors and stripes
• Factory installed pull tape

Specifications
Installation
temperature range: -20°F to 122°F
Handling:

-20°F to 104°F

Nom. Size

Nom. ID

Nom. OD

Min.
Wall

1"

1.049

1.340

.035

Wt/
100 Ft.

Stiffness
(5%)
lb/in/in

Min Bend
Radius

Pull
Tensile

10.6

65

14"

261 lbs.

1-1/4"

1.250

1.565

.035

11.2

108

5"

319 lbs.

1-1/2"

1.500

1.825

.035

18.0

83

6"

384 lbs.

2"

2.000

2.425

.035

20.8

70

5-1/2"

493 lbs.

Pulled through existing conduits

284

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Corrugated HDPE Conduit
Standard Length – Reels
Color

1"

11/4"

11/2"

2"

Part No.

Standard Length – Coils

Nom.
I.D.

Nom.
O.D.

Pull
Tape

Reel
Size

Reel
Length
(ft.)

Wt. per
100 ft.
(lbs.)

Nom.
I.D.

Nom.
O.D.

Pull
Tape

Box
Size

Reel
Length
(ft.)

Wt. per
100 ft.
(lbs.)

1.049

1.340

Empty

COIL

250/Split

12.5

Orange A5D2E1JNNA250B 1.049

1.340

Empty

34-14-34

250/Split

12.5

Orange A5D2S1JNNB250

1.340 1130 lb.

COIL

250

12.5

Color

Part No.

Orange

A5D2S1JNNB1000

1.049

1.340

1130 lb.

48-30-24

1000

12.5

Orange

A5D2S1JNNB1800

1.049

1.340

1130 lb.

48-30-24

1800

12.5

Orange

A5D2S1JNNB2000

1.049

1.340

1130 lb.

48-41-24

2000

12.5

Orange

A5D2S1JNNB2700

1.049

1.340

1130 lb.

48-41-24

2700

12.5

Orange

A5D2S1JNNB5000

1.049

1.340

1130 lb.

66-41-24

5000

12.5

Orange

A5D2S1JNNB6500

1.049

1.340

1130 lb.

72-41-24

6500

12.5

Orange

A5D2S1JNNB7000

1.049

1.340

1130 lb.

72-45-24

7000

12.5

Orange

A5D2S1JNNB8000

1.049

1.340

1130 lb.

82-41-24

8000

12.5

Orange A5D2S1JNNB500B 1.049

1.340 1130 lb. 39-15-39

Orange

A6D2S1JNNB1000

1.250

1.565

1130 lb.

48-30-24

1000

14.4

Orange A6D2E1JNNA250

1.250

1.565

Empty

Orange

A6D2S1JNNB1600

1.250

1.565

1130 lb.

48-41-24

1600

14.4

Orange A6D2E1JNNA250B 1.250

1.565

Empty

Orange

A6D2S1JNNB2500

1.250

1.565

1130 lb.

66-41-24

2500

14.4

Orange

A6D2S1JNNB4000

1.250

1.565

1130 lb.

66-41-24

4000

14.4

Orange A6D2S1JNNB250

1.565 1130 lb.

Orange

A6D2S1JNNB5000

1.250

1.565

1130 lb.

72-41-24

5000

14.4

Orange

A6D2S1JNNB6000

1.250

1.565

1130 lb.

82-41-24

6000

14.4

Orange

A6D2S1JNNB7000

1.250

1.565

1130 lb.

84-45-24

7000

14.4

Orange

A9D2S1JNNB1000

1.500

1.825

1130 lb.

66-41-24

1000

17.8

Orange

A9D2S1JNNB2200

1.500

1.825

1130 lb.

66-41-24

2200

17.8

Orange

A9D2S1JNNB2900

1.500

1.825

1130 lb.

72-41-24

2900

17.8

Orange

A9D2S1JNNB4000

1.500

1.825

1130 lb.

82-41-24

4000

17.8

Orange

A13D2S1JNNB500

2.000

2.425

1130 lb.

48-30-24

500

25.0

Orange

A13D2S1JNNB750

2.000

2.425

1130 lb.

48-41-24

750

25.0

Orange

A13D2S1JNNB1000 2.000

2.425

1130 lb.

66-41-24

1000

25.0

Orange

A13D2S1JNNB1500 2.000

2.425

1130 lb.

66-41-24

1500

25.0

Orange

A13D2S1JNNB1800 2.000

2.425

1130 lb.

72-41-24

1800

25.0

Orange

A13D2S1JNNB2000 2.000

2.425

1130 lb.

82-41-24

2000

25.0

Custom Orders

Orange A5D2E1JNNA250

1"

11/4"

1.049

Orange A5D2S1JNNB250B 1.049

1.340 1130 lb. 34-14-34

250

12.5

Orange A5D2S1JNNB500

1.340 1130 lb.

500

12.5

500

12.5

COIL

250/Split

14.4

39-15-39

250/Split

14.4

COIL

250

14.4

1.049

1.250

Orange A6D2S1JNNB250B 1.250

1.565 1130 lb. 39-15-39

250

14.4

Orange A6D2S1JNNB500

1.565 1130 lb.

500

14.4

500

14.4

250

17.8

1.825 1130 lb. 44-18-44

250

17.8

1.500

1.825 1130 lb.

COIL

500

17.8

Orange A13D2S1JNNB250 2.000

2.425 1130 lb.

COIL

250

25.0

1.250

Orange A6D2S1JNNB500B 1.250
Orange A9D2S1JNNB250

11/2" Orange

1.500

A9D2S1JNNB250B 1.500

Orange A9D2S1JNNB500

2"

COIL

COIL

1.565 1130 lb. 44-18-44
1.825 1130 lb.

COIL

Orders are not returnable
* Custom
Custom
lengths are available in minimum order quantities of 1000 ft. or min. set up charge
*
How to Build a Part Number:

Product

Size

Type

Wall

Options

Splits

Color

Stripes

Tape

Length

A = HDPE

5 = 1"
6 = 1-1/4"
9 = 1-1/2"
13 = 2"

D = Corrugated

2 = None - Corr

N = None - Custom
E = Slit
S = Standard Length

1 = 1 Way Single
2 = 2 Way Segmented
3 = 3 Way Segmented
4 = 4 Way Segmented
5 = 2 Way Parallel
6 = 3 Way Parallel
7 = 4 Way Parallel
12 = 2 Way Compart
13 = 3 Way Compart
14 = 4 Way Compart

A = Black
B = Blue
C = Brown
D = Buff
E = Grey
F = Green
G = Lilac
H = Lt. Green
J = Orange
K = Red
L = Terra Cotta
M = White
N = Yellow

NN = None
1A = Black Stripe
1B = Blue Stripe
1C = Brown Stripe
1D = Buff Stripe
1E = Grey Stripe
1F = Green Stripe
1G = Lilac Stripe
1H = Lt. Green Stripe
1J = Orange Stripe
1K = Red Stripe
1L = Terra Cotta Stripe
1M = White Stripe
1N = Yellow Stripe

A = Empty
B = 1130 lb. Polyester Tape
C = 1250 lb. Polyester Tape
D = 1500 Polyester lbs.
E = 1800 lb. Polyester Tape
G = 200 lbs. Polyester Tape
J = 2500 lbs. Polyester Tape
T = 1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape

1500
(Equals 1500 Feet)

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

285

HDPE Conduit Specifications
Specifications

1.0 General

2.0 Material

1.1 Carlon HDPE duct is manufactured to the
following various industry standards and
specifications for dimensional requirements.

Carlon duct is manufactured from
a suitable thermoplastic polymer
conforming to the minimum standard
of PE334470E/C as defined in ASTM
D3350. (see table 1)

ASTM F 2160 Solid Wall High Density
Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit Based on
Controlled Outside Diameter (OD).

3.0 Product
Description
Polyethylene duct and innerduct
is an extruded coilable tubing
for use as a single or multiple
raceway.
The conduit may be direct
buried, encased in concrete and
used as innerducts.
Innerducts are used primarily
to provide multiple raceways
within an existing conduit
system.

®

Carlon High Density
Polyethylene

ASTM D 2239 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe
(SIDR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter.

duct is manufactured in the
following configurations:

ASTM D 3035 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe
(SDR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter.

Smoothwall – Smooth Interior and
Smooth Exterior wall.

NEMA TC-7 Smooth Wall Coilable Polyethylene
Electrical Plastic Conduit.

4.0 Ovality

Rib/Smooth – Ribbed Interior and
Smooth Exterior wall.

UL 651B Continuous Length HDPE

Ta b l e 1 –

Conduit 3" or larger needs to
be re-rounded

Resin Properties

The resin properties shall meet or exceed the values listed below for HDPE.
ASTM Test

Description

Values HDPE

g/CM 3

D-1505
D-1238
D-790
D-638
D-1693
D-746

Density
Melt Index, g/10 min Condition E
Flexural Modulus, MPa (PSI)
Tensile strength at yield (psi)
Environmental Stress Crack Resistance Condition B,F10
Brittleness Temperature

.941 - .955
.05 - .50
80,000 min.
3000 min.
96 hrs. min.
-75˚C

Requests for certifications must be requested at time of quote

Specifications
Nom.
Size

Nom.
ID

Nom.
OD

Min.
Wall

Wt/
100 Ft.

Pull
Tensile
Safe lbs.

SDR 7 - ASTM D3035

Nom.
ID

Nom.
OD

Min.
Wall

Wt/
100 Ft.

Pull
Tensile
Safe lbs.

SDR 11 - ASTM D3035 / F2160

1"

0.939

1.315

0.188

28.552

743

1/2"

0.688

0.840

0.076

7.825

1-1/4"

1.186

1.660

0.237

45.448

1183

3/4"

0.860

1.050

0.095

12.226

318

1-1/2'

1.358

1.900

0.271

59.491

1549

1"

1.075

1.315

0.120

19.325

503

2"

1.697

2.375

0.339

93.012

2421

1-1/4"

1.358

1.660

0.151

30.706

799

3"

2.500

3.500

0.500

202.140

5262

1-1/2"

1.554

1.900

0.173

40.262

1048

4"

3.214

4.500

0.643

334.212

8700

2"

1.943

2.375

0.216

62.845

1636

5"

3.972

5.562

0.795

510.709

13295

3"

2.864

3.500

0.318

136.360

3550

6"

4.733

6.625

0.946

723.976

18847

4"

3.682

4.500

0.409

225.483

5870

8"

6.161

8.625

1.232

1227.418

31953

5"

4.550

5.562

0.506

344.761

8975

10

7.678

10.750

1.536

1907.218

49649

6"

5.421

6.625

0.602

488.619

12720

12

9.108

12.750

1.821

2681.954

69818

8"

7.057

8.625

0.784

828.416

21566

14

10.000

14.000

2.000

3234.240

84195

10"

8.796

10.750

0.977

1286.718

33496

16

11.428

16.000

2.286

4224.753

109980

12"

10.432

12.750

1.159

1810.362

47128

14"

11.454

14.000

1.273

2183.310

56837

16"

13.090

16.000

1.455

2851.923

74242
169

SDR 9 - ASTM D3035 / F2160

286

Nom.
Size

204

1"

1.023

1.315

0.146

23.000

599

1-1/4"

1.292

1.660

0.184

36.599

953

1-1/2"

1.478

1.900

0.211

48.026

1250

1/2"

0.716

0.84

0.062

6.500

2"

1.847

2.375

0.264

75.102

1955

3/4"

0.894

1.050

0.078

10.217

266

3"

2.722

3.500

0.389

163.084

4245

1"

1.121

1.315

0.097

15.921

414

4"

3.500

4.500

0.500

269.520

7016

1-1/4"

1.414

1.660

0.123

25.477

663

5"

4.326

5.562

0.618

411.745

10719

1-1/2"

1.618

1.900

0.141

33.423

870

6"

5.153

6.625

0.736

584.091

15205

2"

2.023

2.375

0.176

52.155

1358

8"

6.709

8.625

0.958

989.810

25767

2-1/2"

2.449

2.875

0.213

76.410

1989

3"

2.982

3.500

0.259

113.120

2945

10"

8.362

10.750

1.194

1537.593

40027

4"

3.834

4.500

0.333

186.994

4868

12"

9.916

12.750

1.417

2164.092

56336

4-3/4"

4.084

4.750

0.333

198.213

5160

14"

10.888

14.000

1.556

2609.340

67927

5"

4.738

5.562

0.412

285.934

7444

16"

12.444

16.000

1.778

3407.638

88709

6"

5.643

6.625

0.491

405.869

10566

SDR 13.5 - ASTM D3035 / F2160 / NEMA TC-7 EPEC-B

8"

7.347

8.625

0.639

687.688

17902

10"

9.158

10.750

0.796

1067.755

27796

12"

10.862

12.750

0.944

1501.882

39098

14"

11.926

14.000

1.037

1811.529

47158

16"

13.630

16.000

1.185

2365.816

61588

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

HDPE Conduit Specifications
Specifications
Nom.
Size

Nom.
ID

Nom. OD
OD

Min. Wall
Wall

Wt/
100 Ft.

Pull
Tensile
Safe lbs.

SDR 15.5 - ASTM D3035

Nom.
Size

Nom.
ID

Nom. OD
OD

Min. Wall
Wall

Wt/
100 Ft.

Pull
Tensile
Safe lbs.

SIDR 11.5 TRUE

1"

1.147

1.315

0.084

13.935

363

1"

1.020

1.194

0.087

12.979

338

1-1/4"

1.446

1.660

0.107

22.393

583

1-1/4"

1.270

1.488

0.109

20.256

527

1-1/2"

1.654

1.900

0.123

29.455

767

1-1/2"

1.520

1.780

0.130

28.906

752

2"

2.069

2.375

0.153

45.814

1193

2"

1.995

2.343

0.178

50.859

1352

3"

3.048

3.500

0.226

99.712

2596

4"

4.050

4.700

0.325

191.612

4988

4"

3.920

4.500

0.290

164.528

4283

6"

6.050

7.000

0.475

417.672

10873

5"

4.844

5.562

0.359

251.715

6553

6"

5.771

6.625

0.427

356.649

9284

1"

1.049

1.189

0.070

10.556

275

8"

7.513

8.625

0.556

604.582

15739

1-1/4"

1.380

1.564

0.092

18.250

475

SIDR 15 - ASTM D2239

10"

9.362

10.750

0.694

940.472

24483

1-1/2"

1.610

1.824

0.107

24.758

645

12"

11.104

12.750

0.823

1322.794

34435

2"

2.067

2.343

0.138

41.006

1067

14"

12.194

14.000

0.903

1593.751

41489

4"

4.026

4.562

0.268

155.081

4037

16"

13.936

16.000

1.032

2081.634

54190

6"

6.065

6.873

0.404

352.192

9168

SDR 17 - ASTM D3035

TRUE 9 - ASTM F2160

1"

1.161

1.315

0.077

12.846

334

1"

1.024

1.259

0.111

18.075

447

1-1/4"

1.464

1.660

0.098

20.629

537

1-1/4"

1.274

1.569

0.139

28.255

697

1-1/2"

1.529

1.883

0.167

40.692

1005

2"

2.039

2.510

0.222

72.183

1782

1-1/2"

1.676

1.900

0.112

26.986

703

2"

2.095

2.375

0.140

42.166

1098

2-1/2"

2.537

2.875

0.169

61.628

1604

TRUE 11 - ASTM F2160

3"

3.088

3.500

0.206

91.443

2380

1"

1.024

1.217

0.091

14.571

359

4"

3.970

4.500

0.265

151.238

3937

1-1/4"

1.274

1.516

0.114

22.747

561

5"

4.908

5.562

0.327

230.688

6005

1-1/2"

1.529

1.817

0.136

32.465

802

6"

5.845

6.625

0.390

327.689

8531

2"

2.039

2.425

0.182

58.051

1432

8"

7.611

8.625

0.507

554.649

14439

10"

9.486

10.750

0.632

861.733

22433

12"

11.250

12.750

0.750

1212.840

31573

14"

12.352

14.000

0.824

1463.093

38088

16"

14.118

16.000

0.941

1909.619

49712

SDR 21 - ASTM D3035

SCHEDULE 40 - ASTM D2447 / F2160 / NEMA TC-7 EPEC-40
1/2"

0.622

0.84

0.109

10.738

280

3/4"

0.824

1.05

0.113

14.269

371

1"

1.049

1.315

0.133

21.185

551

1-1/4"

1.380

1.660

0.140

28.677

747

1-1/2"

1.610

1.900

0.145

34.293

893

1"

1.189

1.315

0.063

10.629

277

2"

2.067

2.375

0.154

46.093

1200

1-1/4"

1.502

1.660

0.079

16.831

438

2-1/2"

2.469

2.875

0.203

73.096

1903

1-1/2'

1.720

1.900

0.090

21.952

571

3"

3.068

3.500

0.216

95.591

2488

2"

2.149

2.375

0.113

34.445

897

4"

4.026

4.500

0.237

136.152

3544

3"

3.166

3.500

0.167

75.009

1953

5"

5.046

5.562

0.258

184.410

4801

4"

4.072

4.500

0.214

123.602

3218

6"

6.065

6.625

0.280

239.415

6233

5"

5.032

5.562

0.265

189.163

4924

8"

7.981

8.625

0.322

360.290

9379

6"

5.995

6.625

0.315

267.856

6973

10"

10.020

10.750

0.365

510.811

13298

8"

7.803

8.625

0.411

454.944

11843

12"

11.938

12.750

0.406

675.372

17582

10

9.726

10.750

0.512

706.393

18389

12

11.536

12.750

0.607

993.289

25858

14

12.666

14.000

0.667

1198.436

31198

16

14.476

16.000

0.762

1564.746

40734

SIDR 7 - ASTM D2239
1"

1.049

1.349

0.150

24.237

631

SCHEDULE 80 - ASTM D2447 / F2160 / NEMA TC-7 EPEC-80
1/2"

0.546

0.84

0.147

13.728

357

3/4"

0.742

1.05

0.154

18.595

484

1"

0.957

1.315

0.179

27.403

713

1-1/4"

1.278

1.660

0.191

37.811

984

1-1/2"

1.500

1.900

0.200

45.818

1193

1-1/4'

1.380

1.774

0.197

41.866

1090

2"

1.939

2.375

0.218

63.368

1650

1-1/2"

1.610

2.070

0.230

57.030

1485

2-1/2"

2.323

2.875

0.276

96.667

2516

2"

2.067

2.658

0.295

94.002

2447

3"

2.900

3.500

0.300

129.370

3368

4"

4.026

5.176

0.575

356.617

9283

4"

3.826

4.500

0.337

189.059

4922

6"

6.065

7.798

0.866

809.388

21069

5"

4.812

5.562

0.375

262.125

6824

6"

5.761

6.625

0.432

360.534

9386

SIDR 9 - ASTM D2239
1"

1.049

1.283

0.117

18.384

479

1-1/4"

1.380

1.686

0.153

31.608

823

1/2"

0.546

0.84

0.06

6.307

164

1-1/2"

1.610

1.968

0.179

43.154

1123

3/4"

0.93

1.05

0.06

8.005

208

2"

2.067

2.527

0.230

71.195

1853

1"

1.165

1.315

0.075

12.533

326

4"

4.026

4.921

0.447

269.664

7021

1-1/4"

1.460

1.660

0.100

21.023

547

6"

6.065

7.143

0.674

612.092

15932

1-1/2"

1.670

1.900

0.115

27.663

720

2

2.085

2.375

0.145

43.575

1134
1903

SIDR 9 TRUE

NEMA TC-7 EPEC A

1"

1.020

1.242

0.111

16.918

440

2-1/2"

2.469

2.875

0.203

73.096

1-1/4"

1.270

1.546

0.138

26.184

682

3"

3.068

3.500

0.216

95.591

2488

4"

4.026

4.500

0.237

136.152

3544

SIDR 11.5 - ASTM D2239
1"

1.049

1.231

0.091

13.980

364

5"

5.046

5.562

0.258

184.410

4801

1-1/4"

1.380

1.620

0.120

24.257

631

6"

6.065

6.625

0.280

239.415

6233

1-1/2"

1.610

1.890

0.140

33.016

859

2"

2.067

2.427

0.180

54.505

1419

4"

4.026

4.726

0.350

206.398

5373

6"

6.065

7.119

0.527

468.154

12187

Internal Rib – Add .04 to Nom. ID (1/2" through 6") Not available in all wall types - consult factory.
Pull Tensile Safe = Based on Plastic Pipe Institute tensile calculations and maximum tensile stress recommendations of
1/3 yield tensile for pulls of 30 to 60 minutes or less in directional drilling applications and pulling as innerduct into conduit.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

287

LubeDuct HDPE Conduit
Carlon®/Pyramid Industries™
LubeDuct Pre-Lubricated HDPE Conduit
LubeDuct pre-lubricated HDPE conduit utilizes a
Carlon/Pyramid pre-lubrication coating process
to provide a permanent low friction surface. The
low coefficient-of-friction reduces cable damage,
lowers pulling tensions, and allows multiple long
distance cable pulls or jetting of cable.

Benefits:
• Low coefficient of friction
• Lower pulling tensions
• Less cable damage
• Longer cable pulls over multiple bends
• Long life, will not evaporate

LubeDuct COF: 0.10
Bellcore Test Procedure:
• 420 Degree Bend
• 36" Radius
• Medium Jacket Cable with 15 lb.
Applied Weight
• 65 Ft/Min for a minimum travel
distance of 10 Ft.
• Evaporation rate 0.5% at 500 Degrees F

Cut-Through Rating:
Cut-Through resistance based on
Bellcore/Telecordia GR-356-CORE for
optical cable innerducts

Coefficient of Friction

Carlon/Pyramid
Cut-Through Rating:
No Cut-Through at 3000 ft.
• No signs of cut through or
degradation of core for 30 minute duration
• 1800 lb. Pull Tape
• 450 lbs. Tensile @ 100 Ft/Minute

Coefficient rating based on Bellcore/Telecordia
GR-356-CORE for optical cable innerducts.

288

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

HDPE Conduit Packaging Options & Truckload Quantities
Packaging Options
Reels
*Carlon does not recommend putting Sch. 40 HDPE on reels

Segmented
(3/4" – 2")

Physically segmenting different
colors into one, two, three or four
separate segments allowing
independent pulling of ducts.

Paralleled
(3/4" through 2")
1" – 1 1/4" diameter recommended

Compartmentalized
(3/4" through 2")
1 1/2" – 2" diameter recommended

Extruding each color onto a single
reel and then simultaneously
pulling onto one reel. Ideal for
using all ducts at one time.

Physically compartmentalizing
different colors into one, two,
three or four separate segments
allowing independent pulling of
ducts. Full rings help align duct
during pull.

Coils

NOTE: 4" through 6" Schedule
40 HDPE is available in
straight lengths only.

Standard length and custom
coils available 1" - 6".
Call for quantity and
dimensions available.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

289

HDPE Conduit Reel Chart
Truckload Quantities
Reels

Loading Reels
Step Deck Flatbed

Flatbed (48 ft.)
Number of
Reels per
Truckload

Reel
Size

48"

24

114"

8

66"

18

120"

8

72"

16

82"

14

84"

14

96"

12

102"

12

Reel
Size

Number of
Reels per
Truckload

NOTE: Two additional
reels, 96" or smaller, can
fit on the upper deck.

Reels must be lifted from the side with lift truck forks
inserted through the spokes of the reel, or at the bottom
with entry from the side of the reel. Reels should NEVER
be lifted from the front of the reel or contact innerduct.

Bundles 40 ft / 50 ft Lengths

290

Size

# of
Lengths
per
Bundle

Ft. per
Bundle
40 ft.
Lengths

Ft. per
Total Feet Total Feet
Bundle Bundles per Truck per Truck
50 ft.
per
40 ft.
50 ft.
Lengths Truck
Lengths
Lengths

4"

57

2280

2850

8

18240

22800

6"

26

1040

1300

8

8320

10400

8"

14

560

700

8

4480

5600

10"

4

160

200

18

2880

3600

12"

4

160

200

14

2240

2800

14"

3

120

150

14

1680

2100

16"

3

120

150

12

1440

1800

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

HDPE Conduit Accessories
Couplings
*Standard “E-Loc” ®

Universal Aluminum
Couplings

Designed for use with
smoothwall OD controlled
innerduct (ASTM 3035), Sch. 40 and
Sch. 80 innerduct, and is pressure tight to
internal pressures above 200 psi when restrained
or buried. Ideal for joining PE to PVC or threaded
steel conduit.
Part
No.
EL.084
EL1.050
EL1.315
EL1.660
EL1.900
EL2.375
EL2.875
EL3.500
EL4.500
EL5.563
EL600

Size
1/2"
3/4"
1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
21/2"
3"
4"
5"
6"

Nom. O.D.
(of Duct)
.084"
1.050"
1.315"
1.660"
1.900"
2.375"
2.875"
3.500"
4.500"
5.563"
6.625"

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Self-threading, which draws
each end of the conduit into
the center of the coupler.
Part
No.
P75
P100
P125
P150CPLR
P200
P300
P400

Std. Ctn.
Wt.
.40
1.00
1.00
0.68
1.12
1.63
1.80
1.92
2.68
3.31
3.58

Nom. O.D.
(Duct Range)
.91 – 1.08
1.21 – 1.41
1.44 – 1.68
1.80 – 2.02
2.31 – 2.48
3.495 – 3.505
4.41 – 4.65

Size
3/4"
1"
1 1/4"
1 1/2"
2"
3"
4"

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
10
100
100
100
50
12
12

Std. Ctn.
Wt.
12
25
28
35
19
10
12

Nom. O.D.
(of Duct)
1.315"

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
100

Std. Ctn.
Wt.
16

1.194"

100

16

Barbed Couplings
Press-On/Screw-On
Aluminum

*Double “E-Loc”

®

Designed to join both smoothwall
and ribbed OD wall innerduct and are
used when air and water-tight integrity is
imperative. Internal pressures above 200 psi are
maintained when the conduit is unrestrained.
Part
No.
DEL131
DEL150
DEL154
DEL166
DEL190
DEL237

Size
1"
11/4" True
11/4"
11/4"
11/2"
2"

Nom. O.D.
(of Duct)
1.315"
1.500"
1.540"
1.660"
1.900"
2.375"

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
50
50
50
50
24
25

Std.
Ctn.
Wt.
63
58
58
53
43
57

Transition Couplings
Part
No.
DEL150-154
DEL150-166
DEL154-166

Size
11/4"
11/4"
11/4"

Nom. O.D.
(of Duct)
1.500" - 1.540"
1.500" - 1.660"
1.540" - 1.660"

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
50
50
50

Std.
Ctn.
Wt.
58
58
58

Part
No.
BS1.315

1" SDR

BS1.194

1" True 11

BS1.488

11/4" True

BS1.660

11/4" SDR

BS1.900

11/2" SDR

1.900"

100

24

BS2.375

2" SDR

2.375"

100

34

Size

11

1.488"

100

16

1.660"

100

16

Nonmetallic
Clamshell Couplings
For use with Corrugated HDPE
Part
No.
E144F

Size
1"

Nom. O.D.
(of Duct)
1.34"

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
30

Std. Ctn.
Wt.
1.7

E144GT

11/4"

1.565"

25

2

*“E-Loc” is a registered trademark of ETCO Specialty Products, Inc.
w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

291

HDPE Conduit Accessories
Couplings
Electrofusion Coupling

Nonmetallic
Internal Couplings

Provides an airtight duct
system and is used to join
HDPE to PVC or threaded steel
conduit. Ideal for directional
bore applications.
Part
No.
575-4075
575-4049
575-0640
575-0641
575-0642
575-0643
575-0644

Nom. O.D.
(of Duct)
1.488"
1.526"
1.660"
1.900"
2.375"
3.500"
4.500"

Nonmetallic, self-threading
and are recommended for use
with corrugated duct.

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
40
40
40
140
30
36
10

Part
No.
PIC100
PIC125

Std. Ctn.
Wt.
12.96
12.44
12
55.3
17.46
45.47
18.77

Nom. I.D.
Range
1.05
1.25

Size
1"
1 1/4"

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
100
100

Std. Ctn.
Wt.
24
26

Terminating Connector
Part
No.
TC100
TC125
TC150
TC200

Toneable Pressure
Coupling
Designed to join Carlon®
Toneable Duct System

Size
1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"

Nom. O.D.
Range
.91 – 1.08
1.495 – 1.70
1.80 – 2.00
2.31 – 2.52

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
12
12
12
12

Std. Ctn.
Wt.
50
52
56
58

150 PSI at 73°F
Part No.

Nom. O.D.
of Duct

Nom.
O.D.

TDC100

1"

1.315

60

34

TDC125

1 1/4"

1.66

36

28

TDC150

1/2"

1.90

30

31

2.375

12

18

TDC200

1

2"

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt. (lbs.)

Tuff-Link Couplers
Part
No.
TFL100
TFL125
TFL150
TFL200

Threaded Plugs

Size
1"
11/4"
11/2"
2"

Nom.
O.D.
1.299"
1.660"
1.900"
2.375"

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
1
1
1
1

Std. Ctn.
Wt.
.2
.2
.2
.6

Nom. O.D.
of Duct
1.524

Std. Ctn.
Qty.
1

Std. Ctn.
Wt.
1

For use with Toneable Coupling

292

Part No.

Nom. O.D.
of Duct

Nom.
O.D.

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt. (lbs.)

TPLG100

1"

1.315

50

4

TPLG125

1 1/4"

1.66

25

3

TPLG150

1 1/2"

1.90

25

3.5

TPLG200

2"

2.375

10

2.7

Expansion Sleeve
Part
No.
EXP125

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Size
1
1 /4" 9T

HDPE Conduit Reel Return Policy
The Carlon Reel Return Policy
The Carlon Reel Return Policy offers our customers the opportunity to recycle empty steel reels used to ship Carlon High
Density Polyethylene. A credit will be issued for each reel returned to Lamson & Sessions HDPE plants in good condition. Reels
may also be picked up in truckload quantities when consolidated into one location. Details outlining the program are listed below:
Reel Shipment: Reels may be returned broken down into flanges and staves or fully assembled. Steel tubular spoked reels
supplied by Carlon or of similar type meeting the Reel Design and Quality Requirements section below will be accepted. All broken
down reel flanges and staves should be banded for forklift off loading and safe transport.
Freight: Reels may either be shipped back to plants by customer or arranged for pick-up by Lamson & Sessions. Reels returned for
credit with customer choosing a carrier and paying all freight charges for return of Reels (Class 55 freight is recommended) when
returning reels. Reels must be shipped "Prepaid". Reels shipped collect will be refused. A 24-hour notice to receiving plant is
needed before the truck arrives. It is Lamson & Sessions policy to honor appointments and unload in an efficient manner. Lamson
& Sessions will not pay any detention incurred by carriers. Reel pick-up can be arranged by contacting Sipping Manager at any of
the following Carlon HDPE locations:
Lamson & Sessions
Lamson & Sessions
Lamson & Sessions
Lamson & Sessions
9000 Joiner Rd.
237 Forest View Dr.
1776 E. Beamer
1422 Irwin Drive
Tennille, GA 31089
Seymour, MO 65746
Woodland, CA 95685
Erie, PA 16505
Ph: 478-553-0024
Ph: 417-926-1846
Ph: 530-669-0160
Ph: 814-455-7587
Pick-up Reels: Reels will be picked by carriers chosen by Lamson & Sessions as arranged between customer and Lamson &
Sessions Shipping Manager. Reels are requested to be broken down with all components on sizes 102" and smaller, but will be
pick-up assembled or unassembled. Quantities of Truckload or more will be picked within 30 days of request, while smaller
quantities may take up to 90 days or more to gather depending on transportation in the area.
Reel Quality and Deign Requirements: Reel designs include steel tubular spoked reels using a minimum 14 gauge
(.075" Nom) steel and means of disassembly including clevis pins or bolts. Reels must be undamaged, in full working condition, and include all flanges and staves for full credit. This includes but is not limited to warping, flattening, or any structural
damage to the reel or its components. Reel acceptability will be determined by receiving plant using quality inspection criteria.
Credit: A credit for each reel meeting the above requirements will be issued to the customer’s account. If the reel does not
meet the quality requirements, a credit will not be issued and a $20 disposal fee for each non-usable reel will be deducted
from total credit.
Reel Sizes: The following reel sizes and staves are the only acceptable sizes as they are most common standard size reels for
Lamson & Sessions and most HDPE manufacturers.
Flanges
48"
82"
66"
84"
72"
96"

102"
114"
120"

Staves
45"
41"
33"

Spindle
2 3/4" Minimum

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

293

Carlon ® HDPE Quote Request
Date:

Needed By:

Destination:

Customer:

Account Number:

Application:

Rep Agency:

Market:

Power

Telecommunication

4. WALL TYPE
1. PRODUCT TYPE
A HDPE
E
Aerial HDPE
S Aerial Figure 8 - 6.6M
T
Aerial Figure 8 - 10M
U UL Listed HDPE

2
4
5
6
9
13
14
16
22
24

Certification Required
Specification
Custom Printline

2. SIZE
2
3
5
6
9
13
14
15
16
17
18
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

26
27
29
34
36
37
42
45
46

5. OPTIONS
N Standard/No Options
B Supplied Cable
D Lube Duct
E
Slit - Corr
F
Toneable/18G

1/2"
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
2"
2-1/2"
3"
4"
4.75"
5"
6"
7"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"

(Min. Wall .14)

G

Toneable/22G
(Min. Wall .12)

SIDR 11.5
SIDR 11.5 True
SIDR 15
SIDR 7
SIDR 9
SIDR 9 True
TC-7-A
True 11
True 9

6. REEL SPLITS
1
1- Way Single
2
2- Part Segmented
3
3- Part Segmented
4
4- Part Segmented
5
2- Way Parallel
6
3- Way Parallel
7
4- Way Parallel
12 2- Way Compart
13 3- Way Compart
14 4- Way Compart

7. COLOR
A
B
C
D
E
F
G

9. PULL LINE
A Empty
B 1130 lbs. Polyester Tape
C 1250 lbs. Polyester Tape
D 1500 lbs. Polyester Tape
E
1800 lbs. Polyester Tape
G 200 lbs. Polyester Tape
J
2500 lbs. Polyester Tape
K 400 lbs. Detectable Poly Tape 22 Ga
T
1250 lbs. Poly Metric Tape
V 1250 lbs. Detectable Poly Tape 22 Ga
10. Quantity
Total Length Feet
Max Reel Size
4" - 6" Sch. 40 HDPE available in
straight lengths only.
Target Price

Project Stage Bid/Buy

Black
Blue
Brown
Buff
Grey
Green
Lilac

H
J
K
L
M
N

Lt. Green
Orange
Red
Terra Cotta
White
Yellow

Competitors

Carlon Quote #

Smooth Out/Ribbed In
Smooth Out/Smooth In
Corrugated

Pricing Specialist

8. STRIPE
NN
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F

NONE
3 Black Stripes
3 Blue Stripes
3 Brown Stripes
3 Buff Stripes
3 Grey Stripes
3 Green Stripes

3G
3H
3J
3K
3L
3M
3N

3 Lilac Stripes
3 Lt. Green
3 Orange Stripes
3 Red Stripes
3 Terra Cotta Stripes
3 White Stripes
3 Yellow Stripes

Minimum Custom Run
Quantities:
1/2"

- 1"

5000 Ft.

11/4" - 2"

2500 Ft.

2 1/2" - 16"

1000 Ft.

(Single Stripe only on Toneable)

Fax completed Quote Request to your Local Carlon Representative
Visit www.carlon.com to locate a Carlon Representative
• Freight quoted F.O.B., origin (freight additional) from plant specified.
• Custom product non-cancelable 24 hours after order acknowledgement or production has started.

294

CATV

(Sizes 8" - 16" available in Black or Black with Stripes only.)

3. CONFIGURATION
B
C
D

Corrugated
SCH 40
SCH 80
SDR 11
SDR 13.5
SDR 15.5
SDR 17
SDR 21
SDR 7
SDR 9

Electrical

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Carlon Cable and
Installation Accessories
®

Duct Plugs
Split Plugs
Pulling Harness
Pulling Eyes
Swivels
Line Missiles
Warning Tape
Rope & Tape

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

295

Cable and Installation Accessories
Duct Plugs

Blank
Size

Duct I.D.
Range

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt.

MAEPG2

1"

.96" - 1.16"

50

4.5

MAEPG4

11/4"

1.14" - 1.48"

50

5.5

MAEPG3

11/2"

1.49" - 1.83"

50

7.5

MAEPG5

2"

1.83" - 2.36"

50

12.5

Part No.

MAEPG55

3"

2.99" - 3.46"

50

19.5

MAEPG6

3 1/2"

3.42" - 4.00"

25

13

MAEPG7

4"

3.94" - 4.33"

50

32.5

MAEPG8

5"

5.00" - 5.35"

25

24.5

Multi-Access
Part No.

Type

Duct I.D.
Range

Innerduct O.D.
Range

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt.

MATPG2

3-Hole

3.92" - 4.21"

1.31" - 1.42"

24

27

MATPG3

3-Hole

3.92" - 4.21"

1.53" - 1.67"

24

24

MAQPG2

4-Hole

3.92" - 4.21"

1.19" - 1.36"

24

23

MAQPG4

4-Hole

4.16" - 4.34"

1.19" - 1.36"

24

34

Split Plugs for Sealing Innerduct and Cable
Part No.

Size

Duct I.D.
Range

Cable O.D.
Range

Std. Ctn.
Qty.

Std. Ctn.
Wt.

MAFPG2

1"

1.00" - 1.10"

0.35" - 0.57"

50

8

MAFPG21

1"

1.00" - 1.10"

0.43" - 0.57"

50

8

MAFPG22

1"

1.00" - 1.10"

0.57" - 0.70"

50

8

MAFPG3

11/4"

1.22" - 1.36"

0.35" - 0.57"

50

10

MAFPG4

11/4"

1.22" - 1.36"

0.57" - 0.70"

50

10

MAFPG41

11/4"

1.22" - 1.34"

0.70" - 0.90"

50

10

MAFPG5

11/2"

1.50" - 1.65"

0.35" - 0.57"

50

15

MAFPG6

11/2"

1.50" - 1.65"

0.50" - 0.70"

50

15

MAFPG9

2"

1.98" - 2.15"

0.35" - 0.57"

50

22

Multiple Innerduct Pulling Harness
For use with Pulling Innerducts into a 4" Conduit
Part No.

Description

Working
Working
Std.
Load
Load
Ctn.
Per Leg (lbs.) Combined (lbs.) Qty.

MAPH3 3-Way 1/4" Cable
MAPH4 4-Way

296

1/4"

Cable

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Wt./Ea.
(lbs.)

1400

2900

1

14

1400

4200

1

15

Cable and Installation Accessories
Innerduct Pulling Eyes
Part No.

Size

Range

Std. Ctn. Qty.

Wt./Ea. (lbs.)

MAPE3

1 - 11/8"

.93 - 1.06

1

1.0

MAPE4

7/8"

.71 - .87

1

1.5

MAPE5

1 - 11/8"

1.06 - 1.43

1

1.0

MAPE6

11/4"

1.06 - 1.43

1

2.0

MAPE7

17/16."

1.343 - 1.50

1

4.5

MAPE8

11/2"

1.50 - 1.625

1

5.0

MAPE9

2"

1.97 - 2.09

1

6.0

Swivels - Ball Bearing
Part No.

Description

Work/Break
Load (lbs.)

MASV4

Non-Breakaway

1800

MASV5

Non-Breakaway

Wt./Ea.
(lbs.)

Dimensions
7/8"x

4 1/2"

5/8"x

600

.53

4"

1.00

Swivels - Breakaway and Replacement Pins
Part No.
MASV6
MASV7
MASV8

Description
Breakaway
Breakaway
Breakaway

Work/Break
Std. Wt./Ea.
Load (lbs.) Dimensions Ctn. Qty. (lbs.)
600

7/8"x

4 1/2"

600

5/8"x 31/2"

450

5/8"x 31/2"

1

.55

1

.19

1

.19

Pin
Part No.

Description

MASVP6

7/8"

Replacement Pin for MASV6

MASVP7

5/8"

Replacement Pin for MASV7

MASVP8

5/8"

Replacement Pin for MASV8

Line Missiles
Part No.

Description

Std. Ctn. Std. Ctn.
Qty.
Wt.

MAPRO3

3-Way for 11/4" Duct

25

25

MAPRO4

4-Way for 1" Duct

25

18

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

297

Cable and Installation Accessories
Underground Warning Tape – Orange
CAUTION TELEPHONE CABLE BURIED BELOW
Part No.

Type

Width

Ft. per Spool

Wt. ea. lbs.

MAT3T21

Standard

3"

1000'

7

MAT3T61

Detectable

3"

1000'

8

CAUTION FIBER OPTIC CABLE BURIED BELOW
Part No.

Type

Width

Ft. per Spool

Wt. ea. lbs.

MAT3O21

Standard

3"

1000'

7

MAT6O21

Standard

6"

1000'

13

MAT3O51

Extra Stretch

3"

1000'

7

MAT3O61

Detectable

3"

1000'

8

MAT6O61

Detectable

6"

1000'

16

End Caps

298

Part No.
EC1.315
EC1.488
EC1.660
EC1.900
EC2.375
EC4.500

Size
1"
11/4"
11/4"
11/2"
2"
4"

Nom. O.D.
1.315"
1.488"
1.660"
1.900"
2.375"
4.500"

Std. Ctn. Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Cable and Installation Accessories
Rope (Conduit Pulling Lines for Conductors or Fiber Optics)
White Diamond Braid Rope
This rope is constructed of polyethylene over polyester,
designed specifically for fiber-optic pulling. The
polyethylene jacket gives the “slippery” feel that gives
less drag in pulling through conduit.
Part No.
SB14105

Reel
Lengths
5,000 ft.

Recommended Approximate
Std.
Avg.
Ctn.
Working
Load (lbs.)
Diameter
Tensile (lbs.) Wt. (lbs.)
1/4"
260
1700
1000

Tape
Prelubricated, woven polyester tape made from low
friction, high abrasion resistant yarns providing a low
coefficient of friction. Tape is printed with sequential
footage markings for accurate measurements.
Part
No.
TL14203
TL14205
TL14505
TL14510
TL38203
TL38265
TL38210

Size
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
5/8"
5/8"
5/8"

Tensile
Strength (lbs.)
1130
1130
1250
1250
1800
1800
1800

Reel
Lengths
3,000 ft.
5,000 ft.
5,000 ft.
10,000 ft.
3,000 ft.
6,500 ft.
10,000 ft.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

299

Cable and Installation Accessories
Conduit Cutters
Kwikcut Cutter

Hand held cutter
makes fast square,
smooth field cuts on
Innerduct sizes 1/2"
through 11/4".

For fast, smooth
field cuts of 1/2"
through 1" Innerduct.
Part No.
CC120B

Size
8"

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
10

Part No.
CC125

Size
9"

Figure-8 Web Slitter
Part No.
3056MW
30510MW

300

Large
Cutter

Medium
Cutter

For clean cuts of Innerduct
sizes 1/2" through 2".

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
1

Part No.
CC122

Std..
Size Ctn. Qty.
17 1/2"
1

Figure-8 Jacket Slitter
Size
6.6M
10M

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
1
1

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Part No.
3056MJ
30510MJ

Size
6.6M
10M

Std.
Ctn. Qty.
1
1

Product Category Index
Product

Page

Boreable Multi-Gard® Trenchless Raceway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Bore-Gard® Trenchless Raceway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Carflex® Liquidtight Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Carflex® Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Carflex® Omni Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Carflex® Pre-Wired Liquidtight Whips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Carflex® X-Flex™ Flexible Nonmetallic Tubing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Cement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Chimes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Circuit Safe® JIC Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Circuit Safe® NEMA Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Cord Grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Curved Lid J-Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
ENT Boxes and Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Flex-Plus® Blue™ ENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Floor Box Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
FS/FD Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
General Purpose Raceway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Hal-Free Riser-Gard® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Himeline® Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Intra-Gard® Multi-Cell Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
In-Use Weatherproof Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Junction Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
LubeDuct Pre-Lubricated HDPE Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Multi-Gard® Multi-Cell Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
P&C® Duct - Types EB and DB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
P&C® Duct Fittings and Sweeps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
P&C Flex® Corrugated Flexible Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Plenum-Gard® Flexible Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
PV-Mold® Pole Riser System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Resi-Gard® Flexible Raceway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Riser-Gard® Flexible Raceway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Schedule 40 & 80 Conduit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Schedule 40 & 80 Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Schedule 40 & 80 Special/Standard Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Slack and Splice Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Slip Meter Risers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Spacers - Snap-Loc® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Spacers - Snap-N-Stac™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Split Duct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Structured Cable Management Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Telephone Duct - Types B, C, and D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Telephone Duct Fittings and Sweeps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Utility Conduit, Fittings and Elbows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Weatherproof Covers and Lighting Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Wire Handling Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Wire-Safe® Wireway and Wiring Trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Zip Box® Blue™ Switch/Outlet Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

301

Part Number Index
Part No.

302

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

17011

64

11811D-2500

209

15010-050

4

49014-020

168

17013

64

11811T-250

209

15010-100

4

49014SD-010

218

17015

64

11812-250

209

15010-150

4

49015-010

168

17017

64

11812AG-001

209

15011-050

4

49015-020

168

18011

64

11813-1200

209

15011-100

4

49015SD-010

218

18013

64

11813-250

209

15104-100

5

49016-010

168

18015

64

11813-500

209

15105-100

5

49016-020

168

18017

64

11813-750

209

15107-100

5

49016SD-010

218

18111

64

11813D-1200

209

15108-100

5

49017-010

168

18113

64

11815-250

209

15109-100

5

49017-020

168

18115

64

11815-800

209

15110-100

5

49017SD-010

218

18117

64

11815D-800

209

15111-050

5

49405-010

169

18211

64

12005-200

20

30510MJ

300

49405-020

169

18213

64

12005AK-001

20

30510MW

300

49407-010

169

18215

64

12005R-200

20

3056MJ

300

49407-020

169

18217

64

12005-UPC

20

3056MW

300

49408-010

169

18311

64

12005Y-200

20

48711-020

193

49408-020

169

18313

64

12007-100

20

48713-020

193

49409-010

169

18315

64

12007AA-001

20

48715-010

193

49409-020

169

18317

64

12007R-100

20

48715-020

193

49410-010

169

18411

64

12007-UPC

20

48716-010

193

49410-020

169

18413

64

12007Y-100

20

48716-020

193

49411-010

169

18415

64

12008-010

20

48717-010

193

49411-020

169

18417

64

12008-100

20

48717-020

193

49411SD-010

218

18511

64

12008-750

20

48808-020

194

49412-010

169

18513

64

12008R-100

20

48810-020

194

49412-020

169

18515

64

12008R-750

20

48811-020

194

49413-010

169

18517

64

12008Y-100

20

48813-020

194

49413-020

169

18611

64

12008Y-750

20

48814-020

194

49415-010

169

18613

64

12009-750

20

48815-020

194

49415-020

169

18615

64

12010-750

20

48816-020

194

49415SD-010

218

18617

64

12011-500

20

48817-020

194

49416-010

169

59111

212

12011R-500

20

49005-010

168

49417-010

169

59113

212

12011Y-500

20

49007-010

168

49417-020

169

59115

212

1205AKR-001

20

49007-020

168

575-0640

292

59116

212

1205AKY-001

20

49008-010

168

575-0641

292

59117

212

1207AAR-001

20

49008-020

168

575-0642

292

11808-5200

209

1207AAY-001

20

49009-010

168

575-0643

292

11808D-2700

209

15004-001

4

49009-020

168

575-0644

292

11808D-5200

209

15004-100

4

49010-010

168

575-4049

292

11809-4500

209

15005-001

4

49010-020

168

575-4075

292

11809D-4500

209

15005-050

4

49011-010

168

59010N

211

11810-250

209

15005-100

4

49011-020

168

59011N

211

11810-4500

209

15005BK-001

4

49011SD-010

218

59013N

211

11810D-4500

209

15005BK-100

4

49012-010

168

59015N

211

11810T-2300

209

15007-001

4

49012-020

168

59016N

211

11810T-250

209

15007-100

4

49012SD-010

218

59017N

211

11811-1100

209

15008-100

4

49013-010

168

59208N

211

11811-250

209

15008-500

4

49013-020

168

59211N

211

11811-2500

209

15009-100

4

49013SD-010

218

59213N

211

11811-700

209

15009-200

4

49014-010

168

59215N

211

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Part Number Index
Part No.

Page

59216N

211

A13C6N1ANNA4000

271

A253E

26

A5D2S1JNNB6500

285

59411N

211

A13C6N1ENNA4000

271

A253F

26

A5D2S1JNNB7000

285

59413N

211

A13C6N1JNNA4000

271

A263D

24

A5D2S1JNNB8000

285

59610-010

190

A13C9N1A3KA4000

271

A263E

24

A615D

29

59610-020

190

A13C9N1ANNA4000

271

A263F

24

A615DE

29

59611-010

190

A13C9N1JNNA4000

271

A273DE

24

A615DH

29

59611-020

190

A13D2S1JNNB1000

285

A273EF

24

A615DJ

29

59612-010

190

A13D2S1JNNB1500

285

A293DEF

23

A615DL

29

59612-020

190

A13D2S1JNNB1800

285

A340F

94

A615E

59613-010

190

A13D2S1JNNB2000

285

A343F

94

A6C6N1JNNA5000

271

59613-020

190

A13D2S1JNNB250

285

A353F

94

A6C6N1JNNB5000

271

59615-010

190

A13D2S1JNNB500

285

A400

28

A6C9N1JNNA8000

271

59615-020

190

A13D2S1JNNB750

285

A410

28

A6C9N1JNNB250

271

59616-010

190

A15C9N1ANNA1000

271

A411

28

A6C9N1JNNB500

271

59616-020

190

A15C9N1JNNA1000

271

A412

28

A6C9N1JNNB5000

271

59617-010

190

A16C26N1JNNC700

271

A413

28

A6C9N1JNNB8000

271

59617-020

190

A16C6N1ANNA766

271

A414

28

A6C9N1JNNC2500

271

59618-010

190

A16C6N1JNNA766

271

A420

28

A6C9N1JNNC5000

271

59618-020

190

A16C9N1ANNA766

271

A421

28

A6D2E1JNNA250

285

59810L-020

219

A16C9N1JNNA766

271

A422

28

A6D2E1JNNA250B

285

59813L-020

219

A17C9N1ENNA700

271

A470D

28

A6D2S1JNNB1000

285

68315-020

202

A17C9N1JNNA700

271

A471

28

A6D2S1JNNB1600

285

68315W-020

202

A18C9N1ANNA480

271

A472

28

A6D2S1JNNB250

285

68415-020

202

A18C9N1ENNA480

271

A52151D

27

A6D2S1JNNB2500

285

68415W-020

202

A200D

21

A52151E

27

A6D2S1JNNB250B

285

68515-020

202

A200E

21

A52171D

27

A6D2S1JNNB4000

285

68515PL-020

219

A200F

21

A52171E

27

A6D2S1JNNB500

285

68515SD-010

218

A210D

21

A5217DE

27

A6D2S1JNNB5000

285

68515W-020

202

A210E

21

A521DE

27

A6D2S1JNNB500B

285

68515WL-020

219

A210F

21

A5329DE

27

A6D2S1JNNB6000

285

68615-020

202

A220D

21

A540DS

27

A6D2S1JNNB7000

285

68711-020

193

A220E

21

A58381D

27

A861

27

68713-020

193

A220F

21

A58381E

27

A862D

27

68715-020

193

A22C6N1ANNA450

271

A5C6N1JNNA7000

271

A862E

27

68716-010

193

A22C9N1ANNA450

271

A5C6N1JNNB7000

271

A863-4SQ

22

68716-020

193

A22C9N1ENNA450

271

A5C9N1JNNA7000

271

A863BC

22

68717-020

193

A230D

21

A5C9N1JNNB1800

271

A863CF

22

68811-020

194

A230E

21

A5C9N1JNNB250

271

A863CFG

22

68813-020

194

A230F

21

A5C9N1JNNB500

271

A863D

22

68815-020

194

A238

25

A5C9N1JNNB7000

271

A863DG

22

68816-020

194

A238DIV

25

A5D2E1JNNA250

285

A863MB

23

68817-010

194

A240D

26

A5D2E1JNNA250B

285

A863S

22

68817-020

194

A240E

26

A5D2S1JNNB1000

285

A863SG

22

68913D-020

195

A240F

26

A5D2S1JNNB1800

285

A864D

27

68915-020

195

A243D

26

A5D2S1JNNB2000

285

A864E

27

68915D-020

195

A243E

26

A5D2S1JNNB250

285

A864F

68916-020

195

A243F

26

A5D2S1JNNB250B

285

A9C6N1JNNA5000

271

68916D-020

195

A245D

24

A5D2S1JNNB2700

285

A9C9N1JNNA5000

271

68917-020

195

A245E

24

A5D2S1JNNB500

285

A9C9N1JNNB5000

271

25

A245F

24

A5D2S1JNNB5000

285

A9D2S1JNNB1000

285

271

A253D

26

A5D2S1JNNB500B

285

A9D2S1JNNB2200

285

A122
A13C4N1JNNC2500

Part No.

Page

Part No.

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Page

Part No.

Page

29

27

303

Part Number Index
Part No.

304

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

A9D2S1JNNB250

285

BG380SP-010

236

C3024C4

125

A9D2S1JNNB250B

285

BG380SP-020

236

CA861G

27

A9D2S1JNNB2900

285

BG3PE

236

CC1085

A9D2S1JNNB4000

285

BG440SP-010

236

CC120B

A9D2S1JNNB500

Part No.
CK225

Page
16

CP100N

128

123

CP100NB

129

222

CP200N

128

285

BG440SP-020

236

CC12106

123

CP200NB

B108B-UPC

73

BG480SP-010

236

CC122

222

CP300N

128

B108R-UPC

75

BG480SP-020

236

CC125

222

CP300NB

129

B112HB

72

BG4PE

236

CC14126

123

CP900

130

B114RR-UPC

75

BG4X1B-5600

93

CC16147

123

CPC4WH

B114R-UPC

75

BG540SP-010

236

CC665

123

CS1085

124

B118A

73

BG540SP-020

236

CC863

123

CS12106

124

B118B-UPC

73

BG5PE

236

CE4X1-1000

88

CS14126

124

B120A-UPC

73

BG640SP-010

236

CE4X1-1000S

88

CS16147

124

B120R

75

BG640SP-020

236

CE4X1-350

89

CS665

124

B121ADJ

71

BG6PE

236

CF4X1-250

89

CS863

124

B121BFBB

42

BH118R

80

CF4X1-250S

89

CV1085

124

B121BFBR

42

BH122A

79

CF4X1C-100

89

CV12106

124

B121BFBRW

42

BH122S

79

CF4X1C-1000

88

CV14126

124

B122A-UPC

73

BH234R

80

CF4X1C-1500

88

CV16147

124

B1EXTB

76

BH235A

79

CF4X1C-250

89

CV665

124

B225R-UPC

75

BH235S

79

CF4X1C-500

88

CV863

124

B232A-UPC

74

BH353A

80

CF4X1C-5200

88

DE4X1-1000

90

B232B-UPC

74

BH353S

80

CF4X1C-6500

88

DE4X1-350

91

B234ADJ

71

BH464A

80

CF4X1C-8000

88

DEL131

291

B234ADJC

71

BH464S

80

CG4X1-900S

88

DEL150

291

B234BFBB

43

BH4X1B-4500

93

CG4X1C-1600

88

DEL150-154

291

B344AB

74

BH525A

82

CG4X1C-200

89

DEL150-166

291

B355R

75

BH525H

82

CG4X1C-3200

88

DEL154

291

B418A-UPC

74

BH525HP

82

CG4X1C-500

88

DEL154-166

291

B432AR-UPC

74

BH525L

82

CG4X1C-6500

88

DEL166

291

B432A-UPC

74

BH525LP

82

CG4X1C-900

88

DEL190

291

B455AH

74

BH525P

82

CH100R

133

DEL237

291

B455A-UPC

74

BH525S

82

CH208

133

DF4X1-250S

91

B468R

75

BH525SP

82

CH4X1C-1200

88

DF4X1C-1000

90

B518A-UPC

77

BH614R

81

CH4X1C-150

89

DF4X1C-1500

90

B518P-UPC

77

BH614RP

81

CH4X1C-350

88

DF4X1C-250

91

B520A-UPC

77

BJ4X1B-2000

93

CH4X1C-4000

88

DF4X1C-2700

90

B520P-UPC

77

BS1.194

291

CJ1085

123

DF4X1C-500

91

B618RP-UPC

75

BS1.315

291

CJ12106

123

DF4X1C-500R

90

B618R-UPC

75

BS1.488

291

CJ14126

123

DF4X1C-5200

90

B620DC

78

BS1.660

291

CJ16147

123

DF4X1C-6500

90

B620HG-UPC

78

BS1.900

291

CJ4X1C-100

89

DF4X1C-7000

90

B620H-UPC

78

BS2.375

291

CJ4X1C-2000

88

DF4X1C-9400

90

B620K

78

C2016A4

125

CJ4X1C-225

88

DG4X1-200

91

B620KG-UPC

78

C2016B4

125

CJ4X1C-2800

88

DG4X1-200S

91

B620L-UPC

77

C2016C4

125

CJ4X1C-700

88

DG4X1C-1500

90

B708-SHK

77

C2420A4

125

CJ665

123

DG4X1C-1600

90

B720-SHK

77

C2420B4

125

CJ863

123

DG4X1C-200

91

BF4X1B-8000

93

C2420C4

125

CJB159

133

DG4X1C-3200

90

BG340SP-010

236

C3024A4

125

CJTL

133

DG4X1C-4500

90

BG340SP-020

236

C3024B4

125

CK221RP

16

DG4X1C-500

91

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

12

83

Part Number Index
Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

DG4X1C-500R

90

E244NF5

200

E900NW

204

E939NL

212

DG4X1C-5600

90

E244PF

200

E900PS

204

E939NR

212

DG4X1C-6500

90

E244PF5

200

E901N

205

E939NRT

212

DG4X1C-900

90

E244RF

200

E901NS

205

E940D

174

DH4X1C-1200

90

E244RF5

200

E902N

205

E940E

174

DH4X1C-150

91

E245J

200

E903N

204

E940F

174

DH4X1C-4000

90

E245N

200

E904M

205

E940G

174

DH4X1C-4500

90

E245P

200

E904M12

205

E940H

174

DJ4X1C-100

91

E245R

200

E904M8

205

E940J

174

DJ4X1C-2000

90

E252LJ

201

E904MM

205

E940K

174

DJ4X1C-2800

90

E252NJS

201

E904MS

205

E940K-CAR

174

DJ4X1C-700

90

E252NL

201

E904MX

205

E940L

174

E1212C24

50

E252PN

201

E904N

205

E940L-CAR

174

E1212DIV

50

E252RNS

201

E904N12

205

E940M

174

E1212L24

50

E252RP

201

E904N24

205

E940N

174

E144F

291

E297J

201

E904N8

205

E940N-CAR

174

E144GT

291

E297JN

201

E904NS

205

E940P

174

E147E

95

E297L

201

E905N

205

E940R

174

E147F

95

E297LR

201

E905NL

205

E941H

174

E200J

200

E297N

201

E906N

205

E941J

174

E200JS6

218

E297NT

201

E907N

204

E941K

174

E200KS7

218

E297P

201

E907NY

204

E941L

174

E200L

200

E297PS

201

E908N

204

E941N

174

E200LS7

218

E297PT

201

E908NM

205

E941PF

174

E200LSS

218

E297RF

201

E9098NS

204

E941RF

174

E200M

200

E297RR

201

E9098PS

204

E942D

175

E200MS8

218

E297RT

201

E913N

205

E942E

175

E200N

200

E299JM

201

E913NF

205

E942F

175

E200NS8

218

E299JP

201

E914N

204

E942G

175

E200NSS

218

E299JR

201

E916N

205

E942H

175

E200P

200

E299LF

201

E916NS

205

E942J

175

E200PS8

218

E299LR

201

E916NSW

205

E942K

175

E200PS9

218

E299NX7

201

E916NW

205

E942K-CAR

175

E200R

200

E365D-CAR

56

E917N

204

E942L

175

E200RS1

218

E365DW-CAR

56

E923NM

205

E942L-CAR

175

E240L

200

E381D-CAR

56

E92CSH

178

E942M

175

E240N

200

E381DW-CAR

56

E92CSJ

178

E942N

175

E240P

200

E382DE

56

E92CSL

178

E942N-CAR

175

E240RF

200

E382DEW

56

E92CSN

178

E942NX9

175

E241L

200

E442K

175

E92CSP

178

E942P

175

E241N

200

E442R

175

E92CSR

178

E942R

175

E241PF

200

E442T

175

E935J

177

E942RX

175

E242J

200

E460R-CAR

28

E935L

177

E943D

175

E2440N5

200

E88C24

50

E935N

177

E943DW

178

E2440NF

200

E88DIV

50

E935P

177

E943E

175

E2440P5

200

E88L24

50

E935R

177

E943EW

178

E2440PF

200

E900N

204

E938JR

212

E943F

175

E2440RF

200

E900NS

204

E938NRR

212

E943FW

178

E244J

200

E900NS8

204

E938NT

212

E943G

175

E244L

200

E900NSW

204

E939JN

212

E943GW

178

E244NF

200

E900NU

204

E939N

212

E943H

175

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

305

Part Number Index

306

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

E943HW

178

E948PS

175

E955H

174

E978EC-CAR

184

E943J

175

E948R

175

E955J

174

E978FC-CAR

184

E943JW

178

E948R10

175

E958D

177

E978GC-CAR

184

E943K

175

E948R12

175

E958E

177

E978HC-CAR

184

E943K-CAR

175

E948RS

175

E958F

177

E978JC-CAR

184

E943L

175

E949J5

177

E958G

177

E979DFN-CAR

181

E943L-CAR

175

E949J6

177

E958H

177

E979EFN-CAR

181

E943M

175

E949JN

177

E958J

177

E979FFN

181

E943N

175

E949JX

177

E958K

177

E97ABR2

40

E943N-CAR

175

E949LR

177

E958L

177

E97BR

41

E943P

175

E949N5

177

E958N

177

E97BR2

41

E943R

175

E949NR

177

E958P

177

E97BR2D

41

E945D

174

E949R5

177

E958R

177

E97BRG

41

E945DX

174

E949RX

177

E960GFL

56

E97CCR

40

E945E

174

E950ED

176

E960GLB

56

E97DSB

40

E945EX

174

E950FD-CAR

176

E960PGL

56

E97DSC

40

E945F

174

E950FE

176

E962E

56

E97DSI

40

E945FX

174

E950GE-CAR

176

E966JJ

212

E97DSS

40

E945G

174

E950GF

176

E970CD

178

E97DST

40

E945GX

174

E950HF-CAR

176

E970CE

178

E97SSRB

40

E945H

174

E950HG-CAR

176

E971C

176

E97SSRC

40

E945HX

174

E950JG-CAR

176

E971D

176

E97SSRS

E945J

174

E950JH-CAR

176

E971FB

39

E9801

182

E945JX

174

E950KJ-CAR

176

E971FBDI

45

E9801DN

182

E945K

174

E950LJ-CAR

176

E971FBDIB

45

E9801EN

182

E945KX

174

E950LK

176

E972Y

39

E9801FN

182

E945KXL

174

E950NL

176

E973K

39

E9802

183

E945L

174

E952KJ

176

E9761B

36

E9802CN-CAR

183

E945LX

174

E952LJ

176

E9761BR

37

E9802D

183

E945M

174

E952LK

176

E9761C

36

E9802E

183

E945MX

174

E952NL

176

E9761S

36

E9802F

183

E945N

174

E952NM

176

E9762B

36

E980CM-CAR

183

E945NX

174

E952PN

176

E9762BR

37

E980CN-CAR

183

E945P

174

E952RP

176

E9762C

36

E980DFN

181

E945PX

174

E954HX

175

E9762S

36

E980EFN

181

E945R

174

E954J

175

E9763B

36

E980FFN

181

E945RX

174

E954JX

175

E9763BR

37

E980FFN-CAR

181

E948H

175

E954JXS

216

E9763C

36

E9811DN

182

E948J

175

E954JXX

216

E9763S

36

E9811EN

182

E948JR

175

E954K

175

E976AK2

35

E9811FN

182

E948JS

175

E954KX

175

E976RFB

35

E9812D

183

E948K

175

E954KXX

216

E977DC

185

E9812E

183

E948L

175

E954L

175

E977EC

185

E9812F

183

E948L12

175

E954LX

175

E977FC

185

E981DFN

181

E948L6

175

E954LXS

216

E977GC

185

E981EFN

181

E948LS

175

E954LXX

216

E977HC

185

E981FFN

181

E948N

175

E954NXX

216

E977JC

185

E981FFN-CAR

181

E948N12

175

E955D

174

E977KC-CAR

185

E982DFN

181

E948N7

175

E955E

174

E977LC-CAR

185

E982EFN

181

E948NS

175

E955F

174

E977NC-CAR

185

E982FFN-CTN

181

E948P

175

E955G

174

E978DC-CAR

184

E983D-CAR

179

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

40

Part Number Index
Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page
180

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

E983E-CAR

179

E989UUN

E998E-CAR

177

EGLFL

65

E983F

179

E98DHGN-CAR

53

E998F

177

EGLFN

65

E983G

179

E98G20N

52

E998F-CAR

177

EGLFR

65

E983H-CAR

179

E98G30N-CAR

52

E998G-CAR

177

EGLIJ

65

E983J

179

E98G5FN-CAR

52

E998H-CAR

177

EGLIL

65

E9842D

176

E98GCBN

53

E998J-CAR

177

EGLIN

65

E9842E

176

E98GDRN-CAR

52

E998K-UPC

177

EGLIR

65

E984D-CAR

179

E98GFCN-CAR

52

E998L

177

EGPR

65

E984E-CAR

179

E98GHGN-CAR

53

E998N

177

EGSBJ

65

E984F-CAR

179

E98SRCN-CAR

52

E9G2DDN-CAR

53

EGSBL

65

E984G-CAR

179

E98SSCN-CAR

53

E9G2DSN-CAR

53

EGSBN

65

E984H-CAR

179

E98TSCN-CAR

53

E9G2GTN-CAR

53

EGSBR

65

E984J

179

E990D

178

E9G2SSN

53

EGSEJ

65

E984J-CAR

179

E990DR-CAR

178

E9U2CRN

54

EGSEL

65

E985D-CAR

179

E990E

178

E9U2GRN

54

EGSEN

65

E985E-CAR

179

E990ER-CAR

178

E9U2WRN

54

EGSER

65

E985F-CAR

179

E994DR-CTN

177

E9UDVCRN

54

EGTEJ

65

E985G-CAR

179

E994ER-CTN

177

E9UDVGRN

54

EGTEL

65

E985H-CAR

179

E994F

177

E9UDVWRN

54

EGTEN

65

E985J

179

E995G

177

E9UHCRN

54

EGTER

65

E986D-CAR

179

E995G-CTN

177

E9UHGRN

54

EGTFJ

65

E986E-CAR

179

E995J

177

E9UHWRN

54

EGTFL

65

E986F-CAR

179

E996D

176

E9UVCRN

54

EGTFN

65

E986G-CAR

179

E996E

176

E9UVGRN

54

EGTFR

65

E986H-CAR

179

E996F

176

E9UVWRN

54

EL.084

291

E986J

179

E996G

176

EC1.315

298

EL1.050

291

E986K

179

E996H

176

EC1.488

298

EL1.315

291

E986L

179

E996J

176

EC1.660

298

EL1.660

291

E986M

179

E996K-CAR

176

EC1.900

298

EL1.900

291

E986N

179

E996L

176

EC2.375

298

EL2.375

291

E987D-CAR

179

E996L-CAR

176

EC4.500

298

EL2.875

291

E987E-CAR

179

E996N

176

EGCEJ

65

EL3.500

291

E987F-CAR

179

E997F

177

EGCEL

65

EL4.500

291

E987G-CAR

179

E997F-CAR

177

EGCEN

65

EL5.563

291

E987H-CAR

179

E997G

177

EGCER

65

EL600

291

E987J

179

E997G-CAR

177

EGCIJ

65

EMP1194

139

E987N-CAR

180

E997H

177

EGCIL

65

EMP1210

139

E987R-CAR

180

E997H-CAR

177

EGCIN

65

EMP1411

139

E988D-CAR

179

E997J

177

EGFCJ

65

EMP743

139

E988E

179

E997J-CAR

177

EGFCL

65

EMP974

139

E988F-CAR

179

E997K

177

EGFCN

65

EXP125

292

E988G-CAR

179

E997K-CAR

177

EGFCR

65

G280J

223

E988H-CAR

179

E997L

177

EGFJ

65

GSUP

236

E988J

179

E997L-CAR

177

EGFL

65

GSUP3

236

E989N-CAR

180

E997M

177

EGFN

65

GSUP5

236

E989NNJ-CAR

180

E997N

177

EGFR

65

GSUP6

236

E989NNR-CAR

180

E997P

177

EGLEJ

65

HB1BL

72

E989PPJ-CAR

180

E997R

177

EGLEL

65

HB1DP

72

E989RRR-UPC

180

E997T

177

EGLEN

65

HB1GF

72

E989R-UPC

180

E998D

177

EGLER

65

HB1SW

E989SSX-UPC

180

E998E

177

EGLFJ

65

HC1612B

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

72
145

307

Part Number Index
Part No.

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

HC2016B

145

HLA2030

151

HPCO400

147

HS21D9C

141

HC2416C

145

HLA3020

151

HPCO500

147

HS21DBP

142

HC3020D

145

HLA3030

151

HPFA4

148

HS7A7

141

HC3325D

145

HLA30402

151

HPFA5

148

HS7A7C

141

HE1194

139

HLA4020

151

HPFA6

148

HS7ABP

142

HE12105

139

HLA4030

151

HPLM200

148

HSCH

142

HE1210C

139

HLA40402

151

HPLM250

148

HSMFSS

142

HE14114

139

HLA40502

151

HPLM300

148

HSMFZ

142

HE1411C

139

HLA5020

151

HPPF300

147

HSTS4

142

HE432

139

HLA5030

151

HPPF400

147

HSTS6

142

HE432C

139

HLA50402

151

HPPF500

147

HVM27

135

HE443

139

HLABPA4

153

HPPF600

147

I41240-020

263

HE443C

139

HLAHAN

153

HPPLH

149

I41240MC-020

263

HE533

139

HLAMFSS

153

HPRFK

147

I4124540

264

HE533C

139

HLAPAD

153

HPRLA

149

I4129040

264

HE743

139

HLATD

153

HPRSH

149

I412C-020

263

HE743C

139

HLATEL

153

HPSFS1

148

I412CMC-020

263

HE974

139

HLP3318

155

HPTPLM

149

I41540-020

262

HE974C

139

HLP3318G

155

HPVEA9

135

I41540MC-020

262

HEWMB

139

HLP3323

155

HPVM25

135

I415C-020

262

HF4X4C-5000

92

HLP3323G

155

HPVM35

135

I415CMC-020

262

HG4X4C-4000

92

HLP3331

155

HPWMF

147

I42240-020

262

HH11A7

141

HLP3331G

155

HS11A7

141

I42240MC-020

262

HH11A7C

141

HLP33442

155

HS11A7C

141

I422C-020

262

HH11A9

141

HLP33442L

155

HS11A9

141

I422CMC-020

262

HH11A9C

141

HLP3344G

155

HS11A9C

141

I4HISG

264

HH11B7

141

HLPED3318

155

HS11ABP

142

I4ISG

264

HH11B7C

141

HLPED3323

155

HS11B7

141

I4ISG15

264

HH11B9

141

HLPED3331

155

HS11B7C

141

I4ISH

264

HH11B9C

141

HLPED33442

155

HS11B9

141

I4SFG-020

262

HH11C7

141

HLS2020

151

HS11B9C

141

I4SFG4-020

262

HH11C7C

141

HLS2030

151

HS11BBP

142

I4SFG5-020

262

HH11C9

141

HLS3020

151

HS11C7

141

I4SFG6-020

262

HH11C9C

141

HLS3030

151

HS11C7C

141

I4SFGA-020

262

HH15C7

141

HLS30402

151

HS11C9

141

I4SFGB-020

262

HH15C7C

141

HLS4020

151

HS11C9C

141

I4SFGG-020

262

HH15C9

141

HLS4030

151

HS11CBP

142

I4SXG-020

262

HH15C9C

141

HLS40402

151

HS15C7

141

I62240-020

263

HH15D9

141

HLS40502

151

HS15C7C

141

I622C-020

263

HH15D9C

141

HLS5020

151

HS15C9

141

I6SFG-020

263

HH21C7

141

HLS5030

151

HS15C9C

141

I6SXG-020

263

HH21C7C

141

HLS50402

151

HS15CBP

142

IF3FG4

264

HH21C9

141

HP1612B

145

HS15D9

141

IF3FG6

264

HH21C9C

141

HP2016B

145

HS15D9C

141

IF3HG4

264

HH21D9

141

HP2416C

145

HS15DBP

142

IF3HG6

264

HH21D9C

141

HP3020D

145

HS21C7

141

IF5FG4

264

92

HP3325D

145

HS21C7C

141

IF5FG6

264

HH7A7

141

HPBNGB

147

HS21C9

141

IF5HG4

264

HH7A7C

141

HPBNGC

147

HS21C9C

141

IF5HG6

264

HPBU

149

HS21CBP

142

IF7FG4

264

HPCO300

147

HS21D9

141

IF7FG6

264

HH4X4C-2000

HJ4X4C-2000
HLA2020

308

Page

92
151

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Part Number Index
Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

152

MAFPG4

296

IF7HG4

264

JP86

134

LP50402BP

IF7HG6

264

JP86P

134

LT100

9

MAFPG41

296

IF9FG4

264

JP88

134

LT100G

9

MAFPG5

296

IF9FG6

264

JP88P

134

LT20C

7

MAFPG6

296

IF9HG4

264

LA1412BP

155

LT20C-CAR

7

MAFPG9

296

IF9HG6

264

LA1816BP

155

LT20D-NEW

7

MAPE1012

279

IRS4

265

LA1916BP

155

LT20E-NEW

7

MAPE3

297

IX3FG4

264

LA2020BP

152

LT20F

7

MAPE4

297

IX3FG6

264

LA2725BP

155

LT20G

7

MAPE5

297

IX3HG4

264

LA3020BP

152

LT20H

7

MAPE6

297
297

IX3HG6

264

LA3030BP

152

LT20J

7

MAPE7

IX5FG4

264

LA30402BP

152

LT38

9

MAPE8

297

IX5FG6

264

LA4020BP

152

LT38G

9

MAPE9

297
296

IX5HG4

264

LA4030BP

152

LT43C

6

MAPH3

IX5HG6

264

LA40402BP

152

LT43C-CAR

6

MAPH4

296

IX7FG4

264

LA40502BP

152

LT43D-NEW

6

MAPH6

279
297

IX7FG6

264

LA5020BP

152

LT43E-NEW

6

MAPRO3

IX7HG4

264

LA5030BP

152

LT43F

6

MAPRO4

297

IX7HG6

264

LA50402BP

152

LT43G

6

MAQPG2

296

IX9FG4

264

LH07

12

LT43H

6

MAQPG4

296

IX9FG6

264

LH09

12

LT43J

6

MASV4

297

IX9HG4

264

LH100

13

LT50

9

MASV5

297

IX9HG6

264

LH100G

13

LT50G

9

MASV6

297

J1085P

130

LH11

12

LT75

9

MASV7

297

J1085W

126

LH13

12

LT75G

9

MASV8

297

J12106P

130

LH16

12

LT9100

9

MASVP6

297

J12106W

126

LH21

12

LT9100G

9

MASVP7

297

J14126P

130

LH38

13

LT938

9

MASVP8

297

J14126W

126

LH38G

13

LT938G

9

MAT3021

298

J16147P

130

LH50

13

LT950

9

MAT3051

298

J16147W

126

LH50G

13

LT950G

9

MAT3061

298

J665P

130

LH75

13

LT975

9

MAT3T21

298

9

MAT3T61

298

J665W

126

LH75G

13

J863P

130

LN20DA

8

LT9LD

178

MAT6021

298

J863W

126

LN20EA

8

LT9LE

178

MAT6061

298
296

LT975G

JP1010

134

LN20FA

8

LT9LF

178

MATPG2

JP1010P

134

LN20FA-CAR

8

MA30EK

248

MATPG3

296

JP108

134

LN43DA

8

MAEPG2

296

MB3HN3S

248

JP108P

134

LN43EA

8

MAEPG3

296

MB5HN3S

248

JP1210

134

LN43FA

8

MAEPG4

296

MB5HN4S

248

JP1210P

134

LN43FA-CAR

8

MAEPG5

296

MB7HN3S

248

JP1212

134

LP2020BP

152

MAEPG55

296

MB7HN4S

248

JP1212P

134

LP3020BP

152

MAEPG6

296

MB9HN3S

248

JP1412

134

LP3030BP

152

MAEPG7

296

MB9HN4S

248

JP1412P

134

LP30402BP

152

MAEPG8

296

MBCC3

249

JP1614

134

LP4020BP

152

MAES3

241

MBCC4

249

JP1614P

134

LP4030BP

152

MAES4

241

MBEC3

250

JP64

134

LP40402BP

152

MAFPG2

296

MBEC4

250

JP64P

134

LP40502BP

152

MAFPG21

296

MBSS3S-020

248

JP66

134

LP5020BP

152

MAFPG22

296

MBSS4S-020

248

JP66P

134

LP5030BP

152

MAFPG3

296

MD3FN3S

239

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

309

Part Number Index
Part No.

310

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

MD3FN4S

239

MDFC4

239

MFAB3

240

MHEC3

250

MD3HN3S

239

MDFC4J

239

MFAB4

240

MHEC4

250

MD3HN4S

239

MDSS3S-020

239

MFAD3

240

MHSS3S-020

248

MD3JN3S

239

MDSS4S-020

239

MFAD4

240

MHSS4S-020

248

MD3JN4S

239

MDSSR

241

MFAE3

240

MP3FN3S

252

MD3MN3S

239

MDT13

240

MFAE4

240

MP3FN4S

252

MD3MN4S

239

MDT14

240

MFAH3

240

MP5FN3S

252

MD5FN3S

239

MDT23

240

MFAH4

240

MP5FN4S

252

MD5FN4S

239

MDT24

240

MFAR3

240

MP7FN3S

252

MD5HN3S

239

MDT63

240

MFAR4

240

MP7FN4S

252

MD5HN4S

239

MDT64

240

MFAS3

240

MP7HN3S

252

MD5JN3S

239

MDT93

240

MFAS4

240

MP7HN4S

252

MD5JN4S

239

ME7FN3S

256

MFCC3

240

MP9FN3S

252

MD5MN3S

239

ME7FN4S

256

MFCC4

240

MP9FN4S

252

MD5MN4S

239

ME9FN3S

256

MFEC3

241

MP9HN3S

252

MD7FN3S

239

ME9FN4S

256

MFEC4

241

MP9HN4S

252

MD7FN4S

239

MESS3S-010

256

MFFB3

239

MPCC10

279

MD7HN3S

239

MESS3SFB-010

256

MFFB3J

239

MPCC12

279

MD7HN4S

239

MESS4S-010

256

MFFB4

239

MPCC16

279

MD7JN3S

239

MESS4SFB-010

256

MFFB4J

239

MPEC10

279

MD7JN4S

239

MET63

256

MFFC3

239

MPEC12

279

MD7MN3S

239

MET64

256

MFFC3J

239

MPEC16

279

MD7MN4S

239

MF3FN3S

239

MFFC4

239

MPPC10

279

MD9FN3S

239

MF3FN4S

239

MFFC4J

239

MPPC12

279

MD9FN4S

239

MF3HN4S

239

MFR13S

241

MPPC8

279

MD9HN3S

239

MF3JN3S

239

MFR14S

241

MPSS3S-010

252

MD9HN4S

239

MF3MN3S

239

MFR33S

241

MPSS4S-010

252

MD9JN3S

239

MF5FN3S

239

MFR44S

241

MR3HN4S

252

MD9JN4S

239

MF5FN4S

239

MFSS3B-020

236

MR5HN4S

252

MD9MN3S

239

MF5HN3S

239

MFSS3S-020

239

MR7FN4S

252

MD9MN4S

239

MF5HN4S

239

MFSS4B-020

236

MR7HN3S

252

MDAB3

240

MF5JN3S

239

MFSS4S-020

239

MR7HN4S

252

MDAB4

240

MF5JN4S

239

MFSSR

241

MR9FN3S

252

MDAE3

240

MF5MN3S

239

MFT13

240

MR9FN4S

252

MDAE4

240

MF5MN4S

239

MFT14

240

MR9HN3S

252

MDAH3

240

MF7FN3S

239

MFT23

240

MR9HN4S

252

MDAH4

240

MF7FN4S

239

MFT24

240

MREC3

253

MDAR3

240

MF7HN3S

239

MFT63

240

MREC4

253

MDAR4

240

MF7HN4S

239

MFT64

240

MRFB3

252

MDAS3

240

MF7JN3S

239

MFT93

240

MRFB4

252

MDAS4

240

MF7JN4S

239

MFT94

240

MROS3

253

MDCC3

240

MF7MN3S

239

MH3HN3S

248

MROS4

253

MDCC4

240

MF7MN4S

239

MH3HN4S

248

MRSS3S-010

252

MDEC3

241

MF9FN3S

239

MH5HN3S

248

MRSS3SFB-010

254

MDEC4

241

MF9FN4S

239

MH5HN4S

248

MRSS4S-010

252

MDFB3

239

MF9HN3S

239

MH7HN3S

248

MRSS4SFB-010

254

MDFB3J

239

MF9HN4S

239

MH7HN4S

248

MS3HN3S

248

MDFB4

239

MF9JN3S

239

MH9HN3S

248

MS3HN4S

248

MDFB4J

239

MF9JN4S

239

MH9HN4S

248

MS5HN4S

248

MDFC3

239

MF9MN3S

239

MHCC3

249

MS7HN3S

248

MDFC3J

239

MF9MN4S

239

MHCC4

249

MS7HN4S

248

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Part Number Index
Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

MS9HN3S

248

MXAR4

240

NC88L

118

NI644

116

MS9HN4S

248

MXCC3

240

NH10106

116

NI64L

116

MSCC3

249

MXCC4

240

NH1010C

116

NI64W

136

MSCC4

249

MXEC3

241

NH1010L

116

NI664

116

MSEC3

250

MXEC4

241

NH1084

116

NI66L

116

MSEC4

250

MXFB3

239

NH1086

116

NI66W

136

MSSS3S-020

248

MXFB3J

239

NH108C

116

NI864

116

MSSS4S-020

248

MXFB4

239

NH108L

116

NI86L

116

MX3FN3S

239

MXFB4J

239

NH12106

116

NI86W

136

MX3FN4S

239

MXFC3

239

NH1210C

116

NI884

116

MX3HN3S

239

MXFC3J

239

NH1210L

116

NI88L

116

MX3HN4S

239

MXFC4

239

NH12126

116

NI88W

136

MX3JN3S

239

MXFC4J

239

NH1212C

116

NJ10106

118

MX3JN4S

239

MXR13S

241

NH1212L

116

NJ1010L

118

MX3MN3S

239

MXR14S

241

NH14126

116

NJ1084

118

MX3MN4S

239

MXR24S

241

NH1412C

116

NJ1086

118

MX5FN3S

239

MXR33S

241

NH1412L

116

NJ108L

118

MX5FN4S

239

MXSS3S-020

239

NH16146

116

NJ12106

118

MX5HN3S

239

MXSS4S-020

239

NH1614C

116

NJ1210L

118

MX5HN4S

239

MXT13

240

NH1614L

116

NJ12126

118

MX5JN3S

239

MXT14

240

NH644

116

NJ1212L

118

MX5JN4S

239

MXT23

240

NH64C

116

NJ14126

118

MX5MN3S

239

MXT24

240

NH64L

116

NJ1412L

118

MX5MN4S

239

MXT63

240

NH664

116

NJ16146

118

MX7FN3S

239

MXT64

240

NH66C

116

NJ1614L

118

MX7FN4S

239

MXT93

240

NH66L

116

NJ644

118

MX7HN3S

239

MXT94

240

NH864

116

NJ64L

118

MX7HN4S

239

NBPADJ2

131

NH86C

116

NJ664

118

MX7JN3S

239

NBPSWG

131

NH86L

116

NJ66L

118

MX7JN4S

239

NBPSWG2

131

NH884

116

NJ864

118

MX7MN3S

239

NBPTSK

131

NH88C

116

NJ86L

118

MX7MN4S

239

NC10106

118

NH88L

116

NJ884

118

MX9FN3S

239

NC1010L

118

NI10106

116

NJ88L

118

MX9FN4S

239

NC1084

118

NI1010L

116

NL1010B

118

MX9HN3S

239

NC1086

118

NI1010W

136

NL1084B

118

MX9HN4S

239

NC108L

118

NI1084

116

NL1086B

118

MX9JN3S

239

NC12106

118

NI1086

116

NL1210B

118

MX9JN4S

239

NC1210L

118

NI108L

116

NL1212B

118

MX9MN3S

239

NC12126

118

NI108W

136

NL1412B

118

MX9MN4S

239

NC1212L

118

NI12106

116

NL1614B

118

MXAB3

240

NC14126

118

NI1210L

116

NL644B

118

MXAB4

240

NC1412L

118

NI1210W

136

NL664B

118

MXAD3

240

NC16146

118

NI12126

116

NL864B

118

MXAD4

240

NC1614L

118

NI1212L

116

NL884B

118

MXAE3

240

NC644

118

NI1212W

136

NMK10V

131

MXAE4

240

NC64L

118

NI14126

116

NMK12V

131

MXAF3

240

NC664

118

NI1412L

116

NMK14V

131

MXAF4

240

NC66L

118

NI1412W

136

NMK4V

131

MXAH3

240

NC864

118

NI16146

116

NMK6V

131

MXAH4

240

NC86L

118

NI1614L

116

NMK8V

131

MXAR3

240

NC884

118

NI1614W

136

NP1010B

114

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

311

Part Number Index
Part No.

312

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

NP1084B

114

NV1614L

114

PF3HR

197

PF6SN

197

NP1086B

114

NV644

114

PF3IJ

197

PF6SP

197

NP1210B

114

NV64L

114

PF3IR

197

PF6VJ

197

NP1212B

114

NV664

114

PF3SJ

197

PF6VN

197

NP1412B

114

NV66L

114

PF3SN

197

PF6VR

197

NP1614B

114

NV864

114

PF3SP

197

PF7CF

196

NP2016

134

NV86L

114

PF3SR

197

PF7CH

196

NP2016P

134

NV884

114

PF3VJ

197

PF7CJ

196

NP2420

134

NV88L

114

PF3VL

197

PF7CL

196

NP2420P

134

P100

291

PF3VN

197

PF7DF

196

NP3024

134

P125

291

PF3VP

197

PF7DH

196

NP3024P

134

P150CPLR

291

PF5DL

197

PF7DJ

196

NP644B

114

P200

291

PF5DN

197

PF7DL

196

NP664B

114

P258H

176

PF5DP

197

PF7DN

196

NP864B

114

P258JT

176

PF5FF

197

PF7FF

196

NP884B

114

P258K

176

PF5FL

197

PF7FH

196

NPL1L

132

P258LT

176

PF5FN

197

PF7FJ

196

NPL1S

132

P258NT

176

PF5FP

197

PF7FL

196

NS10106

114

P258NTB

204

PF5FR

197

PF7FN

196

NS1010L

114

P258PT

176

PF5HL

197

PF7FP

196

NS1084

114

P258RT

176

PF5HN

197

PF7FR

196

NS1086

114

P300

291

PF5HR

197

PF7HJ

196

NS108L

114

P400

291

PF5IJ

197

PF7HL

196

NS12106

114

P75

291

PF5IL

197

PF7HN

196

NS1210L

114

P7701W-CAR

55

PF5IP

197

PF7HP

196

NS12126

114

P7801W-CAR

55

PF5IR

197

PF7HR

196

NS1212L

114

P7901W-CAR

55

PF5SL

197

PF7IL

196

NS14126

114

P8001W-CAR

55

PF5SN

197

PF7IP

196

NS1412L

114

P8005W-CAR

55

PF5SP

197

PF7NN

196

NS16146

114

P8010W-CAR

55

PF5SR

197

PF7SH

196

NS1614L

114

P8060W-CAR

55

PF5UP

197

PF7SJ

196

NS644

114

PE3SNS

195

PF5VN

197

PF7SL

196

NS64L

114

PE3SP

195

PF5VP

197

PF7SN

196

NS664

114

PE3SPS

195

PF5VR

197

PF7SP

196

NS66L

114

PE3SRS

195

PF6CH

197

PF7SR

196

NS864

114

PE7SP

195

PF6CJ

197

PF7VN

196

NS86L

114

PE9HN

195

PF6CL

197

PF7VP

196

NS884

114

PE9HP

195

PF6DL

197

PF7VR

196

NS88L

114

PF3CJ

197

PF6DN

197

PF9CH

196

NV10106

114

PF3CL

197

PF6DP

197

PF9CJ

196

NV1010L

114

PF3DF

197

PF6FJ

197

PF9CL

196

NV1084

114

PF3DH

197

PF6FL

197

PF9CN

196

NV1086

114

PF3DP

197

PF6FN

197

PF9DF

196

NV108L

114

PF3FJ

197

PF6FR

197

PF9DH

196

NV12106

114

PF3FL

197

PF6HJ

197

PF9DJ

196

NV1210L

114

PF3FN

197

PF6HN

197

PF9DL

196

NV12126

114

PF3FP

197

PF6HP

197

PF9DN

196

NV1212L

114

PF3FR

197

PF6HR

197

PF9DP

196

NV14126

114

PF3HL

197

PF6IN

197

PF9FF

196

NV1412L

114

PF3HN

197

PF6IP

197

PF9FJ

196

NV16146

114

PF3HP

197

PF6SJ

197

PF9FL

196

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Part Number Index
Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

PF9FN

196

PH5HR

199

PH9CN

198

PMR2416

146

PF9FP

196

PH5IJ

199

PH9DJ

198

PMR3020

146

PF9FR

196

PH5IL

199

PH9DJL

219

PMR3325

146

PF9HL

196

PH5IR

199

PH9DL

198

RC3200

17

PF9HN

196

PH5SN

199

PH9DLL

219

RC3250

16

PF9HP

196

PH5SP

199

PH9DN

198

RC3252

16

PF9HR

196

PH5SR

199

PH9DP

198

RC3253

16

PF9IL

196

PH5VJ

199

PH9FJ

198

RC3260

17

PF9IN

196

PH5VN

199

PH9FJL

219

RC3301

18

PF9IP

196

PH6CJ

199

PH9FL

198

RC3311

18

PF9IR

196

PH6CL

199

PH9FN

198

RC3395

18

PF9SH

196

PH6CN

199

PH9FNL

219

S258RH

226

PF9SJ

196

PH6DJ

199

PH9FP

198

S28612

226

PF9SL

196

PH6DN

199

PH9FR

198

S287F

226

PF9SR

196

PH6DP

199

PH9HJ

198

S287J

226

PF9VL

196

PH6FJ

199

PH9HL

198

S288JHN

226

PF9VN

196

PH6FL

199

PH9HN

198

S288JJN

226

PF9VP

196

PH6FN

199

PH9HP

198

S288JLN

226

PH3CJ

199

PH6FP

199

PH9HR

198

S288LHN

226

PH3CN

199

PH6FR

199

PH9IJ

198

S288LJN

226

PH3DJ

199

PH6HN

199

PH9IL

198

S288LLN

226

PH3DN

199

PH6HR

199

PH9IN

198

S288NFN

226

PH3DP

199

PH6IN

199

PH9IR

198

S288NHN

226

PH3FJ

199

PH6SL

199

PH9OJ

198

S288NJN

226

PH3FL

199

PH7CJ

198

PH9SJ

198

S288NLN

226

PH3FN

199

PH7CL

198

PH9SL

198

S288PHN

226

PH3FP

199

PH7CN

198

PH9SN

198

S288PJN

226

PH3FR

199

PH7DJ

198

PH9SP

198

S288PLN

226

PH3HN

199

PH7DL

198

PH9SR

198

S288RHN

226

PH3IN

199

PH7DN

198

PH9VN

198

S288RJN

226

PH3IP

199

PH7DP

198

PH9VP

198

S288RLN

226

PH3IR

199

PH7FJ

198

PH9VR

198

S288SHN

226

PH3SJ

199

PH7FL

198

PIC100

292

S288SJN

226

PH3SL

199

PH7FN

198

PIC125

292

S289JHN

226

PH3SN

199

PH7FP

198

PID1612

145

S289JJN

226

PH3SP

199

PH7FR

198

PID2016

145

S289JLN

226

PH3SR

199

PH7HJ

198

PID2416

145

S289LHN

226

PH3VR

199

PH7HL

198

PID3020

145

S289LJN

226

PH5CJ

199

PH7HN

198

PID3325

145

S289LLN

226

PH5CL

199

PH7HP

198

PMB1612

146

S289NFN

226

PH5CN

199

PH7HR

198

PMB2016

146

S289NHN

226

PH5DJ

199

PH7IJ

198

PMB2416

146

S289NJN

226

PH5DL

199

PH7IL

198

PMB3020

146

S289NLN

226

PH5DP

199

PH7IP

198

PMB3325

146

S289PHN

226

PH5FJ

199

PH7IR

198

PMM1612

146

S289PJN

226

PH5FL

199

PH7SJ

198

PMM2016

146

S289PLN

226

PH5FN

199

PH7SN

198

PMM2416

146

S289RHN

226

PH5FP

199

PH7SP

198

PMM3020

146

S289RJN

226

PH5HL

199

PH7SR

198

PMM3325

146

S289RLN

226

PH5HN

199

PH9CJ

198

PMR1612

146

S289SHN

226

PH5HP

199

PH9CL

198

PMR2016

146

S289SJN

226

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

313

Part Number Index

314

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

SB14105

224

SP4W20-2

228

TP6FN

203

TW6TN

203

SC100A

108

SP4W30-2

228

TP6HN

203

TW6TNL

219

SC100ADJC

107

SP6W20-2

228

TP6JN

203

TW7DN

203

SC100FBBC

110

SP6W30-2

228

TP6NN

203

TW7DNL

219

SC100FBVC

110

SPL111

157

TP6RN

203

TW7FN

203

SC100FBWC

110

SPL122

157

TP6SN

203

TW7FNL

219

SC100RR

108

SPL211

157

TP6TN

203

TW7HN

203

SC100SC

107

SPL222

157

TP7DN

203

TW7IN

203

SC12CC

109

SSLL

132

TP7FN

203

TW7JN

203

SC14CC

109

SSLS

132

TP7HN

203

TW7MN

203

SC200A

108

TA9ENT

203

TP7IN

203

TW7NN

203

SC200ADJC

107

TA9FN

203

TP7JN

203

TW7ON

203

SC200DV

107

TA9FNT

203

TP7MN

203

TW7RN

203

SC200RR

108

TA9FNTL

203

TP7NN

203

TW7SN

203

SC34CC

109

TC100

292

TP7ON

203

TW7TN

203

SCA240E

106

TC125

292

TP7RN

203

TW9DN

203

SCA240F

106

TC150

292

TP7SN

203

TW9DNL

219

SCA243E

106

TC200

292

TP7TN

203

TW9FN

203

SCA243F

106

TDC100

292

TP7UN

203

TW9FNL

219

SCA253E

106

TDC125

292

TP9CN

203

TW9HN

203

SCA253F

106

TDC150

292

TP9DN

203

TW9HNL

219

SCA410

108

TDC200

292

TP9FN

203

TW9IN

203

SCDIV

108

TFL100

292

TP9HN

203

TW9JN

203

SCE4X1-100

106

TFL125

292

TP9IN

203

TW9MN

203

SCE4X1-1000

106

TFL150

292

TP9JN

203

TW9NN

203

SCE940G

106

TFL200

292

TP9MN

203

TW9SN

203

SCE940H

106

TL14203

299

TP9NN

203

TW9TN

203

SCE940J

106

TL14205

299

TP9SN

203

U13C6N1ENNA4000

281

SCE943G

106

TL14505

224

TP9TN

203

U15C9N1ENNA1000

281

SCE943H

106

TL14510

224

TP9UN

203

U16C9N1ENNA1000

281

SCE943J

106

TL38203

224

TPLG100

292

U16C9N1ENNA766

281

SCE977EC

109

TL38210

224

TPLG125

292

U18C9N1ENNA480

281

SCE977FC

109

TL38210

299

TPLG150

292

U22C9N1ENNA450

281

SCE977GC

109

TL38265

224

TPLG200

292

U5C4N1ENNB1800

281

SCE977HC

109

TP3DN

203

TW3DN

203

U5C4N1ENNB250

281

SCE977JC

109

TP3FN

203

TW3FN

203

U5C4N1ENNB500

281

SCF4X1C-100

106

TP3HN

203

TW3HN

203

U5C4N1ENNB7000

281

SCF4X1C-1500

106

TP3IN

203

TW5DN

203

U6C4N1ENNB1400

281

SCG4X1C-100

106

TP3JN

203

TW5DNL

219

U6C4N1ENNB250

281

SCH4X1C-50

106

TP3SN

203

TW5FN

203

U6C4N1ENNB500

281

SCJ4X1C-50

106

TP5DN

203

TW5HN

203

U6C4N1ENNB5000

281

SCJ4X1C-500

106

TP5FN

203

TW5JN

203

U9C4N1ENNA5000

281

SLK11

157

TP5HN

203

TW5MN

203

UA3AD

170

SLK12

157

TP5IN

203

TW5SN

203

UA3AE

170

SLK21

157

TP5JN

203

TW6FN

203

UA3AF

170

SLK22

157

TP5MN

203

TW6HN

203

UA3AG

170

SLK31

157

TP5RN

203

TW6JN

203

UA3AH

170

SLK32

157

TP5SN

203

TW6MN

203

UA3AJ

170

SP2W20-2

228

TP5TN

203

TW6NN

203

UA3AK

170

SP2W30-2

228

TP5UN

203

TW6RN

203

UA3AL

170

SP4W15-2

228

TP5VN

203

TW6SN

203

UA3AM

170

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Page

Part No.

Page

Part Number Index
Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

UA3AN

170

UA5ARB

170

UA5HT

172

UA6DN

172

UA3ANB

170

UA5CJ

172

UA5IN

172

UA6FJ

172

UA3AP

170

UA5CJB

172

UA5INSD

218

UA6FJB

172

UA3AR

170

UA5CK

172

UA5IP

172

UA6FL

172

UA3DJ

172

UA5CLB

172

UA5IR

172

UA6FLB

172

UA3DJB

172

UA5DJ

172

UA5JN

172

UA6FM

172

UA3DL

172

UA5DJB

172

UA5RR

172

UA6FN

172

UA3DLB

172

UA5DK

172

UA5SN

172

UA6FNB

172

UA3DM

172

UA5DL

172

UA5SNB

172

UA6FP

172

UA3DN

172

UA5DLB

172

UA5SP

172

UA6FPB

172

172

UA3DNB

172

UA5DM

172

UA5SR

UA6FR

172

UA3FJ

172

UA5DN

172

UA5UNB

172

UA6FRB

172

UA3FJB

172

UA5DNB

172

UA5UPB

172

UA6HJ

172

UA3FL

172

UA5DPB

172

UA5VJ

172

UA6HJB

172

UA3FLB

172

UA5EJ

172

172

UA6HL

172

UA3FN

172

UA5EJB

172

UA5VNB

172

UA6HLB

172

UA3FNB

172

UA5EK

172

UA5VPB

172

UA6HM

172

UA3FP

172

UA5EL

172

172

UA6HN

172

UA3FPB

172

UA5ELB

172

170

UA6HNB

172

UA3FR

172

UA5EM

172

UA6ADB

170

UA6HP

172

UA3FRB

172

UA5EN

172

UA6AE

170

UA6HPB

172

UA3FT

172

UA5ENB

172

170

UA6HR

172

UA3HJ

172

UA5EP

172

UA6AF

170

UA6HRB

172

UA3HK

172

UA5EPB

172

UA6AFB

170

UA7AD

170

UA3HL

172

UA5FF

172

170

UA7ADB

170

UA3HM

172

UA5FG

172

UA6AGB

170

UA7AE

170

UA3HN

172

UA5FH

172

UA6AH

170

UA7AEB

170

UA3HNB

172

UA5FHB

172

170

UA7AER-CAR

170

UA3HP

172

UA5FJ

172

UA6AJ

170

UA7AF

170

UA3HR

172

UA5FJB

172

UA6AJB

170

UA7AFB

170

UA3IJSD

218

UA5FK

172

UA6AK

170

UA7AF-CAR

170

UA3ILSD

218

UA5FL

172

UA6AKB

170

UA7AG

170

UA3INSD

218

UA5FLB

172

UA6AL

170

UA7AGB

170

UA3SNB

172

UA5FM

172

UA6ALB

170

UA7AH

170

UA3UPB

172

UA5FN

172

UA6AM

170

UA7AHB

170

UA5AD

170

UA5FNB

172

UA6AMB

170

UA7AJ

170

UA5AE

170

UA5FP

172

UA6AN

170

UA7AJB

170

UA5AF

170

UA5FPB

172

UA6ANB

170

UA7AJB-CAR

170

UA5AG

170

UA5FR

172

UA6AP

170

UA7AJ-CAR

170

UA5AH

170

UA5FRB

172

UA6APB

170

UA7AK

170

UA5AJ

170

UA5FT

172

UA6AR

170

UA7AKB

170

UA5AJB

170

UA5HJ

172

UA6ARB

170

UA7AKB-CAR

170

UA5AK

170

UA5HK

172

UA6CJ

172

UA7AK-CAR

170

UA5AL

170

UA5HL

172

UA6CK

172

UA7ALB

170

UA5ALB

170

UA5HM

172

UA6CL

172

UA7ALB-CAR

170

UA5AM

170

UA5HN

172

UA6DJ

172

UA7AL-CAR

170

UA5AN

170

UA5HNB

172

UA6DJB

172

UA7AM

170

UA5ANB

170

UA5HP

172

UA6DK

172

UA7AMB

170

UA5AP

170

UA5HPB

172

UA6DL

172

UA7AN

170

UA5APB

170

UA5HR

172

UA6DLB

172

UA7ANB

170

UA5AR

170

UA5HRB

172

UA6DM

172

UA7AP

170

UA5VL

UA5VR
UA6AD

UA6AEB

UA6AG

UA6AHB

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

315

Part Number Index

316

Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

UA7APB

170

UA7FRB

171

Part No.
UA9CG

171

UA9FM

171

UA7AR

170

UA7FT

171

UA9CGB

171

UA9FMB

171

UA7ARB

170

UA7HF

171

UA9CH

171

UA9FN

171

UA7BJB

171

UA7HG

171

UA9CHB

171

UA9FNB

171

UA7CF

171

UA7HH

171

UA9CJ

171

UA9FP

171

UA7CG

171

UA7HJ

171

UA9CJB

171

UA9FPB

171

UA7CH

171

UA7HJB

171

UA9CK

171

UA9FR

171

UA7CJ

171

UA7HJSD

218

UA9CKB

171

UA9FRB

171

UA7CJB

171

UA7HK

171

UA9CL

171

UA9HF

171

UA7CK

171

UA7HLB

171

UA9CLB

171

UA9HG

171

UA7CL

171

UA7HLSD

218

UA9CNB

171

UA9HH

171

UA7CLB

171

UA7HN

171

UA9DF

171

UA9HJ

171

UA7DF

171

UA7HNB

171

UA9DFB

171

UA9HJB

171

UA7DG

171

UA7HP

171

UA9DG

171

UA9HK

171

UA7DH

171

UA7HPB

171

UA9DGB

171

UA9HKB

171

UA7DJ

171

UA7HR

171

UA9DH

171

UA9HL

171

UA7DJB

171

UA7HRB

171

UA9DHB

171

UA9HLB

171

UA7DJSD

218

UA7HT

171

UA9DJ

171

UA9HM

171

UA7DK

171

UA7IJSD

218

UA9DJB-UPC

171

UA9HMB

171

UA7DKB

171

UA7ILSD

218

UA9DK

171

UA9HN

171

UA7DL

171

UA7INSD

218

UA9DKB-UPC

171

UA9HNB

171

UA7DLB

171

UA7IPB

171

UA9DL

171

UA9HP

171

UA7DM

171

UA7NNB

171

UA9DLB-UPC

171

UA9HPB

171

UA7DN

171

UA7NPB

171

UA9DM

171

UA9HR

171

UA7DNB

171

UA7SJ

171

UA9DMB

171

UA9HRB

171

UA7EF

171

UA7SN

171

UA9DN

171

UA9HT

171

UA7EG

171

UA7SNB

171

UA9DNB

171

UA9IL

171

UA7EH

171

UA7SPB

171

UA9EF

171

UA9IN

171

UA7EJ

171

UA9AD

170

UA9EFB

171

UA9INB

171

UA7EJB

171

UA9ADB

170

UA9EG

171

UA9IP

171

UA7EK

171

UA9ADR-CAR

170

UA9EGB

171

UA9IPB

171

UA7EL

171

UA9AE

170

UA9EH

171

UA9IR

171

UA7ELB

171

UA9AEB

170

UA9EHB

171

UA9IRB

171

UA7EM

171

UA9AFB-CTN

170

UA9EJ

171

UA9JJ

171

UA7EN

171

UA9AFR-CTN

170

UA9EJB

171

UA9JN

171

UA7ENB

171

UA9AG

170

UA9EK

171

UA9TRB

171

UA7EP

171

UA9AGB

170

UA9EKB

171

UAFAD

173

UA7EPB

171

UA9AH

170

UA9EL

171

UAFAE

173

UA7FF

171

UA9AHB

170

UA9ELB

171

UAFAF

173

UA7FG

171

UA9AJ

170

UA9EM

171

UB3AL

173

UA7FH

171

UA9AJB

170

UA9EMB

171

UB3AR

173

UA7FHB

171

UA9AJ-CAR

170

UA9EN

171

UB3FP

173

UA7FJ

171

UA9AKB-CAR

170

UA9ENB

171

UB5AL

173

UA7FJB

171

UA9AK-CAR

170

UA9EP

171

UB5AN

173

UA7FJSD

218

UA9AL

170

UA9EPB

171

UB5AP

173

UA7FK

171

UA9ALB-CAR

170

UA9FF

171

UB5APB

173

UA7FKB

171

UA9AM

170

UA9FG

171

UB5DHB

173

UA7FL

171

UA9AMB

170

UA9FGB

171

UB5DJB

173

UA7FLB

171

UA9AN

170

UA9FH

171

UB5DKB

173

UA7FLSD

218

UA9ANB

170

UA9FHB

171

UB5DL

173

UA7FM

171

UA9AP

170

UA9FJB

171

UB5DLB

173

UA7FN

171

UA9APB

170

UA9FJ-UPC

171

UB5DN

173

UA7FNB

171

UA9AR

170

UA9FKB

171

UB5DNB

173

UA7FP

171

UA9ARB

170

UA9FK-UPC

171

UB5FJB

173

UA7FPB

171

UA9CF

171

UA9FL

171

UB5FLB

173

UA7FR

171

UA9CFB

171

UA9FLB

171

UB5FNB

173

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Page

Part No.

Page

Part Number Index
Part No.

Page

Part No.

Page

UB5FP

Page
173

Part No.
UB7HG

173

UB9FNB

173

UB6AD

173

UB7HH

173

UB9FP

173

UB6AE

173

UB7HJ

173

UB9FR

173

UB6AF

173

UB7HK

173

UB9HF

173

UB6AG

173

UB7HL

173

UB9HG

173

UB6AH

173

UB7HN

173

UB9HH

173

UB6AJ

173

UB7HP

173

UB9HJ

173

UB6AK

173

UB7HR

173

UB9HK

173

UB6AL

173

UB7IR

173

UB9HL

173

UB6AN

173

UB9AD

173

UB9HN

173

UB6AP

173

UB9AD-CAR

173

UB9HNB

173

UB6AR

173

UB9AE

173

UB9HP

173

UB6FN

173

UB9AE-CAR

173

UB9HR

173

UB6FR

173

UB9AF

173

UB9IP

173

UB7AD

173

UB9AF-CAR

173

UB9IR

173

UB7AE-UPC

173

UB9AG

173

UB9NN

173

UB7AF-UPC

173

UB9AG-CAR

173

UC5CKB

190

UB7AG-CAR

173

UB9AH

173

UC5FKB

190

UB7AH

173

UB9AH-CAR

173

UC5FNB

190

UB7AH-CAR

173

UB9AJ

173

UC5FRB

190

UB7AJ-UPC

173

UB9AJ-CAR

173

UC5FRBLB

191

UB7AK

173

UB9AK

173

UC5HNB

190

UB7AL

173

UB9AK-CAR

173

UC7CJBLB

191

UB7AN

173

UB9AL-CAR

173

UC7CKB

190

UB7AP

173

UB9AN

173

UC7DJBLB

191

UB7APB

173

UB9AP

173

UC7DLBLB

191

UB7AR

173

UB9APB

173

UC7DNBLB

191

UB7CF

173

UB9AR

173

UC7DPBLB

191

UB7CH

173

UB9CF

173

UC7FHB

190

UB7CJ

173

UB9CG

173

UC7FJB

190

UB7CL

173

UB9CH

173

UC7FJBLB

191

UB7DF

173

UB9CJ

173

UC7FKB

190

UB7DG

173

UB9CK

173

UC7FLB

190

UB7DH

173

UB9CL

173

UC7FLBLB

191

UB7DHB

173

UB9DF

173

UC7FNB

190

UB7DJ

173

UB9DG

173

UC7FNBLB

191

UB7DJB

173

UB9DHB

173

UC7FPBLB

191

UB7DK

173

UB9DH-UPC

173

UC7FRBLB

191

UB7DKB

173

UB9DJB

173

UC7HJBLB

191

UB7DL

173

UB9DJ-UPC

173

UC7HLBLB

191

UB7DLB

173

UB9DKB

173

UC7HNB

190

UB7DN

173

UB9DK-UPC

173

UC7HNBLB

191

UB7DNB

173

UB9DL

173

UC7HPBLB

191

UB7FF

173

UB9DLB

173

UC7HRB

190

UB7FG

173

UB9DN

173

UC7HRBLB

191

UB7FH

173

UB9DNB

173

UC7ITB

190

UB7FJ

173

UB9FF

173

UC9BHB

190

UB7FJB

173

UB9FG

173

UC9CJBLB

191

UB7FK

173

UB9FH

173

UC9DHB

190

UB7FL

173

UB9FJ

173

UC9DJB

190

UB7FLB

173

UB9FJB

173

UC9DJBLB

191

UB7FN

173

UB9FK

173

UC9DKB

190

UB7FNB

173

UB9FKB

173

UC9DLB

190

UB7FP

173

UB9FL

173

UC9DLBLB

191

UB7FR

173

UB9FLB

173

UC9DNB

190

UB7HF

173

UB9FN

173

UC9DNBLB

191

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Part No.
UC9DPBLB
UC9FHB
UC9FJB
UC9FJBLB
UC9FKB
UC9FLB
UC9FLBLB
UC9FNB
UC9FNBLB
UC9FPBLB
UC9FRB
UC9FRBLB
UC9HJB
UC9HJBLB
UC9HLBLB
UC9HNB
UC9HNBLB
UC9HPBLB
UC9HRB
UC9HRBLB
VC9902
VC9903
VC9922
VC9923
VC9924-24
VC9925
VC9932
VC9941P
VC9961P
VC9962
VC9963
VC9963SC
VC9964
VC9981P
VC9982
VC9983
VC9984
VC9992
VC9LV2
VC9LV3
VC9LV5
WCD3104
WCD3106
WCD3124
WCD3126
WCD4
WCD6
WCE3084
WCE3086
WCE4
WCE6
WK7001
WK7101
WK7103
WK7201
WK7202
WK7203

Page
191
190
190
191
190
190
191
190
191
191
190
191
190
191
191
190
191
191
190
191
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
109
220
220
220
220
220
30
220
220
220
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
58
58
58
59
59
59

317

Notes

318

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

Notes

w w w. c a r l o n . c o m

319

LIMITED WARRANTY/DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS/SHORT COUNTS
Carlon warrants to its distributors that its products conform to all product specifications contained
in the contract of sale and, using Carlon product specifications as a standard, are free from defects
in material and manufacture as of the date they are shipped by Carlon. This warranty covers Carlon
distributors only.
IF A DISTRIBUTOR BELIEVES THAT IT HAS DISCOVERED A DEFECT IN MATERIAL OR MANUFACTURE IN
ANY PRODUCT COVERED BY THIS WARRANTY OR IF THE DISTRIBUTOR DISCOVERS A SHORT COUNT
IN ANY SHIPMENT, THE DISTRIBUTOR MUST NOTIFY CARLON, IN WRITING, WITHIN SIXTY (60) DAYS
OF RECEIPT OF THE GOODS TO WHICH THE CLAIM RELATES, OR IN ANY EVENT WITHIN SEVENTY (70)
DAYS OF THE DATE THAT THE GOODS WERE SHIPPED BY Carlon. Carlon will provide replacement
goods to meet any short count for which it receives timely notice, but may require verification of any
such claim. Defective goods should be shipped to Carlon, freight prepaid, and be in accordance with
Carlon defective goods policy which requires prior approval by an authorized Carlon Manager. Carlon
liability for breach of this warranty shall be limited to replacement of any goods that Carlon finds to
be defective with an equivalent amount of goods, or at Carlon sole option, refund of the purchase
price. Claims that are not made within the warranty period (i.e., within seventy (70) days of shipment)
shall be deemed waived.
CARLON SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES CAUSED
BY BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY. THIS EXCLUSION APPLIES WHETHER SUCH DAMAGES ARE SOUGHT
BASED ON BREACH OF WARRANTY BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY IN TORT
OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY. THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO CLAIMS FOR PERSONAL
INJURY BY A THIRD PARTY. THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT COVER DAMAGE IN SHIPMENT. CLAIMS FOR
DAMAGE IN SHIPMENT SHOULD BE MADE TO THE CARRIER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF
THE SHIPPING AGREEMENTS.
THIS WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR ORAL,
INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OTHERWISE ARISING FROM A
COURSE OF DEALING OR TRADE.

In USA, contact:
25701 Science Park Drive • Cleveland, Ohio 44122
1-800-3-CARLON (1-800-322-7566) • In Ohio, (216) 464-3400
Fax: (216) 766-6444
TDD/Hearing Impaired Access (216) 831-5918
www.carlon.com
Inside Sales:
Region

Phone

Fax

NORTHEAST
SOUTHEAST
CENTRAL
WEST

(610) 759-6760
(800) 3CARLON
(800) 3CARLON
(530) 666-1681

(610) 759-9138
(216) 766-6444
(216) 766-6444
(530) 669-0173

CARLON 50M SP 2/05
© Lamson & Sessions 2005

In Canada, contact:
c/o Multimodal Logistics
415 Traders Boulevard East
Mississauga, Ontario • Canada L4Z 1P2
(905) 755-1262 • (888) 269-9902
Fax: (905) 755-1265 • (888) 229-8622



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : Yes
XMP Toolkit                     : 3.1-701
About                           : uuid:b2e6b150-9715-11d9-8bb6-000a95954c46
Producer                        : QuarkXPress(tm) 6.5
X Press Private                 : %%DocumentProcessColors:.%%EndComments
Create Date                     : 2005:03:17 11:49:15Z
Creator Tool                    : QuarkXPress(tm) 6.5
Modify Date                     : 2005:06:22 11:41:43-04:00
Metadata Date                   : 2005:06:22 11:41:43-04:00
Document ID                     : uuid:d9cf21ea-9704-11d9-b8d6-000d932d664e
Instance ID                     : uuid:b7e2b288-d3e9-49f1-ad64-1460426122ad
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : Carlon 2005 Master Catalog
Has XFA                         : No
Page Count                      : 322
Page Layout                     : OneColumn
Creator                         : QuarkXPress(tm) 6.5

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools